Citation
Catalog, Metropolitan State College of Denver, 1995-1996

Material Information

Title:
Catalog, Metropolitan State College of Denver, 1995-1996
Creator:
Metropolitan State College of Denver
Place of Publication:
Denver, CO
Publisher:
Metropolitan State College of Denver
Publication Date:
Language:
English

Subjects

Genre:
serial ( sobekcm )

Record Information

Source Institution:
Metropolitan State University of Denver
Holding Location:
Auraria Library
Rights Management:
Copyright [name of copyright holder or Creator or Publisher as appropriate]. Permission granted to University of Colorado Denver to digitize and display this item for non-profit research and educational purposes. Any reuse of this item in excess of fair use or other copyright exemptions requires permission of the copyright holder.

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:


Full Text
mi fgj 'j) H iftjl i (9 jjjfr! ||Vj
Lii


U1A7D1


Metropolitan Estate College of Denver Campus Box 16 P.0. Box 173362 Denver, CO 80217-3362
978690Q145027






TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(See Alphabetical Index for Specific Topics)
Equal Opportunity and ADA Statement.................................................4
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act...........................................4
Student Right-to-Know and Campus Security Act.......................................5
Trustees of The State Colleges in Colorado..........................................6
Officers of Administration..........................................................6
General Information.................................................................9
Student Services...................................................................12
Admission and Registration.........................................................16
Financial Aid......................................................................24
Special Programs...................................................................29
Academic Information...............................................................33
General Studies Information........................................................45
Degrees and Programs...............................................................55
School of Business.................................................................56
African American Leadership Institute..............................................65
Institute for Entrepreneurship and Creativity......................................66
Small Business Institute...........................................................66
School of Letters, Arts and Sciences...............................................68
Division of Humanities.............................................................69
Institute for International and Intercultural Education............................79
Division of Social Sciences........................................................91
Division of Science and Mathematics...............................................106
Institute for Womens Studies and Services........................................122
School of Professional Studies....................................................124
Division of Education.............................................................125
Division of Technology............................................................142
Division of Public Service Professions............................................164
Course Descriptions...............................................................191
Faculty...........................................................................349
Alphabetical Index................................................................361
Campus Map..........................................................Back Inside Cover
Photography: Dave Neligh, Peggy ONeill-Jones, H. Keith Williams
Produced by: The Office of Academic Affairs and the Office of College Communications 1995
O
Printed on Recycled Paper


4 POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
: COLLEGE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Equal Opportunity and ADA Statement
; Metropolitan State College of Denver is an equal opportunity employer; applications from minorities I and women are particularly invited. Metropolitan State College of Denver does not discriminate on the ; basis of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, age, sexual orientation, or disability in admissions or access to, or treatment or employment in, its educational programs or activities. Inquiries concerning
the college grievance procedures may be directed to the designated Metro State officials. Inquiries con-; cerning Title VI and Title IX may be referred to Dr. Percy Morehouse, Jr., Metro State Office of Equal I Opportunity, Campus Box 63, P.O. Box 173362, Denver, CO 80217-3362 (303) 556-2939. Inquiries ; concerning ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act) or 504 may be referred to Ms. Helen Fleming, Fac-; ulty and Staff ADA Coordinator, Metro State, Campus Box 47, P.O. Box 173362, Denver, CO 80217-
3362 (303) 556-8514; Dr. Manuel Escamilla, Student ADA Coordinator, Metro State, Campus Box 42,
P.O. Box 173362, Denver, CO 80217-3362 (303) 556-4737; Mr. Dick Feurbom, ADA Coordinator, | AHEC, Campus Box 001, P.O. Box 173361, Denver, CO 80217-3361 (303) 556-8376; or Ms. Karen
Rosenchein, Manager. Otherwise, all inquiries may be referred to the Office for Civil Rights, U.S. I Department of Education, 1244 Speer Boulevard, Denver, CO 80204 (303) 844-3723.
^ Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
Metro State maintains educational records for each student who has enrolled at the college. Under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), each parent or eligible student has the right to:
inspect and review the students educational records
request the amendment of the students educational records to ensure that they are not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the students privacy or other rights
consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the students educational records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent (e.g. directory information and in emergency situations)
file with the U.S. Department of Education a complaint under 34 CFR 99.64 concerning alleged failures by the college to comply with the requirements of FERPA
obtain a copy of the colleges policy on student educational records, which is located in the Office of Registration and Student Records, Central Classroom Building, room 103
Pursuant to FERPA, and subject to the Colorado Public Records Act (Section 24-72-201 et seq.,
C.R.S.), the college may release directory information without the prior written consent of the student unless within 10 days after registration the student has notified the colleges Office of Registration and Student Records that such information shall not be released without the consent of the student. Metropolitan State College of Denver has designated the following categories of personally identifiable information as directory information under section 438(a)(5)(B) of FERPA;
name, address, and telephone
date and place of birth
major and minor fields of study
participation in officially recognized activities and sports
weight and height of members of athletic teams
dates of attendance at the college
degrees and awards received
last educational institution attended


POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
The Student Right-to-Know Act and The Campus Security Act
Campus Crime Information
During the past three years, the following crimes were committed on campus at the Auraria Higher Education Center, serving the University of Colorado at Denver, Metropolitan State College of Denver, and the Community College of Denver:
Occurrences of Criminal Offenses on Campus
Offense 1994 1993 1992
Murder 0 0 0
Rape 0 1 0
Robbery 1 4 5
Aggravated Assault. 10 17 15
Burglary 17 28 33
Vehicle Theft 11 20 21
Sexual Assault* 13 8 14
*Includes sexual assaults other than first- and second-degree sexual assaults (rape), such as indecent exposures and third-degree sexual assaults.
Number of Arrests for the Following Crimes on Campus
Arrests 1994 1993 1992
Liquor Law Violation*.....0.........8..........3
Drug Abuse Violation......2.........6..........3
Weapons Possession........1.........4..........3
*Excludes Dili arrests; however, 22 of 55 total offense arrests in 1994 involved alcohol.
These statistics were provided by the Auraria Department of Public Safety in compliance with the Crime Awareness and Campus Security Act of 1990.
The programs, policies, statements, and procedures contained in this Catalog are subject to change by the college without prior notice. Metropolitan State College of Denver reserves the right to withdraw courses; revise the academic calendar; or change curriculum, policies, graduation procedures, and other requirements at any time. Changes will become effective whenever the proper authorities so determine and will apply to prospective students.


6 ADMINISTRATION
TRUSTEES OF THE STATE COLLEGES IN COLORADO
John Roybal, Chair, Blanca..........................................
Aims C. McGuinness, Jr., Vice Chair, Denver.........................
Anne Steinbeck, Gunnison............................................
Harriet Barker, Boulder.............................................
George Brantley, Denver.............................................
Cole Finnegan, Denver...............................................
James Fleming, Grand Junction.......................................
James Hahn, Faculty, WSC............................................
Mark Bowers, Student, ASC...........................................
William Fulkerson, Ph.D., President of The State Colleges in Colorado
Date of Present
First Term
Appointment Expires
...1991.............1995
...1989.............1997
...1987.............1995
...1991.............1995
...1993.............1997
...1993.............1997
...1991.............1995
...1994.............1995
...1994.............1995
METROPOLITAN STATE COLLEGE OF DENVER OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
Office of the President
President.....................................................
Assistant to the President for Urban and Government Affairs...
College Counsel...............................................
Executive Assistant to the President..........................
Equal Opportunity Director and Assistant to the President.....
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs...............
Vice President for Administration and Finance.................
Vice President for Institutional Advancement..................
Vice President for Student Services...........................
Office of the Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs
Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs...............
Associate Vice President......................................
Director of Cooperative Education Program.....................
Assistant Vice President for Extended Education...............
Director of Adult Learning Services...........................
Director of Extended Campus Programs..........................
Director of Grants and Sponsored Research.....................
Director of Program Evaluation................................
Office of the Vice President for Administration and Finance
Vice President for Administration and Finance.................
Associate Vice President for Human Resources/Finance..........
Director of Accounting Services...............................
Director of Personnel and Payroll Services....................
Benefits Administrator........................................
Associate Vice President for Information Technology...........
Director of Academic Computing and User Services..............
Manager of Information Technology Applications Senices.......
Technical Services Manager....................................
Director of Budgets...........................................
Assistant Vice President for Business Affairs.................
Business Services Manager.....................................
Interim Director of Financial Aid.............................
Office of the Vice President for Institutional Advancement
Vice President for Institutional Advancement..................
Assistant Vice President for Development......................
Director of Information Resources for Development and Alumni...
..........Sheila Kaplan, Ph.D.
................Gay Cook, M.A.
...............Scot Silzer, J.D.
.............Yvonne Flood, B.S.
Percy A. Morehouse, Jr., Ph.D.
.........Sharon Siverts, Ph.D.
......Joseph F. Arcese, M.B.A.
.....Carolyn M. Schaefer, B.A.
.........Vernon E. Haley, M.S.
........Sharon Siverts, Ph.D.
..........Jett Conner, Ph.D.
.........Susan Lanman, M.A.
....Andrew Breckel III, M.A.
....Eleanor M. Green, Ed.D.
Gwendolyn S. Thornton, M.A.
.......................TBA
........Frieda Holley, Ph.D.
...Joseph Arcese, M.B.A. ...Tim L. Greene, M.P.A.
...Sita M. Thomas, B.S.
.........Sandi L. Jones
...Elyse Yamauchi, B.A.
......Leon Daniel, M.S.
....John T. Reed, Ph.D.
Steve Franzkowiak, B.A.
.......Jay Martin, B.A.
..Bruce Williams, M.B.A. ....Michael Barnett, M.S.
.........Ginger Alcorn
........Cindy Hejl, B.S.
Carolyn M. Schaefer, B.A. Mary Konrad Feller, M.A. ....Bradley Snyder, Ph.D.


ADMINISTRATION
Assistant Vice President for Communications and Media Relations.....Robert G. Brock, M.M.
Director of Alumni Relations.................................Carolyn Champion-Sloan, B.A.
Office of the Vice President for Student Services
Vice President for Student Services........................
Assistant Vice President for Student Services..............
Executive Assistant to the Vice President for Student Services
Director of the High School Upward Bound Program...........
Director of the Student Support Services Program...........
Director of the Veterans Upward Bound Program..............
Assistant Vice President for Student Services..............
Director of Assessment and Testing.........................
Director of Advising.......................................
Director of Career Services................................
Director of the Counseling Center..........................
Director of Probation and Suspension.......................
Assistant Dean of Registration and Student Records.........
Director of Student Records................................
Dean of Student Life.......................................
Director of Campus Recreation..............................
Director of Gay, Lesbian and Bisexual Student Services.....
Acting Director of Student Activities......................
Associate Director of Student Activities...................
Director of the Student Health Clinic......................
Director of Student Legal Services.........................
Director of Student Publications...........................
Registrar..................................................
Director of Recruitment and Early Outreach.................
Director of Orientation....................................
...........Vernon E. Haley, M.S.
..........Manuel Escamilla, Ph.D.
.............Kelly Espinoza, M.A.
........Charles Maldonado, B.S.
..........Patricia Trotman, M.A.
............Glenn A. Morris, M.A.
C. LaVonne Moton-Teague, Ph.D.
................John Pierce, M.A.
..............Lydia Vasquez, B.A.
............................TBA
...........Barbara Vollmer, Ph.D.
................Betty Vette, B.A.
........Jeffrey W. Johnson, M.S.
.............Lynn Denzin, M.Ed.
.Yolanda Ortega-Ericksen, M.P.A.
............Anne McKelvey, M.A.
..........Karen Bensen, L.C.S.W.
..............Maggie Miller, M.S.
.........Mariam Gratia Taft, M.S.
..............Steve Monaco, M.A.
...............Spike Adams, J.D.
.............Kate B. Lutrey, B.A.
............Thomas R. Gray, M.S.
...........Pauline R. Reece, M.A.
..............Nancy Breckel, M.A.
Academic Administrators School of Business
Interim Dean...........................................
Interim Associate Dean.................................
Department Chairs
Accounting.........................................
Computer Information Systems and Management Science.
Economics..........................................
Finance............................................
Management.........................................
Marketing..........................................
Director of the Institute for Entrepreneurship and Creativity.
Director of the African American Leadership Institute..
Director of the Small Business Institute...............
.....R. Michael Brown, Ph.D.
Rajendra P. Khandekar, Ph.D.
.......Virginia Parker, Ph.D.
........Stuart Monroe, Ph.D.
......Kishore Kulkami, Ph.D.
......Kenneth Huggins, Ph.D.
....Robert Breitenbach, Ph.D.
....Charles R. Vitaska, Ph.D.
........Courtney Price, D.P.A.
....Ronald M. Knights, Ph.D.
......Kenneth Huggins, Ph.D.
School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Dean..................................
Associate Dean........................
Assistant to the Dean.................
Department Chairs
African American Studies..........
Art...............................
Biology...........................
Chemistry.........................
Chicano Studies...................
Earth and Atmospheric Sciences....
English...........................
History...........................
Journalism........................
Mathematical and Computer Sciences
.......Joan M. Foster, Ph.D.
.........James Dixon, Ph.D.
........Tony Montoya, M.A.
...........C.J. White, Ph.D.
.......Susan Josepher, Ph.D.
....George C. Becker, Ph.D.
......Milton J. Wieder, Ph.D.
........................TBA
......James Cronoble, Ph.D.
.......Elsie G. Haley, Ph.D.
...Stephen J. Leonard, Ph.D.
Deborah Hurley-Brobst, M.S. ....Charlotte Murphy, Ph.D.


8 ADMINISTRATION
Modem Languages..............................................
Music........................................................
Philosophy...................................................
Physics......................................................
Political Science............................................
Psychology...................................................
Sociology/Anthropology/Social Work...........................
Speech Communications........................................
Director of the Honors Program...................................
Director of the Institute for International and Intercultural Education
Director of the Institute for Womens Studies and Services.......
Director of the Center for Mathematics, Science and
Environmental Education........................................
Acting Director of the Family Center.............................
..........David Conde, Ph.D.
........Hal Tamblyn, D.M.A.
....Frederick C. Doepke, Ph.D. Sidney A. Freudenstein, Ph.D.
......Norman Provizer, Ph.D.
.......Lyn Wickelgren, Ph.D.
....Kenneth M. Keller, Ph.D.
..........James Craig, Ph.D.
......Alain D. Ranwez, Ph.D.
....Akbarali Thobhani, Ph.D.
...........Jodi Wetzel, Ph.D.
......Larry S. Johnson, Ph.D.
....Kenneth M. Keller, Ph.D.
1
School of Professional Studies
Dean...........................................
Associate Dean.................................
Department Chairs
Aerospace Science..........................
Criminal Justice and Criminology...........
Early Childhood and Elementary Education...
Engineering Technology and Industrial Studies. Hospitality, Meeting and Travel Administration. Human Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies
Human Services.............................
Co-Director of the Center for Addiction Studies. Co-Director of the Center for Addiction Studies.
Military Science (Army ROTC)...............
Nursing and Health Care Management.........
Reading....................................
Secondary Education........................
Technical Communications...................
Director of Professional Education.............
Director of Clinical Services..................
Director of the Academy for Teaching Excellence... Director of the Child Development Center.......
................Bill Rader, Ph.D.
.............Mary A. Miller, Ph.D.
............Robert K. Mock, M.S.
.........Waldo H. Copley, Ph.D.
...........William Wiener, Ph.D.
..........George S. Rowley, M.S.
..........Raymond Langbehn, M.A.
..........Cheryl J. Norton, Ph.D.
.............Jeffrey Haber, Ed.D.
..........Anne S. Hatcher, Ed.D.
.....Michael J. Faragher, Psy.D.
.................Maj. Hal Moore
Kathleen McGuire-Mahony, Ph.D.
........J. Douglas Cawley, Ph.D.
...........Marilyn Taylor, Ed.D.
.....Peggy O'Neill-Jones, M.S.S.
.............Mark OShea, Ed.D.
.............Daniel Alfaro, Ph.D.
........Charles V. Branch, Ed.D.
............Marge Petersen, M.A.


GENERAL INFORMATION 9
The College
Metropolitan State College of Denver is one of the nations premier urban colleges, educating more Coloradans than any other institution of higher education in the state. Since the college was founded in 1963 as part of The State Colleges in Colorado, Metro State has grown to a current enrollment of about 17,500 students, awarded degrees to nearly 34,000 graduates, and delivered educational programming to approximately 230,000 people.
Outstanding academic programs, complementary support services, competitively priced tuition, flexible scheduling, and convenient campus sites make Metro State a highly attractive alternative for an increasing number of Colorado residents each year.
Located in downtown Denver, the college shares the Auraria Higher Education Center campus with the University of Colorado at Denver and the Community College of Denver. The concept of facility sharing affords Metro State students the flexibility of taking lower-division courses at the community college, as well as graduate or specialized professional courses at the university. Proximity to downtown means valuable cultural, business, and internship possibilities.
Metro State is a comprehensive academic institution, granting bachelor of science, bachelor of arts, and bachelor of fine arts degrees, offering more than 2,000 course sections during the fall and spring semesters. Students can choose from 50 majors and 68 minors offered through three schools: Business; Letters, Arts and Sciences; and Professional Studies. Programs range from the traditional disciplines, such as accounting and teacher licensure, to contemporary fields of study, such as drug abuse counseling and entrepreneurship. Unique majors for Coloradans include aerospace science, criminal justice, human services, and land use.
Metro States emphasis is on teaching. All classes are taught by professors, not graduate assistants. The colleges more than 325 full-time faculty are teachers first. Many have extensive professional backgrounds, with more than 88 percent having doctorates or the highest level of academic degrees attainable in their fields. Part-time faculty work in the metro Denver community and bring to the classroom their expertise in business, law, politics, communications, science, technology, and the arts.
Small classesthe average class size is 22ensure students greater access to faculty, a highly interactive atmosphere, and a personalized learning experience.
As an urban school committed to serving the local community, Metro State attracts students from a rich and diverse mixture of age groups, socioeconomic classes, ethnic backgrounds, and lifestyles. The colleges curriculum and philosophy reflect the diversity of the student population and the realities of urban life. While upholding high academic standards, the faculty seek to accommodate the myriad needs of nontraditional students, offering classes on weekdays, evenings, and weekends at four locations in the metropolitan area. The college also provides a network of support services.
The Campus
Metropolitan State College of Denver is located at the Auraria Higher Education Center, a 171-acre campus in downtown Denver at Speer Boulevard and West Colfax Avenue. The Community College of Denver and the University of Colorado at Denver share the facilities with Metro State.
More than 1,000,000 square feet of space for classrooms, laboratories, and offices are included in the facility. Some administrative offices are in restored Victorian homes in Denvers historic Ninth Street Park located on the Auraria site. Other administrative offices occupy the Terracentre at 1100 Stout Street. The campus features a childcare center; a comprehensive library housing 730,000 volumes; and one of the most unusual student union facilities in the country the historic, Bavarian-style Tivoli Brewery building.
Excellent physical facilities include a block-long physical education/events center with a swimming pool, a weightroom, game courts, dance studios, and event seating for 3,000.
The proximity of the Auraria Higher Education Center to downtown Denver enables students and faculty to use the community as a learning laboratory and to weave classroom theory into the social, political, cultural, and economic practice of the city.


10 GENERAL INFORMATION
: Auraria Parking and Transportation Services
Parking Services Department
; Daily Fee Parking: (in-and-out privileges in Lot E only); daily fees range from $1.25 to $2.50. Several
1 lots are unattended and require quarters to purchase a receipt from the vending machine. Change is
; available from the Parking Office, a parking attendant in an attended lot, or the Student Union. Make
1 sure the parking receipt is placed face-up on the drivers side of the dashboard. Receipts are valid only
on the day and in the lot where purchased and are not transferable from one vehicle to another. For easy
I entrance/exit to the Parking and Transportation Center and lots D, K and H, a reusable debit card can
1 be purchased for $1 and a cash value can be encoded on its magnetic strip. Debit cards are available on
; the first floor of the Student Union and at the southwest entry by the phone bank in the North Class-
1 room. Permit Parking: Limited parking is available on a semester basis. Contact the Parking Office
(303) 556-2000, for information.
1 Motorist Assistance Program: Personnel will help jump-start dead batteries and assist in fixing flats.
Jumper cables, bumper jacks, tire tools, and gasoline cans are also available at no cost to campus park-
; ers. Call (303) 556-2000 for help. The Parking Services Department is located at 777 Lawrence Way
(first floor of parking garage); hours are from 7:30 a.m.-5:30 p.m. (M-F).
y Community Services Department Handivan: The wheelchair-accessible handivan provides free on-cam-pus transportation for students, faculty, and staff from 7:00 a.m. to 10:30 p.m., Monday-Thursday, and from 7:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. on Friday.
Nightrider: The Nightrider is a free security escort service from any campus building to any campus parking lot. Service is available from dusk to 10:30 p.m., Monday-Thursday.
Auraria Public Safety
The Public Safety Division is fully certified and authorized to provide police services to the Auraria campus and is proud to maintain the reputation as one of the safest in the state.
In addition to a police chief and 15-20 full-time officers, the Public Safety Division employs student hourly workers as police officers, guards, and dispatchers. Officers patrol the campus 24 hours per day, seven days per week, on foot, bicycles, or golf carts, and in patrol cars.
The Public Safety Division also provides additional services to the campus community such as vehicle unlocks, crime prevention programs, emergency responses, and environmental health and safety.
The Public Safety Department is located at 1200 Seventh Street. Routine calls556-3271; EMERGENCY CALLS556-2222.
Accreditations/Approvals
Metro State is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. Individual academic programs within the following areas are accredited or approved by the following agencies:
Program Accreditation/Approval Agency
Human Performance, Sport and Leisure Studies National Park Association/American Association for Leisure and Recreation
Nursing* National League for Nursing
Teacher Education* National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education; Colorado Department of Education
Music* National Association of Schools of Music
Civil Engineering Technology* Electronics Engineering Technology* and Mechanical Engineering Technology* Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology
Human Services** Council for Standards in Human Services Education
Chemistry ** American Chemical Society
Center for Addiction Studies** Colorado Department of Health
Accounting** Colorado State Board of Accountancy
Aerospace Science** Federal Aviation Administration
Health Care Management** Association of University Programs in Health Administration
* Accreditation ** Approval


GENERAL INFORMATION 11
The State Colleges in Colorado
The member institutions governed by the Trustees of The State Colleges in Colorado are Adams State College, Mesa State College, Metropolitan State College of Denver, and Western State College. The purpose of The State Colleges in Colorado is to identify and facilitate cooperative efforts among the institutions.
Each member institution can provide any student in good standing with the materials needed to enroll temporarily in any other member institution without incurring additional matriculation costs. Information concerning tuition is available at the host institution.
The enrollment status of the student at the host institution is determined by the students status at the home institution. Students should ascertain before enrolling at an institution that desired courses will satisfy degree requirements at the home institution. The process of enrolling as a system student should begin at least one month prior to the beginning of the registration period at the host institution.


12 STUDENT SERVICES
: Academic Advising
; Academic advising is available in the Advising, Assessment and Support Center. Continuing and
prospective students seeking these services should communicate with the coordinator of advising for the ; appropriate school. The Advising, Assessment and Support Center is responsible for the advising of all I undeclared majors at Metro State. For additional information, please call (303) 556-4327.
S Auraria Child Care Center
; The center provides high quality early childhood care and education to the children of students, staff, and faculty. A discovery, child-oriented approach is provided by a professional teaching staff to children ages ; 12 months to 6 years. These programs typically have a waiting list; therefore, pre-registration is recom-
; mended. The center is open 7:00 a.m.-8:30 p.m., Monday through Thursday; and 7:00 a.m.-6:00 p.m. on
! Friday. Currently there is no waiting list for evening care. The center also offers drop-in care.
The Auraria Library
The Auraria Library (administered by CU-Denver) provides a wide variety of learning resources for stu-; dents and faculty. The collection contains more than 730,000 books. Microforms, bound periodicals, ; and more than 3,300 journals and newspaper subscriptions are located in the Periodicals Reading Room.
Students are encouraged to take the self-guided tour (audiotape or paper) to become more familiar with | the location of various collections in the library.
As a member of the Colorado Alliance of Research Libraries, the Auraria Library has access to an additional 6,000,000 volumes in Colorado through interlibrary loan and can access other materials across the country. Services include an on-line, public access catalog (CARL), computerized literature searches, CD-ROMs, a depository of U.S. and Colorado government publications, and media listening and viewing facilities. The library handbook is available on OASIS (On-line Auraria Shared Information System).
A current ID allows patrons to check out up to 75 items, renew items over the telephone, place a hold or recall material currently checked out, use media items, and check out reserve items. For more information on the borrowing policy, call (303) 556-2639. To encourage prompt return of materials, the library charges fines and lost-item fees; borrowers are responsible for any materials charged to their account. Library hours vary according to the day of the week or semester. For more detailed information, pick up an Auraria Library bookmark at one of the librarys service desks, or consult the Library News Database on CARL.
Campus Recreation
Campus Recreation at Auraria offers a comprehensive recreational program. Student membership is free with a current validated student ID.
The Drop-in Program provides group and individual activities for students, faculty, staff, alumni, and guests. Facilities include four basketball courts, 12 tennis courts, volleyball courts, a 25-yard indoor pool, eight handball/racquetball courts, two squash courts, a weightroom, a fitness center, a dance studio, a baseball field, softball fields, and a track. In addition, Campus Recreation offers high- and low-impact aerobics, step aerobics, aqua aerobics, and stretch and tone sessions daily. Please check the Campus Recreation Drop-in schedule in room 108 of the Physical Education Building or call (303) 556-3210 for a listing of available times.
The Intramural Program consists of individual and team activities often to all students, faculty, and staff members. The emphasis of the program is on participation, sportsmanship, and social interaction. Whenever possible, competitive and recreational divisions are offered to ensure participation for all ability levels. Activities include flag football, basketball, floor hockey, volleyball, racquetball, and squash leagues, as well as tennis and golf tournaments.
Club Sports provides students, faculty, and staff members the opportunity to develop their individual athletic abilities in an organized group setting. The present clubs, which are all student initiated, include mens rugby, co-ed dance, co-ed tae kwon do, mens bowling, mens volleyball, co-ed waterpolo, coed team handball, co-ed outdoor club, and mens lacrosse.
Outdoor Adventure provides the opportunity to experience the beauty and challenge of nature through organized trips. The program provides outdoor recreational experiences emphasizing skill acquisition, social interaction, environmental awareness, and safety. Some of the many adventures offered are downhill skiing, cross-country skiing, kayaking/rafting, canoeing, sailing, hiking, biking, rock climbing, ice climbing, naturalist outings, and family fun outings. The program also provides rental equipment, including mountain bikes, cross-country skis, roller blades, canoes, and camping and hiking gear. The office is located in the basement of the Physical Education Building.


STUDENT SERVICES 13
The Physically Challenged Program offers a variety of sporting, recreational, and fitness opportunities for students with physical or learning limitations. The adaptive programs/services encompass one-on-one or group sessions that assist in using the recreational facility. Information on planned group activities or individual help sessions is available in room 108 of the Physical Education Building. Call (303) 556-3120 for more details on available programs and services.
Career Services
Career Services offers assistance to students and alumni in planning their careers, finding off-campus jobs while enrolled, and seeking employment upon graduation. Specific services include career interest, personality testing, and workshops focusing on career planning, resume preparation, job search strategies, and interviewing skills. Professional counselors are available for appointments. The student employment service and job vacancy listing are also housed in the Career Services Center, located in Arts Building, room 177. The telephone number is (303) 556-3664.
The Campus Career library contains resources to help with career planning and the job search process. Information such as employer directories, salary surveys, and career assessment resources are available.
The Colorado Career Information Center is a computerized guidance system located in the Campus Career Library. Trained advisers offer assistance in its use. This system includes specific occupation information for Colorado, career assessment inventories with immediate results, and nationwide college information. Services are available by appointment at (303) 556-2246.
Counseling and Support Services
The Metropolitan State College of Denver Counseling Center is an accredited member of the International Association of Counseling Services. It provides psychological services to assist students in dealing with personal and situational problems that interfere with their academic goals. The center also provides educational programs related to personal development and improving the campus climate. Services include personal counseling, group programs, stress management, crisis intervention, and testing. Services are offered to all Metro State students. Appropriate referrals may be made to other counseling services in the community. All records and information about clients are confidential.
Counseling center staff members are on call and available to help students with a personal crisis. Students have emergency priority and will be seen as quickly as possible. After hours, call Bethesdas Support Line (303) 758-1123.
Group programs are open to all students, faculty, and staff. Groups and workshops usually available include: stress management (biofeedback, time management, relaxation, and test anxiety), diversity support groups, developing healthy relationships, substance abuse, couples communication, selfesteem, coming out, parenting skills, life/work planning, family issues, loss, study skills, spirituality, womens and mens support groups, and assertiveness training.
Various personality, interest, and ability inventories are available to assist clients in understanding themselves and identifying their goals. Clients may wish to discuss with their counselor what kind of testing might be helpful. A nominal fee is assessed on each inventory.
The Metro Connections program is an informal helping network. Students, faculty, and staff who are nominated as natural helpers participate in a number of programs such as peer helpers to new students, an advice column in The Metropolitan, and conferences on topics designed to improve the campus environment.
Metro Alternatives is a substance abuse prevention program. Established in 1991, it works actively with many campus departments and community agencies to provide proactive programs for students, faculty, and staff, such as National Collegiate Alcohol and Drug Awareness Weeks and Safe Spring Break Week. Assessment, intervention, and referral services are offered. Students can become actively involved in Metro Alternatives through internships, volunteer work, and peer education.
Disabled Student Services
The Auraria Office of Disabled Student Services provides academic support services to disabled students at Metro State and the University of Colorado at Denver. Services include an adaptive computer lab, testing accommodations, notetaking services, taping services, student advocacy, sign language and oral interpreters, orientation for incoming students, priority registration, limited tutoring, sale of parking permits, and resource and referral library.


14 STUDENT SERVICES
Gay, Lesbian and Bisexual Student Services
Gay, Lesbian and Bisexual (GLB) Student Services are open to all Metro State students as a resource for exploring sexual orientation issues. This program offers a variety of support, education, and advocacy services for the entire campus community, including:
support for members of the campus community who may have questions about their own sexual orientation or that of a friend or family member
advocacy for students experiencing discrimination or harassment based on a real or perceived gay, lesbian, or bisexual identity
speakers for events, workshops, and classes on various aspects of sexual orientation and lesbian, gay, or bisexual life
training programs and workshops about working more effectively with the gay, lesbian, and bisexual communities and combating homophobia
programs such as Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual Awareness Week and other forums providing information and dialogue about gay, lesbian, and bisexual issues
The GLB Student Services office is located in the Tivoli Student Union, room 305, and is staffed by a professional coordinator with the support of student volunteers. Input and involvement from the entire campus community is welcomed. For additional information, call (303) 556-6333.
Recruitment and Retention of Students from Ethnic Groups
Metropolitan State College of Denver strives to enhance educational opportunities for Denver area residents by offering a variety of well-structured early intervention, recruitment, and retention activities. Metro State has established a strong network in the metropolitan area that assists students and other members of the community and informs them about higher education opportunities and how to go about receiving these benefits. A variety of counselors from different areas including admissions, financial aid, academic affairs, and student affairs are available to provide higher education counseling for both new and transfer students. Individuals interested in attending Metro State should contact the Office of Admissions at (303) 556-3058 for more information.
Student Activities
Metropolitan State College of Denvers Office of Student Activities provides a variety of ways for students to meet others and become involved in the Metro community. The council staff produces concerts, comedy shows, lectures, and special events each semester. The council also cosponsors events with clubs and offices on campus.
The PEAK (Potential through Education, Awareness and Knowledge) leadership program offers a wide range of learning opportunities for students who want to develop and sharpen their skills. PEAK training includes coalition-building, group dynamics, and leadership theory and typology. The training is structured to fit into the busy schedules of students who work.
The Club Resource Center staff can help students find a club to meet their needs, or help them to establish a new club, raise funds for programming, and keep their ledger balanced. Metro State currently has 100 active, professional, social, academic honorary, and special interest clubs on campus.
The office is located in the Tivoli Student Union, room 305. The office number is (303) 556-2595, and hours are 8:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.
Student Health Center
All Metro State students are entitled to medical services at the Health Center. Student health insurance is not required for use of the Health Center. Physicians, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, and nurses staff the facility. Students will be asked to complete a sign-in sheet and show a current semester ID card each time they check in. In addition, students are required to complete a patient information sheet annually and a health history form biannually. Brief office visits are free for all Metro State students. Limited, extended, detailed, and comprehensive office visits, physicals, supplies, medications, tests, lab work, and procedures are available at reasonable charges. Payment is required at the time of service.
Services include: treatment of illness and injuries, lab testing, medications, physicals, annual GYN exams, sexually transmitted disease information/testing, birth control information/services, minor surgery, cholesterol screening, fitness profiles, immunizations, HIV testing, blood pressure checks, casting, suturing, and x-ray access. Classes regarding health-related topics are taught each semester.


STUDENT SERVICES 15
Walk-in services begin at 8:00 a.m., Monday-Friday. Access is on a first-come, first-served basis. Walk-in access varies daily, contingent upon when all patient slots have been used; thus, the daily closure time for walk-in care is variable. Patients are encouraged to check in as early as possible. The Student Health Center is located in the Plaza Building, room 140, on the lower level. Brochures with more information on the variety of services are available at the center. For further information, call (303) 556-2525.
Student Publications
The student newspaper, The Metropolitan, is published by the Office of Student Publications, Tivoli Student Union, room 156 (303) 556-8361. The newspaper offers students the opportunity to explore fields such as journalism, advertising sales, marketing, graphic arts, publishing, photography, business, and accounting through work experiences. The Metropolitan is written and produced by and for the students of Metro State. It is published weekly during the fall and spring semesters and once during the summer semester. Students interested in working on the paper should contact the student editor at (303) 556-2507.
Metrosphere is Metro States annual student literary and arts publication. It contains poetry, fiction, non-fiction, art, photography, and graphics. It is written, composed, and produced entirely by students. Submissions are accepted during the fall semester. Copies are distributed free to Metro State students in the spring semester. For more information, contact the student editor at (303) 556-3940.
The office also produces the Student Handbook and provides graphic art services at reduced costs to on-campus offices, departments, organizations, and individuals.
The Metro State Board of Publications is the advisory board to the editors of Metrosphere and The Metropolitan. The board appoints the editors from applicants each spring for the following academic year and deals with complaints or questions regarding content. The board is composed of five students, three administrators, and three faculty and meets monthly during the fall and spring semesters.
Student Union
The Tivoli Student Union is housed in the historic, blue and white former Tivoli Brewery located at Ninth Street and Auraria Parkway. This is the focal point for many cultural, social, and recreational activities of the college community. The Tivoli Student Union houses the Auraria Book Center, Sigis Cabaret (an arcade and billiards room), Conference Services Office, student activities offices, Housing and Commuter Services office, the Club Hub, student organizations, student newspapers, legal services, a computer shop, copy center, and a variety of lounges for study and relaxation. There are also 29 shops available, including cafes, restaurants, movie theaters, and retail outlets.
The Conference Services Office is located within the Tivoli Student Union, room 315. This operation schedules all facilities for nonacademic use and coordinates any services necessary for the events of campus departments or organizations. For information or to reserve a room, call (303) 556-2755.
Womens Services
The Institute for Womens Studies and Services provides referrals to campus and community resources, information about scholarships, assistance to community women with the process of entering Metro State, advocacy services for students dealing with harassment or discrimination, and programs and events that focus on issues of particular concern to women. The institute houses a small library with a variety of books and other resource materials on womens experiences, histories, and contributions to society. Students who need assistance should make an appointment with the coordinator of womens services.


16 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
Admissions and Registration
Students who have not previously attended Metropolitan State College of Denver should review the colleges admission requirements.
All continuing students in good standing at Metropolitan State College of Denver are eligible to register each semester.
Students may maintain the status of continuing student while absent from the college; however, following two full semesters of absence, students should call the Office of Registration and Student Records to determine whether an updated application for re-admission will be required.
A student may register for classes in several ways. Information on the registration procedure and registration dates is published in the Class Schedule, which is mailed to all continuing students. Students are responsible for ensuring that there is a correct and up-to-date address on file with the college. Address changes may be made with the Office of Registration and Student Records.
Registration procedures and dates for module classes are described in the Class Schedule. For further information regarding registration, please call (303) 556-2950.
Application Instructions
Applications for admission are considered in the order in which they are received each semester. All credentials received by the college become the property of Metropolitan State College of Denver and will not be returned to the student. It is the responsibility of the applicant to notify the Office of Registration and Student Records of any changes to the application for admission prior to the first day of classes. If changes are not reported to the Office of Registration and Student Records, it could delay the registration process for subsequent semesters. Failure to report academic changes may result in rejection, dismissal, and/or loss of credit. International (visa) applicants are referred to the section on Admission of International Students in this Catalog.
To apply for admission:
Applications are available from Metropolitan State College of Denver, Office of Admissions, Campus Box 16, P.O. Box 173362, Denver, CO 80217-3362 (303) 556-3058.
A $25 non-refundable application fee ($40 for international applicants) is required with the application for admission. The application fee does not apply to tuition and fees. Re-admit applicants do not have to pay this fee.
Submit a completed application and application fee directly to the Office of Admissions. The application and all required credentials (see admission requirements below) should be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes.
It is the students responsibility to request that all required credentials be mailed directly from the issuing institution or agency to the Office of Admissions at Metropolitan State College of Denver. Hand-carried documents will not be accepted.
Although an applicants record may be summarized on one transcript, official transcripts from each institution are required.
The application for admission and all credentials received by the college will be kept on file for three semesters, after which time the file will no longer be maintained. Applicants wishing to attend Metro State must begin the admission process again.
Admission Requirements
The college uses two categories for classifying applicants: those who are younger than 20 and those who are 20 or older. Based on the colleges modified open admission system, each category has its own admission requirements and procedures.
Applicants Younger Than 20
If you are younger than 20 on September 15 for either the summer semester or the fall semester, or February 15 for the spring semester, you will be classified as a traditional applicant.
Freshmen (first-time college students)
Applicants must request that the following information be mailed directly to the Office of Admissions from the high school or testing agency:
ACT or SAT test results
high school grade point average
high school class rank


ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION 17
This information may be submitted at the end of the sixth, seventh, or eighth semester of high school, but no later than four weeks before the expected term of enrollment. An official transcript with date of graduation is required no later than the fourth week of the term of enrollment. Students should request and verify that the high school transcript with date of graduation has been mailed by the high school and has been received by the Office of Admissions.
Metropolitan State College of Denver will admit students who are likely to successfully complete an academic program and who meet state requirements for the college as established by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education (CCHE).
Applicants who do not meet the stated admission requirements will be considered on an individual basis after careful review of all credentials, including letters of recommendation and personal interview.
Applicants who have not graduated from high school but have received the Colorado General Educational Development (GED) Certificate or its equivalent will be accepted. ACT or SAT test results are not required with a GED.
College Transfer
Applicants must request that the following information be mailed directly to the Office of Admissions from the high school, testing agency, and/or college or university:
ACT or SAT test results
high school transcript
transcript from each college or university attended or currently attending
verification of enrollment if currently attending
These credentials should be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes. All required credentials must be received before a final admission decision can be made.
Metropolitan State College of Denver will admit students who are most likely to successfully complete an academic program and who meet state requirements for the college as established by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education (CCHE).
Applicants who have less than a cumulative 2.00 grade point average from all colleges and universities attended will be considered on an individual basis after careful review of all credentials, including letters of recommendation and a personal interview.
Applicants Older than 20
Applicants who are 20 on September 15 for either the summer semester or the fall semester, or February 15 for the spring semester, should read the requirements below for either a first-time college student or a college transfer student:
Freshmen (first-time college students)
Applicants will be admitted to Metropolitan State College of Denver upon indicating on the application for admission that they have graduated from high school or that they have received a General Educational Development Certificate (GED).
By signing the application for admission, degree-seeking applicants are certifying that they will request either a high school transcript with date of graduation or GED test scores be sent to the Office of Admissions. Degree-seeking students will not be permitted to register for a second semester until this credential is received.
By signing the application for admission, non-degree-seeking applicants understand that they do not have to submit credentials to continue at Metro State.
The ACT or SAT is not required for admission but is highly recommended for advising purposes. College Transfer
Applicants will be admitted to Metropolitan State College of Denver, regardless of their cumulative college GPA, if they indicate on their application for admission that they have graduated from high school or that they have received a General Educational Development Certificate (GED).
By signing the application for admission, degree-seeking applicants are certifying that they will request either a high school transcript with date of graduation or GED test scores be sent directly to the Office of Admissions. In place of these credentials, college transfer students may have college transcripts that indicate at least 30 semester hours or 45 quarter hours of transferable C work sent directly to Metro State.


18 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
: Degree-seeking transfer applicants are required to have all college and university transcripts on file
C to receive a transfer evaluation.
By signing the application for admission, non-degree-seeking applicants understand that they do not ; have to submit credentials to continue at Metro State.
; Applicants who indicate on their application for admission that they are not seeking a degree from
! Metro State may change their status by completing a Change of Status Form and submitting all
; required transcripts to the Office of Registration and Student Records.
; The ACT or SAT is not required for admission but is highly recommended for advising purposes.
: Declaring a Major
j Intent-to-Major
First-time Metropolitan State College of Denver students may indicate an intent to major on the Metro
; State application form. Stating an intent to major on the application form is not an official declaration
of major. Students with fewer than 60 hours who wish to major in the School of Business may so indi-; cate on a School of Business Intent-to-Major form.
y Official Declaration of Major
All degree-seeking students who have completed 60 or more semester hours, including hours transferred from other institutions, must officially declare a major no later than the semester following the one in which they complete 60 or more hours.
To declare a major, students must complete an official Declaration/Change of Major form, which is available from the major department or from the Advising, Assessment and Support Center and obtain appropriate signature approval. Procedures for declaring a major depend on the school and the number of semester hours completed as outlined below. Students who transfer to Metro State cannot officially declare a major until all credentials are received and evaluated.
Majors in the School of Letters, Arts and Sciences or the School of Professional Studies
Students, including transfers with Metro State officially evaluated transcripts, may officially declare a major in the schools of Letters, Arts and Sciences or Professional Studies at any time. Students who have completed 29 or fewer semester hours must declare their major through the Advising, Assessment and Support Center in consultation with an academic adviser. Students who have completed 30 or more hours must declare their major through the proposed major department.
Majors in the School of Business
Students having completed fewer than 60 semester hours, including transfers with Metro State officially evaluated transcripts, may declare an intent-to-major in the School of Business through the Advising, Assessment and Support Center. Students who have completed 60 or more semester hours must officially declare their major through the academic department of the proposed major during the semester following the one in which they complete 60 or more hours.
Verification of Major: To verify the correctness of the officially declared major, students should refer to the information contained on their class confirmation notice.
Admission of Previously Enrolled Students
Former students or re-admit students are defined as any individuals who have been accepted, have registered for a course, and have received a grade or grade notation at the college.
Former students who have not been in attendance at Metropolitan State College of Denver for one or more years should adhere to the following procedures:
Submit a completed application for admission, available from the Admissions Office. Check the re-admission box on the top, right comer of the application. No application fee is required for re-admission.
To ensure processing, the application and any required credentials should be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
Former students who have attended other collegiate institutions since last attending Metro State must follow the appropriate admission requirements for transfer students.


ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
Former students who are re-admitting after nine years of absence from the college are required to resubmit all credentials. Only non-degree-seeking Metro State graduates do not have to resubmit credentials.
Additional Admission Programs
Summer Semester Only
Applicants who have graduated from high school or have received a General Educational Development Certificate (GED) and are applying for the summer semester and who do not wish to continue at Metro State after the summer semester may be admitted under a provisional status and are not required to submit admission credentials. Please check the appropriate box under MSCD Plans on the application for admission. Applicants applying for the summer semester and who wish to continue for the fall or spring semester must meet stated admission requirements before the semester begins.
Concurrent Enrollment Programs (High School Students Only)
High School Student Education and Enrichment Program
The Student Education and Enrichment program (SEE) is Metropolitan State College of Denvers High School Concurrent Enrollment Program for college-ready students. SEE is designed to supplement a students existing education through early participation in college-level classes. This advanced program should not be interpreted as an alternative to high school completion but is, instead, a cooperative col-lege/high school effort to provide educational enrichment and early college attendance to qualified high school students. Typically, the SEE student meets the following criteria:
currently registered in a Colorado high school
maintaining a GPA of 3.00 or better
preferably in the senior year of high school
can benefit from specialized or accelerated classes
has demonstrated the ability to do college-level work
To apply for admission, the student must, in consultation with the appropriate high school authority, submit to the Office of Admissions at Metro State an admission application with the required $25 application fee accompanied by the following documents:
recommendation from a high school counselor or administrator stating how the student will benefit from early college attendance
written parental approval
official high school transcript
Upon receipt of these documents, the students record is reviewed and the admission decision is made. However, if additional or supporting information is required, the student may be required to have an admission interview with a Metro State admission counselor. The admission decision will be based on the students academic preparation and past performance, recommendation of the high school official, and the students personal motivation and readiness for a traditional college experience.
Postsecondary Enrollment Options Program
The Postsecondary Enrollment Options Program (PSEOP) is a sponsorship program enacted by state law in 1988 that provides juniors and seniors in high school younger than 22 the opportunity to take college classes for both high school and college credit. The program is intended to provide high school students with an optional learning environment.
Under the terms of the program, the high school district agrees to pay for college tuition and the student is then responsible for college fees and books. Counseling offices in Colorado high schools are provided with PSEOP application packets that include instruction sheets, application forms, and billing authorization forms. Application deadlines are scheduled 45 days prior to the first day of classes every fall and spring semester. Specific deadlines and further information relative to this program and the application process may be obtained by calling the Metro State Office of Admissions at (303) 556-3058.


20 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
Assessment Requirements
\ Reading, Writing, and Mathematics Placement Examinations
All first-time college students are required to take a series of three exams before registering for their 1 first semester classes. The exams measure college entry-level skills in reading, writing, and mathemat-; ics, and the scores are used to help advisers and students select appropriate courses. For additional l information please call (303) 556-3677.
: Reading, Writing, and Mathematics Proficiency Examinations
| Prior to or at the completion of 60 semester hours at Metro State, students may be asked to take a series : of three exams that measure proficiency in reading, writing, and mathematics. These exams should be taken concurrently with or after appropriate coursework in the academic area has been completed. For ; additional information please call (303) 556-3677.
General Studies Examinations
; In their junior year, students may be required to participate in an assessment of their general education.
The Metro State faculty has determined educational goals or outcomes that it wants graduates to Y achieve. A copy of those goals and the methods by which their achievements are measured can be
obtained from the department offices.
International Education
In order to fulfill its role as a public urban institution, Metropolitan State College of Denver must be responsive to the changing qualities of the community it serves. Because Denver is a national center for commerce and technology, Colorado is affected by dynamic global relationships, as well as by national, state, and local policies. As technology draws the nations of the world closer together and Colorado becomes increasingly aware of its international role, educational institutions must increase their commitment to providing opportunities for international education. These opportunities exist for nationals enrolled at Metropolitan State College of Denver who wish to be involved with an academic experience outside the U.S., as well as internationals who feel they will gain from study at Metro State.
Admission of International Students
All students who declare a country of citizenship other than the U.S. on their applications for admission must contact the Office of Registration and Student Records.
Admission of resident aliens (or refugees, political parolees, and political asylum cases, etc.) and students on temporary visas other than F-l:
Official transcripts including secondary level education should be submitted four weeks prior to the beginning of the first day of classes of the semester for which admission is sought.
Applicants may be required to pass an English proficiency examination.
Applicants may be required to register for and complete certain courses during their first two semesters.
Admission of applicants on student (F-l) visas:
If students are academically admissible and have met the minimum English proficiency requirements, they will be issued the U.S. Immigration Form 1-20. Questions regarding the admission of students from abroad or permanent residents should be directed to the Office of Registration and Student Records.
English as a Second Language/Immigrant and Refugee Services
The English as a Second Language program provides assistance to students for whom English is a second language. The program provides assessment, tutoring, intensive academic and personal advising, and assistance with financial aid forms. The program also refers students with limited English proficiency to the appropriate curricula and monitors student progress. For additional information, please call (303) 556-2533.
The Spring International Language Center at Auraria
Intensive English classes at the Spring International Center focus on all language skills: grammar, reading, writing, and listening/speaking, in addition to special electives that students can choose each term, such as TOEFL preparation, vocabulary building, and pronunciation.


ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
Five nine-week terms are offered throughout the year to enable students to complete their English study quickly. Students are placed at one of the five levels, with standardized evaluation tests at the completion of each level. For additional information, call (303) 534-1616.
Transfer Credit Evaluation
Once all final official transcripts for degree-seeking students are received by the Office of Registration and Student Records, the evaluation process begins. The student receives a transfer evaluation card, which must be signed and then submitted to the Office of Registration and Student Records. Within approximately four weeks, students receive two copies of the transfer credit evaluation, one of which is taken to the major and minor departments for advice on how credits might apply to their programs.
Transfer credits will be accepted under the following guidelines:
Credit must have been earned at an institution of higher education holding full regional accreditation.
Grades earned must be A, B, C, or equivalent; however, only the credits will be shown on the Metro State academic record. Courses with grades of D, F, or similar grades will not be accepted in transfer.
Course content should be similar to those courses offered at Metro State.
A maximum of 64 semester hours from a two-year institution will be accepted and applied toward a Metro State degree. A maximum of 90 semester hours of credit will be given for acceptable work completed at a four-year institution or a combination of two- and four-year institutions.
Students earning an A.A. or A.S. degree will enter with junior status at Metro State, provided all courses included in the degree carry a grade of C or better and otherwise meet minimum Metro State standards for transfer credit, and with the understanding that some students will need to complete additional Metro State lower-division program requirements.
Applicants having completed the Colorado community college core curriculum, as certified on their community college transcript, are considered to have satisfied the colleges minimum general studies requirements. However, additional, specific, lower-division courses may be required for certain degree programs.
In accordance with policies established by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education to address student disputes regarding student transfer between Colorado public institutions, Metro State has instituted new procedures for resolving transfer credit disputes. These procedures are available from a transfer evaluator in the Office of Registration and Student Records.
Questions pertaining to transfer credit evaluation should be referred to the Office of Registration and Student Records, Central Classroom Building, room 105 (303) 556-3069.
Changes in Registration
Enrolled students may adjust schedules by dropping and/or adding classes during the first 15 percent of the timeframe of each semester. See the current semester Class Schedule for complete information concerning the tuition and fee refund schedule.
Students who reduce their course load after the fourth week of classes will receive an NC notation for each course they have dropped and a refund, if applicable. An NCVWithdrawal Form must be submitted by the deadline to the Office of Registration and Student Records.
Additional restrictions regarding assigning the NC notation may be set by each school, department, and/or faculty member for the period between the beginning of the fifth and the end of the tenth week of the semester (or proportional timeframe). Students reducing their course load between the beginning of the fifth and the end of the tenth week of classes during fall and spring semesters may receive an NC notation for each course, provided faculty approval is granted. Students are advised to seek faculty signatures well before the deadline. An NCVWithdrawal Form must be submitted by the deadline to the Office of Registration and Student Records. See the sections on grades, notations, course load, and class attendance in this Catalog.
Proportional time frames are applied for modular courses, workshops, and summer terms. Procedures for adding or dropping a modular course after the course has begun are described in the current Class Schedule.


22 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION
Interinstitutional Registration
Students enrolled at Metro State may register for courses at Arapahoe Community College, Community College of Denver, Front Range Community College, and Red Rocks Community College. Courses taken at these institutions in no way alter existing Metropolitan State College of Denver degree requirements, but may apply toward degree requirements subject to specific approval by Metro State. Students should be aware that courses taken interinstitutionally will be counted as part of the 64 semester hours from community colleges applicable to a Metro State degree. Interinstitutional credits will not satisfy academic residence requirements at Metro State. In the event a conflict exists between the policies/pro-cedures of Metro State and one of the colleges listed above, the most restrictive policy prevails. Students are advised to confer with department chairs and/or coordinators of academic advising before registering interinstitutionally.
Information concerning current procedures for enrolling for courses at these other institutions is available from the Office of Registration and Student Records.
Concurrent Enrollment
Concurrent enrollment differs from interinstitutional enrollment in that the student is simultaneously matriculated and enrolled at two different institutions. Students who find it necessary to be registered at Metropolitan State College of Denver and another college at the same time should check with Metro State advisers concerning the acceptance and application of transfer credits. Failure to do so may result in denial of transfer credit. Students concurrently enrolled are affected by the academic policies of Metro State, including the Metro State course load policy.
Course Audit Policy
Students may audit a class with the permission of the instructor and if seating is available. Academic credit is not awarded for an audited course. The cost for auditing a course is based on regular tuition as published in the current Class Schedule. Audit approval forms are available in departmental offices.
Graduation Agreement
Degree-seeking students formally declare their degree plan by filing a Graduation Agreement. The agreement should be submitted to the Office of Registration and Student Records two years prior to the intended term of graduation but no later than the appropriate deadline stated in the Class Schedule.
Students should complete their Graduation Agreement in consultation with their adviser. When it is ready for signatures and a formal evaluation, students should submit the completed agreement to the minor department. The minor department will forward the signed agreement to the major department for signature; the major department will forward it to the dean of the school. The school will submit the agreement to the Office of Registration and Student Records for final review. Once approved, and after the completion of each subsequent semester of academic work, the student will receive an up-to-date Academic Status Report.
Students may appeal to the Board of Academic Standards Exceptions to request a variance from college academic requirements. Their Graduation Agreement should be completed before the appeal. Valid reasons for variances must accompany all petitions, and the petitions must be signed by the appropriate dean and department chair.
Transcripts of Records
A transcript is a certified copy of a students permanent record and shows the academic status of the student at time of issuance. Except for faxed transcripts, there is no charge. Transcripts will be released by the Office of Registration and Student Records upon formal written request by the student. Transcripts will also be issued to firms and employers if written authorization is received from the student. Requests should include the students full name as recorded while attending Metro State, student identification number, last term of attendance, number of copies desired, and to whom and where transcripts are to be sent. Transcripts may be withheld because of indebtedness to the college or for other appropriate reasons. Transcripts from other institutions that are on file in the Office of Registration and Student Records will be issued upon signed request by the student. A charge of $5 per request is assessed for this service. Students from other institutions taking Metro State courses under the state college system or interinstitutional registration programs must request transcripts from their home institution.




24 FINANCIAL AID
Financial Aid
Philosophy
The Metropolitan State College of Denver financial aid program provides assistance and advice to students who would be unable to pursue their education at the college without such help. Scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time employment are available singly or in various combinations to meet the difference between what the student and the students family could reasonably be expected to provide and the expected cost of attending Metro State.
Estimated Expenses
The 1994-1995 academic year expenses are as follows:
Tuition and Fees Resident $2,365.... Nonresident $7,065
Room and Board 6,550 6,550
Books and Supplies 580 560
Transportation 990 990
Miscellaneous 1,205 1,205
$11,670 $16,370
Tuition and fees are set by The State Colleges in Colorado and are subject to change without notice. All students are placed on a single-person budget. Additional allowances are made for students with daycare costs for dependent children and for expenses related to disabilities not paid by another agency (P.L. 99-498).
Eligibility and Need
To qualify for financial aid, a student must be a U.S. citizen or eligible noncitizen, be registered with Selective Service (if required), have financial need, be degree- or licensure-seeking, be making satisfactory academic progress, and not be in default or owe a refund on a federal grant or federal education loan.
Application Procedures
Students must complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid to determine financial aid eligibility. Returning Metro State students may request application forms from the Financial Aid Office. Transfer students can obtain application forms from their current college or university. Entering college freshmen should obtain application forms from their high schools or from the Metro State Financial Aid Office; students should obtain forms as early as possible, preferably by mid-February. Transferring applicants must supply the Metro State Financial Aid Office with financial aid transcripts from all schools previously attended. Detailed information concerning application procedures is available in the Metro State Financial Aid Office.
Financial Aid Programs
Undergraduate students who have a bachelors degree are not eligible for Federal Pell Grants, Federal SEOG, CSG, or CSIG. The amount of funds made available to students depends on the maximum award allowed by regulation of each program, the students established financial need, duration of the students enrollment, and funds allocated to the college by the state and federal governments.
Grants
Grants are gift money from the federal or state government and do not have to be repaid.
Federal Pell Grants are federal funds and may be awarded to undergraduate students who have not yet received a bachelors degree and who are U.S. citizens or permanent residents. The amount of the award is based on each students financial eligibility and the number of hours for which the student is enrolled. The amount of Federal Pell grant awards for the 1995-96 academic year will range from $400 to $2,300 for those students who qualify. Less-than-half-time, half-time, or full-time students may qualify for a Federal Pell Grant.
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (FSEOG) are federal funds awarded to undergraduate students who have not yet received a bachelors degree and are U.S. citizens or permanent residents. Awards are based on an individuals need and are usually awarded to students demonstrating exceptional need. Students must be enrolled full-time to receive a Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant at Metro State. The amount of FSEOG awards ranges from $100 to $1,000.


FINANCIAL AID
Colorado State Grants (CSG) are state funds awarded to Colorado residents, with eligibility determined by the Office of Financial Aid. Students must not have earned a prior bachelors degree and must be enrolled full-time at Metro State. The amount of CSG awards range from $50 to $2,000. CSG funds are also available to part-time students who demonstrate need. Students must be enrolled a minimum of six hours to receive part-time CSG funds.
Colorado Student Incentive Grants (CSIG) are a combination of federal and state funds awarded by the same criteria as CSG. Students must be enrolled full-time to receive CSIG funds.
Scholarships
Presidential Scholarships: These scholarships include four-year scholarships for entering high school students and two-year scholarships for transfer students. Scholars receive up to $600 per semester to pay mandatory tuition and fees.
Colorado Scholarships: Grants of $500 per semester, not exceeding the cost of resident tuition and mandatory fees per academic year, are available through the academic departments. Recipients must be Colorado residents. Interested students should contact their departments for applications.
Athletic Scholarships: Metro State has a limited number of athletic scholarships. Applications and additional information are available from Metro State Intercollegiate Athletics.
Private Scholarships: Students should refer to the Metro State Financial Aid and Scholarship Handbook for information and a listing of scholarships. Students should also contact academic departments and the reference desk at the Auraria Library for assistance in locating sources of scholarships.
Loans
Federal Family Education Loans (FFEL), which enable students and/or their parents to borrow funds to help with educational expenses, include Federal Stafford Loan, unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan, and Federal PLUS Loans. To borrow these funds, students and/or their parents must complete a separate lender application in addition to the need analysis application (FAFSA). Students must also be enrolled at least half-time and be degree- or licensure-seeking. Interest rates vary for each type of loan and also vary depending on when the student borrowed the first Federal Family Education Loan. For further information on interest rates, check with the Financial Aid Office or the lender.
Federal Stafford Loans: Eligibility for the Federal Stafford Loan is based on the students need as determined by the Financial Aid Office. For Stafford Loans disbursed on or after July 1, 1993, the annual loan limits are $2,625 for freshmen, $3,500 for sophomores, and $5,500 for all other undergraduates.
Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans: This loan has many of the same terms and conditions as the Federal Stafford Loan. The main difference is that the borrower is responsible for the interest that accrues while in school and during the six-month grace period. A student may borrow against either parent or student contribution and, therefore, students who do not qualify for the Stafford Loan may qualify for the unsubsidized Stafford Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office for information concerning annual loan limits.
Federal Plus Loans: These loans are available to parents of dependent students. Applications are available from Metro State or from lenders that participate in the program. Applications must first be submitted to the Financial Aid Office for processing. At Metro State, parents of dependent students may borrow up to the cost of education minus amount of financial aid, per student per year.
Metro StateEmergency Loans: If there is a delay in the disbursement of funds, the Financial Aid Office is able to advance limited funds to students, provided that financial aid has been previously awarded. The average loan is $200 per semester. The loan must be repaid at the end of the semester in which the funds were received or as soon as financial aid funds are disbursed to students, whichever comes first.
Information on additional alternative loan programs from private sources is available at the Financial Aid Office.
College Work-Study
The State of Colorado and federal work-study programs provide part-time employment during the summer and academic year. Only permanent Colorado residents are eligible for State of Colorado work-study awards. Awards range from $200 to $5,000 per fiscal year. The average award is $2,000. The maximum hours students may work is 30 hours per week average while classes are in session and a maximum average of 40 hours per week between semesters.


26 FINANCIAL AID
Employment
Many students who do not qualify for work-study find part-time employment to cover a portion of their educational expenses. The Auraria Placement Office helps students find part-time jobs.
Other Forms of Assistance
Colorado No-Need Work-Study: Students enrolled at least half-time who are permanent residents of Colorado and either have unmet need eligibility or do not qualify for need-based financial aid, are eligible for this award. Students may apply for these funds at the Financial Aid Office.
Financial Aid as a Form of Payment: Students who have been awarded financial aid have the option of using that aid as their form of tuition payment during phone registration each semester. Once the award has been verified by the Business Office, the student will not be required to pay the tuition and fee charges until the aid is disbursed. Students receiving any type of financial aid are eligible for this service each semester for which aid has been awarded. Related information is provided in mail-in and phone-in registration materials and in class schedules.
Resource Expectations
Students attending Metro State must assume responsibility for the cost of their education. Tax-sup-ported aid programs supplement student financial resources, but do not replace them. Prospective financial aid applicants should refer to the Financial Aid Office for details concerning students resource expectations.
The Aid Package
Once student eligibility is determined, an aid package is developed that depends on the availability of funds and the eligibility of the applicant in relation to that of other students. Although it is not always possible to do so, the Financial Aid Office attempts to fully meet student eligibility. To facilitate the work of the Financial Aid Office, applicants must obtain all information and forms from designated sources and submit the required materials to the appropriate office according to established schedules.
Receiving a scholarship may affect a students financial aid award. Students receiving federal and/or state aid are limited to a maximum amount of aid. A student whose full need has been met prior to receipt of a scholarship will have the aid reduced by an amount equal to the scholarship. If the students full eligibility has not been met, the scholarship can be allowed to satisfy the unmet eligibility. Each students situation is treated individually.
Award Notification
When the Financial Aid Office has determined the kind and amount of aid for which a student qualifies, the student is notified of the award by letter. The letter also stipulates the conditions of the award. Students awarded aid must sign the statement of education purpose on the award letter and the Anti-Drug Abuse Act certification.
Disbursement Procedures:
Federal Family Education Loan Programs: All Federal Stafford Loans and Federal PLUS Loans are required to be disbursed in two checks. One check is released at the beginning of the loan period (30 days into the semester for incoming freshmen) or as the checks arrive after the start of the loan period. The second check is released no earlier than halfway through the loan period. Federal Stafford checks are processed at the Financial Aid office and released through the Business Office. Students are required to pay any outstanding balance owed to Metro State at the time the check is released. Federal PLUS checks are mailed from lenders to the Metro State Financial Aid Office. Eligibility is verified and then the check is mailed to the parent borrower.
Work Study: Work-study earnings are paid monthly and are treated as wages earned. Outstanding balances owed to Metro State are not deducted from these earnings. Students are strongly advised to pay any outstanding balance as soon as a work-study check is received.
All other aid: Beginning on the first day of classes each semester, students receiving aid other than those listed above may come to the Metro State Business Office to pick up their financial aid. The Business Office will deduct any outstanding balance owed to Metro State and issue a check for any remaining funds. Students who still owe a balance after all aid has been paid will be issued a bill.


FINANCIAL AID
Repayment Policy
Students who receive financial aid and withdraw from Metro State prior to completion of a term may be required to repay a portion of financial aid and scholarships. All required financial aid repayments must be made to Metro State before the end of the current academic year or before additional Title IV funds may be disbursed to the student, whichever occurs first. Repayment is made to the Metro State Business Office.
Student Rights and Responsibilities
Academic Progress Requirements
Financial aid recipients are required to maintain satisfactory progress toward their educational objectives in order to continue to receive aid (2.00 GPA; complete at least two-thirds of the credits attempted each semester; and be enrolled in the equivalent of not more than 12 full-time semesters). Detailed information outlining the requirements is available in the Financial Aid Office. Failure to maintain satisfactory progress may result in cancellation of aid for subsequent terms.
Change in Status
The financial aid award may be adjusted throughout the award period to reflect any change in the students resources or enrollment status or in institutional, state, or federal funding.
Renewal of Financial Aid
Students must apply each year for continued aid. Renewal of financial assistance depends on the students academic performance, financial eligibility, and the availability of student financial aid funds.
Students should contact the Financial Aid Office for details concerning Metro States financial aid policies and procedures.
Costs
The Board of Trustees of The State Colleges in Colorado, the governing board of the college, reserves the right to alter any or all tuition and fees for any semester without notice.
Tuition and College Service Fees
Tuition and college service fees are determined by the trustees shortly before the beginning of each academic year. Information regarding tuition and fees is published in the current Class Schedule.
Tuition and fees are payable at the time of registration.
Standard Fees
An application fee is required of all applicants for admission to the college. This fee is non-refundable
and will not be applied to tuition.
Application fee.........................................................$25
International student application fee...................................$40
Matriculation fee.......................................................$25
Special fees
Returned check charge...................................................$17
Tuition Classification
A student is classified as an in-state or out-of-state student for tuition purposes at the time of admission. This classification is based upon information supplied by the student on the application for admission and is made in accordance with the Colorado Tuition Classification Law, CRS S23-7-101 el seq. (1973), as amended. Once determined, a students tuition classification status remains unchanged unless satisfactory evidence that a change should be made is presented. A Petition for In-State Tuition Classification form and the evidence requested should be submitted to the Office of Registration and Student Records if a student believes she or he is entitled to in-state status.
The tuition classification statute requires that in order to qualify for in-state status, a student (or the parents or legal guardian of the student in the case of students under 22 years of age who are not emancipated), must have been domiciled in Colorado for one year or more immediately preceding the first day of the semester for which such classification is sought.


28 FINANCIAL AID
Domicile for tuition purposes requires two inseparable elements: (1) a permanent place of habitation in Colorado and (2) intent to remain in Colorado with no intent to be domiciled elsewhere. Some examples of connections with the state that provide objective evidence of intent are: (1) payment of Colorado state income tax as a Colorado resident, (2) permanent employment in Colorado, (3) ownership of residential real property in Colorado, (4) compliance with laws imposing a mandatory duty on any domiciliary of the state, such as the drivers license law and the vehicle registration law, and (5) registration to vote. Other factors peculiar to the individual can also be used to demonstrate the requisite intent.
Any questions regarding the tuition classification law should be directed to an admissions officer at the college. In order to qualify for in-state status for a particular semester, the student must prove that domicile began not later than one year prior to the first day of classes for that semester. The dates for qualifying and for submitting petitions are published in the Class Schedule each semester.
Other Cost Information
The cost of books and supplies averages $350 to $500 per academic year, with the highest cost during the first semester of attendance. Other costs such as room, board, clothing, transportation, and other expenses will vary according to individual need.
Tuition Adjustments
Please see the Class Schedule for the current semester.
Student Health Insurance
The Student Health Center Insurance is a group Mandatory-with-Waiver policy for all full-time students (10 credit hours in fall/spring or 8 credit hours in summer). The insurance premium for full-time students is automatically included with the semester charges/fees and is identified on a students bill as insurance. Students who have comparable insurance coverage may waive the insurance premium and not participate in the program. Proof of comparable insurance and a waiver form must be completed and turned in to the Business Office within the first four weeks of the fall and spring semesters, and within the first two weeks of the summer semester. A waiver must be submitted annually, every fall semester or at such time as you are registered for either spring or summer. For additional information regarding the waiver, please contact the office of Student Accounts at (303) 820-2001.
Students who are not full-time, as defined above, are not eligible for the colleges group insurance coverage. In addition, if a full-time student decreases the amount of semester hours to below full-time status (10 hours during fall and spring semesters; 8 hours during summer semester) before the date listed in the Class Schedule for the applicable semester, the student loses insurance eligibility.
Optional coverage is available for dependents of insured students who are enrolled for 10 or more semester hours during fall and spring semesters and 8 or more semester hours during summer semester. Premiums for optional coverage must be paid at the Business Office during the first three weeks of each semester.
Those students enrolled for spring semester health insurance have the option of purchasing summer insurance coverage without attending classes, provided they pay the premium at the Business Office by the date listed in the summer Class Schedule.
The policy is in effect 24 hours a day and covers the period of time from the first day of classes of the semester to the first day of classes of the following semester. Insurance brochures listing other benefits, as well as insurance claim forms and information, are available at the Student Health Center in the Plaza Building, room 140 (303) 556-3873.


SPECIAL PROGRAMS
Child Development Center
The Metro State Child Development Center provides exemplary, on-campus childrens programs: During the fall and spring semesters, the center offers pre-school programs; in the summer it provides a Summer Enrichment Program for elementary age children. Available to the Auraria campus and to the Denver community, these programs are part of the Metro State Teacher Education Division.
The classrooms are under the direction of master teachers who are trained and experienced in either early childhood or elementary education. The master teachers plan an age-appropriate program to provide quality learning experiences that meet the developmental needs of the children. Metro State teacher education students also work in the classroom providing a high adult/child ratio with opportunities for small groups and individual attention.
The preschool program is accredited by the National Academy for Early Childhood Education. There are two preschool classes available: 8:30-11:30 a.m. for children 2 lA to 4 years old and 12:30-3:30 p.m. for children 4 to 6 years old. There is also one hour of childcare available before and after each preschool class.
The Summer Enrichment Program is academic in content, but recognizes childrens needs for fun and different learning experiences in summer. There are two classrooms: one for children entering kindergarten or first grade in the fall and one for children entering second or third grade in the fall. There is a Day Program from 9:00 a.m.-3:30 p.m. and an Extended Program from 7:00-9:00 a.m. and from 3:30-6:00 p.m. Call (303) 556-2759 for more information.
Cooperative Education
The Cooperative Education Internship Center places students in work experiences related to their academic major. The purpose of the internships is to integrate academic training with actual work experience. This combination allows students to make realistic career decisions, gain valuable work experience, obtain recommendations for graduate school, and earn money to help defray college expenses.
Students work in large corporations, small businesses, government, and nonprofit agencies throughout the metropolitan area. Most co-op students are paid by their employers, but in those professional fields where co-op salaries are not available, volunteer internship placements are offered to help students gain essential work experience.
Co-op internship placements are available in most academic majors and minors. Students must complete 30 semester hours of college coursework with a minimum 2.50 GPA and have a declared major to be eligible for registration with co-op. No fees are charged to the student or employer for participation in the program, and each students interests and job requirements are discussed individually with a professional coordinator.
Students may choose from three different work schedules based on the academic calendar. The alternating plan provides full-time periods of work every other semester with intervening semesters spent in full-time study. The parallel schedule places students in a job while they simultaneously attend school. These positions are usually part-time. The short term/summer plan allows students to elect a work experience that lasts for no more than one semester.
The college awards academic credit for supervised cooperative education placements. Students must complete a credit application available from the co-op office, and this application must be approved by a faculty member from the department in which credit is to be granted. No more than 15 semester hours of cooperative education credit will be applied toward Metro State degree requirements. Credit earned for the co-op education work experiences are not applicable toward general studies requirements. Additional departmental restrictions may apply to certain majors.
298-1-3 (Variable credit) Cooperative Education Prerequisite: sophomore status and permission of instructor
An entry-level work experience in a private company or an agency of the federal or state government related to the students major and supervised by a competent professional on the worksite. Credit is awarded by a Metro State faculty member in the appropriate academic department for learning related to academic goals enumerated in the learning contract of each student.
398-1-12 (Variable credit) Cooperative Education Prerequisite: junior status and permission of instructor
An advanced work experience in a private company or governmental agency related to the student's major and supervised by a competent professional on the worksite. Credit is awarded by a Metro State faculty member in the appropriate academic department for learning related to academic goals enumerated in the learning contract of each student. For more information on the program and the placement opportunities in your academic major, contact the Cooperative Education and Internship Center office at 1045 Ninth Street Park. Phone: (303) 556-3290.


30 SPECIAL PROGRAMS
Service-Learning Program
The Metro State Service-Learning Program combines classroom experience with service to the metropolitan community. Participating students receive credit for appropriate public service, which is beneficial to the community and expands student horizons in intellectually and personally meaningful ways.
Emerging from a wide variety of disciplines, service-learning courses are structured by faculty to weave service into community-based and government agencies, with classroom reflection and analysis of the learning offered through these experiences. The courses are also designed to address real needs in our multicultural world, such as homelessness, at-risk youth, domestic violence, the environment, culture and the arts, and mental illness. Agencies that have provided service opportunities include Fort Logan Mental Health Center, the Denver Commission on Aging, Big Sisters, the Colorado Historical Society, the Rape Assistance and Awareness program, and numerous elementary and high schools, senior centers, and nursing homes.
Service-learning credit is available in most academic majors and minors. Prerequisites and other requirements vary with each department. To learn how to participate in this program, including discussions of placement options, students should contact or visit the Service-Learning Program office to schedule an interview.
Extended Education
The Extended Education Division of Metro State is committed to providing a purposeful learning experience to a diverse metropolitan community. Extended Education addresses changing educational needs through programs and services that emphasize accessibility, innovation, lifelong learning, and responsive delivery systems.
Adult Learning Services
Adults entering or returning to college often have questions and problems that are different from those of younger students. Adults who would like help re-entering the formal education system and in planning their educational goals may contact the Office of Adult Learning Services at (303) 556-8342. Individualized Degree Program
Students may design an individualized interdisciplinary major or minor program when their educational goals are not met by majors and/or minors listed in the Metro State Catalog. Each individualized degree program is supervised by a faculty committee chosen by the student. For further information, contact the Office of Adult Learning Services at (303) 556-8342. Metro-Meritus
People 60 or older, who do not wish to earn credit, are invited to attend tuition-free classes of their choice at either Metro State or at an Extended Campus location, on a space-available basis. Metro-Meritus is designed to give special encouragement and assistance to retired citizens to continue their personal educational growth in a stimulating and friendly campus setting. For information and to enroll, call the Office of Adult Learning Services at (303) 556-8342.
Extended Campus Program
Metro States Extended Campus Program provides access to the college in the Denver metropolitan area by offering classes, telecourses, correspondence courses, degree programs, and services at two convenient sites. Metro South, located at 5660 Greenwood Plaza Boulevard in Arapahoe County, serves the south, southeast, and southwest metropolitan areas. Metro North, located at 11990 Grant Street in Adams County, serves the north, northeast, and northwest areas. Each site is located 14 miles from the Auraria campus along the 1-25 corridor.
The First-Year Program
The First-Year Program is designed to unify and coordinate college efforts to help entering students achieve a successful first year. The program provides intensive advising, course selection guidance, and academic monitoring throughout the first year, as well as coordinating academic support services for freshmen. Additionally, the program offers a First-Year Seminar course, which provides appropriate readings and written work enabling students to discuss and write about current issues including the value of higher education. All first-time Metro State students may enroll in the First-Year Seminar course and other appropriate courses as determined by assessment at entry. The program furnishes an environment where problem solving, creativity, and peer interaction are encouraged. For additional information, please call (303) 556-8447.


SPECIAL PROGRAMS 3
Health Careers Science Program
The Health Careers Science Program is designed to encourage women and ethnic minority groups who have traditionally been excluded from careers in science and technology. Students are provided with tutoring and other support to ensure their success in the science and technology areas. For more information, please call (303) 556-3215.
High School Upward Bound
This program is designed to generate the skills and motivation necessary for success in and beyond high school for youths who are low-income and first-generation college-bound students. The program provides intensive academic instruction during the school year, as well as a six-week summer session. Basic academic skill preparation in reading, writing, and mathematics is part of a comprehensive counseling and enrichment program. This program develops creative thinking, effective expression, and positive attitudes toward learning. The students are recruited at the beginning of their sophomore year in high school from five target-area high schools located in Denver County (East, Lincoln, Manual, North, and West high schools).
The Honors Program
The Metro State Honors Program provides an intense, interdisciplinary academic program for highly motivated students whose capabilities suggest a broader spectrum of needs and interests. The program encourages individuality by responding to the diverse educational needs of students. Its integrated approach strengthens the programs foundation and provides a cross section of thought-provoking perspectives. Honors students realize their learning potential through creative inquiry, independent thought, and critical examination. Honors professors serve as mentors to guide students in fulfilling their intellectual pursuits and dreams. Finally, while the Honors Program encourages independent thought and individuality, it also inspires students to work together, forming a community of scholars who learn from one another. Classes are generally small to ensure the exchange of knowledge and philosophies.
Available to students are both the Honors core and a number of departmental Honors courses. There are three Honors awards available: Junior Honors Award (15 semester hours); Senior Honors Award (15 semester hours which includes a thesis or senior seminar); and a Metro State Honors Program designation on the Metro State diploma (27 semester hours).
An official Metro State Honors application form may be obtained from the Metro State Honors Program director. In addition to the Metro State application form, an interview by the Honors Council is required of prospective Honors students. It is highly recommended that all Honors applications be completed by mid-July. Furthermore, there are a number of Colorado scholarships available. Additional information on the Honors Program is available by calling (303) 556-4865, or by inquiring in Central Classroom Building, room 101B. The Honors Program reports to the dean of the School of Letters, Arts and Sciences.
Required Honors Core Semester Hours
HON 275 The Legacy of Arts and Letters I*........................3
HON 276 The Legacy of Arts and Letters II*.......................3
HON 295 The Art of Critical Thinking*............................3
HON 380 Revolutions and Social Change I*........................3
HON 381 Revolutions and Social Change II*.......................3
HON 385 American Culture I*.....................................3
HON 386 American Culture II*....................................3
HON 492 Senior Honors Seminar....................................3
HON 495 Senior Honors Thesis................................... 3
Total Hours for Honors Core.....................................27
*Approved General Studies courses.
International Studies
Semester-Abroad Programs: Two semester-abroad programs, in London, England, and in Guadalajara, Mexico, operate each year. Students who are in good academic standing and feel they could benefit from a semester of study in England or Mexico should contact the coordinator of International Studies at (303) 556-3173.
Study-Abroad Trips: Short-term, study-abroad experiences during the summer are offered each year. These trips are always led by a full-time professor and are usually for two to four weeks in length. Academic credit is normally available. In past summers, study-abroad trips have been made to Mexico, Peru, China, Italy, France, Spain, Egypt, West Africa, Israel, England, and Russia. Contact the coordinator of International Studies at (303) 556-3173 for information about forthcoming trips.


32 SPECIAL PROGRAMS
; Office of International Programs and Services: Metro State provides assistance to visiting faculty and
international students. Important information and counseling is offered on visas, school transfers, work
; permission, housing, banking, and cultural and academic adaptation. The office also provides assistance
I to students who wish to arrange individualized study-abroad opportunities. For information contact the
| director of International Programs and Services at (303) 556-3660.
Language and Culture Institute
; The Metropolitan State College of Denver Language and Culture Institute was established in 1976 to
I organize study and travel abroad. The institute currently operates a summer program in Mexico, a sum-
; mer intensive language institute in Germany, and a winter study and travel program in Mexicos
Yucatan Peninsula and in Central America. The institute offers credit through the Modem Languages | Department and the Institute for International and Intercultural Education.
Institute for International and Intercultural Education
I Metro State provides assistance to visiting faculty and international students. Important information and
I counseling is offered on visas, school transfers, work permission, housing, banking, and cultural and
; academic adaptation. The office also provides assistance to students who wish to arrange individualized
study-abroad opportunities. The institute organizes numerous conferences and lectures on international T issues throughout the year.
The institute also provides information on cross-disciplinary individualized degree major and minor programs in international studies, international courses offered by various departments, and intercultural courses. For information contact the director of International and Intercultural Education at (303) 556-4004.
Servicemens Opportunity College
Metropolitan State College of Denver has received recognition as a Servicemens Opportunity College. Further information can be obtained from the Office of Registration and Student Records.
Student Support Services Program
The purpose of the Student Support Services Program at Metro State is to provide educational assistance for selected students who, because of financial or other circumstances, may otherwise be denied a chance for participation in higher education programs. Academic assistance is provided for students on the basis of individual need. Courses in English and reading are offered for college credit, coupled with tutorial assistance. These courses are designed to strengthen and supplement a students basic educational skills so that she or he may better address the requirements of a college course load. Other supportive services available are counseling, testing, assistance with financial aid forms, and, when possible, assistance in attending social and cultural events to enhance the students experience at Metro State.
Veterans Services
The Office of Veterans Services is designed to provide student veterans and veterans in the community with a variety of outreach, recruitment, and retention services. These include assistance with problems involving checks, tutorial, counseling, and referrals to on-campus offices and services. The office also certifies student veterans and dependents for their VA educational benefits.
Veterans Upward Bound
Veterans Upward Bound at Metro State College is a federally funded program designed to identify, recruit, and motivate veterans to use their VA benefits in pursuit of personal career goals through higher education.
Veterans Upward Bound provides refresher and tutorial help so that survival in academic or voca-tional/technical programs is maximized. This is accomplished during a 12-week trimester. Ancillary services such as career counseling, financial aid advisement, psychological counseling, and job placement are also provided for participants.
Weekend Addition Program
Metro State offers a variety of courses on Friday evenings and Saturdays under the auspices of the Weekend Addition Program. The program has its own office, which provides general assistance to students on specified weekends in the areas of advising, retrieval of college forms, scheduling, and assistance with student concerns that cannot be addressed during weekdays. The Weekend Office is located in the West Classroom Building, room 108E.


ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Academic Information
The college operates on the semester system, with each semester during the academic year consisting of 15 weeks of instruction followed by a week of examinations. Running concurrently with the 16-week course schedule are modules scheduled to begin on the first, sixth, and eleventh week of the 16-week semester. During any 16-week semester, students may enroll in 16-week courses, 5-week courses, or combinations of both, as long as the course load limitations are not exceeded.
The college also offers either an 8- or 10-week summer term during which students may enroll for either 8- or 10-week courses, 4- or 5-week courses, or combinations of both. The course load restrictions are adjusted to be equivalent to those of the regular academic year.
Classes are scheduled during the day, in the evening, and on weekends in order to accommodate people who are employed. Students who are planning to take the majority of their classes in the evenings should check with appropriate department chairs about the availability of courses in their major during evening hours. Enrollment can be on a full-time or part-time basis and can be for the purpose of pursuing a bachelors degree, improving vocational or professional competence, or learning about particular areas of interest for cultural or intellectual reasons. Please refer to the Class Schedule for current calendar information.
Academic Honesty
Students have a responsibility to maintain standards of academic ethics and honesty. Cases of cheating or plagiarism are handled within the policies of Academic Affairs in accordance with procedures outlined in the Metro State Student Handbook.
Conduct of Students
Metro State policy provides students the largest degree of freedom consistent with good work and orderly conduct. The Student Handbook contains standards of conduct, however, to which students are expected to adhere. Information regarding students rights and responsibilities, including the student due process procedure (the procedural rights provided to students at Metro State before disciplinary action is imposed), is available in Central Classroom Building, room 313.
Class Attendance
Students are expected to attend all sessions of courses for which they are registered. Each instructor determines when a students absences have reached a point at which they jeopardize success in a course. When absences become excessive, the student may receive a failing grade for the course.
If students anticipate a prolonged absence, they should contact their instructors. If they find that they cannot communicate with the instructor, they should contact the chair of that department, who will inform instructors of the reasons for the anticipated absence. Whenever an instructor determines that a students absences are interfering with academic progress, the instructor may submit a letter to the department chair informing that office of the situation.
Student Classification
Students are classified according to the number of semester hours of credit earned: freshmen fewer than 30; sophomores 30 or more, but fewer than 60; juniors 60 or more, but fewer than 90; seniors 90 or more.
Semester Hours Credit
Course credit is based on units designed as semester hours. One semester hour or one base contact hour equals a minimum of 750 minutes; this translates to a minimum of 15, 50-minute class hours per semester. Time required for class preparation is not a consideration in the calculation of course credit. Omnibus courses involving laboratory work give one semester hour of credit for each two, three, or four hours of scheduled work in the laboratory during a week. Internships require a minimum of 2,250 minutes for each hour of credit.
Preparatory Course Credit Policy
No preparatory courses are applicable toward a Metro State degree after spring 1993. For details, please see an adviser in the Academic Assessment and Support Center.


34 ACADEMIC INFORMATION
: Course Load
The average course load per 16-week semester is 15 or 16 semester hours. Students who are academi-
; cally strong may take up to 18 semester hours during fall and spring semesters and up to 12 semester
hours during the summer semester. During fall and spring semesters, students with cumulative Metro
; State grade point averages of 3.25 or higher may take 19 or 20 semester hours and those students with
l grade point averages of 3.50 or higher may take 21 semester hours. Students must have completed at
least 15 semester hours at Metro State. Authorization for overloads without these qualifications must be
; obtained from the students major department chair and appropriate dean. Authorization for overloads 1 in excess of 21 semester hours is given by the Board of Academic Standards Exceptions, following a
; successful formal appeal prior to the beginning of the semester. The student should begin the appeal by
; obtaining a petition from the office of the associate vice president for academic affairs, Central Class- room Building, room 318.
Course Numbers, Titles, Descriptions, and Offerings
; Before starting registration, students should study course descriptions for information on the level of I instruction, credit, course sequence, content, and prerequisites.
; The first digit in a three-digit course number designates the level of instruction. Only courses numbered Y 100 or above will be included in credits toward a degree. Courses with numbers up to and including 199 are primarily for freshmen, 200 through 299 primarily for sophomores, 300 through 399 primarily for juniors, and 400 through 499 primarily for seniors. Although, in general, while students should not take courses above the level of their class (based upon semester hours earned), they may do so at one level above if they have the specified prerequisites. In special cases, students may be permitted to take courses more than one level above that designated for their class if they obtain the permission of their adviser and of the faculty member teaching the course and if they meet the prerequisite requirements.
After each course number is a figure specifying the semester hours of credit. As an example, CHE 180-4 is a freshman-level, four-credit course. After the course number is the course title, which may be followed by a second set of numbers in parentheses indicating the division of time between lecture and laboratory, or field experience. The first number represents the number of lecture hours each week, and the second number indicates the number of laboratory, shop, or field hours. For example, CHE 180-4 General Chemistry I (4 + 0) represents the general chemistry course, which has four hours of lecture and zero hours of laboratory each week. Such a course would earn four hours of credit, four for lecture, and zero for laboratory work.
Course descriptions provide a summary of the content of the course. If there is a prerequisite that must be met before a student can register for the course, this information is listed above the course description.
A list of all courses, instructors, class meeting times, and locations is published in the Class Schedule, which is printed before the beginning of each semester and is available to all students.
Omnibus Courses
The omnibus courses listed below are designed to provide flexible learning opportunities. Experimental topics courses, seminars, and workshops deal with novel subjects and current problems. Independent study allows students to investigate problems of special interest. Supervised field study and internships, conducted cooperatively with business, industry, government, and other agencies, provide practical on-the-job learning opportunities. Content of these courses should not duplicate that of regular courses listed in the Catalog. Omnibus courses may be offered by all academic departments of the college.
A specific course plan for topic and group workshop courses, which covers content and semester hours, must be submitted by an instructor and approved by the chair of the department or discipline and the dean of the school before such a course can be listed in the schedule of classes. These same approvals are required for plans of study that individual students submit for registration in a workshop course (when individualized) or an independent study course.
No more than 30 semester hours earned in all of the omnibus courses will be counted toward meeting degree requirements.
The following course numbers are the same for omnibus courses in all disciplines; and, when listed in class schedules, registration forms, and college records, the course number will carry the prefix of the discipline in which the course is offered. In addition to prerequisites listed under a course and the approvals outlined above, other prerequisites appropriate to the study and departmental objectives may be added.


ACADEMIC INFORMATION
190 (Credit Variable) Topics
Prerequisite: permission of instructor
An introductory-level class to study selected topics especially appropriate for lower-division students. 390 (Credit Variable) Advanced Topics Prerequisite: permission of instructor An in-depth inquiry into selected problems.
480 (Credit Variable) Workshop Prerequisite: approval of department
An advanced program of study, often of concentrated nature, designed primarily for students majoring in a particular department or discipline. Involves independent and/or group appraisal and analysis of major problems within a particular area.
490 (Credit Variable) Seminar Prerequisite: permission of instructor
Presentations, discussions, reports, and critiques of various problems within the discipline in which the seminar is offered.
498 (Credit Variable, not to exceed six semester hours) Independent Study
Prerequisites: senior status and permission of the department chair
Independent investigation of problems within the students major discipline. The course must be offered in that department/discipline and be supervised by a faculty member of that area.
Field Experience/Internship Courses
Field experience or experiential education courses offer major instructional activities conducted outside the regular classroom, whose syllabi are formally approved by the institution and maintained as an integral part of a departments curriculum. These courses incorporate actual experience with information assimilation and adhere to policies set forth by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education. Certain degree, certification, and licensure programs, such as teacher education or nursing, require experiential education courses as a part of the required coursework. Other departments offer experiential education courses, for credit applicable to graduation requirements, generally as a part of the students major or minor. Five terms identify field experience courses offered at Metro State: external laboratory, practicum, internship, student teaching, and independent study.
External Laboratory
A controlled environment or organized activity emphasizing experimentation in which guided observations and participation enhance the integration of theory and practice under the guidance and supervision of the faculty member and the cooperating supervisor (i.e., child development). The external laboratory is distinguished from the on-campus laboratory, which is devoted to experimental study in any branch of the natural or applied sciences.
Practicum
A unit of work that involves apprenticeship in the practical application of previously studied theory under the observation and supervision of a skilled practitioner and faculty member (i.e., a practicum in reading).
Internship
A work-oriented training period of actual service in an agency, institution, or technical/business establishment that provides an in-depth learning experience for the student under the direct supervision of an on-site supervisor and under the scrutiny and guidance of a faculty member (i.e., cooperative education).
Student Teaching
Faculty-supervised learning experience in which the student applies knowledge gained in the Teacher Education Licensure Program to a classroom setting (i.e., practice teaching).
Independent Study
A student-initiated creative or research project conducted under the direct guidance and supervision of a faculty member from an academic department or discipline (as a thesis or special upper-division project).
Guidelines for Field Experience/Internship Courses
Credit may vary from 1-15 hours, depending upon the instructional activity.
Students are expected to meet the minimum base clock hours established by CCHE policy, which requires two to three times the clock hours established for regular classroom instruction.
Approved cooperating agencies provide learning opportunities, prepare written statements of assignments, monitor students performance, confer with the supervising faculty member, and provide a written evaluation.


36 ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Minimum of one hour a week minimally is spent in seminar and discussion or in conference with the adjunct faculty at the field experience locale and/or in conference with the supervising faculty member.
The supervising faculty member evaluates the students performance and, in consultation with the adjunct faculty member, assigns the grade for the course according to grading policies stated in the Catalog.
Omnibus courses (299, 397, 498, 499) emphasizing field experiences are subject to guidelines established for regular field-based courses, as well as omnibus course guidelines, and must be approved by the Office of Academic Affairs.
299 (Credit Variable) Field Experience/lnternship Prerequisite: sophomore status and permission of instructor
A supervised in-service field or laboratory experience in an area related to the students major, conducted by an affiliated organization in cooperation with the department/discipline in which the student is majoring.
397 (Credit Variable) Practicum
Prerequisites: sophomore status and permission of instructor
A class that involves apprenticeship in the practical application of previously studied theory under the observance and supervision of a skilled practitioner and faculty member (i.e., practicum in reading).
498 (Credit Variable, not to exceed six semester hours) Independent Study
Prerequisites: senior status, permission of the department chair
Independent investigation of problems within the students major discipline. The course must be offered in that department/discipline and be supervised by a faculty member in that area.
499 (Credit Variable) Advanced Field Experience/lnternship Prerequisite: permission of instructor
An advanced-level, supervised, in-service field or laboratory experience in an area related to the students major, conducted by an affiliated organization in cooperation with the department/discipline in which the student is majoring.
Cooperative Education courses (298, 398variable credit) are subject to guidelines established for regular field experience courses, as well as Cooperative Education guidelines. No more than 15 semester hours of cooperative education credit will be applied toward Metro State degree requirements.
Grades and Notations
If a clerical error occurs in the reporting of student grades, the faculty may adjust the grade to the actual grade earned.
Grades
Alphabetical grades and status symbols used at Metro State are as follows:
ASuperior........................4 quality points per semester
BAbove Average...................3 quality points per semester
CAverage.........................2 quality points per semester
DBelow Average but Passing.......1 quality point per semester
FFailure.........................0 quality points per semester
Notations
NCNo Credit I Incomplete
SSatisfactory (limited to student teaching and HPS/LES 489 internships)
PPass
XGrade assignment pending. Student must see faculty for an explanation or assignment of grade. Courses taken through interinstitutional registration are normally assigned the X notation until grades are received and posted to the academic record.
The NC notation is not a grade. It may indicate withdrawal from the course or course repetition. The NC notation may also be used in self-paced courses to indicate that the student and/or the faculty have decided to extend the students exposure to the course to increase the students proficiency. To earn credit, the student must re-register for and pay for the course in a subsequent term.
hour attempted hour attempted hour attempted hour attempted hour attempted


ACADEMIC INFORMATION
The I notation may be assigned when a student was unable to take the final examination and/or did not complete all the out-of-class assignments due to unusual circumstances (such as hospitalization). Incomplete work denoted by the Incomplete I notation must be completed within one calendar year or earlier, at the discretion of the faculty member. If the incomplete work is not completed within one calendar year, the I notation will change to an F. Registering in a subsequent semester for a course in which an I has been received will not remove the I. The I notation may not be awarded in a self-paced course.
The following minimal requirements are required throughout the college and are a part of all school, departmental, or individual faculty policies:
The NC notation is available to students in all instances through the fourth week of classes for fall and spring terms.
Student requests for an NC notation in a given course will not be granted after the tenth week of the fall and spring semesters. The I notation may be used during this period, provided the conditions specified above apply.
Proportional timeframes are applied for modular courses, weekend courses, workshops, and summer terms.
A written policy statement describing the use of the NC notation will be given to each student for each class in which the student enrolls.
Students are expected to attend all sessions of courses for which they are registered. Each instructor determines when a students absences have reached a point at which they jeopardize the students success in a course. When absences become excessive, the student may receive a failing grade for the course. Additional requirements for an NC notation may be set by each school, department, and/or faculty member.
Quality Points
The number of quality points awarded for a course is determined by multiplying the number of semester hours for that course by the quality point value of the grade received. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the total by the number of semester hours attempted.
To be eligible for a degree, a candidate must have a minimum number of quality points equal to twice the number of semester hours attempted in addition to meeting other prescribed requirements. The notations NC, I, S, and P have no effect on the grade point average.
Final Examinations
It is the general policy of the college to require final examinations of all students in all courses in which they are registered for credit, with the possible exception of seminar courses or special projects.
Pass-Fail Option
The pass-fail option encourages students to broaden their educational experience by taking courses outside their major and minor fields. The pass notation has no effect on the grade point average (GPA); the fail notation is equivalent to the grade of F.
Students who have completed at least one Metro State course with at least a 2.00 cumulative GPA may choose to be evaluated for a certain course on a pass-fail basis rather than by letter grade. The pass-fail option may be used for general elective credit only. Major, minor, general studies, and other courses required for a degree or for teacher licensure, may not be taken on a pass-fail basis. Self-paced courses may not be taken under the pass-fail option. Maximum graduation credit for these ungraded courses is 18 semester hours, earned in no more than six courses, limited to one course per semester or module.
Students must declare interest in the pass-fail option no later than the last day to add classes (during the first 15 percent of the total timeframe of the semester) for a particular semester or module by contacting the Office of Registration and Student Records. The instructor will assign and record the pass-fail grade on a final grade list that identifies students electing and eligible for pass-fail grading. Students who request the option who are later declared ineligible will receive notification from the Office of Registration and Student Records during the semester. They will be assigned a regular letter grade in the course. Once approved, the request for the pass-fail option is irrevocable.
Some institutions do not accept credits for courses in which a pass notation is given. Therefore, students who plan to transfer or take graduate work should determine whether the institution of their choice will accept the credit before registering for courses under the pass-fail option.


38 ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Repeated Courses (Last Grade Stands)
A student may repeat any course taken at Metro State regardless of the original grade earned. By doing so, only the credit and the grade for the latest attempt at the course will remain on the students Metro State academic record. The grade for the prior attempt(s) will be changed to the NC notation. The courses must carry the same title, course number, and semester hours. To effect such a change, the student must reregister and pay tuition for the course in question, complete the course with a letter grade, and complete the necessary form in the Office of Registration and Student Records indicating that the course has been repeated. Otherwise, the grade change will be made administratively at the time of degree evaluation or earlier. Credit duplication involving transfer, interinstitutional, or state college system courses may be treated differently from the above procedure. A failing course grade assigned as a result of academic dishonesty is considered a permanent F and is not subject to this policy. A student may not repeat a course after the award of a Metro State degree to make use of this policy.
Warning/Probation/Suspension Policy
Academic Satisfactory Progress/Good Standing
A student is deemed to be making satisfactory progress toward his or her academic goal if the student r maintains a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher. This student is deemed to be in academic good standing with the institution (hereafter in this section referred to as good standing.) However, other academic standards may apply to specific programs. A student must satisfy those other academic standards in order to be deemed in academic good standing with that program. Please see information on the program of interest to determine specific standards for that program.
Academic Warning Status
A student in good standing whose cumulative GPA falls below 2.00 will be on academic warning status with the institution (hereafter in this section referred to as warning status) during his or her next semester at Metro State. A student will be removed from this warning status and returned to good standing if he or she achieves a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00 at the end of his or her semester on warning status. More restrictive standards may apply to certain programs or schools. Please see information on the program of interest.
Academic Probation
A student who fails to achieve a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00 at the end of his or her semester on warning status will be put on academic probation with the institution (hereafter in this section referred to as academic probation) during his or her next semester at Metro State. A student will be on academic probation as long as he or she has a cumulative GPA below 2.00, but is making progress toward good standing as explained below and has not been on academic probation for more than three semesters. Other conditions may apply to given programs or schools. Please see information on the program of interest.
A student is removed from academic probation and is in good standing the semester after he or she achieves a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00.
During any semester that a student is on academic probation, the student must make progress toward good standing with the institution by taking all of the following actions:
achieving a semester GPA of 2.20 or higher
registering and completing a minimum of 3 but no more than 12 semester hours (3 to 6 semester hours for summer semester)
taking required activities as negotiated with the director of Academic Exceptions Program. These may include certain classes, repeated courses, tutoring, or other activities.
While on academic probation, a student may pre-register for the first semester following the academic warning status semester, but is prohibited from pre-registering any other semester. For subsequent academic probation status semesters, a GPA of at least 2.20 must be verified prior to registration.
Academic Suspension
A student on academic probation not making progress toward good standing will be prohibited from registering for one calendar year from the date of suspension. Appeal of suspension for this reason will be submitted to the director of Academic Exceptions Program. The director of Academic Exceptions Program will then deliver the appeal materials to the Student Academic Review Committee, which will review the appeal and notify the student of its decision. A student may appeal a suspension only two times in his or her academic career at Metro State.


ACADEMIC INFORMATION
A student making progress toward good standing, whose cumulative GPA remains below a 2.00 after three or more semesters on probation, will have his or her academic progress reviewed each semester by the Student Academic Review Committee. The committee will determine whether the student should be placed on suspension. In both cases, the decision of the Student Academic Review Committee is final.
Any student returning to Metro State after the one-calendar-year suspension must reapply and will be re-admitted on academic probation with the institution. For these students, all probation rules outlined above will apply.
A student who is suspended for a second time will be re-admitted only if he or she has successfully completed an associate degree program from a community college after suspension from Metro State or can demonstrate to the Student Academic Review Committee that chances for successful completion of an educational program are greatly improved.
Student Grade Appeal Procedure
If students have reason to question the validity of a grade received in a course, they must make their request for a change before the end of the third week of the semester following the completion of the coursethe following fall semester in the case of the spring semester. The Grade Appeal Guidelines may be obtained from the students respective deans. It is the responsibility of the students to initiate a grade appeal within the time limit, and to follow the procedures specified for grade appeals in the Student Rights and Responsibilities section of the 1994-1996 Student Handbook. The handbook may be obtained from the Office of Student Services. All decisions of the Grade Appeal Committee will be reviewed by the associate vice president for academic affairs.
Adaptive Self-Paced Learning
Adaptive self-paced learning is a phrase used to describe classes in which students are allowed to proceed at a pace that is suited to their personal learning needs and learning style. Students may proceed rapidly, finishing a course well in advance of the end of a semester or module, with the advantage of being able to begin new studies or to concentrate on other courses. Students may proceed slowly without time limitations that might interfere with the mastery of each required skill.
This personalized system of learning relies heavily on learning aids and media so that tutors, student proctors, and faculty are free to devote additional time to individualized instruction and assistance.
Self-paced courses are identified in the Class Schedule by SP, or self-paced. Information on the method of instruction and the nature of the program is available in each department. Self-paced courses are optional and are open to all students who qualify.
Students who do not complete the work of a self-paced course during a semester are given the notation of NC and must re-enroll in and pay for the course in a subsequent semester in order to continue in that course. A letter grade is awarded during the semester in which the work is completed satisfactorily.
Nontraditional Credit Options in Lieu of Course Requirements
Successful completion of special examinations and/or completion of a prior learning portfolio, which may be substituted for the completion of course requirements, may permit placement in advanced courses, or may be used as the basis for awarding credit. A student may earn up to 60 semester hours of credit toward degree requirements using nontraditional credit options. This type of approved credit will be posted to the students record after the completion of 8 semester hours of classroom (resident) credit. Nontraditional credit may not be used toward the last 12 semester hours of a degree program, does not substitute for residency requirements, and cannot be used to challenge prerequisite courses for courses already completed. Students are advised that letter grades are not assigned for nontraditional credit, and some institutions may not accept transfer credits that do not include letter grades.
Advanced Placement Examinations
Students who have performed satisfactorily in special college-level courses while in high school, and who have passed appropriate advanced placement examinations conducted by the College Entrance Examination Board, may have official AP scores submitted directly to the Office of Registration and Student Records for consideration for college credit. This office, in consultation with the appropriate department chair, determines the amount and nature of the credit and/or advanced placement granted.


40 ACADEMIC INFORMATION
: International Baccalaureate
Metro recognizes the greater potential for success of international baccalaureate students. Accordingly, ; academic departments may award credit for demonstrated proficiency on a case-by-case basis. Students who have international baccalaureate results at the higher level may have an official transcript sent ; directly to the Office of Registration and Student Records for consideration for college credit.
: College-Level Examination Program (CLEP)
For the past 20 years, the College Board has offered CLEP, a program of examinations designed to eval-; uate non-accredited college-level learning to award credit for successful demonstration of this knowledge. CLEP consists of two series of examinations: the general examinations and the subject examinations.
; The general examination series includes five separate examinations covering the areas of English com-l position, humanities, natural sciences, math, and social science/history. Based on the results of these
examinations, the college may award up to a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit in the freshman
; general studies requirement areas. Thus, the successful student may test out of many of the traditional
! courses required during the freshman year. Metro State does not allow CLEP credit for ENG 102, which
j is the Freshman Composition: Analysis, Research, and Documentation course.
f The subject examination series consists of more than 45 examinations that apply to specific college courses. Metro State allows credit for 15 of these examinations. Thirty semester hours of credit also may be awarded under this series, making a total of 60 semester hours of credit obtainable under a combination of the two series of examinations.
Credit obtained under CLEP at another institution will be re-evaluated according to Metro State CLEP policies.
Any interested student should contact the coordinator at (303) 556-3677 for complete information about this program before registering to take any of these exams.
Attainment Examinations
Any student may take attainment examinations in certain departments for the purpose of waiving specific graduation requirements. Passing such an examination, although not reducing the number of credits required for graduation, entitles students to substitute their own choice for the required subject. The examination is approximately the equivalent of the final examination in the course.
Departmental Course Examinations
In special cases, a department may grant students credit toward graduation for college courses in which they request and pass special college examinations. Under this provision, a maximum of 30 semester hours of credit may be awarded by the college. A fee of $10 per semester hour credit will be charged.
Examinations for credit must be based on work equivalent to a regular course offered by the college (omnibus-numbered courses are excluded). The credit granted will be for the corresponding course, provided the student has no previous collegiate enrollment for a similar course and the credit is applicable toward the students graduation requirements. Evidence of work justifying an examination for credit must be presented to the department chair no later than the third week of classes in a semester. Permission for such examination must be secured in advance from the appropriate dean upon recommendation of the department chair.
No application for credit by examination will be approved for a student who is not currently enrolled in good standing in a degree-seeking curriculum in the college. Credit by examination will not be approved for a student who is within 12 classroom semester hours of completing degree requirements. No credit by examination can be obtained for a course in which a student has been officially enrolled at Metro State or at another institution, whether or not the course has been completed and a grade awarded. Credit by examination cannot be obtained for college courses attended as a listener, visitor, or auditor.
If a student has completed a more advanced course than the course for which examination credit is desired, permission to take the exam will be granted if approved by the appropriate department chair and dean. If a student has already completed a sequence of courses, no examination credit can be given for courses lower in number than the highest-numbered course taken by the student. If a student has registered for a higher-numbered course in a sequence, the exam for the lower-numbered course must be completed within the first three weeks of the semester. Exceptions must be appealed to the Board of


ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Academic Standards Exceptions following endorsement of the department chair or dean. Examinations cannot be taken to raise grades, to remove failures, or to remove NC, SP, or I notations. Credit by examination is not applicable toward academic residence requirements.
Examples of unrelated subject matter:
ART 212.....Human Anatomy for Artists
ART 103.....Basic Photography Methods
ITS 241.....Introduction to Photography
ITS 101.....Introduction to Wood
Examination for credit will be taken at a time specified by the department after the special examination fee has been paid. No examination for credit in a college course may be repeated. A grade equivalent to A or B must be attained on the examination in order to receive credit, but credit so earned for the course will be recorded without grade reference on the students permanent record. Credits in courses for which credit is earned by examination are not considered in computing college grade point averages. Credit by examination will be posted after a student has completed 8 semester hours of credit at Metropolitan State College of Denver and after an evaluation of all possible transfer credits has been completed.
Credit for Prior Learning
Students may apply for credit for college-level learning gained through experience through the Credit for Prior Learning program. Information and assistance is available through the Office of Adult Learning Services. Prior learning credit is available in most, but not all, academic departments.
Credits are awarded on the basis of a careful assessment of the prior learning portfolio by faculty in the department from which credit is sought. The prior learning portfolio is developed with the assistance of the Office of Adult Learning Services. Applicants for credit for prior learning will generally be required to take EDU 268-1, Portfolio Development Workshop. Prior learning portfolios are submitted to Adult Learning Services, which submits the portfolio to the appropriate academic department. Students are advised not to enroll in classes for which credit for prior learning may be sought.
A fee of one-half the part-time student tuition is charged for credit for prior learning; $40 of the total fee is due prior to the assessment of the portfolio by faculty for credit. The remainder of the fee is due if and when credit is awarded. Policies governing nontraditional credit options apply to credit for prior learning. Contact the office of Adult Learning Services for assistance and further information (303) 556-8342. Information sessions about portfolio assessment and other nontraditional credit options at Metro State are held on a regular basis by the office of Adult Learning Services.
Credit for Military Training and Other Training Programs
Military training and other training programs that have been assessed for college credit by the American Council on Education will be evaluated by the Office of Registration and Student Records for transfer credit at Metro. For formal military training, copies of training certificates and a copy of the DD-214 should be submitted to the Office of Registration and Student Records. For other training, official ACE transcripts should be submitted. Credit limit is 30 semester hours.
Honors and Awards
Metro annually recognizes students who show outstanding leadership and service to the college and community, excellence in scholastic achievement, and outstanding personal character and integrity. Recognition of students includes:
The Presidents Award (one senior); the Special Service Award for Academic Affairs (one senior) and for Student Services (one senior); Outstanding Student Awards (seniors from each school); Whos Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges (seniors); American Association of University Women (AAUW) Award (senior woman). Other awards include Special Service Award for Exceptionally Challenged Students, Student Government Assembly Award, Charles W. Fisher Award, and the Colorado Engineering Council Award.
Information and applications for these awards are available in Central Classroom Building, room 313. Awards are presented at the annual banquet the night before graduation.
In addition to annual awards, students with outstanding academic achievements are recognized by being named on Metro honor lists. The Presidents Honor List carries the names of students who, at the time


42 ACADEMIC INFORMATION
of computation, have achieved a cumulative GPA of 3.85 or higher. The Vice Presidents Honor List carries the names of students who, at the time of computation, have achieved a cumulative GPA of between 3.50 and 3.84, inclusively.
Computation will occur initially when the student has completed between 30 and 60 hours at Metro State, then again between 60 and 90 hours, and finally after more than 90 hours.
Graduation honors are awarded to students who have demonstrated superior academic ability in their baccalaureate degree while attending Metro State. Honors designations are determined according to the following criteria:
Summa Cum LaudeTop five percent of graduates within each school with cumulative Metro State GPA of no less than 3.65
Magna Cum LaudeNext five percent of graduates within each school with cumulative Metro State GPA of no less than 3.65.
Cum LaudeNext five percent of graduates within each school with cumulative Metro State GPA of no less than 3.65.
To determine each honors category, GPAs for the previous spring semester graduates are arrayed in rank order. This rank ordering is then used to determine the honors recipients among the following fall, spring, and summer graduates.
To qualify for graduation honors recognition, a student must have completed a minimum of 50 semester hours of classroom credit at Metro State prior to the term of graduation.
Courses completed during the term of graduation and transfer credits are not considered when determining honors.
Honors designations are added to the students official academic record; no other notification will be sent. For additional information regarding graduation honors, contact the Office of Academic Affairs at (303) 556-3907.
Diplomas and Commencement
Students who have met all requirements for graduation are granted diplomas at the end of the semester for which they are degree candidates. A formal commencement ceremony is held at the conclusion of each semester.
Catalog Requirements for Bachelors Degree
Students must use a single Catalog to meet all their degree requirements including those in the general studies, major, and minor. All degree programs must adhere to overriding current policies at Metro State. All students should refer to the General Studies for Bachelors Degree section in this Catalog for important information.
Students are responsible for full knowledge of the provisions and regulations pertaining to their program contained in this Catalog and elsewhere. The final responsibility for completing the requirements for a degree rests with the students, and it is recommended that they seek advice. Students should never assume that they have approval to deviate from a stated requirement without a properly signed statement to that effect.
For degree requirement purposes, students must select a Metropolitan State College of Denver Catalog in effect while they are enrolled at Metro State, provided that the Catalog contains their complete program of study. Students interrupting enrollment for any three consecutive semesters or more may select only the current Catalog in effect upon returning to the institution.
Students transferring from a regionally accredited Colorado community college may complete degree requirements using a Metro State Catalog in effect while enrolled at the community college, subject to the following conditions.
The Catalog followed does not predate the current Metro State Catalog by more than three years.
The Catalog selected may have been in use at any time from the time the student was continually enrolled at a regionally accredited Colorado community college to the semester for which the student is enrolling.*
Continuous enrollment is defined as not interrupting enrollment for three or more consecutive semesters (one calendar year). Continuous enrollment must be maintained from the period of the designated Catalog to the point of Metro State degree completion.


ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Orientation
All first-time college students, regardless of age, and all transfer students younger than 20 are required to attend an orientation session. Re-admit students are encouraged to attend an orientation session. Information is provided about college requirements, class scheduling, registration procedures, college services and resources, transfer of credit, academic advising, choice of major, and career counseling. Information is also available regarding special programs offered by the college and its various departments. Orientation sessions are offered to freshmen, transfer students, adults, re-entry women, and parents of new freshmen. For additional information, call (303) 556-4055.
Requirements for All Bachelors Degrees
To earn a bachelor of science, a bachelor of arts, or a bachelor of fine arts degree, a student must satisfy the following minimum requirements, plus any others stipulated for the degree for which a student is a candidate.
Complete a minimum of 120 semester hours with a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher for all Metropolitan State College of Denver coursework.
Complete at least 40 semester hours in upper-division courses (300- and 400-level courses). Complete all general studies requirements listed for the degree and major.
Complete a 3-hour multicultural course requirement.
Complete a 3-hour senior experience course requirement. This course must be taken at Metro State.
Complete one subject major consisting of not less than 30 semester hours. With certain exceptions (see the Degrees and Programs Available at Metropolitan State College of Denver section of this Catalog), complete a minor consisting of at least 18 semester hours. If a student completes two majors, the second major satisfies the minor requirement. Completing two areas of emphasis under one major does not constitute the completion of two majors. Completion of two majors does not result in two degrees or diplomas. Coursework used to meet requirements for one major or minor may not be used to meet requirements for another major or minor. Students may not major and minor in the same discipline and are encouraged to obtain verification from an adviser if uncertainty exists.
Complete all special requirements of a department and school.
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher in all Metro State courses that satisfy the requirements for the major, and for all Metro State courses that satisfy requirements for a minor. Students should check with an adviser for special GPA program requirements.
Complete a Graduation Agreement.
Academic residency (classroom credit) requirements:
Complete a minimum of 30 semester hours of classroom credit at Metropolitan State College of Denver, including the last 12 semester hours applicable to the degree.
Complete at least 8 upper-division (300- and 400-level courses) semester hours of the major and 3 upper-division hours of the minor at Metro (classroom credit).
Students should be aware that University of Colorado at Denver pooled courses and courses taken interinstitutionally or at one of the other state colleges will not satisfy academic residence requirements at Metro State.
Complete the Senior Experience requirement.
Credit limitations:
Not more than 30 semester hours of omnibus-numbered courses may be applied toward graduation requirements.
Not more than 30 semester hours taken by extension and/or correspondence may be applied toward a bachelors degree.
Not more than 4 semester hours in human performance and leisure activity or varsity sports courses will be counted toward a bachelors degree for students who are not majoring in human performance, sport and leisure studies.
Not more than 7 semester hours in music ensemble courses will be counted toward a bachelors degree for students who are not majoring in music.


44 ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Requirements for a Second Degree
For an additional bachelors degree, students must comply with the following:
The first bachelors degree must be recognized by Metro State.
General studies will be considered complete unless deficiencies exist according to the major department.
Students must complete all requirements for a new major with a minimum of 8 Metro State classroom upper-division semester hours in the major department.
Students must complete a minor, if required by the major department for the contemplated degree.
Students must satisfy the multicultural and senior experience course requirements for the second degree.
Students must spend at least two additional semesters in residence.
A minimum of 30 semester hours of classroom credit at Metro State is required in addition to the credits completed by the student for the earlier degree.
Credit limitations for a bachelors degree will continue to exist for the second degree.
A Graduation Agreement must be completed as outlined in this Catalog.
Individualized Degree Program
Even with the wide diversity of the majors and minors presently offered at Metro State, the need arises for an academic program that is individual in nature, meets the specific needs of the students, and is responsive to emerging educational requirements. The individualized major/minor is an organized degree program written by the student in consultation with an individualized degree faculty advising committee. Working with faculty from selected disciplines enables students to complete a specific, individual, educational objective that cannot be satisfied by any existing Catalog major and/or minor programs. The degree sought may be either a bachelor of arts or bachelor of science. For more information, contact the Office of Adult Learning Services at (303) 556-8342.


GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
GENERAL STUDIES FOR BACHELORS DEGREES
Students must use a single Catalog to meet all degree requirements, including those in the general studies, major, and minor. Some changes in general studies requirements have been made retroactive. As a consequence, many general studies requirements and policies described in this Catalog may be followed by students using earlier catalogs. All degree programs must adhere to overriding, current policies at Metro State.
Courses and specific prerequisites/corequisites approved for the current program are described in the Course Description section of this Catalog. Students should consult an adviser in the Advising, Assessment and Support Center when planning their programs.
Philosophy of the General Studies Program
Metro State seeks to prepare its graduates for a lifetime of learning, which, in our changing and complex society, requires focused expertise (such as that provided by a major area of study) and the ability to communicate with and learn from experts in other fields. At Metro State, undergraduate education fosters the critical thinking necessary for the exploration of unfamiliar disciplines and for the synthesis of learning and exposes students to the richness and variety of the intellectual universe.
Through its General Studies Program, Metro State encourages students to use their mastery of skills to explore knowledge in a variety of disciplines. The General Studies Program provides two levels of experience with separate goals:
Level ISkills
Level I courses provide students with the basic skills of reading and listening critically, recognizing faulty reasoning, drawing conclusions from quantitative data, organizing ideas, and communicating clearly.
Level IIBreadth of Knowledge
Level II courses provide a broader scope of skills, encourage an open attitude toward different approaches to problems, and cultivate an informed awareness of the principle achievements in history, arts and letters, social science, and science.
Distribution and Credit Requirements
To complete their General Studies Program, students must take approved courses that fulfill the following distribution and credit requirements:
Category Semester Hour
Level I*
Composition.................................................................6
Mathematics.................................................................3
Communications..............................................................3
Level II**
Historical..................................................................3
Arts and Letters............................................................6
Social Sciences.............................................................6
Natural Sciences........................................................... 6
Total***...................................................................33
*A transfer course or courses of at least 2 semester hours judged to be similar in skill development and content to a Level l course will satisfy an individual Level l course requirement. Equivalency will be determined by the department offering the Level I course.
**One-hour deviations in the Level II categories may be allowed.
***A students completed General Studies Program must contain at least 33 semester hours.
Basic Rules:
Only approved courses may be used to satisfy the general studies requirements. A current listing of these courses is published in this section, in the General Studies, Multicultural, and Senior Experience Requirements pamphlet, and in the Course Descriptions section of this Catalog.
General studies courses need not be counted toward general studies requirements. They may be taken as electives or to satisfy requirements in the major or degree program.
Departments or programs whose curricula are guided by accrediting agencies may specify, by prefix and number, some general studies courses in addition to courses required for the major or a professional credential.
Courses taken using the pass-fail option cannot be counted for general studies.


46 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
Level I Requirements: Composition, Mathematics, and Communication; Freshman Assessment: Reading, Writing, and Mathematics Placement Exams
First-time college students are required to complete the reading, writing, and mathematics placement exams (see Assessment Requirements section). Exam results serve as the basis for academic advising. To increase their opportunity for success, students may be required to take courses below the level of first-year courses offered by Metropolitan State College of Denver. Students should be aware, however, that no credit is given for courses that are below the college level.
Placement Test Prerequisites
Students must have a passing score on the appropriate placement test before they will be allowed to register for Level I general studies courses in English, mathematics, and reading. Exceptions will be made for students who have earned at least a grade of C in the community college course specified by the department. The Advising, Assessment and Support Center administers the placement tests. Students should consult an adviser in the Advising, Assessment and Support Center for guidance in selecting the appropriate Level I courses.
Composition: Required Courses Semester Hours
ENG 101 Freshman Composition: The Essay.....................................3
ENG 102 Freshman Composition: Research, Analysis and Documentation..........3
Rules: Composition Requirement
Students must complete the ENG 101 requirement within their first 30 semester hours at Metro and the ENG 102 requirement within their first 60 semester hours. These requirements may be postponed only if approved in writing by the English Department.
Students must demonstrate the adequacy of their writing skills in the placement exam before enrolling in ENG 101. Those students whose writing skills are inadequate will be counseled on how to improve those skills. Students may be required to complete additional coursework.
Students will have satisfied the Level I composition requirements if they
satisfactorily complete ENG 101 and ENG 102, or
pass a CLEP or AP examination approved by the English Department (ENG 101 only), or
transfer equivalent courses.
Mathematics: (minimum 3 semester hours*) Semester Hours
MTH 108 Mathematical Modes of Thought..........................................3
MTH 111 College Algebra........................................................4
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics.............................................4
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the Management and Social Sciences..............4
MTH 161 Mathematical Concepts for Teachers in Presecondary Schools.............4
*A transfer course or courses of at least 2 semester hours judged to be similar in skill development and content to a Level I course will satisfy an individual Level I course requirement. Equivalency is determined by the department offering the Level I course.
Rules: Mathematics Requirement
Students will take the mathematics placement exam to determine their abilities to calculate with fractions, decimals, and percents, and to know and use elementary geometrical formulas. Those whose skills are inadequate are required to complete college arithmetic coursework before enrolling in a Level I mathematics course. Some courses have additional requirements.
Students must complete the Level I mathematics requirement within their first 30 semester hours at Metro State. This requirement may be postponed on an individual basis if the postponement is approved in writing by the Mathematical and Computer Sciences Department.
Students will have satisfied the Level I mathematics requirement if they
pass a mathematics course that has been approved for Level I mathematics credit (see courses listed above), or
pass a CLEP or AP exam approved by the Mathematical and Computer Sciences Department, or
successfully complete a mathematics course for which a Level I mathematics course is a prerequisite, or
transfer an equivalent course.


GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
Communication: (Minimum 3 semester hours*) Semester Hours
FRE 102 Elementary French II.................................................5
GER 102 Elementary German II.................................................5
HON 295 The Art of Critical Thinking.........................................3
PHI 111 Language, Logic, and Persuasion......................................3
RDG 151 Cognitive Strategies for Analytical Reading..........................3
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II................................................5
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication.................................3
SPE 171 Interpersonal Communications: Individual as a Communicator...........3
* A transfer course or courses of at least 2 semester hours judged to be similar in skill development and content to a Level l course will satisfy an individual Level l course requirement. Equivalency will be determined by the department offering the Level I course.
Rules: Communication Requirement
Students must complete the required Level I communication course within their first 30 semester hours at Metropolitan State College of Denver.
Students will have satisfied the Level I communication requirement if they
pass an approved Level I communication course (listed above), or
pass a CLEP or AP test approved by a department offering a Level I communication course, or
transfer an equivalent course.
transfer a second semester, four- or five-semester hour foreign language course or a more advanced language course that is taught in a language not offered at Metro State.
pass or transfer an advanced foreign language course that is taught in the foreign language and that has Metro States FRE 102, GER 102, and SPA 102 or equivalent coursework, or more advanced coursework, as a prerequisite.
pass or transfer an advanced public speaking course for which Metro States SPE 101 or a comparable course is a prerequisite.
Students who have satisfied the communications requirement using the advanced foreign language course or the advanced public speaking course must place that course in the Level I communications requirement slot. Level II general studies courses used to satisfy the Level I communications requirements cannot also be counted in the Level II category.
Level II Requirements
Courses approved to satisfy the Level II requirement are distributed among four categories. The categories, together with the minimum number of semester hours a student must accumulate to satisfy this requirement are given below. One-hour deviations in the general studies Level II categories may be allowed, provided the student has completed at least 33 semester hours of general studies courses.
Level II Categories:
Historical......
Arts and Letters Social Science... Natural Science.
Semester Hours
..............3
..............6
..............6
..............6
Rules: Level II Requirement
Prerequisites: Level II general studies courses have at least the following prerequisites or corequisites, and some courses have additional prerequisites (see course descriptions in this Catalog)
Historical and Arts and Letters:
Courses numbered 100 to 199: minimum performance standard scores on reading and writing preassessment placement tests
Courses numbered 200 to 299: satisfaction of the Level I mathematics course requirement and either ENG 101 or the Level I communication course requirement
Courses numbered 300 and above: satisfaction of all Level I general studies course requirements


48 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
Natural Science and Social Science:
Courses numbered 100 to 199: minimum performance standard scores on the reading, writing and mathematics preassessment placement tests
Courses numbered 200 to 299: satisfaction of the Level I mathematics course requirement and either ENG 101 or the Level I communication course requirements
Courses numbered 300 and above: satisfaction of all Level I course requirements Students may not use courses having the same prefix as their major discipline to satisfy the Level II requirement.
Students may not apply more than 8 semester hours of credit with the same course prefix to the Level II requirements.
Students may use either prefix for a cross-listed course, i.e., one designated XXX/YYY. They must select the prefix they wish to use at registration; the selection may not be changed later.
History majors must take three extra semester hours at Level II in the social sciences, arts and letters, or natural sciences categories in lieu of the three hours in the historical category.
y HISTORICAL Courses (minimum 3 semester hours*)
Historical courses aim to impart a broad knowledge of history, emphasizing the major forces, people, and events that have shaped the modern world.
The following courses may be used to satisfy the general studies historical requirement. Other courses may have been approved for such use after the publication of this Catalog. For more recent information, contact the Advising, Assessment and Support Center.
*A one-hour deviation in the general studies historical requirement may be allowed, provided the student has completed at least 33 semester hours of general studies courses.
Semester Hours
AAS 113/HIS 194mc Survey of African History................................3
AAS 213/HIS 295mc West African Civilizations...............................3
CHS 101/H1S 191mc History of Meso-America:
Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods.....................3
FRE 355 French Historical Perspectives...........................3
HIS 100 American Civilization....................................3
HIS 101 Western Civilization to 1715.............................3
HIS 102 Western Civilization since 1715..........................3
HIS 111 Colorado History 1.......................................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865.................................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865..............................3
HIS 165/WMS 165 Women in U.S. History....................................3
HIS 191/CHS lOlmc History of Meso-America:
Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods.....................3
HIS 193/NAS 193mc History of Indigenous/Hispanic Americans.................3
HIS 194/AAS 113mc Survey of African History................................3
HIS 201 Contemporary World History...............................3
HIS 295/AAS 213mc West African Civilizations...............................3
HIS 303 Ancient Orient and Greece................................3
HIS 306 Rome and the Caesars.....................................3
HIS 309mc Native Americans in American History.....................3
HIS 312 Medieval History.........................................3
HIS 314 Renaissance and Reformation..............................3
HIS 331 England to 1714..........................................3
HIS 332 England since 1714.......................................3
HIS 381 Latin America: Republics.................................3
HON 385 American Culture 1.......................................3
HON 386 American Culture II......................................3
NAS 193/H1S 193mc History of Indigenous/Hispanic Americans.................3
WMS 165/HIS 165 Women in U.S. History....................................3
me This course will also satisfy the multicultural requirement.


GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
Arts and Letters Courses (minimum 6 semester hours*)
Arts and letters courses impart a broad knowledge of important works and major schools of thought from at least two centuries. They also provide a foundation for critical evaluation within the discipline.
The following courses may be used to satisfy the general studies arts and letters requirement. Other courses may have been approved for such use after the publication of this Catalog. For more recent information contact the Advising, Assessment and Support Center.
*A one-hour deviation in the general studies arts and letters requirement may be allowed, provided the student has completed at least 33 semester hours of general studies courses.
Semester Hours
AAS 324/ENG 324mc African American Literature...............................3
ART 104 Art Appreciation Survey....................................3
ART 309mc Art and Cultural Heritage..................................3
ART 395AVMS 395 Womens Art/Womens Issues.................................3
ENG 110 Introduction to Literature.................................3
ENG 111 Introduction to Fiction....................................3
ENG 112 Introduction to Drama......................................3
ENG 131 Introduction to Shakespeare................................3
ENG 303 Semantics..................................................3
ENG 324/AAS 324mc African American Literature...............................3
ENG 342 English Bible as Literature................................3
ENG 343 Classical Mythology........................................3
ENG 346 Children's Literature......................................3
FRE 311 Survey of French Literature 1..............................3
FRE 312 Survey of French Literature II.............................3
GER 320 German Culture and Civilization............................3
HON 275 Legacy of Arts and Letters I...............................3
HON 276 Legacy of Arts and Letters II..............................3
MUS 100 Introduction to Music......................................3
MUS 304 Music and the Arts.........................................3
PHI 101 Introduction to Philosophy.................................3
PHI 103 Ethics.....................................................3
PHI 300 History of Greek Philosophy................................3
PHI 302 History of Modern Philosophy...............................3
PHI 336 Business Ethics............................................3
PSC 305 Political Theory...........................................3
RDG 306 Critical Reading/Thinking..................................3
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain..........................3
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization..................3
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican Southwest..............3
SPE221 Introduction to Theatre....................................3
SPE 277/WMS 277 Gender and Communication..........................................3
SPE 308 Great American Speakers....................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication................................3
SPE 376mc Cultural Influences on Communication.......................3
WMS 277/SPE 277 Gender and Communication...................................3
WMS 351 Feminist Theory............................................3
WMS 395/ART 395 Womens Art/Womens Issues.................................3
me This course will also satisfy the multicultural requirement.


50 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
Social Science Courses (minimum 6 semester hours*)
Social science courses aim to explore the formation, behavior, and interaction of various social, cultural, political, or economic groups and institutions.
The following courses may be used to satisfy the general studies social science requirement. Other courses may have been approved for such use after the publication of this Catalog. For more recent information contact the Advising, Assessment and Support Center.
*4 one-hour deviation in the general studies social science requirement may be allowed, provided the student's completed General Studies Program contains at least 33 semester hours.
Semester Hours
AAS 101 me Introduction to African American Studies.................3
AAS 220/PSC 220mc Politics and Black People...............................3
AAS 330/SOC 314mc The Black Community.....................................3
AAS 355/SOC 344 The Black Family.........................................3
ACC 101 Accounting for Non-Business Majors.......................3
ANT 131 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology....................3
ANT 233 Cross-Cultural Communication.............................3
ANT 331 Ethnography of North American Indians....................3
ANT 348 Cultural Diversity in Health and Illness.................3
CHS lOOmc Introduction to Chicano Studies..........................3
CHS 310/SOC 313mc The Chicano Community...................................3
ECO 201 Principles of EconomicsMacro............................3
ECO 202 Principles of EconomicsMicro............................3
EDU 264mc Urban and Multicultural Education........................3
EDS 320 Educational Psychology Applied to Teaching...............3
FRE 356 Contemporary Socio-Cultural Issues.......................3
GEG 100 World Regional Geography.................................3
GEG 130 Introduction to Human Geography..........................3
GEG 202 Geography of Colorado....................................3
HES 105 Dynamics of Health.......................................3
HIS 366 Recent U.S., 1945-1970s.................................3
HMT 185mc Multicultural/Multinational Cultural
Adjustment/Readjustment.................................3
HON 380 Revolutions and Social Change 1..........................3
HON 381 Revolutions and Social Change II.........................3
HPS 272 Fundamentals of Coaching.................................2
HSP 349mc Multicultural Issues in Human Services...................4
ITS 281 Technology, Society, and You.............................3
LES 473 Sociology of Athletics in American Society...............3
NAS lOOmc Introduction to Native American Studies..................3
NAS 320/PSC 320mc Native American Politics................................3
PSC 101 American National Government.............................3
PSC 102 Political Systems and Ideas..............................3
PSC 220/AAS 220mc Politics and Black People...............................3
PSC 320/NAS 320mc Native American Politics................................3
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology..................................3
PSY 216 Personality and Adjustment...............................3
PSY 221 Psychology of Human Development..........................3
PSY 325 Child Psychology.........................................3
PSY 326 Psychology of Adolescence................................3
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology................................3
SOC 104mc Introduction to Social Gerontology.......................3
SOC 201 Current Social Issues....................................3
SOC 313/CHS 31 Omc The Chicano Community...................................3
SOC 314/AAS 330mc The Black Community.....................................3
SOC 322/WMS 322mc Race, Sex, and Ethnic Groups...........................3
SOC 344/AAS 355 The Black Family.........................................3
WMS 101 Introduction: Woman in Transition........................3
WMS 322/SOC 322mc Race, Sex, and Ethnic Groups................................3
me This course will also satisfy the multicultural requirement.


GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
Natural Science Courses (minimum 6 semester hours*)
Natural science courses provide an opportunity for students to experience the systematic formulation and testing of hypotheses and to learn the importance of accurate observation and measurement. Students will differentiate among fact, speculation, evidence, inference, belief, theory, law, and generalization.
The following courses may be used to satisfy the general studies natural science requirement. Other courses may have been approved for such use after the publication of this Catalog. For more recent information, contact the Advising, Assessment and Support Center.
*A one-hour deviation in the general studies natural science requirement may be allowed, provided the student has completed at least 33 semester hours of general studies courses.
Semester Hours
ANT 101 Physical Anthropology and Prehistory....................3
AST 104 Introduction to Astronomy...............................3
AST 304 Modern Cosmology........................................3
BIO 100 Human Biology for Non-Majors............................3
BIO 101 Ecology for Non-Majors..................................3
BIO 108 General Introduction to Biology.........................4
BIO 330 Advanced Human Biology for Non-Majors...................3
BIO 355 Urban Ecology...........................................4
CHE 101 Chemistry and Society...................................3
CHE 110 Principles of Chemistry.................................5
CHE 180 & CHE 185* General Chemistry I........................................6
CHE 181 & CHE 185* General Chemistry I........................................6
CHE 310 Organic Chemistry 1.....................................4
CHE 312 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory..........................2
GEG 110 Introduction to Physical Geography......................3
GEG 120 Introduction to Environmental Sciences..................3
GEG 140 World Resources.........................................3
GEL 101 General Geology.........................................4
GEL 102 Geology of Colorado.....................................3
GEL 115 Oceanography............................................3
HES 204 Introduction to Nutrition...............................3
HES 345 Dynamics of Disease.....................................3
HON 280 History of Science......................................3
HON 281 Development of Experimental Science.....................3
HPS 330 Anatomical Kinesiology..................................3
HPS 334 Physiology of Exercise..................................3
MET 355 Rocket and Stars A Space Trek.........................3
MTR 140 Introduction to Meteorology.............................3
MTR 350 Hazardous Weather.......................................3
PHY 100 Introduction to Physics.................................4
PHY 125 Physics of Technology...................................6
PHY 201 & PHY 203 College Physics I and Laboratory............................5
PHY 202 & PHY 204 College Physics II and Laboratory...........................5
PHY 231 & PHY 232 General Physics I and Laboratory............................5
PHY 233 & PHY 234 General Physics II and Laboratory...........................5
PHY 362 Sound and Music.........................................3
SCI 280 Conceptual Science and Mathematics......................6
*Completion of both CHE 180 and 185 with passing grades is required to receive general studies credit. The same is true of the combination CHE 181 and 185.


52 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
Additional Graduation Requirements
Multicultural and Senior Experience Course Requirements
In addition to completing the general studies requirements, a student must complete a three-hour multicultural course and a three-hour senior experience course, or selection of courses, to be awarded a bachelors degree from Metropolitan State College of Denver. The rules pertaining to those requirements and the courses that will satisfy those requirements are described below.
Multicultural Course Requirement (minimum 3 semester hours)
Multicultural courses are designed to increase students appreciation and awareness of the American culture and the diverse cultures that contribute to it. Multicultural educational offerings examine the interactions of values and beliefs, traditions, identities, and cultural contributions of women, and racial and ethnic groups in the United States: African American, Asian American, Hispanic American, and Native American. Students may use the course to satisfy general studies, major, or minor requirements if the course is approved for that use. If the course is used for general studies, the Level II general studies restrictions remain in effect, e.g., no courses with the major prefix may be used.
Semester Hours
AAS 101 Introduction to African American Studies................3
AAS 113/HIS 194 Survey of African History...............................3
AAS 213/HIS 295 West African Civilizations..............................3
AAS 220/PSC 220 Politics and Black People...............................3
AAS 324/ENG 324 African American Literature.............................3
AAS 330/SOC 314 The Black Community.....................................3
ART 309 Art and Cultural Heritage...............................3
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies.........................3
CHS 101/HIS 191 History of Meso-America:
Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods.....................3
CHS 310/SOC 313 The Chicano Community...................................3
EDU 264 Urban and Multicultural Education.......................3
ENG 324/AAS 324 African American Literature.............................3
HIS 191 /CHS 101 History of Meso-America:
Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods.....................3
HIS 193/NAS 193 History of Indigenous/Hispanic Americans................3
HIS 194/AAS 113 Survey of African History...............................3
HIS 295/AAS 213 West African Civilizations..............................3
HIS 309 Native Americans in American History....................3
HMT 185 Multicultural/Multinational Cultural
Adjustment/Readjustment................................3
HSP 349 Multicultural Issues in Human Services..................4
MGT 483 Workforce Diversity.....................................3
NAS 100 Introduction to Native American Studies.................3
NAS 193/HIS 193 History of Indigenous/Hispanic Americans................3
NAS 320/PSC 320 Native American Politics................................3
PSC 220/AAS 220 Politics and Black People...............................3
PSC 320/NAS 320 Native American Politics................................3
SOC 104 Introduction to Social Gerontology......................3
SOC 313/CHS 310 The Chicano Community...................................3
SOC 314/AAS 330 The Black Community.....................................3
SOC 322/WMS 322 Race, Sex, and Ethnic Groups............................3
SPE 376 Cultural Influences on Communication....................3
WMS 322/SOC 322 Race, Sex, and Ethnic Groups............................3
XXX* 119 First-Year Seminar......................................3
*Variable course prefixes, e.g., ENG, PSC, RDG, SOC, SPE


GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
Senior Experience Requirement (minimum 3 semester hours)
The Senior Experience provides a culmination of the undergraduate experience, allowing students to synthesize their learning, using critical analysis and logical thinking. Students may use the course to satisfy major or minor requirements if the course is approved for that use. Students should consult with their adviser and check prerequisites. Students must complete a Senior Experience at the end of the undergraduate program and must take the course or courses at Metro State. Senior Experience courses have the following minimal prerequisites: satisfaction of all Level I and Level II general studies course requirements and senior status. In some cases students may need to take two courses to satisfy the requirement.
Semester Hours
ART 401 Modem Art History: Theory & Criticism...................3
ART 475 Senior Experience Studio: Portfolio
Development and Thesis Show.............................3
BIO 451 Microbial Ecology.......................................3
BIO 454 Plant Ecology...........................................4
BIO 485 Evolution...............................................3
CEN 460 Senior Seminar..........................................3
CHE 495 Senior Experience in Chemistry..........................3
CJC 465 Ethics for the Criminal Justice Professional............3
COM 441 Budgeting and Planning for Audio-Visual Productions.....3
COM 479 Senior Seminar in Technical Communications..............3
CSI421 Software Development and Engineering....................4
ECO 460 History of Economic Thought.............................3
EDS 429 Student Teaching and Seminar: Secondary........6, 8, 10 ,12
EDU 419 Student Teaching and Seminar: Elementary.......6, 8, 10, 12
EDU 438 Teaching Practicum in Pre-primary Early
Childhood Education...................................3-6
EDU 439 Student Teaching and Seminar-Early Childhood
(Preschool through 3rd grade).....................6, 8, 10
EDU 469 Professional Practicum................................1-6
EET 410 Senior Project 1........................................1
EET411 Senior Project II.......................................2
ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing: Fiction,
Poetry, or Drama........................................3
ENG 461 Theories and Techniques in Literary Criticism...........3
ENG 464 Teaching English in Secondary Schools...................3
ENG 466 Teaching Literature and Language K-6....................3
FRE 452 Modem French Theater....................................3
FRE 453 The French Novel........................................3
GEG 496 Global Environmental Challenges.........................3
GEL 496 Environmental Field Studies.............................3
GER 411 The German Novel of the 19th and Early 20th Centuries...3
GER 412 German Drama of the 19th and 20th Centuries.............3
HCM 451 Health Care Management Practicum........................6
HIS 482 Senior Seminar..........................................3
HMT 404 Senior Hospitality Research Experience 1................2
HMT 440 Senior Hospitality Research Experience II...............2
HSP 479 Professional Internship................................12
MET 401 Advanced Manufacturing Technology.......................3
MET 407 Computer Aided Design...................................3
MGT 483mc Workforce Diversity.....................................3
MGT 495 Strategic Management....................................3
MTH 421 Probability Theory......................................4
MTH 422 Stochastic Processes....................................4
MTH 441 Advanced Calculus I.....................................4
MTH 448 Numerical Analysis 1....................................4
MUS411 Analysis of Music.......................................2
MUS 434 Secondary School Music Methods and......................2


54 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION
; MUS 439 Supervised Field Experience..............................1
MUS 451 Instrumental Conducting..................................2
MUS 474 Performance VIII.........................................4
MUS 479 Senior Recital...........................................1
MUS 495 Senior Project...........................................3
; NUR 485 Nursing Process: Application.............................5
PHI 410 Senior Seminar...........................................3
PHY 462 Computational Physics II.................................2
; PHY 472 Advanced Physics Laboratory II...........................2
PHY 492 Physics Senior Seminar...................................1
; PSC 402 Special Studies..........................................3
PSY 451 History and Systems of Psychology........................3
SOC 460 Advanced Research in the Social Sciences.................3
; SPA 420 Spanish American Essay: 19th & 20th Centuries............3
J SPA 431 History of the Spanish Language..........................3
SPE 409 Classical Rhetoric.......................................3
I SPE 412 Freedom of Speech........................................3
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on Contemporary Life.........3
Y WMS 475 Senior Seminar...........................................3
me This course will also satisfy the multicultural requirement.


DEGREES AND PROGRAMS
Degrees and Programs Available at Metropolitan State College of Denver
Metropolitan State College of Denver is organized into three schools. These are listed below with the majors and minors offered by each. The curriculum requirements for each of the programs are described in this Catalog in the special sections prepared by each school. Programs marked with an asterisk (*) do not require completion of a minor.
Bachelors Degree Major Minor
School of Business
Accounting*.............................x.......x
Computer Information Systems
and Management Science*..............x
Economics (Business Emphasis*) **.......x.......x
Finance*................................x.......x
General Business................................x
Information Systems.............................x
Management*.............................x.......x
Marketing*..............................x.......x
Real Estate.....................................x
**The Economics Department offers a bachelor of arts degree, rather than a bachelor of science degree.
School of Professional Studies
Division of Education
Bilingual/Bicultural Education......................x
Early Childhood Education...........................x
Parent Education....................................x
Reading.............................................x
Exceptionalities....................................x
Teacher Licensing: Early Childhood, Elementary, and
Twelve Secondary Fields Division of Technology
Airframe and Power Plant Mechanics.................x
Aviation Management........................x......x
Aviation Technology........................x
Civil Engineering Technology...............x......x
Drafting Engineering Technology....................x
Electronics Engineering Technology.........x......x
Industrial Design*.........................x
Industrial and Technical Studies*..........x......x
Mechanical Engineering Technology..........x......x
Private Pilot......................................x
Professional Pilot.................................x
Surveying and Mapping......................x......x
Technical Communications...................x......x
Technical and Industrial Administration* x Division of Public Service Professions
Criminal Justice and Criminology...........x......x
Gerontological Services............................x
Health and Safety..................................x
Health Care Management (upper-division) x.....x
Holistic Health and Wellness (multi-minor).........x
Hospitality, Meeting and Travel Administration* . x
Hotel Administration...............................x
Human Performance and Sport................x......x
Human Services*............................x......x
Leisure Studies............................x......x
Meeting Administration.............................x
Nursing (upper-division for RNs)...........x
Restaurant Administration..........................x
Travel Administration..............................x
Bachelors Degree Major Minor
School of Letters, Arts and Sciences
Division of Humanities
Art**.....................................x.......x
English...................................x.......x
French............................................x
German............................................x
Industrial Design*........................x
Journalism................................x.......x
Language and Linguistics..........................x
Modem Foreign Languages...................x
Music.............................................x
Music Education*..........................x
Music Performance*........................x
Philosophy................................x......x
Practical Writing.................................x
Public Relations..................................x
Spanish...................................x......x
Speech Communications.....................x......x
**Art offers a bachelor of fine arts degree.
Division of Science and Mathematics
Biology...................................x......x
Chemistry.................................x......x
Computer Science*.........................x......x
Criminalistics....................................x
Geography.........................................x
Geology...........................................x
Land Use..................................x
Mathematics...............................x......x
Meteorology...............................x......x
Physics...................................x......x
Theoretical Physics...............................x
Division of Social Sciences
African American Studies..................x......x
Anthropology..............................x......x
Behavioral Science........................x
Chicano Studies...........................x......x
History...................................x......x
Interdisciplinary Legal Studies...................x
Political Science.........................x......x
Psychology................................x......x
Public Administration.............................x
Social Work*..............................x
Sociology.................................x......x
Urban Studies* **.........................x......x
**Urban Studies offers a bachelor of arts degree and a bachelor of science degree.
Institute for Women's Studies and Services
Womens Studies.................................x


56 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
T
The School of Business provides the student with a background of general education, familiarity with basic principles of business, and specialized knowledge in a selected field


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
The philosophy of the School of Business is to devote its resources to high-quality undergraduate programs. The curriculum provides the student with a background of general education, familiarity with basic principles of business, and specialized knowledge in a selected field of business.
Undergraduate programs within the School of Business are designed to:
Offer the student the opportunity to receive the baccalaureate degree. This degree program consists of a broad foundation in general education, a thorough grounding in basic business courses, and specific competence in one or more significant functional areas of business
Offer a diverse undergraduate program to meet the interests of those residents of the metropolitan area and others who desire to study business-oriented subjects without undertaking a degree program, and to meet the needs of the Denver business and professional community for continuing education programs
Strengthen each students power of imaginative and innovative thinking, self-reliance, creative independent analysis, and sensitivity to social and ethical values
Instill in students a desire for learning that will continue after they have graduated and taken their places in the community
Convey to each student the spirit of pioneering, risk, and progress that is essential to the continued development of the U.S. economic system.
Programs
The school awards a bachelor of science degree in accounting, computer information systems and management science, finance, management, and marketing and a bachelor of arts degree in economics. The next section includes descriptions and requirements for each of the bachelor of science degrees, followed by the description and requirements for the bachelor of arts degrees in economics. Descriptions and requirements for minors in accounting, economics, finance, real estate, information systems, management, and marketing, as well as a general business minor, follow the section addressing the bachelor of arts degree in economics.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Accounting
Computer Information Systems and Management Science Finance Management Marketing
The School of Business offers bachelor of science programs in accounting, computer information systems and management science, finance, management, and marketing. The accounting major prepares students for a career in public, industrial, tax, systems, and governmental accounting. The computer information systems and management science major prepares students for careers in the rapidly expanding fields of business, data processing, systems design, and management science. The finance major is designed to prepare students for a career in corporate financial analysis, insurance, personal financial management, international financial management, accounting, real estate, investments, and financial institutions. The major in management provides areas of emphasis in personnel and human resource management, production, and managerial entrepreneurship. The marketing major prepares students for entry positions in the dynamic areas of distribution/retailing, promotion/advertising, sales, marketing research, marketing for nonprofit organizations, and marketing management.
A student desiring a major in the School of Business may declare a pre-business major at any time by contacting an academic adviser, department chair, or faculty member.


58 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
: Admissions Requirements for Bachelor of Science
; Acceptance into the School of Business is contingent upon the completion of all Level I and Level II ! general studies courses, plus all required 200-level courses in the School of Business and necessary pre-
; requisites. The student must have 60 credit hours.
Admission into the School of Business will be granted to those students who have achieved an overall
; GPA of 2.25; this average must be maintained while a student is enrolled in a major area of study within
I the School of Business. If a students overall GPA falls below a 2.25, the student will be placed on aca-
; demic probation and have one semester to raise the overall GPA to 2.25. The students major will be
changed to undeclared if the GPA is not raised to 2.25 or better.
1 Upon completion of these requirements, a student may apply for admission into the School of Business.
New and transfer students who intend to major in business are encouraged to see an adviser in the ; appropriate department before registering for classes.
; Students should complete and receive department approval for a graduation agreement within the first 1 semester after admission to the School of Business, or after declaring a major.
; The School of Business requires specific courses outside the school. Since most of these courses are
T lower-division and also satisfy general studies requirements, students desiring a bachelor of science
degree from the School of Business should complete the following courses as part of their first 60 credit hours required for admission to the school.
Required Courses that also satisfy general studies requirements Semester Hours
General Studies Level I
Composition
ENG 101 Freshman Composition: The Essay............................................................3
ENG 102 Freshman Composition: Analysis, Research, and Documentation................................3
Mathematics
MTH 131 Finite Mathematics for the Management and Social Sciences..................................4
MTH 132 Calculus for the Management and Social Sciences............................................3
Communications
SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication.......................................................3
General Studies Level II Historical Studies
HIS ______ (American history course recommended)........................................................3
Arts and Letters
___ (Check general studies guide for Level II Arts & Letters elective)........................3
PHI 336 Business Ethics............................................................................3
Social Sciences
ECO 201 Principles of Economics-Macro..............................................................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics-Micro..............................................................3
PSY 101 Introductory Psychology
-or-
SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology..................................................................3
PSC 101 American National Government
-or-
PSC 102 Political Systems and Ideas................................................................3
Natural Sciences
___ (Check general studies guide for Level II natural sciences elective)......................3
___ (Check general studies guide for Level II natural sciences elective)..................... 3
Subtotal of required and elective general studies credit hours..........................................43
Required Lower-Division Business Courses
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1.................................................................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II................................................................3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems..........................................................3
MGT 221 Legal Environment of Business ............................................................ 3
Subtotal of required lower-division business courses....................................................12
Additional non-business electives (lower- or upper-division)............................................ 5
Total credit hours needed for admission to the School of Business.......................................60
The 60 hours listed above will qualify the student for admission into the School of Business.


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
In order to be awarded a degree, the student must conform to the colleges general specifications for the bachelors degree listed under Requirements for all Degrees. The School of Business requires a total of 43 general studies hours, while the college requires a minimum of 33. A summary of the School of Business course program, which meets all college requirements, follows:
General Studies (Level I, Level II, and business prerequisites)....................................................43
Business Core.......................................................................................................33
Major in School of Business.........................................................................................24
Electives Within the School of Business (upper-division).............................................................9
Other Non-business Electives....................................................................................... 11
Total Hours (minimum)..............................................................................................120
General Studies and Multicultural Requirements
Students seeking a bachelors degree in accounting, computer information systems and management science, economics (business emphasis), finance, management, or marketing must complete the general studies and multicultural requirements for Metropolitan State College of Denver. The multicultural requirement may be used to fulfill a general studies elective requirement or a business elective, if appropriate.
Business Core
In addition to the general studies requirements, students majoring in any area of business administra-
tion must complete the following business courses:
Required Courses
ACC 201 * Principles of Accounting 1........................................................................3
ACC 202* Principles of Accounting II.......................................................................3
MKT 304 Managerial Communications.........................................................................3
CMS 201 * Principles of Information Systems.................................................................3
CMS 330 Principles of Quantitative Management Systems.....................................................3
CMS 332 Quantitative Decision Making......................................................................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance................................................................................3
MGT 221 * Legal Environment of Business 1.................................................................3
MGT 300 Organizational Management.........................................................................3
MGT 495** Strategic Management.............................................................................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.......................................................................... 3
Total hours required in business core..........................................................................33
Student is expected to complete these courses prior to admission into the School of Business.
Senior Experience capstone course taken during the final semester of the senior year.
Accounting Department
Courses in the Accounting Department prepare students for a career in public, industrial, tax, systems, or governmental accounting. In addition, a wide variety of internships are available through Metropolitan States Cooperative Education Office.
Accounting students have three hours of accounting electives (to be selected from ACC 310, 320, 341, 409, 410, 430, and 452) and 9 hours of upper-division business electives available. A careful selection of these electives should be made in accordance with career objectives. Students are encouraged to consult with accounting faculty on the selection of electives.
Students interested in pursuing a career as a CPA should be aware of AICPAs 150-hour requirement scheduled to take effect in the year 2000. Metro State offers programming sufficient to meet all aspects of the AICPAs requirement. Please talk to an accounting faculty adviser to develop an appropriate academic program.
Accounting Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses Semester Hours
ACC 309 Income Tax 1......................................................................................3
ACC 330 Introduction to Accounting Systems................................................................3
ACC 340 Cost Accounting...................................................................................3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I.........................................................................3
ACC 352 Intermediate Accounting II........................................................................3
ACC 420 Auditing..........................................................................................3
ACC 451 Advanced Accounting 1............................................................................ 3
Subtotal........................................................................................................21


60 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Plus 3 hours from the following courses:
ACC 310 Income Tax II.................................................................................3
ACC 320 Governmental Accounting.......................................................................3
ACC 341 Cost Accounting II............................................................................3
ACC 409 Tax Procedure & Research......................................................................3
ACC 410 Tax Planning..................................................................................3
ACC 430 Advanced Auditing.............................................................................3
ACC 452 Advanced Accounting II....................................................................... 3
Total hours required for accounting major..................................................................24
Computer Information Systems and Management Science Depart-: ment
: This major offers a variety of courses in the rapidly expanding area of information systems in the busi-; ness world. Students can look forward to challenging careers in computer information systems or using I their computer information systems education within any other area of business. Students majoring in y Computer Information Systems and Management Science are encouraged to select courses that best meet their needs in specific areas, such as systems development, programmer analyst, office systems, data communications, local- and wide-area networks, management of information systems, or management science. Advising for these areas is available from the department and individual faculty members. All Computer Information Systems and Management Science majors must adhere to the following:
(1) Completion of CMS 211, 305, and 306
(2) Completion of a 400-level CMS course
(3) A maximum of 9 hours of computer language courses
(4) Completion of 12 hours of adviser-approved courses in addition to (1) and (2) above
Computer Information Systems and Management Science Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses Semester Hours
CMS 211 Business Problem Solving: A Structured Programming Approach....................................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis and Design.....................................................3
CMS 306 File Design and Database Management............................................................ 3
Subtotal.......................................................................................................9
Electives
A 400-level CMS course.........................................................................................3
Approved CMS electives........................................................................................12
Total hours required for CMS major............................................................................24
Finance Department
The finance major is designed to prepare students for careers that concentrate on the process of managing the funds of individuals, businesses, and governments. Career opportunities are available in the fields of managerial finance and the financial services industry. The field of managerial finance is concerned with managing the financial affairs of businesses and governments and includes such activities as budgeting, financial forecasting, cash management, credit administration, investment analysis, and funds management. Career paths in the financial services industry include positions in banks, savings and loans, other financial institutions, brokerage firms, insurance companies, and the real estate field. The most dramatic increase in career opportunities is in personal financial planning, where professionals are needed to provide advice to consumers on the management of their personal financial affairs. The Finance Department has been approved to offer the academic courses required for those who will take the national exams leading to the Certified Financial Planner professional designation.
All finance majors must take FIN 301, 360, 385, and 495. To complete the major, a minimum of 12 additional semester hours of upper-division finance or closely related courses are required, with at least 6 hours at the 400-level, selected in consultation with and approved by the students Finance Department graduation agreement adviser or by the chair of the Finance Department. At least a C grade is required for courses in the major.


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 6
Finance Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses Semester Hours
FIN 301 Financial Markets and Institutions.........................................................................3
FIN 360 Investments................................................................................................3
FIN 385 Intermediate Finance.......................................................................................3
FIN 495 Financial Strategies and Policies......................................................................... 3
Subtotal.................................................................................................................12
Approved electives
12 hours of upper-division finance electives selected in consultation and approved by the Finance Department.............12
Total hours for finance major............................................................................................24
Management Department
The management major is designed to prepare students to start and manage businesses and other organizations in the context of a diverse, technologically dynamic, global environment. The program consists of required courses that build a broad conceptual foundation in identifying and solving managerial problems. Students have the flexibility to develop special skills in human resource management, operations management, or entrepreneurship.
Management Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses Semester Hours
MGT 302 Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship...............................................................3
MGT 322 Legal Environment of Business II...............................................................3
MGT 353 Human Resources Management.....................................................................3
MGT 355 Manufacturing and Service Management...........................................................3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior........................................................................3
MGT 482 International Business........................................................................ 3
Subtotal.....................................................................................................18
Two additional course electives from the following:
MGT 321 Commercial and Corporate Law...................................................................3
MGT 400 Management Decision Analysis...................................................................3
MGT 402 Entrepreneurial Creativity.....................................................................3
MGT 405 Purchasing and Materials Management............................................................3
MGT 442 Entrepreneurial Business Planning..............................................................3
MGT 455 Project Management.............................................................................3
MGT 461 Labor/Employee Relations.......................................................................3
MGT 462 Appraisal and Compensation.....................................................................3
MGT 464 Employee Training and Development..............................................................3
MGT 465 Managing Productivity..........................................................................3
MGT 483 Workforce Diversity............................................................................3
Total elective hours......................................................................................... 6
Total hours required for management major....................................................................24
Marketing Department
The Marketing Department prepares students for entry-level positions in such dynamic areas as sales management, distribution, advertising, marketing research, retailing, and marketing management.
In addition to the departments well-rounded selection of courses, the curriculum also offers students a combination of conceptual and applied learning experiences. Through the development of marketing plans, advertising campaigns, and marketing research studies, students have the opportunity to work with Denver-area businesses on current marketing issues and problems. Students are also exposed to a variety of marketing speakers from the business community. Part-time positions are available for marketing students through the Cooperative Education Office.
Many students in the department are already involved in some aspect of marketing and, to accommodate their busy schedule, the department holds a variety of day and evening classes, as well as classes at neighborhood locations through the Extended Campus Credit Program.
Faculty members in the marketing department have an excellent combination of academic background and practical experience. All members stay current in their fields through activities both on and off campus.


62 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Marketing Major for Bachelor of Science
Required Courses Semester Hours
MKT 301 Marketing Research...........................................................................3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior............................................................................3
MKT 456 Marketing Management.........................................................................3
15 hours of marketing electives*.........................................................................15
Total hours required for marketing major.................................................................24
*Business communications courses can be used as business electives, but not as marketing electives.
: BACHELOR OF ARTS
\ Economics Department
I Economics is the scientific study of the allocation of scarce or limited resources. The study of econom- ics provides a general knowledge of the operation of economic systems and institutions. This training y is extremely valuable regardless of the students specific career objective. The bachelor of arts degree program prepares the student with a fundamental knowledge of domestic and foreign economies and the quantitative tools necessary for independent analytical research and thought. Specialized courses develop the students ability to use the tools of economic theory and analysis. Such training is essential for graduates who wish to qualify for positions as professional economists. Employment opportunities are available in national and international business, federal, state, and local government, and various nonprofit organizations.
Economics majors may choose from two tracks of studies: the standard economics major, which requires a minor, or the business emphasis, which does not require a minor.
Economics Major for Bachelor of Arts (with a minor)
Required Courses Semester Hours
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics...................................................................4
ECO 301 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory............................................................3
ECO 302 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory............................................................3
ECO 315 Econometrics.................................................................................3
ECO 460 History of Economic Thought................................................................. 3
Subtotal...................................................................................................16
Approved Electives
Fifteen hours of upper-division economics electives selected in
consultation with and approved by the Economics Department.................................................15
Economics total ...........................................................................................31
Minor
Must be completed to fulfill the minor requirement.........................................................18
General Studies (minimum)..................................................................................33
Free electives............................................................................................ 38
Total hours required for bachelor of arts in economics.....................................................120
Business Emphasis (with no minor)
This emphasis prepares the student for entry into the growing professions of economics and business. It trains the student to enter the profession and assist governments and businesses in solving problems
and formulating policies.
General Studies, Level I and Level II (minimum).......................................................33
Business core (See business core for bachelor of science degree in School of Business)................33
Required Economics Courses
ECO 301 Intermediate Microeconomic Theory.........................................................3
ECO 302 Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory.........................................................3
ECO 315 Econometrics..............................................................................3
ECO 460 History of Economic Thought ............................................................. 3
Subtotal...............................................................................................12


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 6
Approved Economics Electives
Twelve hours of upper-division economics electives selected
in consultation with and approved by the Economics Department..................................................12
Total hours economics............................................................................................24
Electives within the School of Business (Upper-division)..........................................................9
Other non-business electives.................................................................................... 21
Total hours required for a bachelor of arts in economics with business emphasis................................120
Minors in the School of Business
General Business Minor
The School of Business offers the general business minor for non-business majors. Students minoring in general business must take ECO 201 and 202. These hours may be part of the students general studies requirements. In addition to the required 24 credit hours below, students may take up to 6 additional credit hours within a specific business discipline for a total not to exceed 30 credit hours within the School of Business. If a student wishes to enroll in business courses beyond 30 hours, the student must
declare a major with the School of Business.
Prerequisites credit may be applied in general studies.
ECO 201 Principles of Economics-Macro.....................................................................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics-Micro.....................................................................3
Required Courses Semester Hours
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1........................................................................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II.......................................................................3
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems.................................................................3
CMS 330 Principles of Quantitative Management Systems.....................................................3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance................................................................................3
MGT 221 Legal Environment of Business 1...................................................................3
MGT 300 Organizational Management.........................................................................3
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing.......................................................................... 3
Minimum total hours required for minor (not to exceed 30 credit hours).........................................24
Accounting Minor
The Accounting Department provides a minor designed for non-business students. This minor offers students an opportunity to enhance their education and careers by becoming knowledgeable in accounting.
The minor offers students a broad-based education in accounting, while affording flexibility for emphasizing a particular field within this discipline, such as financial accounting, managerial accounting, tax accounting, or governmental accounting.
The Accounting Department requires 60 college credit hours (junior status) before taking 300- and 400-level accounting courses. Non-business students may not take more than 30 credit hours in business courses. At least 12 hours of accounting courses in the minor must be completed in residency, and the acceptance of transfer credits will be governed by standards and policies of the School of Business and
the Accounting Department.
Required Courses Semester Hours
ACC 201 Principles of Accounting 1........................................................................3
ACC 202 Principles of Accounting II.......................................................................3
ACC 309 Income Tax 1......................................................................................3
ACC 351 Intermediate Accounting I........................................................................3
Approved electives*............................................................................................ 6
Total hours required for minor.................................................................................18
*A student may elect any courses in the accounting program or curriculum provided they are approved by the Accounting Department adviser.
Economics Minor
The economics minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with an opportunity to acquire a general knowledge of the operation of economic systems and institutions, as well as the quantitative tools necessary for analytical research and thought.


64 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Required Courses Semester Hours
ECO 201 Principles of Economics-Macro.......................................................................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics-Micro.......................................................................3
Approved electives *.......................................................................................12
Total hours required for minor.............................................................................18
Approved electives are upper-division economics courses selected in consultation with and approved by the Economics Department.
Finance Minors
The Finance Department provides two minors designed primarily for non-business majors: the finance minor and the real estate minor. These programs offer students an opportunity to enhance their education and careers by becoming knowledgeable in finance or real estate.
Finance Minor
This minor provides non-business majors with an opportunity to enhance their education and career choices by becoming knowledgeable in the finance area. The minor offers students a broad-based education in finance, while affording the flexibility to emphasize a particular field within this discipline, such as personal financial planning, investments, managerial finance, financial institutions, or international finance.
For the finance minor, the student must have completed ACC 201 and 202 (or equivalent) and ECO 201 and 202, which may be applied to the students general studies or elective requirements as applicable. The Finance Department requires 60 college credit hours (junior status) prior to taking 300- and 400-level finance courses. A minimum grade of C and a 2.25 GPA in finance courses are required for completion of the minor. At least 12 hours of finance courses must be completed in residency to satisfy the requirements of the minor. The acceptance of transfer credits will be governed by standards and policies of the School of Business and the Finance Department.
Required Courses Semester Hours
FIN 301 Financial Markets and Institutions ............................................................. 3
FIN 330 Managerial Finance................................................................................. 3
FIN 360 Investments..........................................................................................3
Approved electives*................................................................................................ 9
Total hours required for minor.....................................................................................18
*A student may elect any courses in the finance program or curriculum provided they are approved by the finance department adviser.
Real Estate Minor
This minor is designed to provide non-business majors with the opportunity to enhance their education and career choices by becoming knowledgeable in real estate. The minor prepares students for employment and a career in this field, as well as for their personal financial affairs dealing with real estate.
For the real estate minor, the student must have completed ACC 201 and 202 (or equivalent) and ECO 201, which may be applied to the students general studies or elective requirements as applicable. The Finance Department requires 60 college credit hours (junior status) prior to taking 300- and 400-level finance courses. Non-business students may not take more than 30 credit hours in business courses. A minimum grade of C and a 2.25 GPA in finance and real estate courses are required for completion of the minor. At least 12 hours of finance courses in the minor must be completed in residency. The acceptance of transfer credits will be governed by standards and policies of the School of Business and
the Finance Department.
Required Courses Semester Hours
FIN 380 Real Estate Practice and Law..................................................................3
FIN 381 Advanced Real Estate Practice and Law.........................................................3
FIN 382 Real Estate Finance...........................................................................3
FIN 484 Real Estate Appraisal.........................................................................3
FIN 485 Commercial and Investment Real Estate.........................................................3
Approved elective*......................................................................................... 3
Total hours required for minor............................................................................18
*Approved Electives
FIN 225 Personal Money Management.....................................................................3
FIN 301 Financial Markets and Institutions........................................................ 3


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 6
FIN 330 Managerial Finance...................................................................................3
FIN 342 Principles of Insurance..............................................................................3
FIN 360 Investments .........................................................................................3
ECO 450 Business and Economic Forecasting....................................................................3
Computer Information Systems Minor
This minor is designed for students majoring in a non-business discipline. The minor will provide a basic understanding of the concepts, current methodology, and rapid changes in the design, development, and use of computer-oriented systems for business and organizations. Students electing this minor are encouraged to have elective courses in accounting, management, marketing, or finance.
Required Courses Semester Hours
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems.............................................................3
CMS 211 Business Problem Solving: A Structured Programming Approach
-or-
CMS 327 Micro-Based Software..........................................................................3
CMS 305 Fundamentals of Systems Analysis and Design...................................................3
CMS 306 File Design and Data Base Management..........................................................3
Approved CMS 300-level courses............................................................................. 6
Total hours required for minor.............................................................................18
Management Minor
The management minor is designed for non-business majors. It provides them an opportunity to gain familiarity with managerial concepts and skills that can enhance their performance in managing people
and organizations.
Required Courses Semester Hours
MGT 300 Organizational Management......................................................................3
MGT 353 Human Resources Management.....................................................................3
MGT 355 Manufacturing and Service Management...........................................................3
MGT 453 Organizational Behavior........................................................................3
MGT 482 International Business.........................................................................3
Management elective......................................................................................... 3
Total hours required for minor..............................................................................18
Marketing Minor
The marketing minor is designed for non-business majors and provides them with the opportunity to develop an understanding of business and sufficient familiarity with marketing skills to work in a business environment.
Required Courses Semester Hours
MKT 300 Principles of Marketing....................................................................3
MKT 301 Marketing Research.........................................................................3
MKT 304 Managerial Communications..................................................................3
MKT 331 Consumer Behavior..........................................................................3
MKT 452 Seminar in Marketing Management............................................................3
Electives
Select one other marketing course. One of the following is recommended: MKT 311, 312, 314, 330, or 371.
No other communications course with an MKT prefix may be used as a marketing elective...................... 3
Total hours required for minor.............................................................................18
African American Leadership Institute
The African American Leadership Institute operates on the belief that all members of our society should have an equal opportunity to pursue their goals and aspirations. The institute provides a unique approach to the particular problems and concerns of African Americans in the Denver metropolitan area with three underlying tenets that form its philosophy:
1. To identify, motivate, and train future community leaders
2. To acquaint these individuals with problems and needs of the community while investigating alternative approaches and solutions
3. To create an opportunity for these individuals to join together and exchange ideas with current leaders for the purpose of networking for national, state, and local community improvements


66 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Seminars cover topics that reflect current community issues, including regional business and economics, local and state government, education, health care, human services, the arts, and cultural affairs. For more information, contact the School of Business.
Institute for Entrepreneurship and Creativity
The Institute for Entrepreneurship and Creativity has introduced entrepreneurial education into the regions academic arena through weekend courses for professionals and entrepreneurial seminars and forums. The purpose of the institute is to discover, foster, and mold the visions of todays aspiring entrepreneurs. It provides degree-seeking and non-degree-seeking students with opportunities to learn about entrepreneurship, to understand the entrepreneurial process, to practice skills that lead to successful entrepreneurship, and to enhance creativity and innovation. For more information, contact the School of Business.
Small Business Institute
The Small Business Institute is sponsored by the Small Business Administration (SBA) and involves a contractual relationship between SBA and Metropolitan State College of Denver. The Small Business Institute offers a practical opportunity that supplements academic studies with real case studies. The Small Business Institute employs senior-level students, under faculty supervision, to provide business counseling and technical assistance to small business clients in the community. For more information, contact the School of Business.


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 6


68 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
T
The School of Letters, Arts and Sciences provides high quality liberal arts education designed to meet the educational needs of the urban student.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 6
SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS AND SCIENCES
The School of Letters, Arts and Sciences provides programs of study for the urban student in humanities, and social, natural, and mathematical sciences. All programs are designed to prepare students for professional goals and to assist students with personal development.
The faculty presents courses in 18 departments and one institute. They offer courses in more than 30 major and minor areas of study; teach the majority of the courses in the general education program; and present content-based courses for the teacher education program. Moreover, the faculty arranges for student internships and cooperative education opportunities with state and local agencies, the media, business, and industry. Additionally, the faculty actively provides educational services to the larger Denver community through several college agencies:
The Colorado Alliance for Science, a statewide alliance of universities, offers assistance and support to students and teachers to strengthen the communitys interest in science and mathematics.
The Health Careers Science Program offers support and guidance to women and people of color who are interested in careers in science and technology.
The Center for Mathematics, Science and Environmental Education leads the effort to reform science and mathematics education in Colorado. The center connects the college with other universities, the Denver public schools, other Colorado school districts, and the Colorado Department of Education to change the educational environment of teaching science and mathematics.
The Family Center provides a wide range of education, training, and research on policies related to family issues.
DIVISION OF HUMANITIES
The departments of Art, English, Journalism, Modem Languages, Music, Philosophy, and Speech Communication offer courses to strengthen the students understanding and appreciation of the worlds of art, music, language, and ideas.
Additionally, the Institute for Womens Studies and Services and the Institute for International and Intercultural Education present an array of courses to deepen and broaden the students understanding of human cultures.
Students may complete bachelors of art degrees and complete the requirements for teacher licensure, using programs in the Humanities Division, except philosophy.
Art Department
The Art Department offers a full range of studio art courses in the areas of fine arts (drawing, painting, printmaking, photography, video, and sculpture); design (advertising design and computer graphics); and crafts (ceramics, metalwork, jewelry making, and art furniture) leading to the bachelor of fine arts degree; art history (studies emphasize contemporary, modern, ancient, and non-Westem art) leading to the bachelor of fine arts degree; and licensure in art education.
Goals: Undergraduate studies in art and design should prepare students to function in a variety of artistic roles. In order to achieve these goals, instruction should prepare students to:
1. read the nonverbal language of art and design
2. develop responses to visual phenomena and organize perceptions and conceptualizations both rationally and intuitively
3. become familiar with and develop competence in a number of art and design techniques
4. become familiar with major achievements in the history of art, including the works and intentions of leading artists in the past and present and demonstrate the way art reflects cultural values
5. evaluate developments in the history of art
6. understand and evaluate contemporary thinking about art and design
7. make valid assessments of quality in design projects and in works of art


70 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
: Art Major for Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree
Core Requirements for All Studio Art Majors Semester Hours
J ART 110 Basic Drawing I............................................................................3
l ART 111 Basic Drawing II...........................................................................3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts 1.............................................................3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II............................................................3
l ART 201 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism to 1960 ................................................3
I ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to the Present............................................ 3
Total.......................................................................................................18
J Senior Experience Requirements for Studio Art Majors:
ART 401 Modem Art History: Theory and Criticism.......................................................3
ART 475 Senior Experience Studio: Portfolio Development and Thesis Show.............................. 3
l Total........................................................................................................6
! Students may choose one of the three areas of emphasis: fine arts, design, or crafts.
I Semester Hours
Fine Arts Area of Emphasis................................................................................21
y Fifteen hours in area of concentration in: drawing, painting, sculpture, printmaking, or photography.
Select a combination of 15 hours from the following two areas:
Design.............................................................................................6 or 9
Crafts.............................................................................................6 or 9
ART 200 General History of Art........................................................................3
Art History (upper-division)................................................................................3
Semester Hours
Design Area of Emphasis....................................................................................21
Fifteen hours in area of concentration in: advertising design or computer graphics.
Select a combination of 15 hours from the following two areas:
Crafts.............................................................................................6 or 9
Fine Arts..........................................................................................6 or 9
ART 200 General History of Art........................................................................3
Art History (upper-division)................................................................................3
Semester Hours
Crafts Area of Emphasis....................................................................................21
Fifteen hours in area of concentration in: ceramics, jewelry, or art furniture.
Select a combination of 15 hours from the following two areas:
Applied Arts.......................................................................................6 or 9
Fine Arts..........................................................................................6 or 9
ART 200 General History of Art........................................................................3
Art History (upper-division)............................................................................... 3
Total......................................................................................................66
(A minimum of 33 upper-division art hours required.)
Minor requirements for art majors are optional.
Art History Major for Bachelor of Fine Arts
Core Requirements for All Art History Majors Semester Hours
ART 110 Basic Drawing I...........................................................................3
ART 111 Basic Drawing II..........................................................................3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts 1...........................................................3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II..........................................................3
ART 201 Survey of Modem Art: Impressionism to 1960................................................3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to the Present.......................................... 3
Total................................................................................................18
Senior Experience General Studies Requirement for Art History Majors:
ART 401 Modem Art History: Theory and Criticism................................................ 3
Total.................................................................................................3


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 7
Art History (required)................................................................................................15
ART 200 General History of Art........................................................................................3
*Fine Arts..................................................................................................3 or 6
Design.....................................................................................................3 or 6
Crafts.....................................................................................................3 or 6
Art Electives......................................................................................................... 6
Total.................................................................................................................60
15 hours are required among these three categories. (A minimum of 27 upper-division art hours required.) Minor requirements for art majors are optional.
Industrial Design Major for Bachelor of Arts Degree
For advising in this program, please see the Department of Industrial Studies and Mechanical Engineering Technology in the School of Professional Studies.
Art Licensure: K-12
Teacher licensure for art majors is available through the Art Department. An art major is required.
Required Courses Semester Hours
ART 338 Introduction to Art Education......................................................................4
EDS 221 Processes of Education in Urban Secondary Schools..................................................3
EDS 222 Field Experience in Urban Secondary Schools........................................................2
EDS 320 The Adolescent as a Learner........................................................................3
EDS 321 Secondary School Curriculum and Classroom Management...............................................3
EDS 322 Field Experience in Tutoring and Materials Construction............................................2
SED 360 The Exceptional Learner in the Classroom...........................................................3
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading and Writing in the Content Areas...............................................4
ART 438 Art Methods/Materials: K-12........................................................................4
EDU 419* Student Teaching and Seminar: Elementary (K-6).....................................................8
EDS 429* Student Teaching and Seminar: Secondary (6-12).....................................................8
ART 439 Integrating the Arts for Gifted and Talented...................................................... 3
Total............................................................................................................47
In addition to field experiences included in required coursework, students must present evidence of having completed at least 200 hours of work with children. This may be accomplished through organizations such as Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, church groups, tutorial programs, or similar institutional activities. Students should plan their volunteer work in consultation with the Art Education adviser.
Students who seek licensure must pass a public speaking course (SPE 101) with a grade of "B or better, or obtain a waiver. Students must also achieve satisfactory scores on the state licensure examination.
Student teaching is composed of daily full-time work during 15 weeks, split eight and seven weeks between elementary and secondary levels.
Minor in Art
Required Courses Semester Hours
ART 110 Basic Drawing I............................................................................3
ART 111 Basic Drawing II...........................................................................3
ART 120 Design Processes and Concepts 1..........................................................3
ART 121 Design Processes and Concepts II.........................................................3
ART 201 Survey of Modern Art: Impressionism to 1960..............................................3
ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to the Present......................................... 3
Subtotal.................................................................................................18
Electives............................................................................................... 9
Minimum of one upper-division studio course and one upper-division art history course Total.................................................................................
27


72 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
English Department
The English Department offers instruction in literature, writing, language, and linguistics, and elementary and secondary education. Courses in each area appeal to students in every school of the college who wish to read and understand representative literatures of the world; to examine the principles underlying how language works; and to cultivate their writing skills.
The department invites students in other disciplines to select English courses to enhance their general education. Students may also choose a major or minor from different areas of emphasis.
Students who are considering a major or minor in the English Department are expected to consult with faculty for advising.
The English major may choose an emphasis in
1. literature
2. elementary school teaching, leading to licensure
3. secondary school teaching, leading to licensure
4. creative writing
5. preprofessional writing
The English minor may choose an emphasis in
1. literature
2. dramatic literature
3. language and linguistics
4. practical writing
5. secondary school teaching
6. creative writing
The English Department assesses the major in designated capstone courses. Portfolios of papers assigned through these courses will be read by several members of the faculty. Capstone courses should not be taken until the students final year of study. Because a capstone course may not be offered every semester, students should discuss scheduling with English Department advisers. Further information is available in the English Department.
English Major for Bachelor of Arts Literature Emphasis
The English major or minor, literature emphasis, encompasses a full range of American, British, and world literature. The program provides a strong foundation of courses in literature and language, sequenced to cultivate a sense of literary development, and fosters an increasing familiarity with major works and writers, critical theory, literary terminology, and research materials. Because of their command of the written language, their ability to deal with ideas and concepts as well as facts, and their broader understanding of human nature and social realities, literature majors are valued in many fields,
including academe and the world of business.
Required Courses Semester Hours
ENG 210 Introduction to Literary Studies..........................................................................3
ENG 310 Studies in Chaucer, Shakespeare, and Milton...............................................................3
ENG 344 Myth, Symbol, and Allusion................................................................................3
ENG 461 Literary Criticism....................................................................................... 3
Subtotal........,.......................................................................................................12
Four of these courses, one of which must be ENG 222:
ENG 211 World Literature: Beginnings to 1600......................................................................3
ENG 212 World Literature: 17th century to Present.................................................................3
ENG 221 American Literature: Beginnings through Civil War.........................................................3
ENG 222 American Literature: Civil War to Present.................................................................3
ENG 231 British Literature: Beginnings to 1785 ...................................................................3
ENG 233 British Literature: 1785 to Present...................................................................... 3
Subtotal................................................................................................................12


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 7
One of these courses:
ENG 201 The Nature of Language...........................................................................3
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar.......................................................................3
ENG 302 History of the English Language..................................................................3
ENG 303 Semantics....................................................................................... 3
Subtotal......................................................................................................3
In addition, 18 hours of English courses, at least 12 of which must be upper-division literature and include at least one development, one period, and one major authors course. Also required is one upper-division writing course.
Subtotal..................................................................................................................18
Total.....................................................................................................................45
Elementary School Teaching Area of Emphasis
The elementary school teaching emphasis in English, offered in conjunction with the Colorado State Department of Education licensure program, prepares future teachers of elementary education to understand and teach the diverse subject matter required for licensure. The program will provide students with a strong foundation in literature and literary genres; a solid perspective on the English language, including its history, structure, and constituents; and both theory and practice in composition, language arts, communication, and teaching methodology. It also addresses the need to prepare teachers to teach multicultural literature, accommodate cultural and ethnic diversity in language and writing, and communicate effectively with a diverse population of students.
Required Courses Semester Hours
I. Literature Core Courses:
ENG 210 Introduction to Literary Studies.....................................................................3
ENG 222 American Literature: Civil War to Present............................................................3
ENG 244 Myth, Symbol, and Allusion in Literature.............................................................3
ENG 310 Roots of British Literary Tradition................................................................. 3
Semester hours required............................................................................................12
II. Language/Linguistics Core Courses:
ENG 201 The Nature of Language...............................................................................3
and
ENG 302 History of the English Language..................................................................... 3
Semester hours required............................................................................................6
III. Writing/Composition Courses:
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition -or-
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing...................................................................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition.............................................................................. 3
Semester hours required...........................................................................................6
IV. Language Arts Core Courses:
ENG 346 Childrens Literature..............................................................................3
ENG 465 Teaching Composition in Elementary Schools.........................................................3
ENG 466 Teaching Literature and Language K-6...............................................................3
RDG 313 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School K-6.................................................... *
Semester hours required...........................................................................................9
V. English Electives
Two upper-division English courses selected in consultation with and approved by designated English adviser.......6
Recommended Electives:
Communication
ENG 363 Teaching Communications.............................................................................3
Writing
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop (prerequisite: ENG 252)...................................................3
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing......................................................................3
Language
ENG 301 Modem English Language Studies (prerequisite: ENG 201)..............................................3
ENG 303 Semantics (prerequisite: ENG 201)...................................................................3


74 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Literature
ENG 324 African American Literature...............................................................................3
ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental Literature....................................................................3
ENG 342 The English Bible as Literature...........................................................................3
ENG 343 Classical Mythology.......................................................................................3
ENG 347 Young Adult Literature....................................................................................3
ENG 349 Chicano Folklore of the Southwest........................................................................ 3
Total....................................................................................................................39
*RDG 313 meets the reading requirements for Colorado State licensure but is carried under the students 42-semester-hour professional education requirements.
Secondary School Teaching Emphasis
The education emphasis in English, offered in conjunction with the Colorado State Department of Education licensure program, prepares future teachers of English to understand and teach the diverse subject matter required for licensure. This program equips students with a wide variety of language principles and skills; practical experience in developing and presenting the process of writing; sound knowledge of approaches to literature and literary genres, periods, and authors (including a special focus on young adult literature); and an understanding of communication and media as used in English studies. In addition to meeting specified state and departmental requirements, this program offers students the opportunity to develop further specialization in writing, language, or literature to complement the major.
Required Courses Semester Hours
I. Literature Core Courses:
ENG 210 Introduction to Literary Studies.....................................................................3
ENG 221 American Literature: Beginnings through the Civil War
-or-
ENG 222 American Literature: Civil War to Present............................................................3
ENG 244 Myth, Symbol, and Allusion in Literature.............................................................3
ENG 310 Roots of British Literary Tradition................................................................. 3
Subtotal..........................................................................................................12
II. Language/Linguistics Core Courses:
Required for Licensure
ENG 201 The Nature of Language...............................................................................3
ENG 302 History of the English Language......................................................................3
Select one of the following:
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar...........................................................................3
ENG 301 Modem English Language Studies.......................................................................3
ENG 303 Semantics........................................................................................... 3
Subtotal..........................................................................................................9
III. Writing/Composition Courses:
ENG 351 Advanced Composition.................................................................................3
ENG 463 Composition Teaching Workshop -or-
ENG 362 Teaching Composition in the Secondary Schools and
ENG 364 Teaching Creative Writing in the Secondary Schools................................................. 6
Subtotal...........................................................................................................9
IV. English Education Core Courses:
ENG 347 Young Adult Literature..............................................................................3
ENG 363 Teaching Communications.............................................................................3
ENG 464 Teaching English in Secondary Schools...............................................................3
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading and Writing in the Content Areas.............................................. *
Subtotal...........................................................................................................9
V. English Electives:
Two upper-division English courses selected in consultation with and approved by designated English adviser....... 6
Total.............................................................................................................45
*RDG 328 meets the reading requirements for English licensure but is carried under the students professional education requirements.
NOTE: Students with a bachelor of arts in English from an accredited institution who are seeking English licensure will receive credit for Sections I and V, in addition to any other courses in Sections II, III, and IV for which they have existing credits.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES i
Creative Writing Emphasis
The creative writing emphasis provides extensive writing practice in various genres of literature as well as a good foundation in the appreciation of the literary heritage available in the English language.
Courses should be selected after consultation with a creative writing faculty adviser.
I. Literature Courses:
Lower-Division Literature Courses:
200-level, including either ENG 210 or ENG 244....................................................................15
Three of the 15 hours must emphasize modem literature.
Upper-Division Literature Courses:
300-level and/or 400-level........................................................................................ 9
Total.............................................................................................................24
II. Writing Courses:
Entry Course:
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing...................................................................3
Genre Courses: (select three)
ENG 351 Advanced Composition...............................................................................3
ENG 352 Drama Writing Workshop.............................................................................3
ENG 352 Fiction Writing Workshop...........................................................................3
ENG 352 Poetry Writing Workshop........................................................................... 3
Subtotal...........................................................................................................9
Specialized Writing Course:
ENG 382 Creative Writing Studio (two distinct titles)......................................................6
Exit Course:
ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing..........................................................................3
Total Semester Hours of Writing Required.......................................................................21
Total.............................................................................................................45
Preprofessional Writing Emphasis
Good writing skills are an asset for any profession. This writing emphasis helps talented writers majoring in other fields develop their writing abilities and enhance their career opportunities. It can only be chosen as a second major.
The program provides the student with intensive instruction in writing and linguistics interspersed with examples of fine writing from English language literature.
Required Courses Semester Hours
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition......................................................................3
ENG 201 The Nature of Language
-or-
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar....................................................................3
ENG 303 Semantics.....................................................................................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition..........................................................................3
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing................................................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication
-or-
ENG 363 Teaching Communications...................................................................... 3
Subtotal....................................................................................................18
Students take six literature courses of which at least two must be upper-division; these courses must be distributed among at least four of the following five areas:
1. world or continental literature
2. British literature: beginnings to 17th century
3. British literature: 17th century to 19th century
4. American literature
5. 20th century literature
Subtotal................................................................................................................18
Total...................................................................................................................36


76 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
English Minor
Creative Writing Emphasis
The English minor with emphasis in creative writing serves students who desire instruction and practice in the production of imaginative literature. The minor includes a foundation in the appreciation of literature and criticism.
Courses should be selected after consultation with a creative writing faculty adviser.
I. Literature Courses:
Lower-Division Literature Courses:
: 200-level, including either ENG 210 or ENG 244.....................................................................6
Three of the 6 hours must emphasize modem literature.
I Upper-Division Literature Courses:
l 300-level and/or 400-level........................................................................................ 6
Total.............................................................................................................12
II. Writing Courses:
l Entry Course:
l ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing...................................................................3
Y Genre Courses:
ENG 351 Advanced Composition...............................................................................3
ENG 352 Drama Writing Workshop.............................................................................3
ENG 352 Fiction Writing Workshop...........................................................................3
RDG 352 Poetry Writing Workshop........................................................................... 3
Subtotal..........................................................................................................6
Exit Course:
ENG 452 Advanced Creative Writing......................................................................... 3
Total Semester Hours of Writing Required.........................................................................12
Total............................................................................................................24
Dramatic Literature Emphasis
The English minor with emphasis in dramatic literature serves students who wish to develop skills in reading, writing, and thinking about the texts of drama. The program is designed to meet the needs of
anyone involved in the history, teaching, writing, production, or performance of drama.
I. Introductory Courses:
ENG 112 Introduction to Drama.................................................................................3
A second course, introductory in nature, is to be selected by agreement of the student and the department adviser.
The course need not be an English course, but if not, it should be an introductory course related to the students
major interest in the use of drama................................................................................... 3
II. Writing Course (one of the following):
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing......................................................................3
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop: Scriptwriting..............................................................3
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing....................................................................... 3
Subtotal..............................................................................................................3
III. Literature Electives (9 hours to be chosen in consultation with an adviser):
ENG 131 Introduction to Shakespeare...........................................................................3
ENG 321 Development of American Drama.........................................................................3
ENG 331 Development of British Drama: Mysteries to Melodrama..................................................3
ENG 431 Shakespeare: Comedies, Histories, Sonnets.............................................................3
ENG 432 Shakespeare: Tragedies and Ethical Problem Plays......................................................3
ENG 413 Major Authors (Playwrights)...........................................................................3
ENG 414 Modem Continental, British, and American Drama........................................................3
ENG 461 Theories and Techniques in Literary Criticism........................................................ 3
Subtotal..............................................................................................................9
IV. Final Study (one of the following):
ENG 480 Workshop..............................................................................................3
ENG 498 Independent Study.....................................................................................3
ENG 499 Internship........................................................................................... 3
Subtotal............................................................................................................. 3
Total...............................................................................................................21


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES i
NOTE: The final study undertaken in 480. 498, or 499 presents the opportunity for students electing the minor to devote significant attention to one in-depth project for completion of the study. The project should be based on the reading of a dramatic text, but should combine this experience with some other area of design, management, performance, or writing. The project should combine the skills of reading drama with those of the associated area of expertise. The project is to be proposed by the student, approved by an adviser in the English Department, and directed in collaboration with a second adviser, associated with the other area of expertise fundamental to the study. The study may take the form of a workshop, an independent study, an internship, or a practicum.
Literature Emphasis
I. The following course:
ENG 210 Introduction to Literary Studies......................................................................3
II. Two of the following courses:
ENG 211 World Literature: Beginnings to 1600
-or-
ENG 212 World Literature: 17th Century to Present.............................................................3
ENG 221 American Literature: Beginnings through the Civil War
-or-
ENG 222 American Literature: Civil War to Present.............................................................3
ENG 231 British Literature: Beowulf to Shakespeare
-or-
ENG 232 British Literature: Donne to Johnson
-or-
ENG 233 British Literature: Blake to Beckett................................................................. 3
Subtotal..............................................................................................................6
III. One of the following courses:
ENG 201 The Nature of Language................................................................................3
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar............................................................................3
ENG 251 Intermediate Composition..............................................................................3
ENG 252 Introduction to Creative Writing......................................................................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition................................................................................. 3
Subtotal..............................................................................................................3
IV. Two of the following courses:
ENG 321 Development of American Drama.........................................................................3
ENG 323 Development of the American Novel.....................................................................3
ENG 331 Development of British Drama: Mysteries to Melodrama..................................................3
ENG 333 Development of the British Novel......................................................................3
ENG 340 Development of Modem Poetry...........................................................................3
ENG 341 Masterpieces of Continental Literature............................................................... 3
Subtotal.............................................................................................................6
V. Two of the following courses (one must be 413):
ENG 411 Advanced Studies in Literature........................................................................3
ENG 412 Selected Themes in Literature.........................................................................3
ENG 413 Major Authors.........................................................................................3
ENG 414 Modem Continental, British and American Drama.........................................................3
ENG 431 Shakespeare: Comedies, Histories, Sonnets
ENG 432 Shakespeare: Tragedies and Ethical Problem Plays.....................................................3
ENG 461 Theories and Techniques in Literary Criticism........................................................ 3
Subtotal............................................................................................................. 6
Total...............................................................................................................24
Language and Linguistics Minor
The language and linguistics minor offers concepts about, theories of, and analytical techniques in natural language. It represents an intellectual discipline in itself and simultaneously serves the interests of future teachers, students of literature and writing, and others who have a continuing fascination with language as language. Taken in an appropriate order made evident by careful advising, the courses in the program educate students both to use and to appreciate their language. The minor requires students to engage in vigorous, progressively more explicit and precise analysis and synthesis as they examine facts and fallacies about the miracle of language.


78 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Required Core Semester Hours
ENG 201 The Nature of Language........................................................................3
ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar....................................................................3
ENG 301 Modem English Language Studies................................................................3
ENG 302 History of the English Language...............................................................3
ENG 303 Semantics.....................................................................................3
ENG 401 Studies in Linguistics....................................................................... 3
Subtotal...................................................................................................18
Any one of the following specific titles:
Applied Linguistics Descriptive Linguistics Psycholinguistics Sociolinguistics Stylistics
Interdisciplinary Elective Courses (chosen in consultation with and approved by departmental adviser, any one of the following):
ANT 233 Cross-Cultural Communication...........................................................................3
EDU 337 Language Arts and Social Studies Curricula for Early Childhood Education...............................4
PHI 111 Language, Logic, and Persuasion........................................................................3
SPE 352 Language Acquisition.................................................................................. 3
Subtotal.......................................................................................................... 3-4
Total.............................................................................................................21-22
Practical Writing Minor
The practical writing minor is a humanities-based, career-oriented program enabling students to develop writing skills as an adjunct to any major. Students will be prepared to do the practical writing found in magazines, newspapers, and newsletters. Students completing the program are expected to be versatile writers capable of applying the principles of good writing to different audiences and purposes.
Required Core Semester Hours
ENG 107 English Usage and Grammar.........................................................................3
ENG 201 The Nature of Language............................................................................3
ENG 303 Semantics.........................................................................................3
ENG 351 Advanced Composition..............................................................................3
ENG 353 Techniques of Critical Writing................................................................... 3
Subtotal........................................................................................................15
Elective Courses (choose three from the following):
ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop (Prerequisite ENG 252)..................................................3
ENG 398 Cooperative Education: English Internship.........................................................3
ENG 498 Independent Study: Writing Project................................................................3
JRN 182 Beginning Reporting and Newswriting...............................................................3
JRN 381 Feature Writing for Newspapers....................................................................3
JRN 481 Feature Writing for Magazines.....................................................................3
COM 261 Introduction to Technical Writing.................................................................3
MKT 305 Business Research and Report Writing..............................................................3
SPE 309 Argumentation and Advocacy........................................................................3
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion......................................................................... 3
Subtotal........................................................................................................ 9
Total...........................................................................................................24
In addition to pursuing the practical writing minor, some students may wish to seek the recognition of competency award as qualified practical writers. A student seeking this award must apply to the departments composition committee before completing nine hours applicable to the minor, and, if approved, must work out with the committee a coordinated sequence of courses, one of which must be English 498, independent study. The recognition procedure will include development of a portfolio that will be prepared under the guidance of the committee. This portfolio, designed to demonstrate student proficiency, will include such items as a letter in which students describe the development of their skills in writing and the extent to which they see these as valuable to their careers, and two different demonstrations of their ability to write and edit under pressure. The portfolio materials will be juried by at least two members of the composition committee. Some of the preparation may carry up to three hours credit under ENG 498.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES ^
Secondary School Teaching Emphasis
This minor does not satisfy Metro State requirements for licensure in secondary English, but does meet requirements for those seeking to teach English as a second area in secondary schools accredited by the North Central Accreditation Association. Students working toward this minor are expected to plan and carry out their programs in consultation with designated English Department advisers.
I. Each of the following courses:
ENG 347 ENG 351 ENG 362 ENG 464
Young Adult Literature...................
Advanced Composition.....................
Teaching Composition in Secondary Schools Teaching English in Secondary Schools
Subtotal
Semester Hours
..............3
..............3
..............3
............. 3
............12
II. One of the following courses:
ENG 301 Modem English Language Studies..................................................................3
ENG 302 History of the English Language.................................................................3
ENG 303 Semantics...................................................................................... 3
Subtotal......................................................................................................3
III. Three English electives from 300-level or 400-level courses selected in consultation with, and approved by, designated
English Department advisers.
Subtotal........................................................................................................ 9
Total semester hours required...................................................................................24
Institute for International and Intercultural Education
Metro State provides assistance to visiting faculty and international students. Important counseling is offered on: visas, school transfers, work permission, housing, banking, and cultural and academic adaptation. The office also provides assistance to students who wish to arrange individualized study abroad opportunities. The institute organizes numerous conferences and lectures on international issues throughout the year.
The institute also provides information on a cross-disciplinary contract major and minor in international studies, international courses offered by various departments, and intercultural courses. For information, contact the director of International and Intercultural Education at 556-4004.
Journalism Department
The Journalism Department prepares students for careers in news and information media by providing them with a sound education in the basics of journalism and/or public relations. The department has one of the strongest journalism teaching staffs in the state. All full-time and part-time faculty have worked in the journalism and/or public relations fields.
The Journalism Department at Metro is one of two in the country to offer an internship program that allows students to get hands-on experience in political reporting. The Capitol Reporter is open to upper-division students, who spend an entire semester covering the Colorado legislature for credit. The editor is a full-time faculty member, and the weekly newspaper is highly regarded by legislators, lobbyists, and the college community.
Proficiency in standard written English is a prerequisite for all journalism courses. Students are required to complete ENG 101 before taking any journalism course beyond JRN 101. Proficiency in typing is required for all courses beyond JRN 101.
Anyone planning to have a major from this department must meet the general studies requirements established by the department. Students should also select an adviser immediately to begin planning their course of study.
Students may not select both a major and minor from the Journalism Department.


80 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
; Students are required to take a journalism proficiency test upon completion of JRN 210Intermediate 1 Reporting and/or JRN 220Intermediate Editing. Students must pass the test before they will be | allowed to take upper-division courses in their major or minor. Prerequisites are enforced.
Students are also required to take an assessment test toward the end of their studies to ensure they have ; reached the proficiency level necessary to pursue a career in journalism or public relations.
; The Journalism Department offers a journalism major and also minors in both print journalism and pub-1 lie relations.
I Core Courses for Journalism Major and Minors Semester Hours
JRN 110 Beginning Reporting ....................................................................... 3
JRN 120 Beginning Editing.......................................................................... 3
; JRN 210 Intermediate Reporting................................................................................3
1 JRN 450 Ethical and Legal Issues in Journalism........................................................ 3
Subtotal............................................................................................... 12
Journalism Major for Bachelor of Arts
Semester Hours
Y Journalism Core.............................................................................................12
Required Courses
JRN 220 Intermediate Editing...........................................................................3
One of the following:
JRN 310 Publication Practicum..........................................................................3
JRN 398 Cooperative Education..........................................................................3
JRN 415 Capitol Reporter: Writing/Reporting............................................................6
JRN 416 Capitol Reporter: Editing/Design...............................................................3
And three of the following:
JRN 350-1 Topics in Journalism........................................................................ 3
Subtotal..................................................................................................9-12
Electives
JRN 315 Contemporary Issues............................................................................3
JRN 340 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers.........................................................3
JRN 360 Photojournalism I..............................................................................3
JRN 410 Advanced Reporting.............................................................................3
JRN 420 Principles of Newspaper and Magazine Design....................................................3
JRN 440 Feature Article Writing for Magazines.........................................................3
JRN 460 Photojournalism II.............................................................................3
Subtotal.................................................................................................12-15
Total.......................................................................................................36
Journalism Minor
Semester Hours
Journalism Core.............................................................................................12
Required Courses
JRN 220 Intermediate Editing...........................................................................3
JRN 350 Topics in Journalism.......................................................................... 1
Subtotal.....................................................................................................4
Electives
JRN 310 Publication Practicum..........................................................................3
JRN 315 Contemporary Issues............................................................................3
JRN 340 Feature Article Writing for Newspapers.........................................................3
JRN 360 Photojournalism I..............................................................................3
JRN 410 Advanced Reporting.............................................................................3
JRN 420 Principles of Newspaper and Magazine Design ...................................................3
JRN 440 Feature Article Writing for Magazines.........................................................3
JRN 460 Photojournalism II............................................................................ 3
Subtotal.................................................................................................... 9
Total.......................................................................................................25


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Public Relations Minor
Semester Hours
Journalism Core....................................................................................................12
Required Courses
JRN 270 Fundamentals of Public Relations....................................................................3
JRN 370 Public Relations Writing and Strategies.............................................................3
JRN 398 Cooperative Education...............................................................................3
JRN 470 Public Relations Strategic Planning................................................................ 3
Subtotal...........................................................................................................12
One of the following:
SPE 310 Business and Professional Speaking..................................................................3
SPE 344 Television Production...............................................................................3
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion........................................................................... 3
Subtotal........................................................................................................... 3
Total..............................................................................................................27
Modern Languages Department
The Modem Languages Department offers major programs in Spanish and modem foreign languages; minor programs in French, German, and Spanish; and teacher education programs in Spanish and modem foreign languages. Courses in other foreign languages and in occupational or professional fields are offered in order to meet student and community needs. In addition, the department administers several education programs abroad.
Registration for courses is in accordance with previous preparation. Consequently, students should register for foreign language courses as follows: No previous study, or less than one year in high school 101; students with one year in high school who feel their background is weak101; one semester in college102; one year in college211 and/or 231 for German and Spanish and 201 for French; two years in high school211 and/or 231 for German and Spanish and 201 for French, or 102, if needed; three years in high school or one and one-half years in college212 and/or 232 for German and Spanish and 202 for French; or 211 and/or 231 for German and Spanish and 201 for French, if needed; four years in high school or two years in college300-level courses, or 212 and/or 232 for German and Spanish and 202 for French, if needed.
The above regulations may not be applicable if students have had no professional instruction in their chosen foreign language within the past two years. If students feel that they have insufficient preparation for the required level, they should strengthen their background by taking a course recommended by the Modem Language Department. Elementary courses do not apply toward the major or minor requirements.
Students seeking elementary and secondary credentials in French, German, or Spanish must satisfy the teacher education program of Metro State in addition to all of the major requirements. They must also demonstrate sufficient mastery of the target language or languages through an appropriate proficiency exam.
Spanish Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPA 211 Intermediate Spanish............................................................................3
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation................................................................3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I...............................................................3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II..............................................................3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation...........................................................................3
SPA 314 Advanced Composition............................................................................3
SPA 315* Spanish Phonetics: Theory and Practice..........................................................3
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain
-or-
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization
-or-
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican Southwest...................................................3
SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studies in Spanish.....................................................3
SPA 340 Survey of Spanish Literature I
-or-
SPA 341 Survey of Spanish Literature II.................................................................3
SPA 351 Masterpieces of Latin American Literature.......................................................3
SPA 401 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar I..........................................................3


82 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS 8! SCIENCES
SPA 402 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar II............................................................3
l SPA 411 Contemporary Spanish Literature
-or-
SPA 412 Contemporary Latin American Literature.............................................................3
l MDL 496* Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary Schools................................................3
l Spanish electives**.......................................................................................... 3
Total........................................................................................................48***
l *Required only when seeking a teacher license.
**Must be advanced courses and taken with department approval.
***Only 42 semester credit hours for those not seeking teacher licensure.
j Minor in Spanish
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPA 211 Intermediate Spanish...............................................................................3
! SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation...................................................................3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I..................................................................3
; SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II.................................................................3
l SPA 311 Advanced Conversation..............................................................................3
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain
l -or-
Y SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization
-or-
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican Southwest......................................................3
SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studies in Spanish....................................................... 3
Total............................................................................................................21
Minor in French
Required Courses Semester Hours
FRE 201 Intermediate French I..............................................................................3
FRE 202 Intermediate French II.............................................................................3
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation....................................................................3
FRE 301 Introduction to Advanced French Studies............................................................3
FRE 311 Survey of French Literature I
-or-
FRE 312 Survey of French Literature II.....................................................................3
FRE 355 French Historical Perspectives
-or-
FRE 356 Contemporary Sociocultural Issues................................................................. 3
French electives*................................................................................................ 3
Total............................................................................................................21
*Must be a course at the 300- or 400-level.
Minor in German
Required Courses Semester Hours
GER 211* German Reading and Conversation...................................................................3
GER 212* German Civilization...............................................................................3
GER 231* German Vocabulary Building and Grammar............................................................3
GER 232* German Composition and Free Writing.............................................................. 3
Subtotal........................................................................................................12
Select one of the following literature courses:
GER 321** Survey of German Literature 1....................................................................3
GER 322** Survey of German Literature II...................................................................3
GER 323** Contemporary German Writers......................................................................3
GER 351** Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller................................................................... 3
Subtotal..........................................................................................................3
Select two of the following skills courses:
GER 301 Third-Year German Conversation.....................................................................3
GER 331 Advanced German Composition and Grammar............................................................3
GER 340 German for Business................................................................................3
GER 341 Translation Techniques for Scientific Materials................................................... 3
Subtotal......................................................................................................... 6
Total............................................................................................................21
*Higher level course may be substituted with departmental approval.
**Fourth-year course may be substituted with departmental approval.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Modern Foreign Languages Major for Bachelor of Arts Required Courses
The composite modem foreign languages major involves a minimum of 48 hours in any two modem languages, at least 12 hours in each. Students are advised into intermediate and advanced classes in each language on the basis of individual background and need. The minimum 12 hours in each of the two chosen languages must be taken as follows:
Spanish
SPA 211 Intermediate Spanish...............................................................................3
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation...................................................................3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I..................................................................3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II................................................................ 3
Subtotal.........................................................................................................12
French
FRE 201 Intermediate French I..............................................................................3
FRE 202 Intermediate French II.............................................................................3
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation....................................................................3
FRE 301 Introduction to Advanced French Studies........................................................... 3
Subtotal.........................................................................................................12
German
GER 211 German Reading and Conversation....................................................................3
GER 212 German Civilization................................................................................3
GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar.............................................................3
GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing............................................................... 3
Subtotal.........................................................................................................12
The remaining hours to complete the 48 hours required must be taken with department approval.
For those seeking teacher licensure in modem foreign languages (French, German, Spanish), all of the courses in one of the following areas of emphasis are required.
French Area of Emphasis
FRE 201 Intermediate French I.............................................................................3
FRE 202 Intermediate French II............................................................................3
FRE 211 French Reading and Conversation...................................................................3
FRE 301 Introduction to Advanced French Studies...........................................................3
FRE 311 Survey of French Literature I...................................................................J3-
FRE 312 Survey of French Literature II....................................................................3
FRE 315 French Phonetics: Theory and Practice.............................................................3
FRE 331 Advanced French Composition and Grammar...........................................................3
FRE 332 Advanced Conversation.............................................................................3
FRE 355 French Historical Perspectives....................................................................3
FRE 356 Contemporary Sociocultural Issues.................................................................3
MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary Schools...............................................3
Any two of the following three:
FRE 452 Modem French Theater..............................................................................3
FRE 453 The French Novel..................................................................................3
FRE 475 Senior Seminar in French Studies................................................................. 3
Total...........................................................................................................42
German Area of Emphasis
GER 211 German Reading and Conversation...................................................................3
GER 212 German Civilization...............................................................................3
GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar............................................................3
GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing...............................................................3
GER 315 German Phonetics: Theory and Practice.............................................................3
GER 321 Survey of German Literature 1.....................................................................3
GER 322 Survey of German Literature II....................................................................3
GER 323 Contemporary German Writers.......................................................................3
GER 331 Advanced German Composition and Grammar...........................................................3
GER 351 Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller.....................................................................3


84 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
GER 411 The German Novel of the 19th and Early 20th Centuries
-or-
GER 412 German Drama of the 19th and 20th Centuries...........................................................3
GER 421 Advanced Conversation: Present-day Germany............................................................3
German electives....................................................................................................3
MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary Schools.................................................. 3
Total...............................................................................................................42
Y
Spanish Area of Emphasis
SPA 211 Intermediate Spanish.............................................................................3
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation.................................................................3
SPA 231 Spanish Grammar and Composition I................................................................3
SPA 232 Spanish Grammar and Composition II...............................................................3
SPA 311 Advanced Conversation............................................................................3
SPA 314 Advanced Composition.............................................................................3
SPA 315 Spanish Phonetics: Theory and Practice...........................................................3
SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain
-or-
SPA 321 Spanish-American Culture and Civilization
-or-
SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican Southwest....................................................3
SPA 325 Introduction to Literary Studies in Spanish......................................................3
SPA 340 Survey of Spanish Literature I
-or-
SPA 341 Survey of Spanish Literature II..................................................................3
SPA 401 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar I...........................................................3
SPA 402 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar II..........................................................3
SPA 411 Contemporary Spanish Literature
-or-
SPA 412 Contemporary Latin-American Literature...........................................................3
MDL 496 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary Schools............................................. 3
Total.........................................................................................................42
Music Department
Metropolitan State College of Denver is an accredited institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department offers majors in music education and music performance, and a minor in music.
The department also offers courses specifically designed for non-music students wishing to enhance their general understanding and enjoyment of music. Musically talented students from all areas of the college are encouraged to participate in the wide variety of large and small music ensembles, including band, orchestra, choir, and chamber music.
The majors in music education and music performance are professional degree programs designed for students wishing to prepare themselves for careers as music teachers or performers. Students pursuing these majors are not required to complete a minor for graduation.
The music education degree program prepares students for careers teaching instrumental and/or choral music at the levels K-12. To be admitted to this program, students must pass the Music Education Entrance Examination. By taking an additional 16 semester hours beyond the bachelors degree (EDU 419 and 429), the student becomes eligible for K-12 licensure in the State of Colorado. With these additional 16 hours, this degree program is approved by the Colorado State Department of Education and has full accreditation by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education. Students seeking teaching credentials in music must pass the Music Education Comprehensive Examination and must also satisfy all applicable requirements of the teacher education and licensure programs in the Division of Education in the School of Professional Studies.
The music performance degree program prepares students for further graduate study or for careers as performers or private studio teachers. To be admitted to this program, students must demonstrate the capability of developing a high level of musicianship in performance by passing the Music Performance Audition upon completion of MUS 172 (Private Instruction II).
Further information, including examination policies, procedures and requirements, is provided in the departmental publication titled Advising Information. All music majors and minors should familiarize themselves with this document.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
New and transfer students wishing to major or minor in music should be prepared to take placement examinations in the areas of music theory and music history and to perform an audition in their primary performance area. For placement and audition appointments, contact the Music Department at least two weeks prior to the beginning of the semester.
Music Education Major for Bachelor of Arts
Core Requirement for all Music Education Majors
Required Courses Semester Hours
MUS 111 Music Theory I...................................................................................3
MUS 112 Music Theory Lab 1...............................................................................1
MUS 113 Music Theory II..................................................................................3
MUS 114 Music Theory Lab II..............................................................................1
MUS 211 Music Theory III.................................................................................3
MUS 212 Music Theory Lab III.............................................................................1
MUS 213 Music Theory IV................................................................................ 3
MUS 214 Music Theory Lab IV..............................................................................1
MUS 121 Music Literature I...............................................................................3
MUS 122 Music Literature II..............................................................................3
MUS 321 Music History 1..................................................................................3
MUS 322 Music History II.................................................................................3
MUS 171 Private Instruction I (Primary Performance Area).................................................2
MUS 172 Private Instruction II (Primary Performance Area)................................................2
MUS 271 Private Instruction III (Primary Performance Area)...............................................2
MUS 272 Private Instruction IV (Primary Performance Area)................................................2
MUS 371 Private Instruction V (Primary Performance Area).................................................2
MUS 372 Private Instruction VI (Primary Performance Area)................................................2
MUS 161 Class Voice 1....................................................................................1
MUS 161 Class Piano I*...................................................................................1
MUS 162 Class Piano II*..................................................................................1
MUS 261 Class Piano III*.................................................................................1
MUS 262 Class Piano IV*..................................................................................1
*Note: Students whose primary performance area is piano may elect another area of study in place of class piano; however, they still must pass the Piano Proficiency Examination before enrolling in MUS 352 or 353.
Select 10 hours from the following:**
MUS 281 Ensemble**.......................................................................................1
MUS 381 Ensemble**.......................................................................................1
**Note: Ensembles must be chosen from those appropriate to the students area of emphasis: choral majors must enroll in at least eight hours of choral ensembles and instrumental majors must enroll in at least eight hours of instrumental ensembles. Students majoring in music education must enroll in an ensemble during each semester of full-time residence except when student teaching.
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and Arranging....................................................3
MUS 341 String Techniques and Materials..................................................................2
MUS 342 Guitar Techniques and Materials..................................................................2
MUS 345 Brass Techniques and Materials...................................................................2
MUS 346 Percussion Techniques and Materials..............................................................2
MUS 351 Basic Conducting.................................................................................2
MUS 433 Elementary School Music Methods and Materials....................................................2
MUS 439 Supervised Field Experience: MUS 433 ............................................................1
MUS 434 Secondary School Music Methods and Materials.....................................................2
MUS 439 Supervised Field Experience: MUS 434 ............................................................1
RDG 328 Teaching of Reading and Writing in the Content Areas.............................................4
EDU 212 Elementary Education in United States............................................................3
EDU 264 Urban and Multicultural Education................................................................3
EDS 320 Educational Psychology Applied to Teaching.......................................................3
SED 360 The Exceptional Learner in the Classroom........................................................ 3
Total.........................................................................................................90
In addition to the above core requirement, music education majors must select one of the following emphases:


86 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Choral Emphasis
MUS 140 Vocal Diction.............................................................................3
MUS 352 Choral Conducting and Literature.............................................................3
MUS 442 Vocal Pedagogy........................................................................... 3
Total.....................................................................................................9
Instrumental Emphasis
MUS 343 Woodwind Techniques and Materials............................................................2
MUS 348 Marching Band Techniques and Materials.......................................................2
MUS 353 Instrumental Conducting and Literature..................................................... 3
Total.....................................................................................................7
Music Performance Major for Bachelor of Arts
Core Requirement for all Music Performance Majors
Required Courses Semester Hours
MUS 111 Music Theory I............................................................................3
MUS 112 Music Theory Lab 1........................................................................1
MUS 113 Music Theory II...........................................................................3
MUS 114 Music Theory Lab II..................................................................... 1
MUS 211 Music Theory III..........................................................................3
MUS 212 Music Theory Lab III......................................................................1
MUS 213 Music Theory IV...........................................................................3
MUS 214 Music Theory Lab IV.......................................................................1
MUS 121 Music Literature I........................................................................3
MUS 122 Music Literature II.......................................................................3
MUS 321 Music History I.............................................................................,_____3
MUS 322 Music History II.............................................................................3
MUS 171 Private Instruction I (Primary Performance Area).............................................2
MUS 172 Private Instruction II (Primary Performance Area)............................................2
MUS 273 Performance III (Primary Performance Area)...................................................4
MUS 274 Performance IV (Primary Performance Area)....................................................4
MUS 373 Performance V (Primary Performance Area).....................................................4
MUS 374 Performance VI (Primary Performance Area)....................................................4
MUS 473 Performance VII (Primary Performance Area)...................................................4
MUS 474 Performance VIII (Primary Performance Area)..................................................4
Select 2 hours from the following:*
MUS 161 Class Instruction I (Secondary Performance Area)*............................................1
MUS 162 Class Instruction II (Secondary Performance Area)*...........................................1
MUS 171 Private Instruction I (Secondary Performance Area)*..........................................2
*Note: Must be Class Piano I and II unless student is able to pass the Private Instruction Audition in piano.
Exception: Students electing the organ emphasis must take Class Voice I and II unless they are able to pass the Private Instruc-
tion Audition in voice.
Select 12 hours from the following:**
MUS 281 Ensemble**...................................................................................1
MUS 381 Ensemble**...................................................................................1
**Note: Ensembles must be chosen from those appropriate to the students area of emphasis. Students majoring in music performance must enroll in an ensemble during each semester of full-time residence.
MUS 351 Basic Conducting.............................................................................2
MUS 479 Senior Recital.............................................................................. 3
Total.....................................................................................................73
In addition to the above core requirement, all music performance majors must select one of the following emphases:
Voice Emphasis
MUS 140 Vocal Diction................................................................................3
MUS 442 Vocal Pedagogy.............................................................................. 3
Total......................................................................................................6
Piano Emphasis
MUS 310 Counterpoint.................................................................................3
MUS 441 Piano Pedagogy.............................................................................. 3
Total......................................................................................................6


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Organ Emphasis
MUS 310 Counterpoint..................................................................................3
MUS 352 Choral Conducting and Literature............................................................. 3
Total.......................................................................................................6
Guitar Emphasis
MUS 310 Counterpoint..................................................................................3
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and Arranging................................................ 3
Total.......................................................................................................6
Woodwind, Brass, String or Percussion Emphasis
MUS 315 Instrumental and Choral Scoring and Arranging.................................................3
MUS 353 Instrumental Conducting and Literature....................................................... 3
Total.......................................................................................................6
Minor in Music
Required Courses Semester Hours
MUS 111 Music Theory I................................................................................3
MUS 112 Music Theory Lab 1............................................................................1
MUS 113 Music Theory II...............................................................................3
MUS 114 Music Theory Lab II...........................................................................1
MUS 211 Music Theory III..............................................................................3
MUS 212 Music Theory Lab III..........................................................................1
MUS 121 Music Literature I............................................................................3
MUS 122 Music Literature II...........................................................................3
MUS 171 Private Instruction 1.........................................................................2
MUS 172 Private Instruction II........................................................................2
Select 2 hours from the following:
MUS 281 Ensemble......................................................................................1
MUS 281 Ensemble......................................................................................1
Upper-division elective in music theory, history, literature, or pedagogy.................................. 3
Total......................................................................................................27
Philosophy Department
Philosophic questions are of the most enduring interest because they are fundamental to our intellectual and practical concerns. As a critical investigation into the assumptions and implications associated with all disciplines, philosophy is interdisciplinary in character. However, this type of inquiry requires technical concepts and methods, so it takes on the character of a specialized discipline. Philosophical inquiry is an interaction between speculative and critical thought, recognizing no pre-established limits in its interests or its critical examinations. Therefore, philosophy as a study program enlarges the students horizons of ideas throughout the various disciplines in the college, while providing the critical skills necessary to analyze and synthesize these ideas. It encourages students to explore creatively the full range of philosophical options, to consider alternate points of view, and to delve into profound issues. Because of the subject matter, attitudes, and methods employed in philosophy, the student will be much better prepared for leadership in personal life, civic responsibilities, and pursuit of a career.
In addition to offering a variety of courses for students who are planning to take only one or two courses in philosophy, the department offers two programs, both of which feature flexibility and individualized training:
1. A major for students seeking a solid, general training/background that can serve either as a basis for graduate studies in such varied areas as philosophy, the humanities, law, medicine, business, urban planning, and development, etc., or as a basis for a career in which the specialized training required is provided by the employer, such as careers in corporate management, government, politics, banking, or education.
2. A minor for students who have already chosen a career and seek to complement their specialized training/background with the opportunities afforded by philosophy to increase their career options and generally to increase the quality of their lives.
Metro State students who either major or minor in philosophy are encouraged to take University of Colorado at Denver courses that contribute to the requirements or the balance of their philosophy experience. These students should consult the chair of the Philosophy Department at Metro State when planning to take University of Colorado at Denver courses.


88 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Philosophy Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses Semester Hours
PHI 144 Logic.......................................................................................3
PHI 300 History of Greek Philosophy..................................................................3
PHI 302 History of Modem Philosophy..................................................................3
PHI 410 Senior Seminar.................................................................................. 3
Total.......................................................................................................12
Additional Course Subject Areas Required
Lower-Division:
Introductory courses.................................................................................................6
Upper-Division:
Metaphysics and/or Epistemology......................................................................................3
Ethics and/or Social Philosophy......................................................................................3
One philosophical problem or one philosopher.........................................................................3
One course relating philosophy to another field, such as religion, art, science, or history........................ 3
Total...............................................................................................................18
Additional electives at any level....................................................................................6
(Selected in consultation with and approved by the Philosophy Department)
Total upper-division semester hours required for major..............................................................18
Total...............................................................................................................36
Minor in Philosophy
Required Courses Semester Hours
PHI 101 Introduction to Philosophy................................................................3
PHI 103 Ethics....................................................................................3
PHI 111 Language, Logic, and Persuasion.......................................................... 3
Total..................................................................................................9
Electives
A minimum of 11 additional semester hours of which seven are upper-division courses in philosophy selected in consultation with and approved by the Philosophy Department to make a total of 20 semester hours.
Holistic Health and Wellness Education Multi-Minor
The multi-minor may be arranged through the Philosophy Department and includes the required courses listed under the holistic health and education multi-minor on page 189 of this Catalog.
Speech Communication Department
Proficiency in one of the areas of speech opens up many careers to the graduate. For instance, in mass communication, radio, television, and film, a graduate might aspire to careers in on-air operations, mass media ideas, promotion, public affairs, or radio-television sales. Graduates might become consultants in advertising or specialists in instructional or educational television or in the public broadcasting service. Careers are open as broadcasting specialists in public relations, public information, business, industry, and government.
An emphasis in speech pathology/audiology provides sound background for students pursuing careers in education, vocational rehabilitation, and health care. Graduates in communication disorders have the prerequisite coursework to pursue a masters degree in speech pathology or audiology, which opens doors to careers in schools, hospitals, community clinics, rehabilitation centers, and private practice.
Graduates in rhetoric and public address have achieved success in law, industrial and organizational communication, educational administration, public relations, speech writing for political figures, teaching, public relations, and theology.
Professional and educational theater occupations are open to theater graduates with specialties in stagecraft, sound, engineering, scriptwriting, directing, and acting.
Communications Theory and Organizational Communication: Communication consulting/training and conference planning both present lucrative and satisfying careers to speech graduates specializing in these areas of communication. Job opportunities are available in education, government, business, and industry as well as private practice as a consultant.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Speech Communication Major for Bachelor of Arts
1. Core courses are required for all areas of emphasis.
2. Independent study, topic courses, and experiential education courses such as practicums and internships may be taken in each of the program areas.
3. Additional semester hours in speech courses will be selected in consultation with the adviser approved by the Department of Speech Communication.
4. Total minimum semester hours for a major in speech communication: 36
Basic Core Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 101 Public Speaking..........................................................................3
SPE 320 Oral Interpretation: Prose and Poetry.........................................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication............................................................. 3
Total.................................................................................................9
Broadcasting Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and Television Broadcasting........................................3
SPE 343 Radio-Television Announcing..............................................................3
SPE 344 Television Production....................................................................3
SPE 345 Broadcast Journalism: Radio
-or-
SPE 445 Broadcast Journalism: Television.........................................................3
SPE 348 Workshop in Radio Production.............................................................3
SPE 448 Seminar Practicum in Broadcasting........................................................3
TLC 249 Beginning Internship in Radio, TV, Film, and Mass Communications
-or-
SPE 298 Cooperative Education for Speech Communication.........................................1-6
TLC 349 Advanced Internship in Radio, TV, Film, and Mass Communications
-or-
SPE 398 Cooperative Education for Speech Communication....................................... 1-15
Cooperative Education for Speech Communication
Total.............................................................................................20-39
Communication Theory Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 170 Communication Theory.....................................................................3
SPE 171 Interpersonal Communication: The Individual as a Communicator............................3
SPE 211 Discussion Methods.......................................................................3
SPE 272 Nonverbal Communication................................................................. 3
Total................................................................................................12
Organizational Communication Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 170 Communication Theory.....................................................................3
SPE 310 Business and Professional Speaking.......................................................3
SPE 311 Strategies of Organizational Leadership................................................. 3
Total.................................................................................................9
Public Address and Rhetoric Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 309 Argumentation and Advocacy...............................................................3
SPE 408 Rhetorical Criticism of Public Address...................................................3
SPE 409 Classical Rhetoric.......................................................................3
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion................................................................ 3
Total................................................................................................12
Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology Area of Emphasis
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics, Voice, and Diction
-or-
SPE 353 Voice Science: Pathology and Technology..................................................3


90 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
SPE 350 Speech Pathology I..........................................................................3
1 SPE 351 Speech Pathology II..................................................................... 3
I SPE 360 Audiology 1..................................................................................3
I SPE 361 Audiology II................................................................................ 3
I Total......................................................................................................15
Theater Area of Emphasis
l Required Courses Semester Hours
l ENG 112 Introduction to Drama
l -or-
ENG 210 Introduction to Literary Studies.............................................................3
l SPE 221 Introduction to Theatre......................................................................3
l SPE 222 Techniques in Acting I.......................................................................3
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft...................................................................3
J SPE 322 Stage Movement...............................................................................3
SPE 328 Stage Directing............................................................................. 3
Total......................................................................................................18
y Speech Education Area of Emphasis
Core: Semester Hours
SPE 101 Public Speaking..............................................................................3
SPE 320 Oral Interpretation: Prose and Poetry........................................................3
SPE 374 Psychology of Communication................................................................. 3
Total....................................................................................................9
Secondary Teacher Education Program in Speech Communication Arts
Required Courses Semester Hours
SPE 211 Discussion Methods...........................................................................3
SPE 221 Introduction to Theatre......................................................................3
SPE 222 Techniques of Acting I.......................................................................3
SPE 224 Introduction to Stagecraft...................................................................3
SPE 240 Introduction to Radio and Television Broadcasting............................................3
SPE 301 Advanced Public Speaking.....................................................................3
SPE 309 Argumentation and Advocacy...................................................................3
SPE 328 Stage Directing I ...........................................................................3
SPE 330 Voice Science: Phonetics and Voice and Diction...............................................3
SPE 359 Speech Problems in the Schools...............................................................3
SPE 380 Instructional Methods for Speech Teachers and Creative Speech................................3
SPE 410 Techniques of Persuasion.....................................................................3
Electives for the Secondary Teacher Education Program
A minimum of six semester hours in speech courses is recommended in consultation with and approved by the Speech Communication Department. These six hours are to be selected from the following list:
SPE 305 Intercollegiate Forensics....................................................................1
SPE 308 Great American Speakers......................................................................3
SPE 322 Stage Movement...............................................................................3
SPE 350 Speech Pathology 1...........................................................................3
SPE 360 Audiology 1..................................................................................3
SPE 408 Rhetorical Criticism of Public Address......................................................3
SPE 420 Readers Theater.............................................................................3
SPE 426 Theater: Practicum I........................................................................1
SPE 449 Effects of Radio-Television on Contemporary Life........................................... 3
Total....................................................................................................48
Students seeking secondary licensure in speech education must satisfy the Teacher Education Program of Metro State in addition to all of the major requirements.
Speech Communication Minor
All speech communication minors are required to take a minimum of 24 hours including the core (SPE 101,320, and 374).
Hours taken beyond the core are to be determined in consultation with a speech communication adviser.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 9
Telecommunications
Telecommunications is one of the most beneficial internship programs for communication students in broadcasting. Under the auspices of the Speech Communication Department, the student is afforded the opportunity to gain hands-on experience through current internships in radio, television, and film, provided by industry, government, business, public, and commercial telecommunications centers. The student may begin this program upon the completion of six hours in broadcasting-telecommunications courses at Metro State. Students should contact the adviser in broadcasting for details relative to eligibility and placement in the telecommunications internships. Internship telecommunications courses are offered every semester during each of the modules as well as on a full-semester basis.
DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
The departments of African American Studies; Sociology, Anthropology and Social Work; Chicano Studies; History; Political Science (Urban Studies Program); and Psychology offer programs to strengthen the students understanding of the social world and its impact upon individuals, groups, and organizations. Departments offer lecture courses, professional internships in social agencies and legislative government, and practicums in their field of study. The programs will prepare the students for entry-level employment in helping services and social work, or graduate or professional school.
African American Studies Department
The African American Studies Department offers a range of courses in African American studies that present the dimension of the black experience in this country. These courses encompass and afford a comprehensive understanding of the African heritage. They present African links and potential; contributions of black people in the growth and development of the United States; black culture and lifestyles; the black community; political activity and potential; religious development and importance; community service and resource assistance; and prognosis and potential for social change. The courses may apply in the general studies requirements and as electives for graduation.
Students are urged to consult with the faculty in African American Studies Department about new courses now being designed as well as special offerings.
The major in African American studies (which leads to a bachelor of arts degree) and the minor program must be planned in consultation with an adviser in the African American Studies Department.
Students desiring secondary licensure in social studies should see the Teacher Education Department.
African American Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses Semester Hours
AAS 101 Introduction to African American Studies............................................................3
AAS 113 Survey of African History (HIS 194).................................................................3
AAS 200 Social Movements and the Black Experience (SOC 200).................................................3
AAS 330 The Black Community (SOC 314).......................................................................3
AAS 370 Psychology of Racism and Group Prejudice (PSY 370)................................................3
AAS 485 Research Seminar in African American Studies........................................................3
Select one from the following:
MUS 201 Topics in Ethnic Music: Variable Title..............................................................3
ART 304 African Art.........................................................................................3
AAS 324 African American Literature (ENG 324)...............................................................3
Electives........................................................................................................18
Total............................................................................................................39
Electives
Elective hours in African American studies courses are selected in consultation with the adviser.
Minor in African American Studies
Required Courses Semester Hours
AAS 101 Introduction to African American Studies..............................................3
AAS 200 Social Movements & and Black Experience (SOC 200)..................................... 3
Total..............................................................................................6


92 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional semester hours is required in African-American courses, three hours of which must be an African course, selected in consultation with and approved by the African American Studies adviser assigned to the student. Total hours of the minor are 21.
Assessment Test
During the final semester, students majoring in AAS will be required to take a comprehensive assessment test.
Chicano Studies Department
The Chicano Studies Department offers a bachelor of arts degree in Chicano studies. The Chicano and other Hispanic historical experiences are used as points of departure toward expanding awareness of the multicultural world and the contributions of Chicanos. The program is designed to assist in the preparation of scholars as well as human service providers.
: Chicano Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts
V The requirements include core courses in the major, basic knowledge of the Spanish language, plus
approved electives.
Required Core Courses Semester Hours
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies....................................................................3
CHS 101 History of Meso-America: Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods (HIS 191)..............................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest: 1810 to Present (HIS 192).................................3
CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literature (ENG 241).............................................................3
CHS 310 The Chicano Community (SOC 313)....................................................................3
CHS 485 Research Experience in Chicano Studies............................................................ 3
Subtotal........................................................................................................18
Language Requirements:
SPA 101 Elementary Spanish 1...............................................................................5
SPA 102 Elementary Spanish II..............................................................................5
SPA 211 Intermediate Spanish
-or-
SPA 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation.................................................................. 3
Subtotal........................................................................................................13
Approved Electives............................................................................................... 9
Total...........................................................................................................40
A minimum of nine semester hours of electives in Chicano studies selected in consultation with the department chair is required.
Minor in Chicano Studies
The minor can be designed to provide the student with course experiences that are most relevant to occupational and educational goals. Students, in consultation with a faculty adviser in Chicano studies, will develop individual minors that reflect the best possible elective curricula and ensure that a relevant
emphasis is maintained. Total hours for the minor are 21.
Required Courses Semester Hours
CHS 100 Introduction to Chicano Studies...................................................................3
CHS 101 History of Meso-America: Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods.....................................3
CHS 102 History of the Chicano in the Southwest: Mexican and United States Periods........................3
CHS 201 Survey of Chicano Literature......................................................................3
Total..........................................................................................................12
Electives
A minimum of nine semester hours of electives is required to complete the minor. The courses are to be selected in consultation with a Chicano studies faculty adviser.
Assessment Test
During the final semester, students majoring in CHS will be required to take a comprehensive assessment test.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
History Department
Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses Semester Hours
HIS 101 Western Civilization to 1715............................................................. 3
HIS 102 Western Civilization since 1715............................................................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865...................................................................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865 ...............................................................3
HIS 482 Senior Seminar..................................................................................3
Total...................................................................................................15
Electives
A minimum of 23 additional semester hours in history is required, 18 hours of which must be upper-division. No more than four hours in HIS 389 readings courses may be counted toward the major without prior written approval from the department. Course Distribution
A minimum of 23 additional semester hours in history is required, 18 hours of which must be upper-division. In the minimum of 23 additional semester hours required, students must include at least three hours in each of the broad areas of history: United States, European, Developing World.
Grade Average
Students majoring in history must maintain at least a 2.00 average in their history courses.
Advising
History majors should consult with a departmental adviser to select the courses in other disciplines that complement their area of concentration in the major.
Minor in History
There are three different areas of emphasis available to students seeking a history minor: (I) regular history area of emphasis, (II) American West history area of emphasis, (III) 20th century studies history area of emphasis.
I. Regular History Area of Emphasis
Required Courses
HIS 101 Western Civilization to 1715.......................................................................3
HIS 102 Western Civilization since 1715....................................................................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865..........................................................................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865........................................................................ 3
Total.............................................................................................................12
Electives
A minimum of nine additional semester hours in history is required. The hours must be upper-division and should be selected in consultation with a departmental adviser. No more than 2 hours in HIS 389 readings courses may be counted toward the minor without prior written approval from the department.
II. American West History Area of Emphasis
Required Courses
HIS 110 American West................................................................................3
HIS 111 Colorado History 1..........................................................................3
HIS 121 American History to 1865....................................................................3
HIS 122 American History since 1865................................................................ 3
Total.....................................................................................................12
Electives
A minimum of nine additional history hours treating the American West is required, all of which must be upper-division.
III. Twentieth Century Studies History Area of Emphasis
Required Courses
HIS 122 American History since 1865 ................................................................3
HIS 201 Contemporary World History.................................................................. 3
Total......................................................................................................6
Electives
A minimum of 15 additional hours treating 20th century history is required, of which nine must be upper-division. Grade Average
Students minoring in history must maintain a 2.00 average in their history courses.


94 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Secondary School Education Licensure in Social Sciences
Students majoring in history may combine their major with other courses in the social sciences and in education to earn secondary education licensure. The requirements of this program are included under the Education Department section of this Catalog.
Prelaw Courses
Several history courses are of particular importance to legal studies. These include HIS 121, 122, 346, and 368. Students interested in prelaw courses are urged to contact the departmental adviser.
Minor in Interdisciplinary Legal Studies
The interdisciplinary legal studies minor is designed to show students how the various disciplines in the humanities and social sciences treat questions of law and justice. The interdisciplinary legal studies minor is not a pre-law preparatory program or paralegal training. Its goal is to cross disciplines so that students can understand how the humanities and social sciences illuminate the principles, practices, and
policies of the law.
I Required Course Semester Hours
^ CJC 190 Introduction to Legal Studies........................................................................3
HIS 368 The Court in Crisis..................................................................................3
PHI 343 Philosophy of Law....................................................................................3
SOC 355 Sociology of Law.....................................................................................3
ENG 370 Literature and the Law...............................................................................3
PSC 312 American Constitutional Law..........................................................................3
xxx xxx Seminar in Legal Topics (Interdisciplinary team-taught course).................................... 3
Total..............................................................................................................21
Students will select one law-related course from the courses listed below or approved by the interdisciplinary legal studies minor adviser:
MGT 221 Legal Environment of Business 1...................................................................3
MGT 322 Legal Environment of Business II...................................................................3
CJC 210 Substantive Criminal Law.............................................................................3
HIS 346 The Constitution and the New Nation, 1787-1848.......................................................3
SOC 350 Criminology..........................................................................................3
WMS 331 Women and the Law................................................................................... 3
Total..............................................................................................................24
Political Science Department
The study of political science is mainly the study of governments: their social and economic environments, how they are organized, how and why they decide upon and carry out policies, and how nationstates interact on the world scene. It also includes the study of political ideas and values, past and present, citizen behavior, and recent trends in methods of research and analysis aimed at enlarging our knowledge of political processes.
In this sense, the Political Science Department provides students with the perspective and background necessary to understand the complex and often confusing reality of politics.
To focus that search for understanding, each political science major will select a primary area of study either in American politics or intemational/comparative politics. Course listings for each area are available in the department office.
The department also houses the colleges Public Administration and Urban Studies programs. Prelaw
The Political Science Department also offers prelaw advising to all students at the college, regardless of students major fields of study. If you are thinking of applying to law school or would like more information on the LSAT or law schools, please contact the departments prelaw adviser.
Political Science Major for Bachelor of Arts
Required Courses Semester Hours
PSC 101 American National Government..................................................................3
PSC 102 Political Systems and Ideas...................................................................3


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
PSC 202 Conducting Political Analysis
-or-
PS Y 231 Introduction to Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences............................................3
PSC 305 Political Theory.........................................................................................3
PSC 402 Special Studies (Senior Experience)..................................................................... 3
Subtotal...............................................................................................................15
Electives
A minimum of 21 additional semester hours of political science must be completed. At least 18 of these 21 hours must be upper-division courses (300- and 400-level) and must be approved by the department. Generally, students may apply only 12 hours of credit in nonclassroom courses toward the major as approved electives.
Total..............................................................................................................36
Course Distribution and Area Concentration
Of the 21 elective hours in political science, 12 must be in the students primary area of study: American politics or intema-tional/comparative politics. A minimum of three hours must be drawn from the remaining area of concentration and six hours can be selected at the students discretion.
Minor in Political Science
Required Courses Semester Hours
PSC 101 American National Government..................................................................3
PSC 102 Political Systems and Ideas...................................................................3
PSC 305 Political Theory............................................................................. 3
Subtotal...................................................................................................9
Electives
A minimum of 12 additional semester hours are required in political science courses. At least nine of these 12 hours must be in upper-division courses (300- and 400-level) and must be approved by the department. Generally, students may apply only 6 hours of credit in nonclassroom courses toward the major as approved electives.
Total.........................................................................................21
Minor in Public Administration
Public administration is the study of governmental organizations, their management, and how government policies are formulated and carried out. The Political Science Department offers a minor in public administration available to students interested in a career in government service, to students presently employed in government who wish to increase their skills and job status, and to students planning to take postgraduate work in public administration.
Required Courses Semester Hours
I. Basic courses required for all public administration minors:
PSC 101 American National Government........................................................................3
PSC 302 Introduction to Public Administration...............................................................3
II. Two of the following courses:
PSC 322 Public Policy.......................................................................................3
PSC 324 Intergovernmental Relations.........................................................................3
PSC 326 Politics of Budgeting...............................................................................3
PSC 328 Public Personnel Administration.....................................................................3
ACC 320 Governmental Accounting.............................................................................3
III. One of the following courses:
CMS 201 Principles of Information Systems...................................................................3
MTH 121 Introduction to Statistics..........................................................................4
IV. Internship
PSC 412 or substitute course (minimum)......................................................................... 3
Total..........................................................................................................19-20
A governmental internship will be required of all students for a minimum of one semester and a minimum of three semester hours. This requirement may be waived for students with at least one calendar year of administrative work experience in a government agency.
It is recommended that public administration minors also take a course in both public speaking and in technical writing.
Also available to students is a program of courses leading to a recognition of completion award in public administration presented by the Political Science Department. Students may earn the award by successfully completing a selection of courses amounting to 26 semester hours. Contact the Political Science Department for details.


96 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES
Major and Minor in Urban Studies
Please see the Urban Studies section of this Catalog.
Internships
In addition to scheduled classes, political science students are encouraged to enroll for at least one off-campus internship. Students may receive credit for practical work experience in various areas of government service. Placement in a governmental position may be initiated by the student, Cooperative Education, or the Political Science Department. Interested students should contact the Political Science Department for details.
Courses with Variable Topics
Not listed among the regular courses are a variety of topics courses and self-paced courses that are offered each semester and give the student a greater variety of choice. Please be sure to check the current Class Schedule for these classes, which can be repeated for credit under different titles.
Washington, D.C. Program
During the summer session, the department offers a special program in Washington, D.C., aimed at providing students with a unique perspective on the nations political system. The program combines a four-week module held in Washington with on-campus meetings and relevant readings. Please contact the department about this program. Also, the department works with students interested in an intern experience in Washington, D.C., during the summer or during the fall or spring semesters.
Golda Meir Center for Political Leadership
The Golda Meir Center for Political Leadership is connected to the historic Golda Meir House on the Auraria campus. The center is organized and operated through the Political Science Department. The centers purpose is to develop programs that examine the role of leaders and leadership at all levels of the political process; blend together theoretical and applied politics; and emphasize voices and perspectives that expand the boundaries of traditional leadership analysis.
Urban Studies Program
Please see an adviser in the Political Science Department for updated changes being made to this program. A bachelor of arts or a bachelor of science degree with a major in urban studies is offered. The bachelor of science degree is recommended for those students desiring a stronger background in quantitative aspects of urban studies. Coursework is jointly offered by Metro State and the University of Colorado at Denver; the major is offered at Metro State. The emphasis of this program is an interdisciplinary approach to learning. To support this approach, six areas of emphasis are offered within the major.
1. local govemment/urban planning
2. housing patterns and alternatives
3. cultural lifestyles
4. transportation and communication
5. nonprofit organization administration
6. business, management, and urbanization
Urban Studies Major for Bachelor of Arts
The requirements total 46 semester hours and include;
1. Twenty-five-27 hours of core courses.
2. Nine hours selected from each of four areas of process.
3. Two hours in an area of emphasis to be selected by the student.
4. Six additional hours for a bachelor of science degree.
5. Urban studies majors who do not wish to pursue a minor in some other discipline will be required to take at least 14 semester hours for a total of 60 semester hours. The 14 semester hours must be selected in consultation with a faculty adviser.
6. There are different requirements for the nonprofit business administration, business, management, and urbanization emphases.


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 9
Required Courses Semester Hours
URS 100 Introduction to Urban Studies............................................................................3
URS 200 An Inside Look at Urban Institutions.....................................................................3
URS 300 World Patterns of Urbanization...........................................................................3
URS 380 Applied Urban Research Methods...........................................................................3
URS 489 Interdisciplinary Seminar................................................................................4
URS 499* Internship in Urban Studies..............................................................................3
Advanced writing course, which may be taken from nonprofit business administration, English or communications. *3-4
Statistics, which may be taken from economics, geography, mathematics, psychology, or sociology.................... *3-4
Total..............................................................................................................25-27
Nonprofit organization administration students may elect to fulfill these requirements within the nonprofit organization administration area of emphasis.
A total of nine hours should be selected from the following areas of processes. Nonprofit organization administration students will take one course from two areas for a total of at least six hours. Substitutions for these courses should be arranged through
an adviser for urban studies.
Urban Spatial Structuring Processes
URS 310 Internal Structure of the City.....................................................................3
URS 351 Community Development and Planning.................................................................3
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game..............................................................................4
GEG 204 Geography of Denver................................................................................3
GEG 360 Urban Geography....................................................................................3
GEG 461 Urban and Regional Planning........................................................................3
Urban Political Processes
URS 210 An Analysis of Urban Boundaries....................................................................3
URS 350 Emerging Urban Political Systems...................................................................3
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game..............................................................................4
PSC 300 American State and Local Government................................................................3
PSC 302 Introduction to Public Administration..............................................................3
SOC 371 Politics and Power.................................................................................3
Urban Economic Processes
ECO 201 Principles of Economics Macro....................................................................3
ECO 202 Principles of Economics Micro....................................................................3
ECO 330 State and Local Finance............................................................................3
ECO 335 Urban Economic Analysis............................................................................3
ECO 340 Transportation Economics...........................................................................3
ECO 345 Environmental Economics............................................................................3
SOC 324 Poverty in America.................................................................................3
Urban Social Processes
GEG 130 Geographic Analysis of Current Social Issues.......................................................3
GEG 362 Population, Resources, and Land Use................................................................3
GEG 462 Land Use: Residential..............................................................................3
SOC 309 Urban Sociology....................................................................................3
SOC 324 Poverty in America................................................................................ 3
Total............................................................................................................9
Area of Emphasis
In each of the first four following areas of emphasis, the student selects a minimum of 12 hours with a minimum of six in urban studies. The student may take any combination of interdisciplinary courses related to the area of emphasis to be selected in consultation with an adviser. One of the courses should be a skills course related to the area of emphasis.
Local Government Urban Planning
This area of emphasis concentrates on the basic conceptual and theoretical planning processes as they relate to and actually appear in urban government occupations and professions. The area of emphasis is designed for students seeking entry into government occupations or seeking advanced study in public administration or urban planning beyond the bachelors degree.
URS 250 New Front Range Communities....................................................................3
URS 289 Urban Problems: Topics.......................................................................1-3
URS 351 Community Development and Planning.............................................................3
URS 389 Readings in Urban Studies....................................................................1-3
URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game........................................................................1-4
URS 410 Urban Environmental Perception.................................................................3
URS 450 Cities of the Future...........................................................................3
URS 451 Community Involvement Methods..................................................................3
URS 471 The Urban Elderly: Prisoners of Space..........................................................3


Full Text

PAGE 2

AURAR/A LIBRARY U18701 9800849

PAGE 3

MSCO C A T 1995 TO 1996 MSCO CA 06127195 1111111111111111111 1 1111111111

PAGE 6

TABLE OF CONTENTS TAB LE O F C O NTENTS (See A l p h abe t ica l Index for S p ecific To p ics) Equal Opportunit y and ADA Statement. ................................................................................ .4 Family Educational Right s and Priv acy Act ................................................................. .......... 4 Student Rig ht-to-Kn ow and Campus Security Act ................................................................ 5 Trustees of The State Colleges in Colorado ............................................................................ 6 Officer s of Administratio n ................. .... ...... ... ................... ........ ............................. .............. 6 Genera Information ............ ........................ ...... ...... .... ....... .................... .... ............ ....... .... 9 Student Services ......... .................... .............. ..... ... ............ .... .... ....... ............ ..... ... ...... ... 1 2 Admission and R egis tration ...... ..................... .... .... .... ... ........ .......... .... .... ... ... ............... 16 Financial Aid ............ ................ ... ..... ................. ..... .... ....... ... ................. ......... ...... ............. 24 Special Program s .............. ........... ........ ... ... .... ... .... .... .... ........... ... .......... ........... ....... 29 Academic Inform atio n .... ....................... ............. .... ..... ......... .... ..... .......... . .... .... ..... 33 General Studi es Informa tion ........................................... .................................. .................. .45 De g r ee and Pro grams .................................... ... ........ .... ...................................................... 55 School of Bu sine .............................. ...... ............... ........ ....... ... ... ........................ ...... 56 African American Leadership In stitute ............... ............. .... ....... ................ ................ .... .... 65 In stitu te for Entrepreneurship and Creativity ........ ................................................................ 66 Small Busine ss In titute ............................. ... ... .................................................................... 66 School of Letters, Arts a n d Sciences .......................................................... ....... .... .... .... ........ 68 Divi sio n of Hum a nities .............. ........... ...... . ... .... ........ ...... .................. ...................... 69 Institute for Int ernatio nal and Int erc ultur a l Education ..... ......................................... ............ 79 Divi sio n of S oc i a l Sciences .................. ..... ..................................................................... ....... 91 Div i sio n of Sci e n ce a nd Math e m atics ........................ ...... ..... .... .......................... ............... ] 06 Instit ute for Women's Studie and Services .................... .... ............................................... 122 School of Profe ssiona l Studi es ............................................................................................ 124 Divis ion ofEdu cation ........................................... ...... .......................... ... ............... ........ l25 Divi sio n of Technology .............................................. ......... .......................... ... ................ ... 142 Divi sio n of Publi c Service Pr ofessions ............................................. ........ .......................... 164 Course De scr ipti on ..... .... ............................................................................................ ....... 19 l Faculty .... ............................ ...... ....... ...... .... .............. ............................................ .... ..... 349 Alphabetical Ind ex ...... ........ ... ............... .... ... .... ............ ...... ........................ ........... ... ...... 36 1 Campu Map ................. ... ......... . ........ ... ... ....... ... ............... ....... ......... Back Inside Cover Photography : Dave Neligh, Peggy O 'Neill-Jones, H. Keith Williams Produced by: The Offi ce of Academi c Affairs and the Offi ce of College Communi ca ti o ns 1995 Primed 011 R ecycled Paper 0

PAGE 7

4 POLICIES AND PROCEDURES COLLEGE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES EQUAL OPPORTUNITY AND ADA STATEME T Metropolitan State ColJege of Denver is an equal opportunity employer; app lication s from minorities and women are particularly invited Metropolitan State ColJege of Den ver doe not di criminate on the ba is of race color, creed, national origin, ex, age, sex ual orientation, or di ability in admi ion s or acce s to or treatment or employment in, it s ed u cational programs or activities. lnqu irie concerning th e colJege grievance procedures may be directed to the de sig nated Metro State officials. Inquiries con cerning Title VI and Title IX may be referred to Dr. Percy Morehouse Jr. Metro State Offi ce of Equal Opportunity Campu Box 63 P O Box 173362 Denver, CO 80217-3362 (303) 556-2939. Inquiries conce rning ADA (Americans with Disabilitie s Act ) or 504 may be referred to Ms H elen Fleming, Fac ult y and Staff ADA Coordinator, Metro Stat e, Campus Bo x 47, P.O Box 173362, Denver CO 802173362 (303) 556-8514 ; Dr. Manuel EscamilJa, Student ADA Coordinator, Metro State Campus Box 42, P.O Box 1 73362, Denver CO 802 1 7-3362 (303) 556-4737; Mr. Dick Feurborn, ADA Coordi nat o r AHEC Campus Box 001, P.O Box 173 361, Denver CO 80217-3361 (303) 556-8376; or Ms. Karen Ro enchei n Manager. Otherwise alJ inquiries may be referre d to the Office for Civil Rig ht U.S. Department of Education, 1244 Speer Boule var d, Denv er CO 80204 (303) 844-3723. f FAMILY EDUCATIO AL RIGHTS AND PRNACY ACT Metro State maintain educational record s for each st udent w ho has enrolJed at the college. Unde r th e Family Education a l Rig ht s and Privacy Act of 1974 (FE RPA) eac h parent or eligible s tudent ha s the right to: inspect and review the tudent s educational re cords request the amendment of the st udent e ducational records to ensure that they are not inacc urate mis leading or otherwi e in violation of the s tudent s privacy or other rights co n se nt to disc lo ure of per so nalJy identifiable information contained in the student's educational records, except t o the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent (e.g. directory infor m ation and in emergency situation ) tile with the U.S. Department of Education a complaint under 34 CFR 99.64 concerning alleged failures by the college to comply with the requirements of FERPA obtai n a copy of the colJege's p o licy on st udent educational record which is l ocated in the Office of Registration and Student Rec ords Central Cla ssroom Building room I 03 Pur s u a nt to FERPA, and subject to the Colorado Publi c Records Act ( S ec tion 24-72-201 et seq. C.R.S ), the college m ay rele ase directory information without the prior written consent of the s tudent unle ss within 10 day s after regi stration the tudent h a notified the colJege's Office of Re g i s tration and Student Records that u c h inform atio n s h alJ n o t be rele ased without the consent of the s tudent. Metro politan State College of Denver h as de s ign ated the following categories of p e rsonally identifiable infor mation as directory information under sectio n 438(a)(5)(B) of FERPA : name, address and telephone date and place of birth major and minor fields of study participation in officially recogni zed activities and s p orts weig ht and height of members of athletic teams dates of attendance at the college degrees and awards received last educational institution attended

PAGE 8

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES THE STUDENT RIGHT-To-KNow AcT AND THE C A MPUS SECURITY AcT Campus Crime Information Durin g t h e p as t three year th e f ollowin g crim es wer e committ e d o n campus a t th e Aurar ia Hi g her Edu catio n Cent e r serv i ng th e U n ive r s i ty of C o l o r a d o a t D e n ve r M e tr o p o lit a n Sta t e C ollege of D e n ve r a nd Lhe C o mmun ity C ollege of D e n ve r : O cc urr e n ces of Cri min a l Offe n ses o n Campus Offense 1994 1993 1992 Murd e r ... ............ .............. 0 ......... ...... 0 ...... ......... 0 R ape ......................... ...... o ................ l ................ o R ob b ery ............. .............. 1 ................ 4 ......... ...... 5 Aggrava t e d Assa ult ... .... 0 .............. 1 7 .............. 15 Bur g l ary ... ...... ... .. ...... ... 1 7 ............ 28 .............. 33 V e hi cle Th eft .......... ...... J 1 ...... .. ... 20 .. ... .... .... 2 1 Sex u a l Assault* .............. 1 3 ............. 8 ........ ...... 1 4 I ncludes sexu al assaults o t her tha n first and second degree sexual assaults (rape) such as indecent exposures and third-degree sexual assa ul ts Numb e r o f Arres t s for the Followi n g Crimes o n C ampu s Arrests 1994 1993 1992 Liqu o r L aw Vio l atio n .... 0 ........ .... .... 8 ............... 3 Dru g Abu se Violatio n ...... 2 .............. 6 ... ....... ..... 3 Wea p o n s P ossess i o n ........ l .... .......... ..4 ........... .... 3 *Excludes D U I ar r ests; howeve r 22 of 55 tota l offense arres t s in 1 994 involved alcohol. These J t a ti stics were provided by the Auraria Depa r tment of Public Safety in compliance with the Crime Awareness and Camp u s Secu r ity Act of 1990. The programs policies statements and procedures contained in this Catalog are subject to change by the college without prior notice. Metropolitan State College of Denver reserves the right to withdraw courses; revise the academic calendar; or change curricu lum policies, grad uation procedures and other requirements at any time. Changes will become effective when eve r the proper authorities so determine and will apply to prospective students.

PAGE 9

6 ADMINISTRATION TRUSTEES OF THE STATE COLLEGES IN COLORADO Dat e of Prese nt First T erm Appo intm ent Expires J o h n R oy bal Clwir Bl a n ca ... .............................................. .............. .......... .... 1991 ................... /995 Aims C. M c Gui nness, Jr., Vice Chair, D e nv e r .................... ......... ............... ..... ... 19 89 .................... /997 Anne St e inb eck, Gunnison ........... ....................... .... ................. ..................... ... ... /98 7 .................... 1995 H arriet B arker, B o ulder ....... ........................ ... .... ....................... ................... 1991 .................... 1 995 G eo r ge Brantley, D enve r ............... .... ...... ..... ..... ......... .......... ........ ............. ... J 993 .......... ..... ... 1 997 Col e Finnegan, D e nv e r ....... .... .... .............. ..... ... .... ......... ... ................ .......... 199 3 .............. .... 199 7 J ames Fl e ming, Grand Jun c ti on ..... ... ............. ....... .......... ..... ........... .... .......... l991 .......... ........ .. 199 5 J ames Hahn Fac ulty WSC .. ................... .... . .... ... ......... ......... ......... ........... .... J994 ...... ..... .... 1995 Mark B owers Stud elll, ASC .................... ..... .................................................. ... J 994 .... ......... ..... 1 995 William Fulk e r so n Ph.D. Pr esidelll of The Sta t e Coll eges in Colorad o METROPOLITAN STATE COLLEGE OF DENVER OFFIC E RS OF ADMINISTRATION Office of th e President P residen t ....... ...... ... .... ............. ......................... .................. ................ ....... ........... She ila Kaplan Ph.D. Assis tant to th e Pr es ident for Urban and Gov e rnm e nt Affairs .... ...... ................ .... ..... Ga y Cook M.A. Coll ege Coun se l ............. .... ....... .... ......... ..... ....... .... .... ........ .......................................... S co t Sil ze r J.D E xec utive Assistant t o the Pr es id e nt ................ ................. ......................................... Y vonne Flood, B.S. Equal Opportuni ty Dir ec t or and As s istant to the Pr esident ..... ............... P e r cy A M o r e house, Jr., Ph.D. Pr ovos t and Vice Pr es id e m for A cade mi c Affai r s ....... .... ....... ...................... ........ Shar on Siverts Ph.D Vice Pr e sident for Administrati o n and Finan ce ... .......... ....... ... .......... ........... J ose ph F Arcese, M B .A. Vice Pr es id e nt for i nstit uti o nal Advance m e nt .......... ... ... ....... .... .... .... .............. Carol y n M. S c ha efer, B .A. Vice Pr es id ent f o r Student Servi ces ... ........ ..... ...... .... ... . ... .... .............. ... ......... V ernon E. H a l ey, M.S. Office of the Provost and Vice President for Aca d emic Affa irs Pr ovos t and Vice Pr es id e nt for A ca d e mi c Affairs ............ .... .................................. Sharon S iverts, Ph.D. Associate Vice Pr es id e nt ......... ........ ....... .... ........... .... ............ ............................... .lett Conn e r Ph. D Dir ec tor of Coop e rative Edu c ation Pr ogram ....... ....... ..... ..................................... Susan Lanman M .A. Assis t an t Vice Pr esident for Extended Edu c ation .......... ....... ... ... .................. ... Andrew Br ecke llll, M .A. Dir ec tor of Adult Learning Servi ces ................................................. .... ............. Eiea n o r M Gr een, Ed D Di rector of Ext e n ded Campus Pr og rams ... ....... ...... ....... ................ ........... G we ndol y n S. Tho rnton M .A. Dir ec t o r of Grant s and Spo n so r ed R esea r c h .... .................... ....... ....... .................... ..... .......... ........... TBA Di rec tor of Pr ogram Evaluation ................................ ..... ........ .... ....... ..... .... ....... Fri e da H o lley, Ph. D Office of the Vice President for Admini stration and Finance Vice Pr es id e nt for Adminis tr a tion and Finan.ce ........ .... ... .................. . .... ... .... J oseph Arcese, M B .A. Associa t e Vice Pr es id e nt for Hum an R esou r ces/Finan ce ..... .......... ............... ...... Tim L. Gree ne, M.P.A. Dir ec t o r of A cco untin g Ser v i ces ...... .... ....... .... ............... ........... .... ..... ...... .... Sita M. Thomas B.S Dir ec t o r of P erson n e l and P ay r oll Services ......... .... ....... ..... .... .... ...... ........ ......... ..... ..... Sandi L. J o n es B enefits Administrator ...... ..... .... ...... .... .... ............ .......... ........... ..... ............ Eiyse Yam a u c hi B.A. Associ ate Vice Pr es ident for I nformation T ec hnolo gy ....... ... .... .... ............... .... ......... Leon D anie l, M S Dir ec t o r of A cade mi c C o mputin g and Use r S e rvi ces ........... ....................... .... ..... ... J o hn T. R eed, Ph.D. M anage r of Information T ec hn ology Appli ca ti o n S e r v i ces ... .... ............... ....... St eve Fran z ko w iak B .A. T ech ni ca l S e rvi ces Mana ge r ......... .... . ....... ....... .................................................... ........ Jay Martin B A Dir ec tor of Bud ge t s ......... .... ......... ..... ..... ... ....... ................. ......... ... ..... ....... ....... Bru ce Williams M.B A A ssis t an t Vice Pr es id e nt fo r Business Affair s ..... ................ . .... .......... ....... ...... Mic ha e l B arn eft, M S B usiness S e r vices Manag e r ........... .... ..... .... .... ... ............................................... ............ Gin ge r Alc orn I nt e rim Dir ec t o r of Financial Aid ....... ...... .... .......... .... ......... ....... ............. ... ... .... .... Cind y H ej l, B S Office of th e Vice Pre s id e nt for Institut ional Advancement Vice Pr es id en t for I ns tituti o nal Adv an ce m e nt ...... ............. ... .... ..... ............ Carol y n M Schaefer, B .A. Assi s tant Vice Pr es id e nt for D evelopment . ... ....... ... .............. ........ .... ....... Mary K onrad F e ll e r M .A. Dir ec tor of Jnfonnation R eso ur ces for D eve lopm e nt and Alunmi ... .... .... .... ........ Bradl ey Sny der Ph.D

PAGE 10

ADMINISTRATION Assistant Vice Pr es id e nt for Communications and M edia R e lati ons .................... R obert G. Br ock, M.M. Dir ector of Alumni R elations .................................. ........ ......................... Carol y n Champion-Sloan, B .A. Offic e of the Vice Pre s ident for S tud ent Services Vice Pr esiden t for Student Servi ces .......................................................... .... .... .... Vernon. H aley, M.S. Assistant Vice Pr esident for Student Services .......................................... ...... .... Manu el Escamilla, Ph.D. Executive Assistant to the Vice Pr esidenr for Student Services ..................... .......... K elly Espino za, M.A. Dir ector of the H igh School Upward Bound Program ................................ ...... Charles Maldonado B.S Dir ecto r of the Student Support Services Pro g ram .................................. .... ....... P atricia Trotman, M.A. Dir ector of the Veterans Upward B ound Pro g ram ........................... .... .... .... ....... .. Gl e nn A. Morris, M.A. Assistant Vice Pr esiden t for Student Services ..................................... C. LaVonne M otonTeague, Ph.D. Dir ec tor of Assessment and Testing ................................. .... ..... .... ........................ .... .... J ohn Pi erce, M.A. Dir ector of Advising ........ .................................................. ..... ................................... L ydia Vasquez. B.A. Dir ector of Career Services ............................................. ..... ........ ..... .................................. ........... ..... TBA Dir ector of th e Counseling Center .......... .................. .......................................... B a r bara Vollmer, Ph.D. Dir ector of Pr oba ti on and Suspension ............. ..................... .......................................... Betty Vette, B .A. Assistant D ean of R egist rati on and Student R ecor ds ............... ...... .................... J effrey W. J o hnson M.S. Director of Student R ecords ....................................................................................... L ynn Den zin M .Ed. D ean of Student Life ............................................................................. Yol anda Orte ga Eri cksen, M.P .A. Director of Campus R ecrea ti on ............................................................ ............... .... Anne McKelvey M .A. Dir ec tor of Gay Lesbian and Bi sexual S tud e nt Services .................................... Kar en B e n sen, L.C.S. W Acting Dir ector of Student Activities ....... .................................................................. Maggie Miller, M.S. Associa t e Dir ector of Student Act iviti es .. .................................... .... .................. Mariam Gratia Taft, M.S. Director of the Student H ealth Clinic ................. .... .............................................. ..... Steve Monaco M.A. Dir ec tor of Student Legal Services .................... .... .................. ............ ...... .... ...... ......... Spike Adams, J .D. Director of Studem Publicati ons ................................................................................ Kate B Lutrey B.A R egistrar ..... .................... ................................. .................................... ................ Tho mas R. Gray M.S Director of R ecruitment and Early Outreach .......................... .... ......................... Paulin e R R eece, M.A. Dir ecto r of Orientation ...... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ... ...... .... .... .... .... ......................... ...... Nan cy Brecke l, M.A. Aca d emic Admini strato r s Sc hool of Bu s ine ss Int erim D ea n .... ............ ...................................................................................... R Michael Br ow n P h.D. I nterim Associate D ean ............................................................................ Raj end r a P. Khand eka r Ph.D D epar tm ent Chairs Accou nt ing ............................... .............. ...... ..................... ............................. Virginia Park er, P h.D Computer Informatio n Systems and Management Science ................................ Stuart Monroe, Ph. D Economics ........ .. ...... ............ ..... .................... ..... ......... ............................ Kishore Kulkarni P h.D. Finance ............. ............... ... ............... ........... ......... ..... ....................... ....... K enneth H uggins Ph. D Management ............. ......... .... ......... .............................. ......................... R obert Br eitenbach, P h.D. Marketing ..................................................................................................... C h arles R. Vitaska, Ph.D Dir ec tor of the Institute for Ent r epreneu rship and Creativity ..... ..... .... .... .... ........ Courtney Price, D.P.A. Director of the African American Leadership ln st itut e ....... .... ......... .... ............ R ona/d M. Kni g hts P h.D. Dir ec tor of the Small Business ln st itut e ..... ...... ......... .... ..... ......... ........................ K enneth Huggins, Ph.D Schoo l of Letters Arts and Sciences Dean ............................................... ...................... ............................. ............... .... J oan M. Foster, P h.D. Associa t e D ean ........ .... ...................................... ............................ .................. .......... J ames Dixon Ph.D. Assistant t o the D ean ....................... .................. ................ .............................. .... ... Ton y Montoya, M.A. Department Chairs African American Studies ......................................................... ....................... .... .... C.J. White, Ph. D Art .................... .... ... ........................ ...... .............. .... ............................... Susan J osepher, Ph.D. Biolog y ....................................................................................... ...... ............. G eorge C. B ecker, Ph.D. Chemis try .......... ........................... ............. ........ .......... ...... ...... ................... Mil ton J Wiede r Ph.D Chicano Studies ..... ....... ............. ............. ....... ............................ ..... . ......................... .......... TBA Earth and Atmospheric Sciences .......................................... ............. .......... ... J ames Cronob le, Ph.D English ..... .............. .............. ............. ..... ........... ...... ........ ...... ........ ... .............. E/sie G. Haley, Ph.D. History .................................. ....................... ... ................. ....... ................. S t ephen J. Leonard, P h.D. Joumali sm ............. .......................... ......... .................. ........... ............ D eborah Hu rley-Brobst, M.S. Math e matical and Computer Sciences ............. .................. ......................... Ciwrlott e Murphy, Ph.D

PAGE 11

8 ADMINISTRATION M o d ern Lang u ages ... ....... ..... .... .......... ..... .... ............. ..... .... ............. ......... Da v id C onde, Ph.D. Musi c ...... .................... .... ...... ............ ......... .................... ........ ....... ..... ..... Hal Tambl y n D.M.A. Philosoph y ....... ........ .... .... .................................. ...... ................. ...... ... Fr e d e ri c k C. Doe pke, Ph.D. Phys i cs ..... ................ ........... .................. ............ .................. ............. Si d n ey A Fr eud e n ste in Ph .D. P o liti c al S c i e n ce ........... ................. ....... .......... ..... ........... ...................... Norman Provi ze r Ph. D P syc h o lo gy ..... ... .... ........... ..... ....... ............ ...... .......... .... ..... .... ................... L y n Wic k e l g r e n Ph .D. S oc iology/Anthr o p o logy/S oc i a l W o rk .... ...... ........... ................................... K enneth M. K e ll e r Ph D Sp eec h Communi c ati o ns .......... ........... ............ .... .................... .... ................... ... J a m es Craig, Ph.D. Dir ec t o r of th e H o n o r s Pr og ram ......................................................................... Alain D. R a n wez, Ph.D. Dir ec t o r of th e I nstitut e f o r I nt erna tional and I nt e r c ultur al Edu c ati o n .......... Akbarali Tho bhani Ph.D. Di rec t o r of th e Ins titut e for W o m e n 's Stu d i es and S ervices ........ ...... .......................... J odi W e t ze l Ph. D D irec tor of the C e nt e r for M a th e m a tics, Sc i e n ce and En v ironm e ntal Edu c ation ........ .... ..... ...... ... ..................... ............... ........... ..... Larr y S John s on, Ph D A c ti ng Dir ec t o r of th e F a mil y Ce m e r ....... .... .................................. .................. K e nn eth M. K e ll e r Ph D Schoo l of Profes s ional Studies D ean .... . .... ...... ....... ........... .......... ............. .... ......... .................. ...... ... ................ .... ... Bi/1 R a d e r Ph.D A ssoc iate D e an ..................... .......... ........ ........ ............................... .... ............. ........ Mary A Mill er, Ph.D. D e p a rtm e nt Chair s A e rospa ce S cie n ce .......... ................................. ..... .... ......... .......................... ....... Rob ert K. M oc k M .S. Crim in a l Ju stice and Crimin o l ogy ...... ................... ....................... .......... ....... Wald o H. C opley, Ph.D E a rl y Childh oo d and El e m e nt ary E d u ca ti o n ................. ...... ....... .................... Willi a m W ie n e r Ph.D E n g ine e rin g T ec hn o l ogy and I ndu s tri a l Studi es .. .. ............ ..... .............. .... ..... Geor ge S R o wley, M.S. H o spita lit y M ee tin g and Travel Admini s trati o n ............... .... ..... ............... R ay mond Lan g b e hn M A Human P erforma n ce, Sp ort a n d Lei s ur e Studi es .... ...... ........... ...... ..... .... ...... Chery l J No r to n Ph.D. Human S e r v i ces .. ......... .... ......... ...... ........... ............................. .............. ............. .Jeffrey Hab e r Ed D CoDir ec t o r of th e C e nt e r f o r Addi c ti o n Studi es ............................................ Ann e S H atc he r Ed. D CoDir ec t o r of th e C e nt e r for A ddi c ti o n Swdies ....................... .... ......... M ic ha e l J F a ra g he r P sy. D Military S cie n ce ( Arm y ROTC ) .......... ................................................................... ..... Maj. Hal M oo r e N ur s in g and H e alth Car e Mana ge m e/1/ ........................... ... .......... K a thl een M c GuireMah o ny, Ph.D R e ading ......................... ........... .......... ...... .......................... ......... ........ ... .}. Dou g la s Ca w ley, Ph .D. S eco ndar y Edu ca ti o n ..................... .... ....... ....... . ..... ...... . ............. . .... ... Maril y n T ay l o r Ed D. T ec hni c al C o mmuni c ati o n s ................................ ..... ....... .................... ..... P eggy 0 'Ne ill l o nes, M S .S. Dir ec t o r of Pr o f ess i o nal Edu c ati o n ................................. ............ ....... ........... .. .......... Mark O Sh e a Ed .D. Dir ec t o r of Clini ca l S erv i ces ......................................... .... ....................... ......... .... Da n i e l Alfa ro, Ph D Dir ec tor of th e A cade m y f o r T eac hin g E xce ll e n ce ....... ....... .......... .... ........ ....... Charl e s V Bran ch, Ed. D. Di rec t o r of th e Child D eve l o pm e nt C e/1/e r ...... .......... ............ .... ......... ................... Mar ge P ete r se n M.A.

PAGE 12

GENERALINFORMATION 9 The College M etro p o lit a n Stat e College of Den ve r is o ne of th e n atio n's pr emie r urb a n college ed u ca tin g m ore Co l ora dan s than any oth er ins tituti on of hig h e r e du catio n in the s tat e. Sin ce t h e college was founde d in I 963 as part of Th e State Colleges in Colorado, M e tr o St a te h as grow n t o a current e nrollment of a bout 17,500 stude nt s, awarde d de grees t o n ear l y 34,000 grad u a t es, and d elivered e ducati o nal pro gra mmin g to app r oxi m ate l y 230 000 p eop l e. Outstanding academic programs, co mpl eme nt ary support e r v i ces competitive l y priced tuition, flex ibl e sc h ed ulin g, and co n ven i ent ca mpu s sites m a k e M etro Sta t e a highly att r active a lt ernative for a n i n c r easing number of Colorado r eside nt s each yea r L ocate d in d ow nt ow n D e nver the college s h ares the Auraria Hig h e r Education C e nter ca mpu s with the Unive r s it y of Color ado a t D e nver a nd th e Co mmunit y College of D e nver. Th e co n ce pt of facili t y s h ar ing affords M etro State students the flexibility of taki n g lower-divi s i o n courses at the commu nit y col lege a s well as graduate o r specialized professional courses at the university. Pro x imi ty to downtown means valua ble c ultur a l bu siness, and int erns hip p ossi biliti es. Metro State is a co mpr e h e n s i ve academic inst ituti on, g r anting b ac h e lor of sc i e n ce, b ac h e l or of ar ts, and b ac h e l o r of fin e art s degrees offeri n g m o r e tha n 2 000 course sectio n s durin g the f all and s prin g se m es t e rs. Stu d e nt s can c h oose f r om 50 m ajo r s and 68 minor s o ff e r e d throug h thr ee sc h oo ls: Bu s ine ss; Let t ers, Arts and S c ien ce ; and Professiona l Studi es Progr ams r a n ge from the traditional disci pline s s uc h as acco untin g and teacher licensu r e, to co nt empo r ary fields o f stu d y s uch as dru g ab u se counse lin g and e n t r epre n e ur s hip U niqu e m a j o r s for Co l o rad a n s inc lud e ae r os p ace sc i e n ce, c rimin a l just i ce hum a n services, and l and use M e tr o Stat e s e mph asis i s o n t eac h i ng. All cla sses are tau g ht b y pr ofe so r s, n o t g r adua t e ass i s t a nts. Th e college s m o r e than 325 full time fac ult y are t eac her s first. M any h ave ex t e n s i ve profe ss i o nal b ac k grounds with more than 88 p e r cent h aving doctorates or the hig h es t l eve l of aca d emic degrees attain able in their fields. Part-time faculty work in the metro D enver commu n i t y an d bring t o th e classroom their ex p e rti se in bu iness, l aw p o liti cs co mmuni catio n s sc i e n ce, t echno l ogy a n d the arts. Small c lasses-th e average c l ass size is 22--en ure s tud ents g r ea ter access t o faculty, a highly int e r active atm os ph e re and a persona l ized l earni n g ex p erie nc e. As a n urban sc h oo l co mmitt e d t o se rvin g the l oca l comm u nity, Metro State at tr ac t s s tud e nt s fro m a rich and diverse mixture of age gro up s, soc i oeco n omic c l asses, e thnic ba ckgro und s, and l ifestyles Th e co l lege's c u rric ulu m and phi l oso ph y refl ec t the diversit y of the studen t population and the r ea liti es of urban life. Whi l e upholding high academic stan d ards, the faculty seek t o acco mm o d a t e the myriad need s of nontraditional s tud ents offeri n g classe o n weekdays, evenings, and weekends a t fou r locations in the metropolitan area Th e college a l so provides a n e t wo rk of s upp o rt services. The Campus Metropo l itan State College of D e n ver is l ocated at the Au r aria Higher Education Center a I 71-acre cam pu s in downtown D e n ve r at Speer B o ulevard and We s t Co lf ax Avenue. The Commun ity College of D e n ve r a n d the Univers it y o f Col o rad o at D e nver s har e the fac iliti es w ith M e tr o Sta te. M ore than 1 000 000 sq uar e f eet of space f o r c l assroo m s l a borat o r ies, an d offices are inc lud e d in th e faci l i ty. S o m e ad mini st r ative offices are in r esto r ed Victor i a n h o m e in D enve r's his t oric Nint h Street P ark l ocated on the Auraria s it e Other a dmini strative offices occupy the Terracentre a t I 100 Stout Street. The cam pu s feat ur es a c hild care center; a comprehe n s ive libr ary housing 730 000 vo lum es ; and one of t h e mo s t unu ua l s tud e nt union fac iliti es in the co untr y th e his t o ric Bavari an-sryle Tiv oli Br ewe r y buildin g Excelle nt phy s i ca l fac ilitie s inc lud e a b l oc k-l o n g phy s i cal e du cation/eve nt s ce nt e r wit h a s wimmin g p oo l a weightroom game co urts, d a n ce s tudi os and event sea tin g for 3 000. The proximity of the Auraria Higher Ed ucation Center to downtown D enver enab l e s tudent a nd fac ulty to u se t h e comm unit y a a l earning l a b o rat ory and to weave c i a room t h eo r y int o the soc i a l polit ica l c ultur a l and economic practice of the city

PAGE 13

10 GENERAL INFORMATION AURARIA PARKI G AND TRA SPORTATION SERVICES Parking Services Department Daily Fee Parking: (inand-out privile ges in Lot E only ); dai l y fees r ange fro m $ 1 .25 t o $2.50. Several lot s a r e una tt ende d and r equ ire quart e r s to purc h a se a rece i pt from th e ve ndin g machine Change i s avai l ab l e from the P arking Office a parkin g attendant in an attended lot, or the Student Union. Make s ure the parking r eceipt i s placed faceup on the driver's side of the dashboard. R eceipts are valid only on the d ay and in th e lot where pur c h ased and are not transferable from one vehic l e to another. For easy entrance/ex it to the P arki n g and Transportatio n Center and lots D K and H a reusable debit card ca n be purc h ased for $1 and a cas h value can be e n coded on it magnetic trip D ebit cards are available o n the firs t floor of the Student U nion and at the so uth west e nt ry b y th e pho n e bank in the orth Class room. P e rmit Parking: Limit e d parkin g i s ava i l ab l e on a se m es t e r ba s is. Contact the Parking Office (303) 556-2000, for informati o n Motori t A ss i tan ce Pr ogram : P e r sonnel will h e lp jump-start dead batteries and assist in fixing flats. Jumper cab l es, bumper jack s, tir e t oo ls, and gaso lin e cans are a l so available at n o cost to campus park ers. Cal l (303) 556-2000 for h e lp. Th e P arki n g S e r vices D epart m ent i s located at 777 Lawrence Way (fir t floor of p arki n g ga r age); h o ur s a r e from 7:30 a.m.-5:30 p.m. (M-F). Community S e r v ic es Dep artme nt H a ndivan: Th e wheelc h air-access ibl e h a ndivan provide f ree o n -campus tran port atio n for s tud e nt f ac ulty, and s t aff from 7 :00a.m to 1 0:30 p .m., M onday-T hur day, a nd from 7:00 a.m.-5:00p.m. on Friday. ightrider: The ightrider i a free sec urity escort service from any campus building to any campus parking l ot. S ervice i s avai l ab l e from du s k to 10:30 p m., Monday-Thur sday. AURARJA PUBLIC SAFETY The Publi c Safety Div i s i o n is fully ce r tified and authorized t o pr ovide police serv i ces to the Auraria camp u s and i s pr oud to maint ain the r eputatio n as one of the safes t in the s tate. In addition to a police chief and 1 5-20 full-time officers, the Public Safety Division employ s tudent hourly workers a police officer guards, and dispatcher s. Officers patr o l the campus 24 hour s per day seven day p er week on foo t bicycles, o r go lf ca rts, and in p atro l cars. The Publi c S afety Div i s i o n also pro vides additio n a l se r vices to the campus co mmunit y suc h as vehic l e unl ocks c rim e prevention programs, emergency r es p onses and e nvir onmenta l health and afety The Publi c Safety D e partm ent i s l ocated a t 1 20 0 Seventh Street. R outine calls-556-3271 ; EME R GENCY CALLS-556-2222. Accre ditations/ Approvals M e tro State i s acc redited b y th e North Centra l As ociation of College s and Schoo ls. Individu a l aca de mic programs within th e following a re as are acc r e dit ed or app r ove d b y the following age n cies: Program Accreditation/ Approval Agency Human P erformance, Sport and Leisure Studie National Park A oc i ation/ American Association for Lei s ure and Recreation Nursing Nation a l League f o r N ur sing Teacher Edu cation National Counci l for Accr edi tati o n of Tea c her Ed u catio n ; Colorado D epart ment of Education Music National As soc iation of Schools of Music Civil Engi n eeri n g Technology Technology A cc reditat i o n Commissi on of the Ac c reditation Electron i cs Engineering Technology B oard for Engineering and Technology and Mechanical Engineering Technology Huma n Services Council for Standards in Hum an Services Education Chemi stry A m erican Chemical Societ y Center for Addiction Studies Co l o r ado Dep a rtm ent of H ealth Accounting ** Co l orado State Bo ard of Accountancy Aerospace Science Federal Aviation Administration H ealth Care Mana ge ment Association of Unive r sity Programs in H ealth Admini s tration *Accreditat i on Approval

PAGE 14

GENERAL INFORMATION 11 The State College s in Colorado The member institutions governed by the Trustee s of The State Colleges in Colorado are Adams State College Mesa Stat e College, Metropolitan State College of De n ver, and Western State College The purpose of The State Colleges in Colorado is to identify and facilitate cooperat i ve efforts amon g the ins titutions Each member institution can provide any s tudent in goo d tanding with the mat eria l n eeded to enroll temporarily in any other member institution without incurring additional matriculation co ts. Informa tion concerning tuition is avai l able at the host ins titution. The enrollment statu of the s tudent at the ho s t inst itution i determined by the s tudent's tarus at the h ome institution. Students s h ould ascertain befor e enrolling at a n ins titution that desired courses will sati fy degree requirements at the home in s titution. The proce ss of enrolling as a system student s h o uld begin at leas t one month prior to the beginning of the registration period at the ho s t instituti on.

PAGE 15

12 STUDENT SERVICES ACADEMIC ADVISING Academic advi ing i s available in the Advising, Asses ment and Support Center. Continuing and pro s pective s tudents seeking these services s hould communicate with the coo rdinator of advising for the appropriate sc h ool. The Advising A ssess ment and Support Center i s re pon s ible for the advising of all undeclared majors at Metro State For additional inform atio n plea s e call (303) 556-4327. AURARIA CHILD CARE CENTER The ce nter provides high quality early childhood care and educat i o n to the childre n of studen t s, taff and faculty. A discovery, child-oriented approach i provided by a professional teaching staff to chi ldr en ages 12 months to 6 years. Th ese program s typically have a waiting lis t ; therefore pre-registration i s recom mended. The center is open 7:00 a.m.-8:30p.m., Monday throu g h Thur sd ay; and 7:00 a m .-6:00p. m on Friday. Currently there i s no waiting list for evening care. The center also offers drop -in care. THE AURARIA LmRARY The Auraria Library (administered by CU-Denve r ) provide s a wide variety of learning re so urc es for stu dents and faculty The collectio n contains more than 730 000 books. Microforms bound periodical and more than 3,300 journals and newspaper subscriptions are located in the Periodical s Reading Room. Students are enco ura ged t o take the self guided tour (audiotape or paper) to become more familiar wit h T the location of various collections in the library. As a member of the Colorado Alliance of Re earc h Libraries the Auraria Library has access to an addi tional 6 000,000 volumes in Colorado through interlibrary loan and can access other material s aero s the country. Services include an on-line, public access catalog (CARL), computerized lit erat ur e searches, CDROMs, a depository of U.S. and Colorado government pub l ications and media listening and view ing facilities. The Library handbook i s avai l a ble on OASIS ( On line Auraria Shared Information System) A current ID allows patron to check out up to 75 item renew item s over the telephone, place a hold or recall materi a l currently checked out use media items and check out re erve item For more infor mation on the borrowing policy call (303) 556-2639 To encou r age prompt return of materials, the library c h arges fines and lost-item fees ; borrowers are re ponsible for any material charged to their acco unt. Libr ary hours vary according to the day of the week or se mester For more detailed informa tion pick up an Auraria Library bookmark at one of the library service d e k s, or consult the Library News Databa se on CARL. CAMPUS RECREA TlON Campus R ecreation at Auraria offers a comprehensive recreational pro gram. Student member s hip is free with a current validated s tudent ID The Drop-in Program provides group and individ u a l activities for students faculty, staff, a lum ni, and gue ts. Facilities include four ba ketbalJ courts, 1 2 tennis court volleyball courts, a 25-yard indoor pool eight handbaH/racquetbalJ courts, two sq uash courts a weightroom, a fitness center, a dance tu dio a baseball field oftball field s, and a track. ln addition, Campus R ecreation offer s highand low impact aerobics, step aerobics, aqua aerobic and stretch and tone sessions daily Ple ase check the Cam pus R ecreatio n Drop-in schedule in r oom I 08 of the Ph ysical Education Building or call (303) 556-3210 for a listing of available times The Intr a mural Program consists of individual and team activities open to all s tudents, faculty, and staff members The emp ha i s of the program i s on participation portsman s hip and ocial inter actio n Whenever possible, competitive and r ecreationa l divi s ion s are offered to en ure participation for all ability l evels. Activitie s inc lude flag football, basketbaJI floor h ockey volleyball, racquetball, and squash l eag ue s, as well a tennis and golf tournaments. Club Sports provides students, faculty and staff member s the opportunity to develop their individual athletic abi liti es in an organized group se tting The pr esent clubs, which are all s tudent initiated include men's rugby co-ed d ance, co-ed taekwondo, men' s bowling men's volleyball, co-ed waterpolo co ed team handball, co-ed outdoor club and men's l acrosse. Outdoor Adventure provide the opportunity to experience the beauty and challenge of nature through organized trips. The program provides outdoor recreational ex p er ien ces emphasizing skill acquisition, social interaction env ironm ental awareness, and safety. Some of the many adve ntur es offered are downhill kiing cross-country skiing, kayaking/rafting, canoeing, sailing, hiking biking rock climb ing, ice climbing naturali s t outings, and family fun outings. The program also provides rental equ ip ment inc luding mountain bikes, c ro ss-co untr y skis, roller blades ca noe s, and camping and hikin g gear. The office is located in the basement of the Physical Education Bui l ding

PAGE 16

STUDENT SERVICES 13 The Physically Challenged Program offers a variety of sporting, re creational, and fitness opportunities for studen t s with physical or learnin g limitations. The adaptive programs/service encompass one-on one or gro up sessions that assist in u sing the recreational facility. Inf ormation on planned group activities o r indi v idual help sessio n s is available in room I 08 of the Physical Education Building. Call (303) 556-3120 for more details on available programs and services. CAREER SERVICES Career Services offers assis tan ce to stude nt s and a lumni in planning their caree rs, finding off-ca mpu s jobs while enrolled, and seeking employme nt up on graduation Specific services include career interest, persona)jty t esting and works hop s focusing on career planning, r esume preparation, job search stra t e gie and interviewing skills. Profes ional counselors are available for appointments. The student employment service and job vacancy listing are a l so housed in the Career Services Center, located in Arts Building room 177. The telephone number is (303) 556-3664. The Campus Career library co ntain s resources to help with career planning and the job search process. Information such a employer directories, salary surveys, and career assessment resources are avai l able. The Colorado Career Information Center is a computerized gui d ance system loca ted in the Campus Career Library. Trained advisers offer assistance in its use This system includes specific occ up ation information for Colorado, career a essment inventories with immediate results, and nationwide college information. Services are available by a pp o intm ent at (303) 556-2246. Cou SELING A D SUPPORT SERVICES The Metropolitan State College of D enver Counseling Center is an accredited member of the Interna tional Association of Counseling Services It provides psychological services to assist students in deal ing w ith personal and situational problems that interfere with their academic goals The center also pro vides educational programs related to personal development and improving the campus climate. Services include personal counse lin g, group programs, stress management, crisis intervention, and t est ing Services are offered to all Metro State tudents Appropriate referral may be made to other coun se lin g services in the comm unity. All records and inform at ion about clients are confidential. Counseling cent er staff member are on call a nd available to help tudent with a personal crisi Stu dents have eme r gency priority and will be see n as quickly as po ssib le. After hours, cal l Bethe da's Sup port Line (303) 7581123. Group pro gra m s are ope n to all stude nt s, faculty, and staff. Groups and works hop s usually avai l a ble include: stress management (biofeedback, time management, relaxation and te t anxiety), diversity support gro up s, developing health y relationships, substa n ce abuse, couples comm uni cation, self esteem, coming ou t parenting skills, life/work planning family issues, loss, st ud y skills, spirit uality, women's and men's upport groups, and assertiveness training. Various per so n ality, interest, and ability inventories are avai labl e to assist c lient s in understanding themselve and identifying their goals. Clients may wish to discuss with their counselor what kind of te ting might be helpful. A nominal fee is assessed on each inve nt ory. The Metro Connections pro gra m is an informal h e l ping network. Students, faculty, and staff who are nominated as "natural helper participate in a number of program such as peer helpers to new stu dents, an advice column in The Metropolitan, and conferences on topics designed to improve the cam pus environment. Metro Alternative is a substance abuse prevention program. Established in 1991, it works active l y with many campus departments and community agencies to provide proactive programs for st udent s, faculty, and staff, such a National Collegiate Alcohol and Drug Awarene s Weeks and Safe Spring Break Week. Assessment, intervention, and referral services are offered. Students can become actively involved in Metro Alternatives through internships, volunteer work, and peer education. DISABLED STUDE T SERVICES The Auraria Offi ce of Di sab led Student Services provides academic support services to di abled st u dents at Metro St ate and the University of Colorado at Denver. Services include an adaptive computer lab, testing accommodations, notetaking services, taping e r vices, tudent advocacy, sign language and oral interpreters, orientation for incoming s tudent s, priority registration, limited tutoring, sale of park ing permits, and resource and referral library.

PAGE 17

14 STUDENT SERVICES GAY, LESBIA AND BISEXUAL STUDE T SERVICES G ay, L es bian and Bisex ua l (GLB ) Stud ent Serv i ces are o p e n to all M etro State s tud e nt as a r eso ur ce for exp l oring ex ua l orientation issues Thi s program offer a varie t y of s upport educatio n and advo cacy ervices for the enti r e cam pu s commu nity, includ i ng: s upp ort for member s of the campus comm unit y who may h ave question s about their own sexua l orie nt ation or that of a friend or f a mil y mem b e r advocacy for s tud e nt s experiencing discrimi n ation or hara sment ba se d o n a re a l or p e r ceived gay, lesb i a n or bisexual identity p eake r s for events, workshops, and classes on various asp ec t s of sex ua l orie nt at i o n and l esbia n gay, o r bisex ua l life training pro g r a m s a nd wo rk h o p s a b out wo rkin g more effectivel y w ith th e gay, l esbia n and bisex ual commu nitie and combati n g homophobia programs s uc h as G ay L esb i a n Bi sexua l Awarene s Week and othe r foru m s providing information and dialogue a b out gay, l esbia n and bisexual i ss ue s The GLB Student Services office i s l oca t ed in the Ti voli Student Union room 305, and is staffed by a profes ional coor din a t o r with the s upp ort of s tudent vo lunt eers. Input a n d involvement from the e nti re campus commun it y i s we l comed. F o r a ddi tiona l information call (303) 556-6333. RECRU I TMENT AND RETENTION OF STUDENTS FROM ETHNIC GROUPS Metropolitan State College of Denver strives to enha n ce educatio n a l opportunities for D e n ve r a r ea r e ident s by offe rin g a variety of well-structured early int erventio n recruitment an d retentio n activitie Metro State h as est a blished a stro n g n e t work in the metropolita n a r ea that assists tudents and other members of the com munit y and inf orm them a b out higher ed uca tion opportunities and how to go a b o ut receiving the se benefits. A variety of coun elors from differen t area including a dmi ssio n s, financial aid, aca demic affairs, and tudent affairs are avai l able to provi d e hig her educat i on coun eling for both n ew and t r a n sfe r tudent s Indi vid u a l intere ted in attending Metro State sho uld co nt act th e Office of Admissions at (303) 556-3058 for m o r e information STUDENT ACTIVITIES Metropolitan State College of Denver's Offi ce of Student Activities pr ovides a variety of ways for stu d ents t o m ee t oth e r s and become invo l ved in the Metro communi ty. The council s taff produces co n certs, comedy s h ows, l ect ur es and spec i a l events eac h se m ester. The council also cospo n so r s eve nt s with club s and offices o n campus. Th e PEAK (Potential t hr ough Ed ucation, Aware n ess and Know l edge) le ade r shi p pro g r a m offe r a wide range of l earni n g opportu n ities for s tud ents who want to develop and sharpe n t h e ir skills. PEAK train ing includes coa liti o nbui l ding gro up d y n amics, and l eaders hip theo r y an d t y p o l ogy. Th e tr a inin g i s struct ur ed to fit into the bu sy sche dul es of tuden t s who work The C lub R eso ur ce Center s t aff ca n help students find a club to me e t their n eed or help the m t o es t ablish a new club, raise funds for programming and keep t h eir l edge r balanced. Metro State c urr e ntl y has 100 ac t i ve, prof ess i o n a l soc i a l aca d emic h ono r ary, and s p ec i a l int eres t c lub s o n ca mpus. The office i s l ocated in the Tivoli Student Union, room 305. The office number is (3 03) 556-2595, and h o ur s are 8:00 a m.-5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday STU DENT IlEAL TH CENTER All Metro Sta t e studen t s a r e entitle d t o medic a l serv i ces at the H ea lth Center. Student h ea lth insurance is n ot req uir ed for u se of the H ealt h Center. Physicia ns, ph ysician ass i s t a n ts, nurse practitioners and nurses staff the facility. Students will be as ked to complete a s i gn-in s heet and show a c urr e nt seme ter ID card each time they c h eck in. In additio n s tud ents a r e r eq uir ed to comple t e a patient inf ormat i o n s h ee t annu ally an d a h ealth his t ory form biannually. Brief office v i sit are free for all Metro State s tudents. Limit e d ex t ende d detailed, and co mpr e h e n sive office visits, ph ys i cals, s uppli es, m edicat i o ns, te s ts l a b work, and pr ocedures are available at reasonable charges. P ay m en t is required a t the time of service. Services include : tr ea tm en t of illne ss and injuries, l ab te s ting, m ed i catio ns, physicals, annual GYN exams, ex uall y transmi tted disease inf ormatio n/te s tin g birth co ntr o l information/services, minor s ur gery, c hole s t ero l sc r eening, fitness pr ofi l es imm uni zations, HIV testing blood pres ure c h ec ks, casting uturing, and x-ray acce C i a ses regarding h ea lth -related topic are taught eac h emes t e r

PAGE 18

STUDENT SERVICES 15 Walk-in serv i ces be gin at 8:00a.m., Monday-Friday. Access i s on a first come, first-served basis. Walkin access varies daily, contingent upon when all patient slots have been u ed; thus, the daily closure time for walk-in care is variable. Patients are enco ura ged to check in as early as possible. The Student Health Center is loc ated in the Plaz a Buildin g room 1 40, on the lower level. Br ochures with more infor mation on the var i ety of services are available at the center. For further information, call (303) 556-2525. STUDE T PuBLICATIO s The studen t newspaper, The Metropolitan, is publi s h ed by the Office of Student Publication Tivoli Stu dent Union, room 156 (303) 556-8361. The new spaper offers student the opportunity to explore fields uch as journalism, advertising ale marketing, graphic arts, publishing, photography, business, and accounti n g through work experiences. The Metropolitan is wri tten a nd produced b y and for the students of Metro State. It is published weekly during the fall and spring semes t ers and once during the summer emester. Students interested in working on the paper hould contact the student editor at (303) 556-2507. Metrosphere is Metro State annual student lit erary and arts publi cation. It contains poetry, fiction, non-fiction, art, photography, and graphic It i s written, composed, and produced e ntir ely by stu d ent Submi ions are accepted during the fall semester. Copie are distributed free to Metro State student in the pring emester. For more information, contact the tudent editor at (303) 556-3940 The office a l so produces the Student H andbook and pro vides g raphic art services at r e du ced co ts to o n campus office departments, organizations, and individuals. The Metro State B oard of Publi cation is the a dvi sory board to the editors of Metrosphere and The Met ropolitan. The board ap point s the editors from app lic ants eac h s prin g for the following academ ic yea r and deals with complaints or question regarding content. The board is composed of five students, three administrators, and three faculty and meet monthly during the fall and pring semesters. STUDENT UNION The Tivoli Student Union i s boused in the historic blue and white former Tivoli Brewery located at inth Street and Auraria Par kway. This is the focal point for many cultural, social, and recreationa l activities of the college community. The Tivoli Student U nion hou ses the Auraria Bo ok Center, Sigi's Cabaret (an arcade and billiards room), Conference Services Office, student activities offices Housing and Commuter Services office, the Club Hub, student organizatio n s, student newspapers legal services a comp ut er shop copy ce nt er, and a variety of l ounges for s tud y and relaxation. There areal o 29 shops availab l e including cafes, restaurant movie theaters, and retail outlets The Conference Services Office is located within the Tivoli Student Union, room 315. This operation schedu l es all facilities for nonacademic u se and coordinate any services necessary for the events of campus d epartme nt s or organizations For information or to reserve a room, call (303) 556 : 2755. WOMEN'S SERVICES The Inst itute for Women's Studies and Services provides referrals t o campus and community resource information about cholarships, assistance to community wome n with the process of entering Metro State, advocacy ervices for students dealing with harassment or di crimination and programs and events that focu on issues of particular co ncern to women. The institute hou es a small library with a variety of books and other r eso ur ce materials o n women s experiences, histor i es and contribut ion s to ociety. Students who need assistance s hould make an appo intment with the coordinator of women's services.

PAGE 19

16 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION A dmi s sion s and R e gi s tratio n Students who h ave not previously attended Metropolit a n State College of Denver should review the col lege admission requirements. All continuin g s tudent s in goo d s tandin g a t Me t ropolit an State College of D e nver are eligible t o regi s t e r eac h se m ester. Student s may maintain the status of continuing s tud ent while absent from the college; however fol lowin g two full se me s ter of absence, tudents s h ould call the Office of R eg i s tr atio n and Student R eco rds to det e rmin e whether an upd ated applicatio n for re-admis i on will be r equi r ed. A student may register for classes in several ways Information on the regi strat ion procedure and regis tration dates i s published in the Class Schedule, which i s mailed t o all continuing students. Students a r e responsib l e for ensuring that ther e i s a correc t and up-t o-date address on file with th e co lle ge Address c h anges may be made with the Office of Registration and Student R ecords. R egi tratio n procedure s and dates for module c l asse are desc ribed in the Class Schedule. For further information re ga rdin g r eg i stra tion please call (30 3) 556-2950. A pplicatio n I n str u c t i on s Applications for admiss i on a r e co n idered in the order in whic h they are received each seme t er. All credentials received b y the co lle ge b ecome th e prop erty of Metropolitan State College of D e n ver a nd will not be returned to the tudent. It is the responsibility of the applicant to notify the Office of R egis tration and Student R ecord of a n y change to the application for admi sio n prior to the fir t day of etas e If c han ges a r e n o t reported to the Office of R egistratio n and Student R ecord it co uld delay the regi tration pr ocess for subseq ue nt erne ter Fai l ur e t o report academic changes may result in rejec tion dismissal, and/or to s of c r edi t Int ernational (visa) applicants are referred to the sec tion on Admis sion of Intern ational Students in this Catal og. T o apply for a dmi ss i o n : Application are avai l ab l e from Metropolitan State College of D enver, Office of Admissions, Cam pus B ox 16, P .O. Box 173362 D enver, CO 802 1 7-3362 (303) 556-3058. A $25 n onrefund ab l e applicati on fee ( 40 for international a ppli cants) is required wit h the app li catio n for admission The a pp l i cat i on fee does n ot apply to tuition and fees. R e-admit appl i cants do not have t o pay this fee Submit a co mpl eted applicatio n and application fee directly to t h e Office of Admissions. The ap pli cation and all required credentials (see admission requirement s below ) s hould be received at least four week prior to the first da y of c l asses It is the student's r espo n ibility t o request that all required c r e denti als be mailed directly from the issuing institution o r agency to the Office of Admi ss ion s at Metropolitan State College of D enver H and-carried document will not be accepted. Although an ap pli ca nt's record may be s ummarized on o n e transcript officia l tran scr ipt s from eac h institution are requir ed. The a ppli cation for admission and all crede ntial s received by the college will be kept on file for three se me ste r after which tim e the file will no l onge r be maintained. Applicants wi hing t o attend Metro State must b egin the a dmi s ion process again A dmi ss ion R e qui rements The college u ses two ca t egories for clas s ifying a pp licants: those w h o are younger than 20 and tho e who are 20 o r older. Ba sed on the co llege's modified open admissio n sys t em, each category has its own admis ion requirement s and procedures. APPLICANTS YOUNGER THAN 2 0 lf yo u a r e younge r than 20 on September 15 for either the s ummer semester or the fall semester or Feb ruary 15 for the spring semester, you will be classified as a traditiona l applicant. Fres hm e n (fi r st -tim e college stude n ts) Applicants must r eq ues t that the following information be mailed dir ectly to the Office of Admi ions from the hig h chool or te s ting agency: ACT or SAT test result s hig h sc h ool g rade po i nt ave rage high chool class rank

PAGE 20

ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION 17 Thi s inform a tion m ay be s ubmitted at the end of the s ixth s eventh or ei g hth s em es ter of hig h s choo l but n o l a t e r tha n fo ur wee k s b e f o r e the ex pe c t e d t e rm of e nr o llm e nt. An offic ial tran sc ript w ith dat e of g r a du atio n i s r e qui re d n o l a t e r tha n t h e f o urth week of th e t e rm of e nr o llm e nt. Stud e nt s s h o uld r e que s t and veri fy tha t the hig h sc h oo l tr a n s cript w ith d a t e o f g radu atio n ha s b ee n m aile d b y the hig h sc hool and h as b ee n rece i ved b y th e Office o f Admi ss i o ns. M e tr o p o lit a n Sta t e Co lle ge of D e n ve r w ill a dmit tud e nt s w h o are like l y t o s u ccess full y co mplet e an aca d emic p rog ran1 an d w h o m ee t t a t e re quir e m e nt s for t h e college a es t a bli s h e d b y the C o lor a d o C o mmi ss ion o n Hi g h e r Edu c ati o n (CCHE). A ppl ica nt s w h o do n o t m ee t the s t a t e d a dmi ss i o n r e quir e m e nt s w ill b e co n side r e d o n a n indi v idu a l basis aft e r ca reful rev i ew o f a ll c r ede nti a l s including l ette r s of r eco mm e nd atio n and pe r so n a l int e r v i e w A ppli ca nt s w h o h ave n o t g r a du a t e d fro m hig h sc hool but h ave r ece i ved th e Co l o r a d o G e n e r a l Edu catio n a l D eve l o pm e nt ( GED ) Certi fica t e o r its e qui vale nt will b e acce pt e d ACT o r SAT t est re s ult s ar e n o t r e quir e d w ith a G E D College Transfer A pplicants mu s t req u es t th a t the followi n g inf ormatio n be m aile d dir ect l y t o the Offi ce of A dmi s s i o n s from the hig h sc hoo l t es tin g age n c y and/ o r college o r univ e r s ity: ACT o r SAT t es t r es ult s hig h sc h oo l tr a n scrip t tr a n sc ript fr o m eac h c ollege o r uni vers ity att ende d o r c urr e ntl y att e ndin g ve rifi catio n o f e nrollm e nt if c urr e ntl y a ttendin g These c r e d e nti a l s s h o uld b e r ece i ve d a t l eas t four w ee k s pri o r to the firs t d ay of c l ass e s All requir e d c r e d e nti a l s mu s t b e receive d b e f o r e a fin a l a dmi s i o n d ecis i o n ca n b e m a d e Metr o polit a n St a t e C o lle ge o f D e n ve r will admit tudent s who ar e mo s t likely to s u ccess fully c om ple t e a n aca d emic p rogr am and w h o m ee t s tat e r eq uir e m e nt s f o r the college as es t a bli s h e d b y the C o l o r a d o Co mmi ss i o n o n Hig h e r Ed u ca t io n (C CH E). Appli ca nt s wh o h ave less tha n a c umul a tive 2 00 g rade p o int avera ge fr o m all c olle ges and univer s i ties atte nd e d w ill be co n side r e d o n an indi v idu a l b as i s afte r ca r e ful r eview of all c r e d e ntials, includ ing l ette r s of r eco mm e nd atio n a nd a p e r so n a l int e r view APPLICANTS OLDER THAN 20 A ppli ca nt s w h o are 20 o n S e pt e mb e r 15 f o r eith e r the s umm e r se m es t e r o r the f a ll se me s t e r o r Febru a r y 1 5 for th e s prin g se m es t e r s h o uld r ead th e r e qu i r e m e nt s b e l ow fo r eithe r a firs t-tim e college s tud ent o r a c oll ege tran s f e r s tudent : Freshmen ( first-time college student s) Appli c ant s w ill b e a dmitt e d t o M e tr o p o lit a n Sta t e C ollege of D e n ve r up o n indi c atin g o n th e appli catio n f o r a dmi ssio n th a t th ey ha ve gra du a ted fro m hig h sc h oo l o r tha t they h ave r ec ei v ed a Gener a l Ed u catio n a l D evelo pment Ce rtifi cate ( GED). B y s i g nin g th e applicatio n for adm i ss i o n deg r ee-seeking a ppli ca nt s are ce rti fying t h a t the y w ill requ es t e ith e r a hig h s cho o l tr a n s cript with dat e o f g radu a tion or GED t es t sco r es be se nt t o t he Offi ce of Admi ss i o ns. Degr e esee kin g s tud e nt s will n o t b e p e rmitted t o re g i ste r f o r a seco nd se m es ter until t his c r ede n tia l is r ece i ve d B y s i g nin g the a ppli ca tion f o r a dmi ss i o n non-d eg reesee kin g appli ca nt s under s t a nd tha t they do not h ave t o s ubmit c r e d e nti a l s t o co n t inu e a t Me t r o Sta te. The ACT o r S A T is n o t r e quir e d f o r a dmi ss i o n but i s highly r eco mm e nded f o r a d v i s in g purpo s es. Co lle ge Transfer A ppli cants w ill b e a dmitt e d t o M e t ro p o lit a n Sta t e C ollege of Den ve r r ega rdl ess of the ir c umulati ve college GPA if they indi cate o n thei r a ppli catio n fo r a dmi ss i o n tha t they h a v e g r a du a t e d fro m hig h sc hool o r tha t they h av e r ece i ve d a G e n e r a l Edu catio n a l D eve lopm ent C e rtifi ca t e (GED). B y s i g nin g the a p plicatio n fo r a dmi ss i o n d eg r ee-see kin g a ppli cants are ce rtif ying tha t they will r e qu es t e it h e r a hig h sc h oo l tr a n scri pt w ith d a t e of g r ad u atio n o r G E D tes t sco r es b e e nt dire ctly t o the O ffice o f Admi ss i o ns. In place o f thes e c r e d e nti a l s, c oll eg e tr a n sfe r s tud ents m a y h ave c oll ege tr a n sc ript s tha t indi ca te a t l eas t 30 e m es ter h o ur o r 45 quart e r h o ur s o f tr a n s f e rabl e C w ork se nt dir ectly t o M etro Sta t e

PAGE 21

18 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION Degree-seeking tran fer applicants are requi r ed to have all college and university transcripts on file to receive a transfer evaluation. By i g nin g the application for admis ion non-degreesee king a ppli cant understand tha t they do not have t o submi t credentials to co ntinu e at Metro State Applicants who indi cate on their application for admission that they are not seeki n g a degree from Metro State may change their s tatus by completing a Change of Status Form and submitting a ll required tran sc ripts to the Office of Regi s tration and Student R ecord The ACT or SAT i not required for admi s ion but i s highly recommended for advi ing purpo ses. Declaring a Major INTENT-TO-MAJOR First-time Metropolitan State College of Denver s tudent s may indicate an intent to major on the Metro State application form. Stating an intent to m ajo r on the ap plic a tion form i not an official declaration of m a jor. Student s with fewer than 60 hour s who wish to major in the School of Bu s ine s may so indi cate on a School of Bus ine s Intent to Major form. f OFFICIAL DECLARA TIO OF MAJOR All degree -see king students w h o h ave comp l eted 60 or more se m ester hours inc ludin g hours trans ferred from other institution s, mu s t officially dec l are a major no l ater than the semester following the one in whic h they complete 60 or more hour s. To declare a major student mu t complete an official Declaration/Change of Major form, which i s avai l ab l e from the major department or from the Advisin g, Assessment and Support Center and obtain appropria t e s ignature approval. Procedures for declaring a major depend o n the sc h ool and the number of se mester hours completed as outlined below Stud ents w h o transfer to Metro State can n ot officially declare a major until all credentia l are received and evaluated. MAJORS I THE SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ART AND SCIENCE S OR THE SCHOOL OF PROFESSIO AL STUDIE Student s, including transfer s with Metro State officially evaluated tran cript may officially declare a major in the schoo l s of Letters, AI1S and Sciences or Professional Studie at any time. Student who have comp l eted 29 or fewer erne ter h ours must declare their major through the Advising, As e sme nt and Support Center in consultatio n with an academic adviser. Students w h o have comp l eted 30 or more hours must declare their major through th e proposed major department. MAJORS IN THE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Students having comp l e t ed fewer than 60 se me ter h ours including tr ansfer with Metro State officially evaluated transcripts, may declare an intent to major in the School of Bu iness thr ough the Advising, Assessment and Support Center. Students who have comp let ed 60 or more se me s ter hours mu t offi cially declare their major through the academic d eparrment of the propo ed major during the emester following the one in which they complete 60 or more hours. Verification of Major : To verify the correctne s of the officially dec l ared major, students s hould refer to the information contained on their class confir m ation notice. Admission of Previously Enrolled Students Former students or re-admit students are defined as any individuals who have been accepted have reg i s tered for a co ur se, and have received a grade o r grade notation a t the college. Former tudents who have not been in attendance at Metropolitan State College of Denver for one o r more years should adhere to the following procedures: Submit a completed applicatio n for admissio n available from the Admissions Office. Check the re-admission box on the top rig ht comer of the application. No application fee is required for re -a dmi ssion. To ensure proces s ing the application and any required credentia l s should be received at least four weeks prior to the first day of c l asses of the semester for whic h admission i s so u ght. Former st udents who ha ve attended other collegiate institutions since last attending Metro State must follow the appropriate admission requirement s for transfer tud ents.

PAGE 22

ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION Former students who are re -a dmitting after nine years of absence from the college are required to resubmit all creden tials. On l y non-degree-seeking Metro State g r aduates do n o t h ave to res ubmit crede nti als. Additional Admission Programs SUMMER S EMESTE R ONLY Applicant who have graduated from high sc hool or have received a Gener a l Educational Development Certificate (GED) and are app l ying for the summer s eme s ter and who do not wish to continue at Metro State after the summer semeste r may be admitted under a provisional status and are not required to sub mit admi s i on credentials Please check the appropriate box under MSCD Plan s on the applicatio n for admission Applicant s applying for the summer semester and who wish to co ntinue for the fall or spring semester mu t meet s tated admi ion requirement before the se me s ter begins. CONCURRENT E ROLLMENT PROGRAMS (HIGH SCHOOL STUDE TS 0 LY) HIGH SCHOOL STUDE T EDUCATION AND E RICHMENT PROGRAM The Student Education and Enrichment program (SEE) is Metropolitan State College of Denver's Hig h School Concurrent Enrollment Program for colleger eady stu dents. SEE is designed t o su ppl ement a student's ex i sting education thr o u gh early participation in co lle gel evel cia ses. This advanced program should n o t be int erpreted as an altemative to high school comp l etion but is, instead a cooperative col l ege/hig h sc h oo l effort to provide educational enrichment and early college attendance to qualified high school tudents. Typically the SEE student meet s the following criteria: current l y registered in a Colorado high school maintaining a GPA of 3.00 or better preferably in the enior year of high school can benefit from s pec iali zed or accelera t ed c l asses has demonstrated the abi lit y to do college-level work To apply for admi sion, the s tud ent mu t in consu lt ation with th e a ppropri a te high sc h ool au thority, submit to the Office of Adm i s ion s a t Metro State a n admissio n application wit h the requir ed $25 appli cation fee accompanied by the following documents : recommendation from a high sc hool counselor or administrator s tatin g how the s tudent will benefit from early college attendance writte n parental approva l offic i a l high sc hool transcript Upon receipt of the se document the stude nt record i s reviewed and the admis i on decision is m ade. H owever, i f additional or su pp orting information i s required the s tudent may be required to h ave a n admissio n int erview with a Metro State admiss ion counselor. T h e admission decis i o n will be based on the student's academic preparat i on and past performan ce, recommendation of the high sc hool offic i a l and the st udent's personal moti vation and readine ss for a traditional college ex p erie n ce. POSTSECO DARY ENROLLMENT OPTIONS PROGRAM The Postsecondary Enro llm ent Option s Program ( PSEOP ) i s a sponsorship program enacted by state law in 1988 that provides junior s and senio rs in hig h sc hool younger than 22 the opportunity to take col lege c las ses for both high schoo l and college credit. Th e program is int ended to provide hig h schoo l s tu dents with an optional learning environment. Under the t erms of the program the high sc h oo l di trict agrees t o pay for college tuition and the studen t is then responsible for college fee s and books Counseling offices in Colorado high schools are provided with PSEOP a ppli cation packets that include ins truction s heet application form s, and billing a uth o rization forms. Application deadlin es are sc hedul ed 45 days prior to the fir t day of classes every fall and sp rin g semester. Specific deadlines an d further inform a tion relative to this program and the a ppli cation process may be ob t ained by calling the Metro State Office of Admi ss ions at (303) 556-3058.

PAGE 23

20 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION Assessment Requirements READING, WRITING, AND MATHEMATICS PLACEMENT EXAMINATIONS All first-time co lle ge stu dents are required to take a eries of three exam before regi tering for their first semester cia ses. The exams mea s ure college entry-leve l skills in reading, writing, and math emat i cs, and the sco re s are u se d to help a dvi se r s a nd stude nt s se l ect appropriate courses For additional information please call (303) 556 -3677. READING, WRITING, A D MATHEMATICS PROFICIE CY EXAMINATIONS Prior t o o r at the comp l etion of 60 semester hour s at Metro State, students may be a ked to take a series of three exams th a t mea ure proficiency in reading writing, and m a thematics The se exams should be taken concurrently with or after appropriate cour ework in the academic area h as been comp l eted. For additiona l inf ormation please call (303) 556-3677. GENERAL STUDIES EXAMINA TIO S In their jun ior year s tudent s may be required to particip a te in a n asse s ment of their genera l education The Metro State faculty ha s determined educational goals or outcome that it want gradua t es to ach ieve A copy of those goal and the method s by which their achieveme nt s are me a ured ca n be obtained from the department offices International Education In order to fulfill it s role as a public urban in titution Metropolitan State College of Denver must be r es pon s ive to the changing qualitie s of the community it serves. Becau se Denver is a nationa l center for commerce and technology Colorado i s affected by dynamic g l oba l r e lation s hips as well a by national, s t ate, and l ocal policie s As technolo gy draws the nation of the world closer together and Colorado become s increa singly aware of it s international role educatio nal ins titutions must increa e their com mitment to providing opportunitie for international education. The se opportunities exist for nationals enrolled a t Metropolitan State College of Denver who wish to be involved with a n academic experience outside the U.S., as well as int ernationals who feel they will gain from study a t Metro State ADMISSIO OF INTER A TIO AL STUDE TS All s tudents who declare a country of citizenship other than the U.S. on their application for admissio n must contact the Office of Regi stra tion and Student Re cor ds. Admi sion of resident ali ens (or refugee s, po l itical parole e and political a ylum cases, etc.) and stu dents on temporary v i a other than F-1: Offic i a l tran crip t s includin g seco ndary level ed u cation s hould be ubmitted four weeks prior to th e beginning of the firs t day of classes of the se me s ter for w hich admi ion is sought. Applicants may be required to p ass an English proficiency examination. App l icants may be r e quired to regi ter for and complete cert ain cour es during their first two semesters. Adm i ss i on of applican t s on s tudent (F-1) visas: If stu dent s are academically a dmi ssible and have met the minimum English proficiency requirement s, they will be issued the U S I mmigration Form 1-20 Question s r egarding the a dmission of tudents from abroad or permanent re s idents s hould b e directed to the Office of Regi stra tion and Student Re cords. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGEIIMMIGRANT AND REFUGEE SERVICES Th e English as a Second Language program provides as istance to students for whom Engli h is a ec ond lang u age The program provides as essment, tutoring int e n sive academic and personal advising, and assi ranee with financial aid form The program also refers students with limited English profi ciency to the appropriate curricula and monitors student progress For additio nal information please call (303) 556-2533. THE SPRING INTERN A TIO AL LA GUAGE CE TER AT AURARIA Intensive English cia ses at the Spring International Center focus on all language skills: grammar, read ing writi n g, and listening/speaking in addition to special electives that studen t s can choose each term such as TOEFL preparation, vocabulary building and pronunciation.

PAGE 24

ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION Five nine-week terms are offered throughout the year to e nable students to complete their English st udy quickly St u dents are placed at one of the five level s, with s tandardi zed evaluation tes t s at the comple tion of each l evel. For additional information call (303) 5341 616. Transfer Credit Evaluation Once aJI fina l official tr a n sc ripts for degree-seeking students are received by the Office of Registration and Student Record the evaluation process begins The s tudent r ece ives a transfer evaluation card which must be sig ned and then submi tted to the Office of Regi strat ion and Student Records. Within approximately four weeks, st udent s receive two copies of the transfer credit evaluation, one of which i s taken to the major and minor departments for advice on how credits might apply t o their programs. Transfer credits will be accepted under the following guide lines : Credit must have been earned at an institution of higher education holding full regional accredita tion. Grades earned mu t be A," B ," C," or equivalent; however only the credits will be hown on the Metro State academic record. Cour es with grades of D ," F," or similar grades will not be accep t ed in tr a nsfer Course content should be s imilar to tho se courses offe red at Metro State. A maximum of 64 emester hour s from a two-year institution will be accepted and ap plied toward a Metro State degr ee. A maximum of 90 se mester hour s of credit will be given for acceptable work comp l eted at a four-year institution or a combination of twoand four-year institution s Student s earning an A.A. or A S. degree will enter with junior stat u s at Metro Stat e, provided all courses included in the degree carry a grade of "C" or better and otherwise meet minimum Metro State standards for transfer credit, and with the under s tanding that some s tudent s will need to com plete additional Metro State lower-divi sio n program requirements. Applicants havin g completed the Colorado community college core curricu l um as certified on their community college tran scrip t are considered to have satisfied the college's minimum general s tudies requirements. Howe ver, addi tional specific, lower-divi s ion courses may be required for certain degree programs. In acc ord a n ce w ith polici es esta bl is h ed b y the Co l o rado C om miss i o n on High e r Ed uca t ion to a dd ress tud e n t di s put es r ega rdin g s tud e nt tr ansfer b e t ween Co l o rado publi c in s titution s, Me tro State h as instit ut ed n ew p roce du res for reso l ving tra nsfer cre dit di s put es. T h ese pr oce d u r es a r e availab l e f rom a t ransfer eval u ato r in the Offi ce o f R egis tr atio n and Stud e n t R ecords. Q u estio n s pertaining to transfer credit eva l uation s hould be referred to the Office of Regi s tration and Student Record s, Central Classroom Building room 105 (303) 556-3069 Changes in Registration Enrolled s tudent s may adjust schedule s by dropping and/or adding classes during the first 15 percent of the timeframe of each se mester See the current seme t er Class Schedule for complete information con cerning the tuition and fee refund schedule. Students who reduce their course load after the fourth week of classes will receive an" C" notation for each course they have dropped and a refund, if applicable. An C"/Withdrawal Form must be sub mitted by the deadline to the Offi ce of Regi tration and Student Records. Additional restriction s regard i ng assign ing the NC notation m ay be set by each school, department, and/or faculty member for the period between the beginning of the fifth and the end of the tenth week of the se mester (o r proportional timeframe). Student s reducing their course load between the beginning of the fifth and the end of the tenth week of c l asses during faJI a n d spring se mesters may receive an NC notation for each cour e, provided faculty approval i s granted. Student are ad v i ed to see k fac ult y sig natures well before the dead l ine An NC"/Withdrawal Form mu s t be su bmitted by the deadline to the Office of Regi stratio n and Student Records. See the sections on grades notations, course load, and class attendance in this Catalog. Proport i onal time frames are applied for modular courses, workshops, and summer terms. Procedure s for adding or dropping a modular co ur se after the course has begun are described in the current Class Schedule.

PAGE 25

22 ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION Interinstitutional Registration Students e nr olled at Metro St ate may register for cour s e at Arapahoe Community College, Community College of Den ver, Front Ran ge Community College, and Red R ock Community College Cour ses taken a t these institutions in no way alter exis tin g Metropolitan St ate College of D e n ver degree require ments, but m ay apply toward degree r eq uir eme nt s subject t o s pecifi c approva l by Metr o State. Student s hould b e aware that co ur ses take n interinstitutionally will be co unt ed as part of the 64 semes ter h ours from co mmun ity colleges appl i cable to a M etro State degree. Int erin titutio n a l credits will not satisfy academic r esidence requ i rements at Metro State In the even t a conflict exists between the policie s/ pro ced ur es of M etro State and o n e of the colleges lis t e d above, the m os t restr icti ve p olicy prevai ls. Stu dents are advised to co nf er with department cha ir s and/or coordinators of academ i c advising before reg isteri n g interinstitutionally. Informat ion concerning c urrent pro ced ur es for e nrollin g for course at these other institu tion s i s avai l able fro m the Office of R egistration and Student R ecords. Concurrent Enrollment Conc urr e nt e nr ollment differs from int erinsti tuti o nal enrollme nt in that the studen t is simulta n eo u sly matricu l a t e d and enrolled at two diff e r e n t institut i o ns. Students who find it n ecessary t o be reg i s t e r ed a t Metropo lit a n State College of Denver and a n ot h e r college at the same time s hould c h eck w ith Metro State adv i se r s co n cerni n g the accep t a n ce and a pplication of transfer c r edi ts. Fail ur e to do so m ay r es ult in denial of transfer credit. Students concurrently enrolled are affected by the academic policies of Metro State, including the Metro State course l oad policy. Course Audit Policy Students may audit a c l ass with the permission of the instr u cto r and if eating i s availab l e Academic credit is not awa rd ed for a n audited co ur e The cost for audit ing a co u r e is based o n regular tuition as published in the current Class S c hedule Audit approval forms a r e available in d epartmen tal offices. Graduation Agreement D egree-seeking students formally declare their degree plan by filing a Grad u a tion Agreement. Th e agree ment s h ould be s ubmitt ed t o the Offi ce of R egistratio n and Stud ent R eco rd s two yea r s prior t o th e intended term of graduatio n but no l ater than the appropriate deadline stated in the Class Schedule Students s h o uld comp let e their Graduation Agreement in cons ult ation with their advi er. When it is ready for s i gnature and a formal eval u ation, students should s ub mit the comp l eted agreeme nt t o the minor department. The minor department will forward the sig ned ag r eement to the major department for signa tur e; the major department will forward it to th e dean of the school. The sch ool will s ubmit the agreeme nt t o the Office of R egistration and Student Re cords for final review. Once approved and aft er the co mpletion of eac h s ub seque nt se m e ter of academic wo rk the s tud ent will r eceive an up-to-d ate Acade mic Status R eport Stud e nt s m ay appea l to the Bo ard of Academic Standards Except i o n s t o request a variance from college academ i c r equirements. Their Gr ad uati o n Agreeme n t h ould be co mplet ed befo r e t h e appeal. V alid rea sons for varia n ces must accompany all petitions, and the petit ion s must be i g n ed by the appro priate dean and d epartment c hair. Transcripts of Records A transcrip t i s a certifie d co p y of a stude nt permanent record a nd s h ows the academic status of the student a t time of issuance. Except for faxed transcript t h ere is n o charge Transcript will be r e l ea ed b y the Office of R egistratio n and Student R ecor d s upon forma l written request b y the st udent. Tran cripts will also be iss ued to firms and emp l oyer if wr itt en authori zation is rece i ved from the s tud e nt. R eq u ests s h ould inc lud e the student's full n a m e as r ecorded while attending Metro St ate s tudent iden tificatio n numb e r l ast term of a tt enda n ce, number of cop i es de s ir ed, and to w h o m and where tr a n sc ript s a r e to be sent. Transcripts m ay be w ithh eld because of indebted n ess t o the college o r for othe r appro priate reason Transcripts from othe r institutions that are on file in the Office of R egistratio n a nd Stu dent R ecords will be issued up on s i gned request b y the student. A c har ge of $5 p e r request is assessed for thi se r vice. Students fro m other institutions taking Metro State co ur se under the state college sys tem or interinstitutional r eg i s tr a t ion programs mu t request transcripts from their home institution.

PAGE 27

24 FINANCIA L AID Fina ncia l Ai d Pllll.OSOPH Y The Metropolitan St a te College of D enver financia l aid prog r a m pro vides ass i sta n ce and advice to s tu dent s who would be una ble to pur ue their education a t the college without s uch help Scholar s hip s, gra nt l oans and part time employment a r e avai l ab le sin gly or in various combinations to meet the dif ference betw een w h at the s tudent and the s tudent's family co u l d r easonab l y be ex p ected t o provide and the expec t ed cost of attendi n g Metro St a t e. ESTIMATED EXPE SES Th e 1994-1 995 aca demi c year expe n se ar e as follows: R eside nt Nonre s ident Tuition and Fees .......... ....... $2,365 ........ ..... $7,065 Room a nd Board ................ .... 6 550 .............. 6 ,550 B ooks a nd Supplies .... ..... ........ 580 ... ......... ....... 560 Tran s port ation ............ ..... ........ 990 .... ....... .... 990 Miscellaneous.... .... .... ...... I 205 ............ I 205 $11, 670 $16,370 Tuition and fee s a re et by The State Colleges in Colorado and are s ubject to c h a n ge witho ut n otice. All s tudents are placed on a s ingle -pe r so n bud get. Additional allowances are made for s tudent with day care costs for dependent c hil dren and for ex pen ses related to di sa bilitie s n ot paid by a nother agency ( P .L. 99-498). ELIGIDILITY AND NEED To qualify for financial aid, a s tudent mu t be a U.S. citizen or eligible noncitizen, be registered with Selective Servi ce ( if required), h ave fina n c i a l ne e d b e de g reeo r licensure see king be making sat i sfac tory academic progress, and not b e in defa ult or owe a r efun d on a federal grant o r federal e ducation l oan APPLICATIO PROCEDURES Students must comp l ete the Free Applic atio n for Federal Student Aid to determine financia l aid eligi bility. Returnin g Metro State tudent s may request applicatio n form s from the Financial Aid Office Transfer s tud ents can obtain applicat ion form from their c urr ent college o r uni vers i ty. E nterin g college fre s hmen s h ould ob t ain app lic ation form s from their high choo l s or from the Metro Stat e Financial Aid Office ; st u d ents h o uld o bt ain forms a early a p o ible preferably by mid-February. Tran s ferring applica nts mus t s uppl y the Metro State Financial Aid Office with financial aid tr a n sc ript s from all sc hool pre v i ou ly attended. Detailed information co n ce rnin g a ppli cation procedure s is ava ilable in the Metro State Financial Aid Office. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS Unde r gra duat e s tudent w h o ha ve a bachelor's degree are not eligible for Federal P ell Grant Federal SEOG CSG or CSIG The a m ou nt of fund s made ava il able to s tudent s depends on the maxi mum award allowe d by regulation of each program the s tud en t's establis hed financial need dur a tion of the stu dent's en rollm ent, and funds allocated to the college by the s tate and federal governments. Grants Grants a r e gift mone y from the federal or tate government and do not have to be repaid Fede r a l PeiJ Grants a r e federal f und s and may be awarded to under g r aduate s tud ent who h ave not yet received a bachelor s degree and who are U.S. citizens or perma nent residents. The amount of the award i s based on each s tudent's financial eligibility and the number of hour s for which the s tudent is e nroll ed. The a mount of Federa l P ell g r ant awards for the 1 995-96 aca d emic year will range from $400 t o $2,300 for those stud e nt who qualify. Le -tha nhalf-time h a lf-time, or full-time s tudent s may qualify for a Feder a l Pell Grant. Federa l S uppl eme nt a l Educationa l Opportuni t y Grant s (FSEOG) are fede ral fund awar ded to undergraduate s tudent s who h ave not yet re ce i ved a bachelor' s de gree and are U.S. citize n s or penna nent re s idents. Awards are baed o n an individual's need and are u s ually awarde d to tudent s demon strating exceptional need Student must be enrolle d full-time to r eceive a Federa l Supplementa l Edu catio nal Opportunit y Grant at Metro State The amount of FSEOG awards r a nge from $ 100 t o $ 1 000

PAGE 28

FINANCIAL AID Colorado State Grants (CSG) are state f und s awarded to Colorado r esidents, w ith elig ibili ty deter mined by the Office of Financial Aid. Students must n ot h ave earned a prior bachelor's degree and must be enro lled full-time at Metro State The amoun t of CSG award range from $50 t o $2 000 CSG fund s are a lso avai l able to part-time st ud ents who demonstrate need. Students must be e nr olled a minimum of six hours to receive part-time CSG funds. Co lorado Student Incentive Grants (CSIG) are a combinatio n of federal and s t ate funds awarded by the arne criteria as CSG. Students must be enro lled full-time to r eceive CSlG funds. Scholarships Pr es idential Scholarships: These scholarships include four-year sc holar s hips for en t ering high sc h ool s tud ents and two-year sc h o l ars hip s for transfer stu d ents Scholars receive up to $600 per semeste r to p ay mandatory tuition and fees Co lorado Scholarships: Grants of $500 per semester, not exceeding the cost of resident tuition and mandator y fees per academic year are available throu g h th e academic departments R ecipients must be Colorado re side nt Interested students sho uld contact their departments for app lic ations. Athletic Scholarships: Metro State has a limit ed number of athletic schola r s hip s Applications and additional inform a t ion are ava ilable from Metro S t ate int ercollegia t e Athletics. Privat e Scholarships: Student hould refer to the Metro State Financial Aid and Scholarship Hand book for inform ation and a listing of scholars hips. Students should a l so contact academic departments a nd the reference de k at the Auraria Library for ass i s t a nce in l ocating so urc es of sc h o l ar hips. Loans Federal Family Edu cat ion Loans ( FFEL ), which enable students and/or their parents t o borrow funds to help with educational expe n ses, include Federal Stafford Loan un ubsidized Federal Stafford L oa n and Federal PLUS Loans T o borrow these funds students a nd/or their p a rents must complete a sepa r ate l ende r application in ad diti on to the need a n a l ysis applicat i on ( FAFSA). Student s must also be enrolled a t l eas t h a lf-tim e and be degreeor lice n s ure -seeki ng. Intere s t rat es vary for each type of J oan and also vary depending on when the s tudent b orrowed the first Federal Family Education Loan. For further information o n intere s t r ates, check w ith the Financial Aid Office o r the l ender. Federal Stafford Loans: Eli g ibilit y for the Feder a l Stafford Loa n i s b ased on the s tud ent's n eed as deter mined by the Financial Aid Office For Stafford Loans disbursed o n or after July I, 1 993, the a nnual l oa n limit s are $2,625 for fresh m e n $3 500 for sop homor es, and $5,500 for all other und e r graduates. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans: This l oan has many of the same terms and conditions as the Federal Stafford Loan The m ain difference i s that the borrower is responsible for the interest tha t accrues while in sc h ool and during the s ix-month g r ace period. A st ud ent may bor r ow against either par ent or student contribution and, therefore, s tudent s who do not qualify for the St a fford Lo an m ay qual ify for the uns ub sidized Stafford Loan Co nt ac t the Financia l Aid Office for information conce rnin g annual Joa n limits. Federal Plu s Loan s: These l oans are avai l ab l e to parents of dependent students. Applications are avail able from Metro State or from l enders that participate in the program. Applications must first be s ub mitted to the Financial Aid Offi ce for processing At Metro State parent s of dependent students may borrow up to the cost of ed u cation minu s a mount of financial aid, per s tudent pe r year. Metro State-Emergency Loans: If there i s a delay in the disbursement of f unds, the Financia l Aid Office is able to advance lim ited fund s to s tud e nt s provided that financial aid has been previous l y awarded The average loan i s $200 per semester. T h e l oan mus t b e r epai d at the end of the semes t e r in which the funds were re ce i ved or as soo n as financial aid f und s are disbursed t o s tud ents whic h ever comes first. I nformation on additiona l a l ternative loan programs from pr i vate sources is availab l e at the Financ i a l Aid Office College Work-Study The State of Col orado and federa l work study pr og r a m s provide p a rt tim e emp l oyment during the s um mer and academic year. Only permanent Co l orado residents a r e eligible for State of Colorado work tudy awards. Awards range f r om $200 to $5,000 per fisca l year. The average award is $2 000. Th e maximum h ou r student may work is 30 h o ur s per week ave ra ge while classes are in session and a maximum average of 40 hour s per week between se me s ters.

PAGE 29

26 FINANCIAL AID Emp l oyment Many s tud e nt s w h o do not qualify for work-study find part-time employment t o cover a porti o n of their educa tiona l expe n ses. The Auraria Placeme nt Offi ce h e lp s s tudent s find part-time job s Other Forms of Assi tance Colorado No-Need Work-Study : Students enrolled at lea t half-time who are perm anent residents of Colora d o and either have unm et need eligibility or do not qualify for need-based fina nci a l aid, are eli gible for this award. Students may app l y for these funds at the Financia.l Aid Office Financia l Aid as a Form of Payment: Students who h ave been awarded financial aid have the option of u ing that aid a their form of tuition payment during phone registration each semester. Once the award has be e n verified b y the Busin ess Office, the studen t will not b e required to pay the tuit i o n and fee charges until th e aid i s dis bursed Students receiving any type of financi a l aid are e l igible for thi s se r vice eac h semester for w hich aid has been awarded. Rel a ted inform ation is pr ovided in mail -in and phone-i n regi strat ion materials and in class sc hedules. REsOURCE EXPECTATIONS Students attending Metro Stat e mu t assume respon ibility for the cost of their education. Taxup ported aid p rograms s upplement s tudent financial resources but do not replace them. Prospective financia.l ai d a ppli cants s h ould r efer to the Financial Aid Office for detail s concerni n g st udent' s re ource expectatio ns. THE AID PACKAGE Once s tud e nt eli gib ilit y i s determined an aid p ackage i deve l o p e d that depe nd s o n the availabili t y of funds and th e eligibility of the app l icant in relation to that of ot h er s tudent s. A lth ough it i not a lway s possib l e to d o so, the Fina ncial Aid O ffice a tt empts to fully meet st udent eligibility To facilitate the work of the Financia] Aid Office a ppli cants must obtain all inf ormation and forms from de ignated so urces a nd submit the r equ ir ed materials to t h e appropriate office according to established sc hedules. Re ceivi ng a scho lar hip may affect a s tudent's financial aid award. Students re ceiving federal and/or state aid are limited to a maximum amount of aid. A tudent whose full need h as been met prior to receipt of a scho l ars hip will h ave the aid reduced by an amo unt equal to the c h o l arship. I f the st u dent's full eligibility ha n ot been met the sc h o l arship can be allowed to satisfy the unmet elig ibility Each student's sit uation i s treated individually. AWARD NOTIFICATION When the Financial Aid Office has determined the kind and amo unt of aid for wh i ch a stu dent qualifie s, the stude nt is notified of the award by letter The l etter al o tipu l ate the co ndition s of the award. Stu dents awar d ed aid mu t ign the sta tement of education purpose on the award letter and the Anti-Drug Ab u se Act certificatio n Dis b u rsement Procedures: Fe d e ral Family Educatio n Loan Programs: All Federal Stafford Loan s and Federal PLUS Loan s are required to be di s bur ed in two checks. One c h eck i re l eased at the beg innin g of the l oan period (30 da ys into the se me s ter for incoming freshmen ) or as th e check s arrive afte r the star t of the loan period. The second c h eck i s released n o earlier than halfway through the l oan period Federa l Stafford checks are proce se d at the Financial Aid office and relea sed through the Busines Office Students are required to p ay a n y o ut standing balance owe d to Metro State at the time the c h eck is re l eased. Federal PLUS c h ecks are mailed from lenders to the Metro St a te Financial Aid Office Elig ibili ty is verified a nd then the check is mailed t o the parent borrower. Work Study : Works tudy earning are paid monthly and a r e treated as wages earned. Outstanding balances owed to Metro State are not deducted from these earnings. Students are stro n g l y advised to p ay any outstanding balance as soon as a work-study c h eck is received. All other aid: Beginning on the first day of c l as es each se mester stu dent s rec e ivin g aid other than those lis ted above may come to the Metro St ate Bu siness O ffice to pick up t h eir financial aid The Bu s ine ss Office will d e du ct a n y ou t s tan ding balance owed to M etro State and issue a check for any rem a inin g f unds. Students w h o s till owe a bal a n ce after all aid ha s been paid will be issu ed a bill.

PAGE 30

FINANCIAL AID REPAYMENT POLICY Student s who r ece ive financial aid and withdraw from M e tro State prior t o completion of a term m ay be re q uir ed to r epay a portion of financia l aid and sc h olars hips. All r equired fina n cia l aid repayment s mus t be m a de t o M e tro St a t e b efo re the end of the c urr e nt aca demi c year or before ad d itiona l Title IV fund s m ay b e dis bur ed t o the s tud ent, whichever occ ur s first. R epayme nt is m a d e to the Metro State Bu s ine ss Offi ce STUDENT RIGHTS AND REsPONSffiiLITIES Academic Progress Requirements Financial a id recipien t s are r eq uired to maintain satisfac tor y pro g r ess t owar d the ir educational objectives in o rd e r t o co ntinu e t o receive aid (2. 00 GPA ; comp l e t e a t le as t t wo-t hird s of the c r edits a tt e mpt ed eac h se m es t e r ; and be e n rolled in the e qui va l en t of n o t m o r e th a n 1 2 full-time se m es t e r ) D e t ai l e d inform a tion o utlinin g the requirements is availab l e in the Financial Aid Office Failure to maintain sat i sfac tory pro g r ess m ay result in ca ncella tion o f aid for s ub se quent t erms. Change in Status The financial aid award m ay be adjuste d throu g h o ut the awar d peri o d t o reflect any c h a n ge in the stu dent's resources o r e n ro llm e nt stat u s or i n instit uti o n a l s tate o r federal funding. Renewal of Financial Aid Student s mus t appl y each yea r for continued aid. R e n ewa l of financial ass i t a n ce depends on the stu dent s aca demi c perform a n ce, fina n cia l eligibility, and the availa bilit y of s tud ent fina n c i a l aid funds. Student s should contac t th e Finan c i a l Aid Offi ce for d etai l s concerning Metro State's fin ancial aid p oli cies and pro ce dur es. Costs Th e B oard of Tru t ees of Th e St a te Colleges in Color a d o, t h e gove rnin g board of the co lle ge, r ese r ves the r i g ht to a lt e r any or a ll tuiti o n a nd fees for a n y semeste r without noti ce. TUITIO AND COLLEGE SERVIC E FEES Tuiti o n and co llege se r v ic e fees are d e t e rmined b y the tru s t ees s hortl y b efore the b eginning of eac h aca demic year. Inform atio n re g ardin g tuiti o n and fees is publi s hed in the c urrent Clas s S c h edule Tuiti o n and fees are p ayable a t the t ime o f regi s tr ation. STANDARD FEE An a pplic atio n fee i s required o f all ap pli ca nt s for a dmi s i o n t o the co lle ge. Thi s f ee i s n o n-refundabl e an d w ill n o t b e a ppli ed t o tuiti o n Application fee .... .......................... ................... .... .... ........ ........................ $2 5 Internatio n a l student a ppli catio n fee ............................. .............. ........... ... $40 M a tri c ulati o n fee ................. ............. ..... .............. .... ........ ...... ............ ..... ... $25 SPECIAL FEES R et urned check c h arge ........................ . ...... ..... .............................. ........ $ 1 7 TUITIO CLASSIFICATIO A stu d ent is c l as ified as a n in-state or o ut -of-s t a t e student for tuiti on purpose s a t the time of ad mi ss i o n Thi s classificatio n i s b ase d up o n inform atio n s uppli ed by the s tud ent o n the a ppli cation for a dmi ss i o n and i s m a de in accor d ance w ith t h e Colorado Tuiti o n Classificatio n L aw, C RS S 23-7-101 et seq ( 1 973), as ame nded Onc e d e t e rmin e d a s tud e nt's tuiti o n c l assificatio n s tatu s remains un c h a n ged unles s satis factory evidence that a c han ge s h o uld be made i s pr esented. A Petit ion for InSt a t e Tuition C l ass ific ation form and the evide nce reque s ted s h o uld b e s ubmitt ed to the Offi ce of R eg i s tr atio n and Student R ecor d s if a s tud ent believes s h e or he is e ntitled t o in-state s tatus. Th e tuition c l ass i ficat i o n s t a tut e r eq uir es tha t in orde r t o qualify for insta t e s t atus, a s tud ent (o r the par ents o r l ega l g uardian of the s tud ent in the case of s tud e nt s under 22 years of age who a r e n o t ema n cipated ), mu s t h ave been domiciled in Colorado for o n e year or m o re immediately pr ece din g the first da y o f the se me s ter for which s uc h c l assificatio n i s so u ght.

PAGE 31

28 FINANCIAL AID Domicile for tuition purpo es requires two in eparable elements: ( I ) a permanent place of habitation in Colorado and (2) intent to r emain in Colorado w ith no intent to be domiciled elsew h e re. Some examples of co nn ections with the tate that provid e objective evidence of intent are: ( I ) p ay m e nt of Colo r ado t ate income tax as a Colorado re sident, (2) p ermane n t employment in Colorado, (3) ownership of residential real property in Colorado (4) compliance with laws imposing a mandatory duty on any domiciliary of the state, u ch as the drivers' licen e law and the vehicle registration law, and (5) registration to vote. Other factors peculiar to the individual can also be used to de m o n s tr a t e the requisite intent. Any question regarding the tuition c l assificat i on l aw should be directed to an admissions officer at the college In order to qualify for intate status for a particular s emester the stude n t must prove that domi cile began n ot later than o n e year prior to the first day of classes for that semester. The dates for quali fying and for s ubmittin g p etition are published in the Class Schedule each se m ester. O THE R COST INFORMA TIO The cost of books and supplies averages $350 to $500 per academic year with the highest co s t during the first se m ester of a tt e ndan ce. Other costs such as room board, clothing, transportation, and other expenses will vary acco rdin g to individual need. TuiTION ADJUSTMENTS Please see th e Class Schedule for the current semester. Student Health Insurance The Student H ealth Center Insurance is a group Mandatory-with-Waiver policy for all full-time stu dents (10 credit h ours in f all/ sp rin g or 8 credit hour in summer). The ins urance premium for full-time stude nt s is aut omatically inc l uded with the semester charge /fees and is identified on a student's bill as "insurance." Students who h ave comparable insurance coverage may waive the insurance premium and not participate in the program. Proof of comparab l e insurance and a waiver form mu t be comp l eted and turned in to th e Busine s O ffice wit hin the first four week of t h e fall and spring semeste r s and within the first t wo weeks of the summer erne ter. A waiver must be submitted annually every fall emester or at such time as you are registered for either spring or summer. For additional information regarding the waiver, please contact the office of Student Accounts at (303) 820-2001. Students w h o a r e not full-ti me as defined above, are not eligib l e for the college's g r o up ins ur a n ce cov erage. In addition if a full-time tudent decrease the amount of se m e ter hours to below full-time sta tus (10 hours during fall and spring emesters; 8 h our during s umm er erne ter) b efore the date listed in the Class Schedule for the applicable semester the student l oses in urance eligibility Optiona l coverage i s ava ilabl e for dependents of insured tude nt s who are e nr olled for 10 o r m o r e semester hou r during fall and spring semesters and 8 or more emester hour during summer emester. Pr emiums for optional coverage mu t be paid at the Busines s Office during the first three weeks of each semester. Those s tud e nt e nr olle d for spring semester h ea l th in urance have the opt i o n of purchasi n g s umm er insurance coverage wit h out at t ending c l asse provided they pay the premium at the Bu iness Office by the date lis t ed in the summer Class S c hedule. The po l icy is in effect 24 hour s a day and covers the period of time from the first day of clas e of the semester to the first day of classes of the following erne ter. Insurance brochures l isting other benefits, as well as insurance claim forms and information, are available at the Student Heal th Center in the Plaza Building room 140 (303) 556-3873.

PAGE 32

SPECIAL PROGRAMS CHILD DEVELOPMENT C ENTE R The Metro State Child Development Center provides exemplary on-campu children s programs: Dur ing the fall and spring semesters, the center offers pre-school program ; in the summer it provides a Summer Enric hm ent Program for e l ementary age chi ldr en Available to the Auraria campus and to the Denver community, the e program are part of the Metro State Teacher Education Division The classrooms are under the direction of master teachers who are trained and experienced in either early c hildh ood or elementary education. The rna ter teachers plan an age-appropriate program to pro vide quality l earning experiences that meet the developmental needs of the children. Metro State teacher ed u cation student also work in the clas room providing a high adult/child ratio with opportunities for mall groups and individual attention. The preschool program is acc r edited by the National Academy for Ear l y Childhood Education. There are two preschool classes available : 8 : 30-11:30 a.m for children 2lh to 4 years old and 12:30 3:30 p.m. for children 4 to 6 years old There is also one hour of childcare availab l e before and after each preschool c l ass. The Summer Enrichment Program is academic in content but r ecognize children s needs for fun and different learning experiences in summer. There are two classrooms: one for children entering kinder garten or first grade in the fall and one for children entering second or third grade in the fall. There is a Day Program from 9:00 a m.-3:30 p.m. and an Extended Program from 7:00-9:00 a.m. and from 3:306:00 p .m. Call (303) 556-2759 for more information. COOPERATIVE EDUCATION The Cooperative Education Internship Center places students in work experiences rel ated to their aca demic major The purpose of the intern hips is to integrate academic training with actual work experi ence. This combination allows students to make realistic career decisions, gain valuable work experi ence, obtain recommendations for graduate chool and earn money to help defray college expenses Students work in large corporations small businesses government and nonprofit agencies throughout the metropolitan area Most co-op tudents are paid by their emp l oyers but in those professional fields where co-op salaries are not avai l ab l e volunteer internship placements are offered to help s tudents gain essential work experience Co-op int ernship placements are available in most academic majors and minors. Students must com plete 30 semester hour of college cour ework with a minimum 2.50 GPA and have a declared major to be eli g ibl e for registration with co-op No fees are c h arged to the student or emp l oye r for participa tion in the program and each student's interests and job requirements are discussed individually with a professional coordinator. Students may choose from three different work schedules based on the academic cal endar. The alter nating plan provides full-time periods of work every other semes ter with intervening semesters pent in full-time study. The parallel schedule places students in a job while they imultaneously attend school. These positions are usually part-time. The short term/summer plan allows students to e l ect a work expe rience that l asts for no more than one semester. The college awards academic credit for upervised cooperative education placements. Students must complete a c redit application available from the co-op office, and this applicat i on must be approved by a faculty m embe r from the department in which credit is to be granted. No more than 15 seme s ter hours of cooperative education credit will be applied toward Metro State degree requirements Credit ear n e d for the co-o p education work experiences are not applicab l e toward ge n eral st udies requirements. Additional departmental restrictions may apply to certain majors. 298-1-3 (Va riable credit) Cooperative Education Prerequi s ite : ophomore s tatu s and pern1ission of instructor An entry-level work experience in a private company or an agency of the federal or state government related t o the student major and supervi s ed by a competent profe s ional on the work site. Credit is awarded by a Metro State faculty member in the appropriate academic department for l earning related to academic goal enumerated in the learning contract of each student. 398 1-12 (Va riable credit) Cooperative Education Prerequisite: junior s t atus and permis ion of instructor An advanced work experience in a private company or governmental agency related to the tudent's major and supervi s ed by a compe t ent profes ional on the worksite. Credit is awarded by a Metro State faculty member in the appropriate academic department for learning related to academic goals enu merated in the learning co ntract of eac h student. For more information on the program and the place ment opportunities in your academic major contact the Cooperative Education and Internship Center office at I 045 inth Street Park. Phone: (303) 556-3290

PAGE 33

30 SPECIAL P ROGRAMS SERVICE-LEARNI G PROGRAM The Metro State Service-Learning Pr ogram combine cia sroo m experience with service to the m etro politan co mmunity. P a rti c ipatin g s tud e nt s r ece i ve c r edit for a ppropri ate public se r v i ce which i bene ficial to the comm unity and expand tudent h or i zons in intellectually and personally meaningful ways. Emerging from a wide variety of di cip lin es service-learning co ur ses are struc tur ed by facu lt y to weave service into communi t y-based and governme nt agencies, with c l as room reflec tion and analysis of the learning offered thr o u g h th ese experiences. The co ur ses are a l so d esigned t o address real need s in o ur multic ultural world, suc h as homelessness, at-risk youth domestic violence, the environment, c ultur e and the a rt s, and mental illness. Agencie that h ave provided se r v i ce opport unitie s inc lud e Fort Logan Mental H ea lth Center the Denver Commission on Aging, Big Sisters the Co l ora d o Hi torical Society, the R ape Assistance and Awareness program, and numerous e l e m e nt ary an d hig h schoo ls, se nior ce n ters, and nur ing home Servicel earning credit is available in most academic majors and minors. Prerequisites and other requirements vary with eac h department. To l earn how to participate in this pro g r am, inc ludin g discus sions of p l acement o pti o ns, s tud e nt s s h ould contact or visit the Service-Learning Program office t o schedule a n interview. EXTE OED EDUCATION The Ex t ended Education Divisio n of Metro State is committed to pr oviding a purp osefu l l ear nin g ex p e rience to a diverse metro p olitan community. Extended Educat i o n addre se changing educat i o n a l n eeds throug h pr ograms and serv i ces that emphasize accessibility innovation lifelong l earning, and respon sive delivery syste ms. Adult Learning Services Ad ult s e nt eri n g or returning to college often have questions and pr oblem that a r e different from those of younge r stude n t Adults who wo uld like h elp re-entering the formal ed u ca tion sy tern and in pla n n i n g the ir ed u cationa l goa l s m ay con t act the Offi ce of Adult Learnin g Services a t (303) 556-8342. Ind i vidualize d Degree Program Students may design an individualized interdisciplinary major or minor pro gram whe n their ed u cational goa l s a r e n ot met by m ajors and/or min ors l iste d in the Metro State Catalog. Each indi v i dua l ized d eg r ee pro g r a m i s superv i se d by a fac ult y co mmitt ee chose n by the st udent. For f ur ther informatio n co nt act the Office of Adult L earni n g Services at (303) 556-8342. MetroMeritus P eople 60 or older, w h o do not wish to earn credit are invited to attend tuition free c l as es of their c h oice at eithe r Metro State or at a n Extended Campus l ocatio n o n a s p ace-ava il able b as is. Metr o-Merit u s i s d es i g n ed to g i ve spec i a l e n courage m e nt and assis tanc e t o retired citize n s to co ntinu e their personal educational growth in a stim ula ting and frien dly campus setting. For information and to enroll, call the Office of Adult Learni n g Services a t (303) 556-8342 Exten d e d Campus Program Metro St a t e s Extended Campus P rogram provides acce s to the college in the D e n ver metropo lit a n area by offering c l asses tel eco ur ses correspondence cou r ses deg r ee programs and se r vices at two co n ve nient sites Metro South l ocated at 5660 Greenwood Plaza Boulevard in Ara pah oe County, serve the sout h outheast and so uth west metropolitan a r eas. Metro North l ocated at 1 1 990 G r a nt Street in Adams County, serves t h e n orth northeast and n ort h west areas. Each site is l ocated 14 miles from th e Auraria campus along the 1 -25 corridor. THE FIRSTYEA R P R OGRAM The F ir s t Y ear Program is designed to unify and coordinate college efforts to h elp entering tud e nt s achieve a uccessful first year The program p r ovide inten ive advi ing, course se l ection guidance and academic m onitoring throughout the first year, as well a coo rdinatin g academic support se r v ic es for freshmen. Additionally, the pr og r a m offe r s a First-Year Seminar co ur se, whic h pr ovide a ppropri a t e r eadings and written work enabling s tud ents t o discuss and w r it e about c urren t i ss u es inc ludin g th e value of h i g h er educat i o n All first-time Metro State studen t s may enroll i n the FirstYear S e min ar cou r e and other appropria t e course as determined by assessment at entry. The program furni s h es a n environme nt whe r e probl e m solving, creativi ty, and peer interaction are e n co ur aged. For additional information, please call (303) 556-8447.

PAGE 34

SPECIAL PROGRAMS IlEAL TH CAREERS SCIENCE PROGRAM The He a lth Careers Science Pr ogram is de i gned to encourage women and ethnic minority groups who have traditionally been excluded from careers in science and technology Student s are provided with tutoring and other s upp ort to ensu re their success in the sc ience and technology areas. For more infor mation please call (303) 556-3215. HIGH ScuooL UPWARD Bou n This program is designed to generate the skills and motivation nece ssary for success in and beyond high sc h ool for youths who are low -income and first-generation college-bound tude nts. The program pro vide intensive academic instruction during the sc hool year, as well as a s ix-week s ummer ses ion. Ba sic academic skill preparation in re adi n g, writing and mathematics is p a rt of a comprehensive coun seling and enrichme nt program. This program develops creative thinking, effect ive expression, and pos itive attit ude s toward l ear ning. The students are recruited at the beginning of their sophomore year in high school from five target-area high schools l ocated in Denver County (East, Lincoln, Manual, North and We s t high schools). THE HONORS PROGRAM Th e Metro State H onor Pr ogram provide s an inten e, interdisciplinary academic program for high l y motivated students who e capabilities suggest a broader s pectrum of needs and intere s ts The program enco ura ges indi v idual ity by res ponding to the diver se educationa l need s of students. Its integrated approac h st ren gthe n s the program's foundation and provides a cross sec tion of thought-provoking per spective H onors tudents realize their learning potential through creative inquiry, indep endent tho u g ht and critical examination. H o n ors profe sso rs serve as mentors to g uid e s tudent in fulfilling their intellec tual pur uits and dream Finally while the Honor s Program encourages independent thought and indi vidu a lity it also inspires s tud ents to work together, forming a community of scho lar who learn from o n e another. Classes are general l y small to ensure the exchange of knowledge and philo so phies. Available to students are both the H onors core and a number of departmental Honor courses. There are thre e Honor s awards avai l ab le: Junior Honors Award (15 se mester hour); Senior Honors Award (15 semeste r hours which includes a thesis or s enior seminar) ; and a Metro State Honor s Program designa tion on the Metro State dip l o m a (27 semeste r h o ur s). An officia l Metro State Honors applicatio n form may be obtai ned from the Metro State H onors Pr ogram director. ln addition to the Metro State applicatio n form an intervi ew by the Honors Council is required of prospective H onors stude nt s It is highly r eco mm e nded that all H onors applica tion s be comp let e d b y mid-July Furthermore there are a number of Colorado sc holar s hip s available. Additio nal informat ion on the H onors Pr ogram is avai l ab l e by ca llin g (303) 556-4865 or by inquiring in Central Classroom Bui lding room IOIB. The Honor s Program reports to the dean of the School of Letter Arts and Sciences Require d Honors Core Semester Hours HON 275 The Legacy of Arts and Letter s I ................ ............................ 3 HON 276 The Legacy of Arts and Letters II* ............... .................. ........ 3 HO 295 The Art of Critical Thinking ............ ........... .......... .... ..... .......... 3 HON 380 R evolutio n s and Social Change I ................................... ........ 3 HON 38 1 Revolution and Social Change II ..................... ................ ...... 3 HO 385 American Culture I .... ........ ............. ............ ............... .... .......... 3 HO 386 American Culture II ................................ ....................... ........ 3 HON 492 S enior Honors Seminar ...................... ..... ... ................................ 3 HON 495 Senior Honor s Thesi ....................... .... ........................ .... ........ 3 Total Hour s for Honors Core ........................................................ .... ........ 27 *Approved General Studi es courses. INTERN A TIO AL STUDIES Semester-Abroad Program s : Two semes ter-abroad pro grams, in London England, and in Guadala jara Mexico operate each year. Students w h o are in good academic sta nding and feel they could ben efit from a seme ter of s tudy in Eng land or Mexico s hould contact the coordinator of Int ernationa l Stud ies at (303) 556-3173. Study-Abroad Trips: Short-term study-abroa d experiences during the summe r a re offered eac h year. These trips are always led by a full-time profe so r and are usually for two to four weeks in length. Aca demic credit i s normally available. ln pa s t summe r s study-abroa d trip s have bee n made to Mexico, Peru China, It aly, France, Spain, Egypt, West Africa, Israel, England, and Russia. Cont ac t the coordi nator of Intern ational Stud i e s at (303) 556-3173 for inform a tion about forthcoming trips

PAGE 35

32 SPECIAL PROGRAMS Office of I nternational Programs and Services : Metr o Sta te provide s ass i s tance to v i s iting faculty and international s tudents. Important inform a tion and coun e lin g i offered o n v i sas sc h oo l transfers, work permi ss ion housin g, banking and cultural and academic a d a ptation. The office also pro v ide s assistance to s tudent s who wis h t o arrange indi vidualize d s tud y-abroad op p ortunities For inf ormatio n contact the direct o r of Int ernationa l Progr a m s and Ser v i ce at (303) 556-3660. LA GUAGE AND CULTURE I STITUTE The Metrop o lit a n Stat e College of Denver L a n g u age a nd Cu ltur e Institute w as establis h ed in 1 976 to o rganize s tudy and tr ave l a broad The in s titute c urrentl y ope r a te s a s ummer program in Mexico a s um mer inten ive lan g u age in s titut e in Germany and a winte r s tud y a nd travel pr ogram in M ex ico's Yucatan P eninsula a nd in Central America. The in titute offe r s credit through the Modem L a n g u ages Department and the In s titute for Internation a l and Int ercultu r a l Educ atio n INSTITUTE FOR INTERNATIONAL AND INTERCULTURAL EDUCATION Metro State provide s ass i rane e to visiting faculty and int erna tional s tud en ts. Import an t info rm a tion and counse l i n g i s offered o n visas sc ho ol tran s fers work p e rmi ss ion h ousing, banking an d c ultur a l and aca demi c a d a pt a tion The office a l o pro vides assis tan ce to s tudent s w h o wish t o arrange individual i zed s tudy-abroad o pportuniti es. The insti tut e o rganize num ero u s confe r ence and l ect ur e on int erna tional i ss ues throughout the year. The institute also provides inf ormatio n on cross-d i sc iplin ary indi v i duali ze d degree major a nd minor programs in internation a l s tudie s intern atio n a l co urse s offere d by various departments and int e r cu ltural courses. For information co nt ac t the director oflntemati onal and Int ercultural Education a t ( 303) 556-4004. SERVICEMEN'S OPPORTUNITY COLLEGE Metropolitan State Colle ge of D e nver h as r eceive d re cognitio n as a S e r viceme n s Opp o rtunit y College Further informati o n ca n be obtained from the Offi ce of R eg i s tration and Student R ecords. STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES PROGRAM The purpo se of the Student Suppo rt Ser v i ces Pro g ram at Metro State is to provid e e du ca tional assis tance for s elected students who b eca u se of financial o r o ther c ircum r a n ees, m ay otherw i se be denied a c hanc e for participation in hig h e r education pro g ram s Academic assi t a n ce i s pr ovide d fo r s tud e nt s on the basi s of individual need Courses in Englis h a nd r ea ding are offered for college c redit co upled w ith tutorial as ist a n ce These co ur es are de s i g n ed to str e n g then and supple ment a stude nt's b as i c edu ca tiona l s kill s so that s he or h e ma y better address the requirement s of a co lle ge course l oad. Oth e r s up portive se rvice s ava ilable are counse lin g testing, assistance with financ i a l aid form s and when p oss i ble assi t a n ce in attendi n g soc ial and c ultural eve nt s t o enhan ce the tud e nt ex peri e n ce a t Metro State VETERANS SERVICES The Office of Veter a n Ser v ice s i de sig ned to provid e tud e nt ve teran s an d ve teran s in the co mmunity with a var i ety of o utreach re cruitment and ret e nti o n e r vice The e incl ud e ass i t ance with pr o blem s involving checks tutori a l, coun se lin g, a nd referral s to on-ca mpu s offices a nd s ervices. The office a l so cert ifie s s tud ent veterans a nd dep e nd e nt s for their VA e du ca tional b e n efi t s VETERA S UPWARD Bou D V e terans Upward Bound at Metr o State College i s a federa lly funded pro g ram de s i g ned to identify, r ec ruit and motivate vete r ans t o u se their VA ben efits in pursuit of p ersona l caree r goa l s throu g h hig her ed ucation Veteran s Upward Bound provide s r e fre s her a nd tutori a l h e lp so tha t s urviva l in academic o r voca tionaUtec h nic a l programs i s maximized Thi s i s accompli s h e d durin g a 12-week trime s ter. Ancillary serv ice s s u ch as caree r co un se lin g fina nci a l aid a d v i seme nt psychological counse lin g, and job plac e ment are a l so pro v ided for parti ci pants. WEEKEND ADDITION PROGRAM Metro State offers a variety of co ur ses on Frid ay evenings a nd S a turd ays under the ausp i ces of the Weekend Additi o n Progr a m. Th e program h as its own office which provides ge n e ral a s sis t a n ce t o tu dent s on s p ecified weeke nd s in the a re as of a d v i sing r etrieva l of college forms, sc h ed ulin g and ass i s tance with s tudent c on cerns that cannot b e a ddre sse d durin g weekd ays. The Week e nd Office i s l ocated in the Wes t Cla ss r oo m Building, room lOSE

PAGE 36

ACADEMIC INFORMATION Academic Information Th e co lle ge o p e r a t es o n the se m es t e r sys t e m w ith eac h se me s t e r durin g th e aca d e mic yea r co n s i s tin g of 1 5 we e k s of in tru ctio n followe d b y a wee k o f exa min atio n s Runnin g co n c urr e ntl y w ith the 1 6-wee k co ur se sc h e dul e a r e m o dul es sc h e dul e d t o be gin o n the firs t s i xth, and elev enth week o f the 16-w ee k semester. Durin g any 1 6 week semeste r s tud e nt s m ay e nr oll in 16-week co ur ses, 5 -wee k co ur ses o r co mbin atio n s of bo th as l o n g as th e co ur se l oa d lim itatio n s a r e n o t excee d e d T h e college also offe r s e ith e r a n 8 o r I 0-week s umm e r t e rm durin g whic h s tud e nt s m ay e nroll f o r e ith e r 8or I 0-wee k co ur ses, 4o r 5-week co ur ses, o r co mb i n a tion s o f both Th e co ur se l oa d r estric tion s a r e adju ted to be eq u ivale nt t o those of the r egular academic year. Cl as es are sc h edule d durin g the d ay, i n the eve nin g, a nd o n wee kend s in orde r t o accommo d a te p eo ple w h o are e mpl oyed Stud e n ts w h o are plannin g t o t a k e the m a j o rit y of the ir c l asses in th e ev enin gs s h o uld c h eck w ith ap p ro pri ate d e p artme n t c hair s abo ut the availa b i lit y of co ur ses in the ir m ajo r durin g eve n i n g h o ur s E n rollme nt ca n b e on a full-tim e or partt i m e b as i s a n d ca n b e for th e purp ose o f pur s u ing a b ac h e l o r's deg r ee impr oving vocat i o n a l o r p rofess i o n a l co mp e t e n ce, o r l ea rnin g a b o ut p a rti cular areas of int e r es t for cult ur a l o r int ellec tu a l r easo ns. Please r e f e r t o the C l ass Sc h ed ul e for c urr ent cal endar inf o rm atio n ACA DEMIC HONESTY S tude nt s h ave a r es p o n s ibilit y t o m a int ain tand ards of aca d emic e thi c and h o n es ty. C ase of c h ea tin g o r plagiar i sm are h a ndl e d within t he p o lici es of A cade mic Affa ir s in acco rd a n ce w ith pr oce dur es out l i n ed in the Me tr o St ate Swdent H andbook. CONDUCT OF STUD E NT S M etro S t a t e po l icy p r ovides students t h e l arges t deg ree of f reed om co n i ste nt w ith goo d work and orderly co n d u ct. Th e Studen t H andbook contains s t andar d s o f co ndu c t h oweve r t o whic h s tud e nt s a r e ex p ec t e d t o a dh ere. Informatio n r egar d ing s tud e nt s rig ht s and r es p o n i bilities inc ludin g th e s tud e nt du e pr ocess p roce dur e (the pr oce dur a l rig ht s pr o v i d e d t o s tud ent a t M e tr o Sta t e b e f o r e disc iplin a r y actio n i s imp osed) i s available in Cen tr a l C l ass r oo m Buil ding, r oo m 3 1 3. CLAS A TIENDANC E S tud e nt s a r e ex p ec t e d t o att end all sess i o n s o f co ur ses fo r whic h they a r e r eg i s ter e d E ac h ins tru c t o r de t ermi n es w h en a student's a b se n ces h ave r eac h e d a point a t whi c h they jeop ardize s uccess in a co ur se. Wh e n a b se n ces b eco m e e x cess i ve, the s tud ent m ay r ece ive a f a ilin g g r a d e for the co ur se. I f stude nt s a nti c ip a t e a pro l o n ged a b e n ce, they s h o uld co nt ac t the ir in s tru cto r s I f they find th a t they cannot co mmuni cate with the ins tru ctor, t h ey h o uld co n tact the c h a ir of that d e partm ent, w ho will i nform ins tru ctors of the reasons for the anticipa t ed absence Wh e n eve r an ins tru c t o r d e t e rm i n es tha t a student' s a b se n ces are int erfering w ith aca d emic prog r ess, the ins tru c t o r may s ubmit a lett e r t o the d epartment c hair i nformin g tha t office of th e s itu a t ion. STUDENT CLAS IFICA TION Stud e nt s are c l assified acco rdin g t o t h e numb e r o f se m es t e r h o ur s of c r edit ear ned : f r eshmen fewe r tha n 3 0 ; so phom o r es 30 o r m o r e but fewe r tha n 60 ; juni ors 60 o r m o r e but f ewe r tha n 90 ; enio r s 90 o r m o r e SEME STER HouRS CREDIT Co ur e c r e dit i s b ased o n unit s d es i g n e d as se m es t e r h o urs. One se m es t e r h o ur o r o n e b ase co n ta ct h o ur eq ual a minimu m of 750 minut es; thi s tr a n s l a t es t o a minimum o f 1 5, 5 0 -m i nute cla ss h o ur s p e r se me s ter. Ti m e r eq u i r ed for c l ass pr e p aratio n is n ot a cons i de r a tion in th e calcula tion of co ur se credit. Omni b u s co ur ses i n vo l v ing l a b o r a t ory work g i ve o n e semes t e r h o ur of credit for eac h t wo, thr ee o r f o ur h ou r s of sc h eduled work i n the l a b oratory d u ring a week Int erns hip s r e quir e a minimum of 2 2 50 min ut es for eac h h o ur o f c r e dit. PREPARATORY COURSE CREDIT POLICY o p re p a r a t o r y co ur ses a r e a ppli cable toward a M e tr o Sta t e degr ee af ter spring 1 993. F o r d etails, p l e ase see a n a d v i se r in t h e Aca d emic Asse s m ent and Su p p o r t Cen t er.

PAGE 37

34 ACADEMIC INFORMATION COURSE LOAD Th e ave rage course lo a d per 16-week se m e ter i s 15 or 16 se mester hours. Student s w ho a re academicaUy trong m ay t ake up to 1 8 semes ter h o ur s durin g fall an d spring semes t e r s and up t o 1 2 emester hours durin g the ummer semeste r Durin g fall and spring e m ester tudents with cumu l ative Metro State gra de point ave r age of 3.25 or higher m ay t ake 1 9 or 20 se m ester hours and tho e tudent s with grade point averages of 3.50 o r hig her m ay take 2 1 semes t er hours. Students mus t h ave co mpleted at l eas t 15 se me s ter hour s a t Metro Stat e Authorization for ove rloads without these qualificati o n s must be o btained from th e s tud e nt's major departm e nt c h air and a ppropriat e d ean. Authorization for overloads in excess of 21 se m es t e r h o ur s i s give n b y the B oard of Academic Standards Exc e pti on following a uccessful formal appea l prior t o the beginning of the erne ter. Th e tudent sho uld begin the ap pe a l b y obtai nin g a petition from the office of the assoc iat e v i ce pre ident for academ i c affair Central Class room Buildin g, room 3 1 8. COURSE NUMB E RS, TITLES, D ESCRIPT IONS, AND OFFERING S B efo re s tarting registration, s tud e nt s s h o uld s tudy cour e d esc ripti o n s for inf o rmati o n o n the l eve l of instruct ion credit co ur se seque n ce, co nt e nt and pr e r equi ites. The firs t digit in a three-digit cour e numb er d esig n ate the leve l of instruction Onl y cour es numbered I 00 or a bove will be included in c redit s toward a d egree Courses with numbers up t o and inc luding I 99 are primari l y for f r es hmen 200 thr o u g h 299 prim arily for so phomor e 300 through 399 primarily for juni o r s, and 400 throug h 499 prim aril y for se nior s A lth ough, in ge n e r a l while s tud ents s hould not t ake co ur ses above the leve l of their class ( b ased upon se m este r hour s earned), they m ay d o so a t one level a b ove if they h ave the s p ecifie d prerequisites In s p ecia l cases, s tud e nt s m ay be p erm itt e d to t a ke courses more tha n one l eve l a b ove that de i g n a ted for their cia s if they ob t ain the permi i o n of the ir ad vi e r and of the fac ult y member teaching the co ur e and i f they m eet t h e prerequisite requirements. After eac h cour se number i s a figure specifyi n g the semeste r h o ur s of credit. As an example, CHE 1 80-4 i a fres hm a nl eve l four-credit course. After the cour e number i s the co ur se title which may be fol l owed by a seco nd se t of number s in par e nthe ses indi cati n g the divi sio n of time betw ee n l ec tur e and l abo r a tory or field ex p erie nce. The first number repr e ents the number of l ec ture hour s eac h week, and the second numb e r indi ca t es the numb e r of l a borator y, hop or field h our For example, CHE 180-4 General Chemi s t ry I ( 4 + 0 ) repr ese nt the ge neral chemi try co ur e, which has four hour of lec ture and zero h ours of l a b o ratory each week. Such a co ur se would earn four h o ur s of c redit four for lec ture and ze ro for l aboratory work. Course de sc ripti o n s pr ov ide a s umm ary of the content of the co ur e. I f there is a prer equisite that mu s t be met befor e a stu d e nt can r egiste r for the cou r se, thi information i lis t ed above the cour e description. A list o f all co ur e ins tructors, cia s m eeti n g tim e and location s i s publi h e d in the Class Schedule, which i s pr int ed b efo re the be g innin g of eac h se m es t e r and i s av ailabl e to all s tudents. OMNmus CouRSES The o mnibu s co ur es lis ted below are d es i g ned t o provide flexib l e learn ing o pportuni ties. Experimen tal topics courses, se minar s, and workshops d ea l with n ovel ubjects and curr e nt probl em Ind epe ndent study a llow s stude nt s to inve stigate problems of pecial interest. Super vised field s tud y and internships cond ucte d coo per atively with bu siness, industry, governme nt a nd other agencies, pro vide practica l on the -job l ea rnin g opportu niti es. Content of these co ur e s hould n ot duplic a te that of r eg ular course s liste d in the Cat a l og Omnibus courses may be offe r ed b y all ac ademic departme nts of the college. A pecific co ur se plan for topi c and group workshop co ur es, whic h cove r s co ntent a nd se m es ter hour s, mu t be ubmitted by an in tru c tor and approved by the chai r o f the department or di cip lin e and the dean of the school before s uc h a course ca n be lis t ed in the sc h e dul e of cia e The se same ap proval s are required for plans of s tud y that individual s tud ents s ubmit for registration in a workshop co ur se (w h e n individu alized) or a n independent tudy cour e. No m o re than 30 se me s ter h o ur s earned in a ll of the omnibus co ur e will be cou n ted tow ard me et ing degr ee r e qu i rements. The following co ur e number s are the ame for o mnibu s co urse s in all disciplines; a nd whe n lis ted in c i a c hedul es, registration forms, and college record th e co ur se number will carry the prefix of the discipline in which the co ur se is offered. ln addition t o prerequi s ite s li ted under a co ur se and the app r ova l s outlined above, other prerequisite s appropriate to the tudy and departmental objective may be a dded

PAGE 38

190 ( Credit Vari able ) Topics Prer e q u i site: p e rmission o f ins tr u c t o r ACADEMIC INFORMATION A n intr oduc t oryl eve l class t o study e l ec t e d t opics e p ec i a ll y a ppr opria t e for l o w er-d i v i s i o n students 390 ( C r e dit Variabl e ) A dvanced Topics Pr e r e qui s ite: p ermis i o n o f ins tru c t o r A n in-d e pth inquiry int o selec t e d pr oble ms. 4 80 (C r e dit Vari a ble ) Work s hop Pr e r equi s ite: approva l o f d e p art m ent An a dvan ce d pr og r a m of s tudy, oft e n o f co n ce ntr a t e d n a tur e d esig n e d prim arily for s tud ents m a j o r i n g in a parti cular d e p artme n t o r discipline Invo l ves ind e p endent a nd/ o r g r oup a ppr aisa l a n d a n a lysi s o f m ajo r pr oble m s w i thin a p articula r area. 4 9 0 (Cr e dit V a riable) Seminar Prer eq u i i t e : permi ss i o n o f in tru c t o r Pr esentatio ns, discu ss ion s r e p orts, and crit iqu es of v ari o u s p r ob l e m s w ithin the discipline in whic h the seminar i s offe r ed. 4 9 8 ( C r e dit Vari able not t o excee d six se mester hour s ) Ind e p ende n t St ud y Pr e r e qui it es : senio r status and p ermiss i o n of the d e p a rtment c h air Inde pen dent investigatio n of proble m s within the s tud e n t's m a j o r di c iplin e Th e co urse mus t be o ffer ed in tha t d e partm e nt/d isc iplin e and b e s uper v i s ed b y a faculty m embe r o f tha t a r ea F i e ld Ex peri e n ce/Interns hip Courses Fie ld ex p erie n ce o r ex p erie ntia l educ a tion cour s e s offer m ajor ins tru c tion a l a c tivitie s co ndu c t e d o ut s id e t h e regula r c i a sroo m w hose ylla b i a r e fo rm ally a ppr oved b y the ins tituti o n a nd m ai nt ained a a n int e g r a l part of a d e partm e n t's c urri c u l um T h e se cour es in c orpor a t e ac tual ex p erie n ce with info rm atio n ass imi l a tio n a nd a dh e r e to policie s et f o rth b y th e C o l o r a d o C o mmi ss i o n o n Hi g her E ducat io n Cert ai n degre e certific a t i on a nd l i c en s ur e progr a m s s u c h a s teac h e r ed u c a t ion or n ur sing r e quire ex p e r i e ntia l e ducatio n cour e as a part o f th e re qu i r e d c o ur e w o rk Oth e r depa rtment s offe r ex p erie nti a l e ducati o n cour ses, f o r c r e dit a ppli c abl e t o g r a du atio n r e quirem e nt s, gen e r ally as a p a n o f the s rud e nt maj o r o r min or. Fi ve t e rm s identi fy fiel d ex p erie nc e cour ses o ff e r e d a t M etro Sta t e: ex t e rn a l l a b o r atory pr a ctic u m intern s hip s tud e nt t e a c hin g a nd ind e pend ent s tudy. External Laboratory A c ontroll e d e n v ironment o r o r g ani ze d activ it y e mp h a s izin g e x p e rim e n tat i on in whic h g u i d e d observa t i o n s a n d parti c ipati o n e nh a n c e t h e integr atio n of theory a nd pr a ct i c e u n d e r th e g u i da n c e a nd s up e r v i s i o n of the f ac ult y m e mber a nd th e coop e r a tin g s up e r v i s o r (i.e child devel o pm e nt ) Th e e x t ern a l l a b o r at o ry i s di stin g u i s h e d from th e o n -campu s l ab o rat o r y, whi c h i s devoted t o ex p e rim e nt a l s tud y in a n y bra n c h o f the n a t u r a l o r a pplie d c i e n ces Practicum A unit o f wo rk tha t inv o l ves appr e ntic eship i n th e prac t ical a pp l icatio n of pr e v i ou s l y studi e d t h e o r y und e r the o b s ervati o n a nd s up e r v i s i o n of a skille d pr ac titi o n e r and fa c ulty m e mb e r (i.e., a pra c ti c um in readin g). Interns hip A work -o riented tr a i nin g p erio d of actua l serv ice in a n a g en cy, in s tituti o n o r t ec hni ca l!bu iness es t a bli hm e nt that p r ov i d e a n i n -depth l earnin g e x perie n ce for th e s tud e nt und e r th e direct s up e r v i s i o n of an on -site s uper v i o r and und e r the c rutin y a nd g uidance o f a fac ult y m e mbe r (i.e., coo pe rative e du catio n ) Student T e a c hin g F ac ult y s up e r v ised learnin g exp erie nce in whi c h th e s tud e nt a ppl ies knowl e dge ga i ned in th e T e a c h e r Ed ucatio n L icen s ur e Prog ra m t o a c l ass r oom s e ttin g ( i .e ., pr ac tic e te ac hin g) Indepe nd ent Study A stud e nt initi a t e d creat iv e o r r es e a rc h p ro j e c t con d u c te d und e r the dir e c t guida n c e a nd s up e r vi s i o n of a fac ulty m e mb e r fro m a n aca d e mi c d e p a rtm e nt or d isciplin e (as a thes i s o r special upperdi v i s i o n project). G u idelin e f o r Fie l d Ex p erie nce/Int e rn hip C o ur es Credit ma y va r y from 1 1 5 h o ur s d e pendin g up o n t h e in s t ru c t io n a l ac t ivity. Stu d e nt s are ex p ec t e d to meet the m inim u m b ase c l o c k h o ur s e ta b l i s h e d b y CCH E p o l i cy wni c h r eq u i r es tw o t o three ti m es th e c lo c k h o ur s e t a bl i s h e d fo r regular c l a ssroo m ins tr u ctio n Approved cooper a ting age nci es provide l earnin g opportun itie s pr e p are writt e n s t a t e m e nt s o f ass i g nm e nt s m o n it o r s tud e n ts pe rform a nc e co nfer with the s up erv i s in g f ac ult y memb e r a nd p r ov i d e a writte n evaluatio n

PAGE 39

36 ACADEMIC INFORMATION Minimum of one hour a week minimally i s pent in se minar and discussion or in confe rence w ith the a djun c t faculty at the fiel d experience local e and/or in confe r e nce with the s up ervis ing faculty m e mb er. The supervi ing faculty member eval u ates the student performance and, in consultation with the adjunct faculty member, assigns the grade for the course according to grading policie s tated in the Catalog. Omnibu s co ur es (299, 397, 498, 499) emphasizing fiel d experiences are s ubj ec t to g uid elines estab l ished fo r regular field-based co ur ses, a well as o mni bus course g uidelin es and must b e approved by the Office of Academic Affairs 299 (C r edit Variabl e) Field Experi e nce/Int erns hip Prerequi s it e : sop h o mor e s t atus and permission of instr u ctor A s up ervised in-service field or laboratory experience in a n area related to the studen t's major, conducted by a n affi liated organization in cooperation with the department/di cip lin e in which the s tud en t is majoring 397 (Credit Variabl e) Practicum Prerequi site : sophomore status and pem1ission of instructor A class that involves apprenticeship in the practical a ppli cation of previously studied theory und er the observance and supervision of a skilled practitioner and faculty member ( i .e practicum in read i ng). 498 (Credit Va ri able, not to exceed s i x semes ter hours) Inde p endent Study Pr erequisites: sen i o r status, permission of the department c h air Ind ependent investigation of problems within the studen t's major di cipline. The course must be offered in that departmenlidi cipline and be supervised by a faculty member in that area. 499 (Credit Variable) Advanced F i e ld Experience/Internship Prerequisite: permission of instructor A n adv a n cedl eve l supervised in-service field or laboratory experie n ce in an area rela t ed to the tudent's major, conducted by an affil i ated organization in cooperation with the depart ment/di sc iplin e in which the tudent i s m ajoring. Cooperative Education course (298, 398-variable credit) are ubject to guideline e tablis h ed for regular field experience courses, as well a Cooperative Education guidelines. No more than 15 seme ter hours of cooperative educatio n c r edit will be a ppli ed toward Metro State degree requ i rement GRADES AND NOTATIO S If a clerica l error occu r s in the reporting of student grades, the faculty may adjust t h e grade to the act u a l grade earned. Grades Alphabetical grade and status symbo l u ed at M etro State are as follows : "A"-Superior ............. ........ ..... ... ......... ..... .4 quality points per seme ter hour attemp t ed B"-Above Average ................. .... ............. 3 quality poin t s per seme ter hour attemp t ed "C"-Average ........... .................................. 2 quality points per seme ter hour attemp t ed 0"-Bel ow Average but Passing ........ ..... quality point per seme ter h o ur attempted "F" -Failur e ... ............................................. O quality points per semes t er ho ur attempted Notation s "NC"-No Credit I Inc omplete "S" -Satisfactory ( l imited to student teaching and HPSILES 489 intern hips) P"-P ass "X"-Gr ade as i gnme n t pending. Studen t mus t see facult y for an ex planat i on or ass i gnme n t of grade Courses taken through interin s tituti onal regis tr ation are normally as igned the X" not ation until grades are r eceived and posted to the academic record. The C" n otation i s not a grade It may indicate withdrawal fro m the course or co urse repetition. The C" notat i o n may al o be u se d in se lf -paced co ur ses to indicate that th e student and /or the facu lty hav e d ecided to extend the st udent's exposure to the co ur se to increase the studen t's profi ciency To earn c redit the s tud ent must re-reg i ster for and pay for the course in a subsequent t erm.

PAGE 40

ACADEMIC INFORMATION Th e not atio n m a y b e ass i g n e d w h e n a s tudent wa unabl e t o t a ke the fina l ex amin atio n and/ o r did n o t co mpl e t e all the o ut -of-c i a s ass i g nment du e t o unu ua l c ir cum tan ces (s uc h a s h os pit a lization). Inco mpl ete wo r k d e n ote d b y the Inco mpl e t e [" n otatio n mus t b e co mpl e t e d w ithin o n e ca lend a r y ear or earli e r a t the di cr e tion of the f a cult y member. I f the inco mpl e t e w ork i s n o t co mpl e t e d within on e ca l endar year, the"! n o t a tion will c h a n ge t o a n "F." R eg i s t e ring in a s ub se quent se m e ter f o r a c o ur se in whic h a n I h a b ee n r eceive d will n o t r e m ove the I. Th e I n o t atio n m ay not b e a w ar ded in a se lf-p ace d co ur se Th e f ollowing minim a l r e quir e m e nt s a r e r e quir ed thr o u g h o ut th e college and ar e a p art o f all s ch ool, d e p a rtment a l o r indi v idu a l f ac ult y p olic i es: Th e "N C n otatio n i s ava il able t o s tud e nt s in all ins t a n ces thr o u g h th e f o urth wee k of cl ass e s f o r fall a nd s p ring terms. Stud e nt r e qu es t s for a n NC n o t atio n in a g i ve n co ur se will n o t b e g r a nted afte r the t e nth we e k o f the fall a nd s prin g se m es t e rs. Th e [ n o t atio n m ay b e u se d durin g thi s p erio d pro vide d the con diti o n s s p ec ified a b ove apply. Pr o p ortio n a l tim e fr a m es ar e a ppli ed f o r m o dul ar co ur ses w ee k end co ur ses, works h o ps, and s um m e r t erms. A w r i tt e n p o l icy sta t e m ent d escribing the u se of the C n o t atio n will b e g i ve n t o eac h tudent for eac h c l as in whic h the s tudent e nr olls. Stud e nt s a r e ex p ec t e d t o att end all sess i o n s of co ur se f o r which t h ey are r eg i s t e r ed. E ac h in tru c t o r d e t e rmin e w h e n a s tud e nt s a b e n c e s h ave r eac h e d a p o int a t whi c h th ey j eo p ardize the s tud e nt's s uc ce sin a co ur se Wh e n a b sences b eco m e exces i ve, the tud ent ma y r ece ive a failin g g r a d e f o r the c our se. A dditi o n a l r eq uir e m e nt s for a n "N C n otatio n m ay be set b y ea ch sc h oo l d e partm e nt and/o r fac ult y m e mber. Q ALITY POINTS Th e numb e r of qu a lit y p o int s awarde d for a co ur e i s d e termin e d b y multipl ying the numb e r o f s emes t e r h o ur s f or t h a t co ur e b y the qualit y p o int val ue of the g r a d e r ece i ve d Th e c umul ative g r a d e p o int ave r ag e i s ca lcul a t e d b y div idin g the t o t a l b y the numb e r o f se me s t e r hour s a tt e mpted T o be elig ibl e for a degree, a ca ndid a t e mus t h ave a m i nimum numb e r of qu a lit y p o int e qual t o twi ce th e numb e r of se m es t e r h o ur s atte mpt ed i n a dd itio n t o m ee tin g o th e r pr esc rib e d r e quirem e n ts Th e n o tatio n s NC [ ," S and P h a v e n o effect o n the g r a d e p o int a v e r age FINAL EXAMINA TIO S It i s the ge n e r a l p olicy of the college t o r e quir e fin a l exami n ations of a ll stu de nt s in all co ur ses in whic h they ar e r eg i s t e r e d for c r e dit with the p ossible exce pti o n o f se minar co ur ses o r s p ec i a l pr o j e cts. PASS-FAlL OPTION Th e p ass-fail o pti o n e n co ur ag e s s tud ents t o br oa d e n the ir e du catio n a l ex p erie n ce b y takin g co ur ses out side th e ir m a j o r and min o r field s Th e p ass not atio n h as n o e ff ec t o n the g r a d e point average ( GPA ); the fail n o t atio n i s e qu iva l ent t o the g r a d e of "F." S t ud e nt w h o h ave co mpl e t e d a t l ea t o n e M e tr o St ate co ur e w i t h a t le as t a 2. 00 cumul ative GPA m a y c h oose t o b e evalua t e d for a c e rtain co ur se o n a p ass-fai l b as i s r ather th a n b y l ette r g r a d e Th e pa ss fail option m ay b e u se d for ge n e r a l e l ec tive c redit o nly Major min o r ge neral s tudi e a nd other co ur ses requir e d for a d eg r e e o r for t eac h e r lic e n s ur e, m ay n o t b e t a k e n o n a pa s f ail b a i Self paced co ur ses m ay n o t b e t a k e n und e r th e p ass-fail o pti o n M ax imum g r a du atio n c redit f o r these ungraded co ur es i s 1 8 se m es t e r h o ur s ea rn e d in n o m o r e tha n s i x co ur s e s, limit e d t o on e co ur se p e r s eme s ter o r m o dul e. Stud e nt s mu s t d eclare int e r es t in th e p assfail o pti o n n o l a t e r than the I a t d ay to a dd c l ass e s ( durin g the fir s t 15 p e r cent of t h e t o t a l timefr a m e of the se m es t e r ) for a p articula r se m es t e r o r m o du le by co nt ac t ing the Offi ce of R eg i s tration and Stud ent R e c ords. Th e ins tru c t o r w ill ass i g n and r e c ord the p ass-fail g r a d e o n a fina l g r a d e list tha t ide n tifies s tud ents e l ec t i n g and eligible for p ass -fail g r a ding. Student s w h o r e qu es t the o p tio n w h o a r e l a t e r decla r e d inelig ibl e w ill r ece ive n otifica t io n fro m the O ffic e of R eg i s tr atio n and Stud e nt R eco rd s durin g the se m es t er. Th ey will b e ass i g n e d a re gula r l ette r g r a d e in the co ur se On ce a pproved th e r e qu es t f o r the p ass-fa il o pti o n i s irr ev o cable. Som e ins titution s d o not a c ce pt c r e dit s for courses in whic h a pa ss n o t atio n i s g i ven Th e refor e, s tudents w h o plan t o tra n f e r o r tak e g r a du ate wo r k s h o uld d e t ermi n e whethe r the i n s tituti o n of their c h o i ce will acce pt the c r e dit b efo r e r eg i s terin g for co ur ses und e r the p assfail o pti o n

PAGE 41

38 ACADEMIC INFORMATION REPE TED COURSES (LAST GRADE STANDS) A tudent may repeat any course taken at Metro Stat e regardle s of the original grade earned. By doing so, only the credit and the grade for the late t attempt at the course will remain on the tudent's Metro State academic record The grade for the prior attempt(s) will be changed to the C notation The courses mus t carry the same title cour e number, and seme ter hours To effect s u ch a change, the stu dent must r eregister and pay tuition for the cou r se in question, co mpl ete the co ur se with a l etter g r ade, and comp l ete the necessary form in the Office of Registration and Student R ecord indicating that the course has been repeated. Otherwise, the grade change will be made admini tratively at the time of degree evaluation or earlier. Credit duplication involving transfer interin titutional or sta te college sys tem cour es may be treated differently from the above procedure. A failing co ur se grade assigned as a re s ult of academic dishonesty is considered a perm a n ent F" and is not subject to this policy A s tudent may not repeat a course after the award of a Metro State degree to make u e of this policy. Warning/Probation/Suspension Policy ACADEM I C SATISFACTORY PROGRES /GOOD STANDING A student is deemed to be making satisfactory progre s toward his or her academic goal if the student maintains a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher Thi s s tudent is deemed to be in academic good stand ing with the institution (hereafter in this section referred to as "good standing.") H owever, other acad emic sta ndard s may a pply to specific programs. A s tud ent mu t satisfy those other academ i c standards in order to b e deemed in academic good standing w ith that program. Please ee information on the pro gram of interest to dete rmin e specific standard for that program. Academic Warning Status A student in good standing whose cumulative GPA falls below 2.00 will be on academi c warning sta tus with the institution ( hereafter in thi section referred to as "warning tatus") during hi or her next semester at Metro State. A srudent will be removed from this warning statu and returned to good stand ing if he or s he achieve a cumulative GPA of at lea s t 2.00 at the end of his or her erne ter on warn ing status. More re trictive standards may apply to certain programs or sc hools Please see information on the program of interest. Academic Probation A student who fails to achieve a cumu l ative GPA of at least 2.00 at the end of his or her se mester on warning s t atus will be put on academic probation with the inst ituti on (hereafte r in this ec tion ref e rr e d to as "ac ademic probation") during his or her n ext se mester at Metro State. A stu d ent will be o n acad emic probation as long as he or she has a cumulative GPA below 2 .00 but is making progress toward good standing as explained below and ha not been on academic prob ation for more than three se mes ter s. Other conditions may apply to given program s or sc hools. Please see information on the program of interest. A st udent i removed from academic probation and i in goo d standing the erne ter afte r he or she achieves a cumulative GPA of at lea t 2 .00. During any semester that a student is on academic probation the student mu t make progress toward good s tanding with the institution by taking all of the following actions: achieving a semester GPA of 2 20 or higher registering and comple tin g a minimum of 3 but no more than 1 2 se me s ter hours (3 to 6 semester hours for summe r e m es t er) taking required activities as negotiated with the director of Academic Except i ons Program. These may inc l ude certain classes, repeated cour e tutoring, or other activities. While on academic probation, a srudent may pre regi ter for the first serne ter following the academic warning status semester, but is prohibited from pre-regi steri ng any other erne ter. For ub equent aca demic probation status emesters, a GPA of at l east 2.20 mu t be verified prior to regi s tration Academic Suspension A rudent o n academic probation not making progres s toward good standing will be prohibited from registering for one calendar year from the date of suspension. Appeal of u spe nsion for this reason will be s ubmitted to the director of Academic Exceptions Pr ogram The director of Academic Exce ption s Program will then deliver th e appeal m ateria l s to the Student Academic R eview Committee, which will review the appeal and notify the student of its deci s ion. A U1dent may appeal a s u s pen s ion on ly two times in his or her academ i c career at Metro State.

PAGE 42

ACADEMIC INFORMATION A stu d ent making progress toward good s t an din g, whose c umul ative GPA remains below a 2.00 after three or more se m este r s on prob at ion will h ave his o r h e r aca d emic progress reviewed eac h e m es t e r b y th e Stud e nt Academic Re v iew Committee The com mittee will determine whether the s tud en t s h o uld be place d o n s u s p e n s i o n In b oth cases, the d ec i s i o n of the Stud e n t Academic R ev iew Committee is fina l. Any s tud e nt ret urnin g to Metr o State after the o n e -cal endar-year s u spe n s i o n must r eap ply a nd will b e re ad mitt ed on academic probation with the institution. For these students, all probation rules o utl i n ed above will apply. A student who i suspen d ed for a econd time will be r e-adm itt ed on l y if he or s h e ha succes fully com plet ed an assoc i a te de g ree program from a community college after s u spensio n from M e tr o State o r can d e m o n strate to the Student A ca d emic R ev iew Committee t h at chances for s uccessful comp l etio n of a n educatio nal program are greatly impro ved. STUDENT GRADE APPEAL PROCE D URE If s tudent s h ave re a on to question t11e va lidity o f a grade r eceived in a co ur e, they must make the ir request for a cha nge b efore the en d of th e third week of the se me ter following the comp l et i o n of the co urse-th e following fall se m ester in th e case of the prin g emester. The Gr a de Appeal Guide l i n es may be obtained from the student r e s pective deans. It is the r es p onsibility of the students to initiate a grade a pp ea l w ithin th e tim e limit and to follow the procedures specified for grade appeals in the Stu d e nt Rig ht s and R es p o n s ibiliti es sectio n of the 1994-1996 Student H andbook The h and b ook may be o btain e d from the Office of Student Services. All deci ions of the Gr ade Appeal Committee will b e r eviewed b y the as ociate v i ce pr e ident for aca d emic affai rs. Adaptive S e lf-Paced Learning Adaptive se lf-p aced learning i s a phr ase u s ed to describe classes in which s tuden t s a re a llow e d to pro ceed a t a p ace that is suited to their personal l earning needs and l earning sty l e Students may proceed rapidly, finishing a course well in advance of the end of a semeste r o r module w ith the adva nt age of b eing a b l e to b egin new s tudi es or to concentrate o n other cou r ses. Stud ents may proceed s l ow l y with out time limit at i o n s that mig ht int erfe r e with the rna ter y of each requir ed s kill Thi s p e r so nali zed sys t em of l e arnin g relies heavi l y o n learnin g aids and media so t h at t ut ors, student proct o rs, and faculty are free t o devote add iti o n a l time to individu a liz e d instruction and ass i tance. S e lf -paced co ur ses are identifi ed in the Class Schedule by SP, or se lf-p aced Inform at i on on the meth od of instructi on and the nature of the program i available in each department S e lf p aced co ur es are opti ona l and a r e open t o a ll tudents w h o qua l ify. Stud e nt s w h o d o not co mpl e te the work of a se lf pa ced co ur se durin g a seme t e r are given the notati o n of NC" an d must re-enroll in and pay for the co ur se in a s ub equent semes t er in orde r t o co ntinu e in that co ur se. A l e tter grade i s awarded during the seme s t e r in whic h the work is co mpl eted sa t isfac t orily. Nontraditional C redit Options in Lieu of Cour s e Requirement s Successful completion of specia l examinations and/or completion of a prior learning portfolio, which m ay be subs tituted for the co mpl etio n of course requirements ma y permit placement in a dv a n ce d courses, or ma y be u ed as th e b as i s for awar din g credit. A s tud ent m ay earn up t o 60 seme s ter h o ur s of credi t t owar d degree r e quir e m ents u sing nontr aditio n a l c r e dit options. This typ e of ap pro ve d credit will be posted to the tudent s record after th e comp l etion of 8 semeste r hours of c l ass r oom ( r esident) credit. Nontraditional c r e dit m ay not be used t oward the I a t 1 2 erne ter hour s of a degree program, d oes not s u b s titut e for r es ide n cy r eq uir eme n t s and cannot be u se d to c h allenge pr e requi s it e co ur ses for courses a lre ady co mpl eted. Students a r e a d v i sed that letter g r a d e are not ass i g n e d for n ontra diti o n a l credit, and some institutio n s m ay not accept tran sfer credits that do not include letter grades. ADVANCED PLACEMENT EXAMINATIO S Stud e nt s who h ave p erfo rmed satisfactorily in s peci a l co lle gel eve l cou r es w hile in hig h sc h oo l an d who h ave pa ssed a ppropri a te adva n ced pla ce ment exa min a t i ons conducted by the College Entrance Examination B oard may h ave official AP sco r es s ubmitt ed d ir ectly to the Offi ce of R egistratio n and Student R ecor d s for co nsid eratio n for college credit. Thi office, in consultatio n with the app r o pri ate d e partment chair, determin es the a mount and n a ture of th e cre dit and/or advance d p l ace m e nt g rant ed.

PAGE 43

40 ACADEMIC I NFORMATION INTERNATIO AL B ACCALAUREATE M e tro reco gnizes the grea t e r pot e nti a l for u ccess o f i nt ernatio nal b acca l au r ea t e tud e nts. Acco rdin g l y, aca demi c departm ents m ay award c r e dit for d e m o n tra t e d pr ofic i e n cy o n a case -b y-case b as i Stud e nt s w h o h a v e int ernatio n a l b accala ur ea t e r es ult a t the hig h e r l ev el m ay h ave a n offic i a l tr a n c ript se nt dir ectly to the O ffice o f R eg i s tr atio n a nd Stud ent R ecords fo r con s id e r atio n for college c r e dit. COLLEGE-LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP) F o r the pa s t 2 0 years, t he Colle g e B oar d h as o ff e r e d CLE P a pro g ram of exa min atio n s d esig n e d t o eva l u a t e non -acc r e dit e d college -le v el l e arnin g t o award c r edit for s uc c e ssful d e m o n s tr atio n of this know l e d ge. CLEP co n s i s t s of t wo series of exa min a t io ns: the ge n eral examinati o n s an d t h e subjec t ex amin atio ns. The ge n e r a l exa min atio n series inc lud es five se p a r a t e exam i n a tion s coveri n g the a r eas of Englis h co m p os itio n hum a n ities n a tur a l sc i e n ces m ath, a nd social scie n ce /hi story. B ase d o n the res ult s of t h ese exa minations, th e college may awa rd up t o a m ax imum of 3 0 se me s t e r h o ur o f c r e dit i n th e fres hm a n gene r a l s tudi es r e quir e m e nt are as. Thu s t h e s u cce sful stud e nt ma y t est ou t of m a n y of the t r aditio nal co ur s e s requir e d duri n g the fr es hm a n yea r. M etro Sta t e doe n o t a ll ow C L E P c r e dit forE G 102, whic h i s the Fre s hm an C o mp os ition : An a l ys is, Resear c h a nd D oc um e ntati o n co ur se. f The s ubj e ct exa min a tion s erie s co n s i s t s of mor e tha n 45 ex amin atio n s t h a t a ppl y t o s p ec ific college c o ur s e s Metro St a t e allow s credit for 15 o f these exa min atio ns. Thirt y se m es t e r hour of c r e dit also m ay b e a warded und e r thi s s erie s, makin g a t o t a l of 60 se m es t e r hour s o f c r e dit o bt ainable und e r a co mbi n atio n o f the t wo e rie s o f exa min a t io n s Cre dit obtain e d und e r CLEP a t an othe r ins tituti o n will b e re-e valu a t e d acco rdin g t o M etro Sta t e CLEP p olic i es. A n y intere s t e d student s hould cont ac t th e coo rdin ato r a t (303) 5 56 -3677 for co mpl e t e i nfonnatio n a b o ut thi s pro g r a m b efore r eg i s t e rin g t o take a n y of these exams. ATTAINMENT EXAMJNATIONS An y s tud e nt m ay take a tt a inm e nt exa min atio n s i n ce n ain d e panm e nt s for the purp ose of waiv in g s p e c i fic g r a duati o n r e quirem e nts. P assing s u c h a n ex amin atio n a lthou g h n o t r e du cing the numb e r of cre d its r e quir e d for g r a du atio n e ntitl e s tud e nt to s ub s titute t h e ir o wn ch oice for the r e quir e d ubje ct. The ex amination i s appro x imat e ly the e qui va l e nt of the fina l exa min a tion i n th e co ur s e DEPARTME TAL COURSE EXAMINATIO S ln s pe c ial c a s e s a d e p a rtm e nt m ay g r a nt s tud e nt s c r e dit t oward g radu atio n for college co u r es in whi c h they r e qu es t and p ass s p ec i a l college exa m i n atio ns. Un d e r thi s pr ov i s i on a m ax imu m of 30 se m es t e r h o ur s o f cre dit m ay b e awa rded b y the college. A fee of 1 0 pe r e m ester h o ur cre d it will b e c h arge d Examin a tion fo r c r e dit mu s t b e b ase d o n wo rk e qui va l ent t o a r egular co ur e offe r e d b y the college (omnibu snumb e r e d co ur es are ex clud e d). The c r edit g r a nt e d will b e for t h e co rr e p o n ding co ur se p ro vid e d the s tud e nt h as n o pr ev i o u s colleg i a t e e nr o llm ent for a s imil a r co urse and the c r e dit i a ppli cable t owar d the s tud e nt's g r a du atio n r e quir e m e n ts Evide n ce of wo rk justifyi n g an examin atio n f o r c r e dit mu t b e pre se nt e d t o the d e p anme nt c h a ir n o l a t e r tha n the third w eek of clas es in a se m es t er. P e rmi s s i o n f o r s u c h exa min a tion mu s t b e sec ur e d in a d va n ce fro m the a ppr o pri a t e d ea n up o n r eco mm e ndation o f the d e pmtm e nt c h a ir o a ppli c ation fo r c r e dit by ex amin atio n w ill b e a ppr ove d for a s tud e nt w h o i s n o t c urr e ntl y e nr olle d in goo d s t a ndin g in a de g r ee s e e kin g c urri c ulum in the college. Cre dit b y exa minati o n w ill n o t b e a ppr ove d for a tud e nt w h o i s within 1 2 c i a r oo m e m es ter h o ur s of comp l e tin g d eg ree re quir e m e nt N o c redit b y exa m i n atio n ca n b e obta in e d for a co ur se i n whic h a tud ent has been offic i a ll y e nr olle d a t Metr o Sta te or a t a n o ther in tituti o n w h ethe r o r not t h e co u rse h as b ee n co mpl ete d a nd a gra d e a w a rd e d Cre di t by e x a minati o n cannot b e obtained for college co u rses atte nded as a lis t e n e r v isit o r o r a udit or. I f a s tudent h as co mpl e t e d a m o r e a dvan ce d co ur se tha n t h e co ur se f o r whic h exa min atio n c r e dit i s de s ir e d p e rmi ss i o n t o tak e the exa m w ill b e g r a nt e d i f a ppr ove d by the a ppr o pri a t e depanm e nt c h a ir and dean If a s tud e nt ha s a lread y co mpl ete d a se qu e nce of co ur ses, n o exa min atio n c r e dit ca n b e g i ve n for c our s e s l ower in number than the hig h es t numb e r e d co ur e tak e n b y the s tud e nt. I f a s tud e nt ha s reg i s t e red for a hig h e r numb e red cour se in a se qu e n ce, the exa m for the l owe r number e d co ur e mu s t be c ompleted w ithin the fir s t three we e k s of the se m es t er. E xce ption s mu s t b e a pp eale d t o the Bo ard of

PAGE 44

ACADEMIC INFORMATION Academic Standards Exceptions followi n g endo r se m ent of the department c h air or dean Examinations ca nnot be taken to rai s e grades, to remove failures, or to remove C "SP, or I notations. Credit by exa min at ion i s n o t a ppli ca ble tow ard academic r eside n ce r e quir e m e nt s Examples of unrel a ted s ubjec t matter: ART 212 ............ Human Anatomy for Anists ART I 03 ............ B asic Ph otogra ph y M e thod s ITS 24 1 ........... .Intr od uction t o Ph o t ogra ph y ITS 10 I ............ Intr oduction to W ood Examination for cred it will be t a k e n a t a tim e specified by the depanment after the spec i a l exa min ation fee has been p aid. No examination for cre dit in a college cour e ma y b e r epea t e d A grade equivalent t o "A" or B must be attai n ed o n the exa min a tion in orde r t o r ece ive cre dit but cre dit so earned for the co ur se w ill be recorded withou t gra d e r eference on the s tud ent's permanent record. Credits in cou r se for which cre dit i s earned by examinat i on a r e not co nsid e r ed in com putin g college gra de p o int ave r age C redit by examinatio n will be p osted after a tude nt ha comple ted 8 se m es ter h ou r s of credit a t Metropolitan S ta te College of Denver and after a n evalua tion of all p o s ible tr a n fer credits has b ee n com plet ed. CREDIT FOR PRIOR L EARNING Students may app l y for credit for co lle gel eve l l earning ga in ed throu g h ex p erie n ce thr o u gh the Cre dit for Prior L earning program. I nformation a nd ass i stance is avai l ab l e through the Offi ce of Adult L earn ing Services. Pri or learning c r edit is avai labl e in most but n o t all, aca d emic dep a rtments. Credits a r e awarded on the b as i s of a careful assess m e nt of the prior l ear nin g portf olio by fac ult y in th e department from whic h c r edit i s sought. Th e prior l earning portfolio i developed with th e a s i s tan ce of the Office of Adult Learning Service s Applicants for credit for prior l earni n g will ge ner ally be required t o take EDU 268-1, P ortfolio De ve l opment W orks h op. Prior l ea rnin g portfolios are su bmitt e d to Adult Learning Services, w hich s ubmit s the portfolio to the appro pri a t e academic d epa rtment. Students are advi e d n ot to enroll in classes for whic h credit for prior learning may b e so ught. A fee of one-ha l f the part-time s tud e nt tuiti o n i s charged for c redit f o r prior learnin g; $40 of the t o tal fee is du e prior t o the asse sme nt of the portfo lio by faculty f o r credit. The remainder of th e fee i s du e if and when c r edit i awarded. P olicie governi n g nontraditiona l cre dit optio n s a ppl y to credi t for prior l ear ning. Contact the office of Adult Learning S erv i ces for ass i sta nc e an d f urth e r inf ormation (303 ) 5568342. Inform ation sessio n about portfolio asse sment and oth e r nontraditional c r ed it option a t M etro State are h eld on a regular basis by the office of Adult Learning Service CREDIT FOR MILITARY TRAINING AND OTHER TRAINI G PROGRAM S Military training and other training programs that have been assessed for college credit by the Ameri can Council on Ed u catio n will be evaluate d b y the Office of R eg i s tr atio n and Student R ecords for tr a n s fer cred it at M etro. For formal military tr a ining, copies of tr a inin g certificates and a copy of the DD 214 s hould be submitted to the Office of R eg i s tr ation and Student R ecords. For other training official ACE transcript s s hould be s ubmitted. Credit limit is 30 se mester h o ur s Honors and Awards Metro annually r ecognizes s tudent s who s h ow o ut standi n g l eadership and se r vice to the college and comm unit y, excellence in sc h o l astic achievement, and outs t an din g per ona l character and inte g rity. R ecogn iti on of s tudent s includes: The Pr esi d en t's Award (o n e sen i or); the Special Service Award f or Academic Affairs (one e nior ) and for Student Services (o n e senio r ); Out s tanding Student Awar d s (seniors from eac h sc h oo l ); Who's Wh o Among Students in A m erica n Universities and College s (se nior s); American A ssociatio n of University Wome n (AAUW) Awar d (senior woman). Other awards inc lud e Special Service Award for Exce pti o n ally Challen ge d Studen ts, Student Government As sem bly Award Charle s W. Fisher Award and the Colorado Engineering Council Award Info rmati o n and applicat ion s for these awar d s are availab l e in Central Cia s r oo m Buildin g, roo m 3 13. Awards a r e pre ented a t the ann u a l banquet the night before g r ad uati on. In addit i o n to ann ual awards s tud ents with outstanding aca d emic achievemen t s are r ecognized by b eing n a m ed on M e tr o h ono r lis t s The Pr es ident's Honor List carries the n a m es of s tud e nt s who at the tim e

PAGE 45

42 ACADEMIC INFORMATION of com put ation have achieved a c u mulative GPA of 3 .85 or hig h er The Vice Pr esident H o n o r List carries the n ames of tudents who a t the time of computatio n h ave achieved a cumulative GPA of betwee n 3.50 and 3.84 inclusively. Computation will occur initially whe n the stude n t ha comp l e t ed between 30 and 60 hour at Metro State, then again between 60 and 90 hour and finally after more t han 90 hours. Gradu atio n h onors are awarded t o students w h o have demonstrated superio r academic abili t y in their baccalaureate degree while a ttendin g M etro Sta t e H o n o r s designations are determined acco rdin g to the following c rit eria: Summa Cum Laude-Top five percent of grad u ates withi n each school with cumulat i ve M e tr o State GP A of no l ess than 3 65 Magna Cum Laude-Next five percent of graduate wit hin each schoo l w ith cumulative Metro State GP A of no l ess than 3 65 Cu m Laude-ext five percent of graduate within each c h oo l with cumu l ative Metro State GPA of no l es than 3.65. To det ermine each honors category GPAs for the previous spring semester graduates are arrayed in rank order. This rank ordering i s then used to det ermine the honor s recipients among the following fall, s pring a nd summer graduates To qualif y for graduation honor s r ecog nition a stu dent mu st hav e completed a minimum of 50 semeste r hours of classroom cre dit at Metro State prior to the term of g raduation. Courses completed during th e term of graduation a nd tran sfe r c redit s are not considered when det e rmining honors H onors des i gnation are added t o the s tud ent s officia l academ i c record ; no ot h er notification will be sent. For additional information regarding grad u ation honors contac t the Office of Academic Affairs a t (303) 556-3907 Diplomas and Commencement Students who have met all r eq u irement s for g r ad u ation are grante d diploma at the end of the se m es t e r for whic h they are degree candidates. A formal commen c ement ce r emony is held at the conclus i o n of each semes t er. Catalog Requirements for Bachelor's Degree Students must u s e a sin g l e Catalog to meet all t h e ir degree requirements inc ludin g t h ose in the ge ner a l stud i es, major and minor. All degree programs must adhere to overriding current policies at M etro State. All tudents shou l d refer to the G enera l Studi es for Bachelor's D egree section in this Catalog for importan t information Students are respon ible for f ull know l edge of the provisions and r egulations p ertaining to their pr o gram con t ained in this Catalog and elsewhere The final re ponsib ilit y for comp l eting the requirement for a degree re t s wit h the st udents, and i t is recommended that they seek advice. Student sho uld n eve r assume that they have approval to dev i ate from a tated requirement without a properly igned state ment to that effect. For degree r equirement purposes, student must se l ect a Metropolitan State College of Denver Ca tal og in effec t while they are e nrolled a t Met r o State, pr ovided that the Catalog contains the i r comple te pro gram of s tudy. Students interrupting enr ollment for any three co n secutive semeste r s or more may e l ec t only the c urr ent Catalog in effect up o n returning to the institut i o n Stud ents tra n sferring from a regionally accredited Co l orado comm unit y college may complete degree r equi r eme nt u sing a Metro State Catalog in effect while enrolle d at the community college subject to the following condition The Ca talog followed does not predate the c u rrent Metro State Car a lo g by more than three years The Ca talog e l ected may h ave been in u e a t any time fro m th e time the stude nt was co ntinu ally enrolled a t a regionally acc r edited Colorado community college to the s eme ter for which the tu de nt is enrolling.* *Continuo u enro llm ent is defined as not interrupting enrollme nt for three or more co n sec ut ive se m es ter s (o n e ca l e n dar year). Continuous enrollment must be maintained from the p er iod of the d esig n ated Catalog to the point of Metro State de gree comp l et i o n

PAGE 46

ACADEMIC INFORMATION Orientation All first-time college students, regardless of age, and all transfer students younger than 20 are required to attend an orientation session. Re-admit students are encouraged to atte nd a n orientation sess ion Information is provided about college requirements, class scheduling, registration procedures, college services and resources, transfer of credit, academic advising, choice of major and career counseling. Inform ation i s a lso ava ilable re ga rdin g spec i al programs offered b y the college and its various d epart ments. Orientation essions are offered to freshme n transfer students, adults, r e-entry women, an d par ents of new fre hmen. For additional informat i on, call (303) 556-4055. Requirements for All Bachelor's Degrees To earn a bachelor of science, a bachelor of arts, or a bachelor of fine arts degree, a student must sat i fy the following minimum requirements, plus any others stipu lated for the degree for which a student is a candidat e. Complete a minimum of 120 semester hours with a cumulative GPA of 2.00 or higher for all M etro politan State College of D e nver coursework. Complete at least 40 semester hours in upper-division courses (300-and 400-level courses). Complete all general studies requirements listed for the degree and major. Complete a 3-hour multicultural course requirement. Complete a 3hour senior experience course requirement. This cour se must be taken at Metro State Complete one subject major consisting of not less than 30 semester hours With certain exceptions (see the D egrees and Programs Available at Metropolitan State College of Denver sect ion of thi Cat alog), complete a minor consisting of at least 18 semester hours. I f a student completes two majors, the second major atisfies the minor requirement. Completing two areas of emphasis under o n e major does not con titute the compl etion of two m ajo r s. Completion of two major does not result in tw o degree or diplomas. Course work used to meet requirements for o n e major or minor may not be u sed to meet requirement for another major or minor. Students may not major and minor in the same dis cipline and are encouraged to obtain verification from an adviser if uncertainty exists. Complete all special requirements of a department and school. Achieve a c umul ative GPA of 2.00 or higher in all Metro Sta t e cour ses that sa tisfy the requi r e m ents for the major, and for all Metro State cour ses that satisfy requirement for a minor. Students s hould check with an adv i er for special GPA program requirements. Complete a Graduation Agreement. Academic residency (class room credit) requirements: Complete a minimum of 30 semester hours of classroom credit at Metropol itan State College of Denver, including the last 12 semester h ours applicab le to the degree Complete at least 8 upper-division (300and 400-level courses) semester hours of the major and 3 upper-di v i sio n hours of the minor a t Metro (c la ssroom c redit). Students should be aware that Univer ity of Colorado at Den ver pooled cour ses and courses taken interinstitutionally or at o n e of the other state colleges will not atisfy academic residence require ments at Metro State. Complete the Senior Experience requirement. Credit limit ations: Not more than 30 e m es ter hours of omnibus-numbered cour ses may be applied toward g radu ation requirements. ot more than 30 erne ter hours taken by extension and/or corresponde nce may be applied toward a bachelor s degree. Not more than 4 semester hour s in human perfom1ance and lei sure acti vity or varsity sports cour es will be cou nt ed toward a bachelor's degree for stude nt s who are not majori n g in hum a n perfor mance, sport and leisure studies. Not more than 7 semester hours in music ensemble courses will be counted toward a bachelor's degree for students who a re not majoring in music.

PAGE 47

44 ACADEMIC INFORMATION Requirements for a Second Degree For an ad diti onal bac h e lor's degree, students must comply wit h the following: The first bachelor's degree must be recognized by Metro S t ate. Ge n e ral studies will be considered comp l e t e unless defic i encies exist according to the m a j o r de p a rtm e nt. Stude nt s mu t com p l ete all requir ements for a new major w ith a minimum of 8 Metro State c l ass room upper-divis i o n se me s t e r h o ur s in the m ajor department. Stude nt s must co mpl ete a min o r if requi r e d b y the major d e partm ent for the contemp l ated degree. Students mus t satisfy the multicultural a n d se nior experie nc e course requirements for the second degree Students mu s t s pend a t l east two additiona l se me sters in residence. o A min imum of 30 seme ter hours of clas room credit at Metro State is required in addition to th e credi t s completed by the student for the earlier degree o Credit l imit atio n s for a bachelor' degree will continue to ex i st for the seco n d degree o A Graduation Agreement must be comp l e t ed as out l ined in thi s Catalog. Individualized Degree Program Even w ith the wide diversity of the major s and minor s presently offered at Metro State, the n eed arises for an aca demi c program that i s indi vidua l in n at ur e, meet the s p ecific needs of the students, a nd is respon s ive t o emerging educational requirement s The individ ualized major/minor i s an organized degree program written by the student in co n s ultation with an indi vidualized degree faculty advising committee Working with fac ult y fro m se lected di ciplines enab l es student to comp l ete a s pecific indi vidua l e du cational objec tiv e th a t cannot be sat i sfied by any ex i s tin g Catalog major and/or minor pro grams. The degree so u g ht may be either a bache lor of arts o r bac h e lor of sc ience. For more informa tion, co nt ac t the Office of Adult Learning Service s at (303) 556-8342.

PAGE 48

GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION GENERAL STUDIES FOR BACHELOR'S DEGREES Stud e nt s mu s t u e a sing le Catalog t o meet all degree r eq uir e m e nt s, inc ludin g th ose in th e gen e r a l s tud i es, m ajor, a nd min or. S o m e c h a n ges in gen e ral s tudies r equire m e nt s h ave been m ade r e t roactiv e A s a co n e quen ce, m a n y ge n e r a l s tudies r equire m e nt s a nd p olic ies d esc rib e d in thi s Ca ta l og m ay b e f ollowed b y s tud e nt s u s in g earlie r cat a l ogs All degr ee pro g r a m s mu s t a dh e r e t o overridin g, c urr e nt p o licies a t M e tr o S ta t e. Cour ses a nd s p ecific pr e r e qui s it e /co r e qui s ites a ppro ve d f o r the c urr e nt pro g r a m a re d esc rib e d in th e C o urse D esc ripti o n ectio n of this Ca talog. S tud e nt s s h o uld con s ult a n a d v i e r in th e Ad v i sing, A s ess m e nt a nd Suppo rt C e nt e r wh e n pla nnin g th e ir progr a ms. PHILO SOPHY OF THE GENERAL STUDIES PROGRA M M e tr o Sta t e seeks to pr e p a r e it s g r a du a t es f o r a lif e tim e of lea rnin g, w hich in o ur c h a n g in g a nd complex soc i e t y, r e quir es f oc u se d ex p e rtise (s u c h as th a t p rov id e d b y a m ajo r a rea of s tud y) a nd th e a bilit y to communica t e with a nd learn fr o m ex p e rt s in o th e r fie lds. At Metro Sta t e, und e r g radu a t e educatio n fos t e r s th e c ritical thinkin g n ecessa r y for th e ex plor a tion o f unfa mili a r di sc iplin e and f o r th e sy nth es i s of learnin g a nd ex p oses s tud e nt s t o th e ric hness and va ri e t y o f the int e lle c tu a l uni verse Thro u g h its G e n e r a l Studi es Progr a m M e tro St a t e e n co ur ages s tud e nt s t o use th e ir m as t e ry of s kill s to explore k nowledge in a v ari e t y of di c iplin es. The G e n e r a l Studi es Progr a m pro vides two lev el s o f ex peri e nce w ith e p a r a t e goal s : Level 1-Skills Level [cour ses pr ovide s tud e nt with th e b as i c sk ill s of re a din g and lis t e nin g c ritically, recogniz in g fa ult y reaso nin g, drawing conclu s i o n s f r o m qu a ntit ativ e d a ta o r g anizin g id eas, a nd com municatin g clearl y Level ll-Breadth of Knowledge L e ve l il courses pr o vid e a bro a d e r scope o f kill s, e n co urage a n o p e n a ttitud e toward diffe r e nt a ppro ac hes t o pr oble m s a nd c ulti va te an inf o rm e d awar e ness o f th e prin c ipl e a c hievements in hi s t o r y, arts a nd l e tt e r s, socia l sc i e n ce a nd scie n ce. DISTRIBUTIO AND CREDIT REQUIREMENTS T o complete th e ir G e n e ral Studi es Progr a m s tudent s mu s t t ake appro ved cour ses th a t fulfill th e f oll owi n g di tributi o n a nd c r e dit r e quirements: Cat egory Se m es t e r Hour Levell* Composi t io n ... ... ...... .... .................. ........ ........... .... ................... .......... ..... .... .... ..... 6 M a th e m atics .......... ........ .... ..... .... .......... .... ......... ... .... .... .... . ........ ... .... ..... .... ... ........ 3 Communi catio n s .... ......... ..... .... ..... .... .... ...... ..... ...... . ...... ... .... ... ... ... ...... ..... ... ......... 3 Level ll** His t orical .......... ......... .................. ...... .... .... ..... ........ .... ...... ..... ...... ...... .............. 3 Art s a nd L ette r s ................................... .... ..................... ... ... ........ ....... ... ... ... ...... .... ..... 6 S oc ial S c i e n ces ...................... ..... ... .... ..... ..... ...... .................. ..... .......................... .............. 6 a r ur a l S c i e n ces................................................................. ..................... ............. ..... ..... 6 Total*** ............................................................... .................. .................................. ...... 33 *A tran sfe r co urse o r co urses of a t l eas t 2 se m es t e r h ours judged t o b e s imil ar in skill d evelop m ent and co n t e nt to a Levell cou r se w ill s ati sfy a n i n d i v idu a l Levell cou rse r e quir e m e nt Equiva l e n cy w ill be det e r mined by the dep artme lll offering the Level l course **One-h o ur d eviations in the Leve l II ca t egor i es m ay be allowed. ***A st ud e nt's comp l eted Gen era l S t ud i es P rogra m m ust colllai n a t leas t 33 semeste r h ours. B ASIC RULES: On l y appro ved co ur ses m ay be used t o s ati s f y th e g eneral s tudie s r e quir e m e nt s A c urr e nt lis tin g of these co ur s e s i s publi s h e d in thi s sectio n in the G e n e r a l Stud i es, Multi c ultur a l and S e ni o r E x p e ri e n ce R eq uirem ents p a mphl e t a nd in the C o ur se De s cripti o n s sectio n of thi s Ca ta l og G e n e r a l s tudies co ur ses n ee d n o t b e c ount e d toward g e n e r a l s tudi es requir e m e nt s. The y may b e taken as e lectives o r t o atisfy r equire m e nt s in th e m a j o r o r degree pr og r a m D e p a rtm e nt s or progr a m s w h o e c urri cula are g uid e d b y acc r e ditin g age n c i es m ay s pecify b y pr efix a nd numbe r so m e gen e r a l s tudi es cour ses in a dditi o n t o co ur es r e quir e d f o r th e m a j o r o r a professi o n a l c r e d e nti al. C o ur ses t ake n u sing th e p ass fail o pti o n cann o t b e count e d f o r gen e r a l s tudies.

PAGE 49

46 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION LEVEL I REQ ffiEME TS: COMPOSITIO MATHEMATICS, AND COMMUNICATION; FREsHMAN A ESSMENT : READING, WRITING, AND MATHEMATIC PLACEME T EXAMS First-time college s tudents are required to complete the reading, writing, and mathematic s placement exams ( ee A es ment Requirement section). Exam re ults serve a the ba sis for academic advising. To increa e their opportunity for succe s, tudents may be required to take courses below the level of first-yea r courses offered by Metropo l itan State Col l ege of Denver. Student s s hou l d be aware, however, that no c r edit i s given for courses that are be l ow the co llege l evel. Placem ent Test Pre r equisites Students must have a passing score on the appropriate placement test before they will be allowed to reg ister for Levell general studies cour es in Eng l ish mathematics, and reading. Exception will be made for tudent who have earned at lea t a grade of "C" in the community college course spec ified by the department. The Advising, Assessment and Support Center administers the placement te sts. Students should consult an adviser in the Advi ing, Assessment and Support Center for guidance in selecting the appropriate Level I courses. Compos ition : R equired Courses Semester Hours ENG 101 Freshman Composition: TheE say .................................................................. 3 ENG 102 Freshman Composition: Re sea rch, Analysis and Documentation .................... 3 Rul es : Compos ition R equire m e n t Stu dent must complete the ENG 101 requ irement with i n their first 30 semester hour s at Metro and t heE G 102 requirement within their fir t 60 emester hour These requirement s may be postponed only if approved in writing by the English Department. Student s mu t demonstrate the adequacy of their writing skill in the placement exam before enrolling in E G 101. Those student who e writing skills are inadequate will be counseled on how to improve those skills. Student s may be required to complete additional coursework. Student will have satisfied the Level I composition requirement if they sa t isfactorily comp l ete ENG 101 and ENG 102, or p a sa CLEP or AP examination approved by the Englis h Departmen t (ENG 101 only), or tran fer equiva l ent courses. Mathematics: ( m inimum 3 semes t e r h ours*) Se m es ter Hours MT H I 08 Mathematical Mode s of Thought .............................. .............. ......................... 3 MT H I II College Algebra ................................................................................................ 4 MTH 1 2 1 Introduction to Statistic s .................................. .......... .................... ................. .4 MTH 131 Finite Mathematic for the Management and Social Science .................. ..... .4 MTH 161 Mathematical Concepts for Teacher in Presecondary Schools .................. ... .4 *A transf er co ur se or co ur ses of at/east 2 semester hours judged to be similar in ski ll developmelll and con lentto a Level l course will satisfy an individual Levell course requireme/11. Equivale n cy i s determined by the department offering the Levell co urse. Rul es: Mathe m a ti cs R equire m e n t S tud ents will take the mathematic placement exam to determine their abilitie to calcu l ate with fraction decima l s, and percents and to know and u se e l ementary geometr i cal formu l as. T h ose whose skills are inadequate are required to complete college arithmetic coursework before enrolling in a Level I mathematic s co urse. Som e co urses h ave additiona l requirement Students mu t complete the Level I mathematics requirement within their fir t 30 se mester hours at Metro State Thi requirement may be po tponed on an individual basis if the postponement is approved in writing by the M a thematic a l and Computer Sciences Department Stude n t will have satisfied the Level I mathematic req uir ement if they p ass a mathema t ics course tha t ha been approved for Level I mathemat i cs credit ( ee courses list ed above), or pas a CLEP or AP exam approved by the Mathematical and Computer Science Department, or s uccessfully complete a mathematic cour e for which a Level I mathematics course is a pre requisite, or tra n fer an equivalen t co ur se.

PAGE 50

GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION Communication: (Minimum 3 semester hours*) Semester Hours FRE I 02 Elementary French II ......... ............. ..... ........ ... ... ............. .... .... ..... .......... ... 5 GER I 02 Elementary Germ a n ll .................. ..... .... .............................................. ... .......... 5 HON 295 The Art of Critic a l Thinking ................................................. .............. .... ..... ... 3 PHI II I Language, Logic a nd Per s ua s ion .. ................ .......... ..... ......... .... ............ ... ....... 3 RDG 151 Cognitive Strategie s for Anal ytical Reading .... ... .... .... ........ .... ........ ............... 3 SPA 1 02 Elementary Spani h ll .... .................... ........ ...... .... ............. ..... .... ...... .............. 5 SPE 101 Fundamental s of Speech Communication ...................................................... 3 SPE 171 Interper so nal Communi cat ion s: Indi v idu a l as a Communicator ..................... 3 A transfer co ur se or cour ses of at l eas t 2 semes t e r hours judged t o be similar in skill development and con t e nt t o a Levell co urse will sa ti sfy an indi v idual Levell co ur se requirement. Equival e n cy will b e d e t e rmin ed b y the d epart m e nt offering the Level l co urse Rules: Communication Requirement Student s mu s t comp let e the required Level I communication course within their first 30 s eme s ter hour s at Metropolitan State College of Denv er. Student s will h ave satisfie d the Level I co mmunicati o n requirement if they p ass an approved Level I commun i cation co ur se ( listed above) or pa s a CLEP or AP te s t a pproved by a dep a rtment offerin g a Level I co mmunication cour e or transfer an equiva l ent co ur e transfer a seco nd se m es ter, fouror fivese me s ter hour foreign l a nguage course or a more advanced language course that i s t a ught in a language not offered at Metro State. pas s or tran fer an advanced foreign language co ur e tha t i taught in the foreign l a nguage and that ha Metro State's FRE 102 GER 102, a nd SPA 102 or eq uivalent cour ework, or more advanced coursework, as a prerequisite pa ss or tran sfe r an advanced public s pe a king co ur s e for which Metro State's SPE 101 or a comparable cour e is a prerequi s ite Student s who have atis fied the communications r e quirement using the a dvan ce d foreign language course or the advanced public s peakin g co urse mu s t place that course in the Level I communicatio n s requirement s lot. Level ll ge ner a l s tudie s co ur ses u se d to sa tisfy the Level I commun i cations require ment s cannot also be counted in the Le ve l 11 category Level II Requirements Cour ses approved to satisfy the Le ve l ll requirement are di tributed among four categories. The cate gories to gether with the minimum number o f se me t e r h o ur s a tudent mu s t acc umulate to atisfy thi s r equire ment are g i ve n below. One-hour deviation s in the ge ner a l stud ie s Level ll ca t egories may be allowed, pro v ided the s tudent h as completed at l eas t 33 s emester hour of genera l s tudie s courses. Level II Categories: Semeste r Hours His torical .............. ... ........ ... ................ ... ................ .............. ......... ...... ................... .... ... 3 Art s a nd Letter ......... ... .... ....... ... ......... ...... ........................... ... ...... ..... ........ .... ... ... .... .... 6 Social Science ................... ............................. ... .... ...................... ............. .... ............. ... 6 Natural Scien ce .... ...... .... ..................... ... ...... .... ... ........ ... ... ... .... .... ...... . ......... ..... ..... 6 Rules: Level II Requirement Prerequi s it es: Level 11 gene ral tudie s co llf es have at lea s t the following prerequisite s or co req uis ite s, and some courses h ave a dditional prerequi sites (see cour e description in thi s Catalog) Hi s torical and Arts and L e tter s: Courses numbered I 00 to 1 99: minimum perform a nce s tand ard scores on readin g and writin g preasse sment p l acement t e t s Courses numbered 200 to 299: satisfaction of the Level I mathematics cour se requirement and either E G 101 or the Levell co mmunication co ur se requirement Courses numbered 300 and a bo ve: satis faction of all L eve l I ge ner a l s tudie s co ur se require ment s

PAGE 51

48 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION atural Science and Social Scienc e: Courses numbered I 00 to 199: minimum performance standard cores on the reading writing and mathematic preassessment placement te st Course numbered 200 to 299: ati faction of the L eve l I mathematics cour e requirement and either E G 101 or the Level I communication course requirements Courses numbered 300 and above: atisfaction of all Level I course req uir ements Stude nt s may n ot u se courses having the same prefix as their major discip lin e to satisfy the L eve l n r eq uirement. Students may not apply more than 8 se mester hour s of c r edit with the sa me course prefix t o the Leve l ll requirements. Students may u e either prefix for a eros -li ted cou r se, i.e. one designated XXX-/YYY-. They must elect the prefix they wish to u e at registrat i on; the se lection may not be changed l ater. History majors must t ake three extra se mester hours at Level U in the social sc iences arts and letters or natural sciences categorie in lieu of the three h ours in the historical category. T HISTORICAL COURSES ( minimum 3 se mester hour s*) Hi tor i ca l co ur ses aim to impart a broad know l edge of history empha izing the m ajor forces, people, and eve nt s tha t have s h aped the mod ern world. The following co ur ses m ay be used to sati sfy t h e general stud i es historica l requirement. Other co ur ses may have been approved for s u c h use after the pub l ication of this Catalog. For more rec en t information contact the Ad v ising Assessmen t and Support Center. *A one-ho ur deviation in the general studies historical requirement may be allowed, provided the student has comple t ed at least 33 semester hours of general studies courses. AAS I 1 3/HIS 1 94 m c AAS 2 1 3/HIS 295mc CHS 101/HIS 1 9lmc FRE 355 HIS 100 HIS 101 HIS 1 02 HIS I l l HIS 1 2 1 HIS 1 22 HIS 1 65/WMS 1 65 HIS 1 91/CHS IOimc HIS J 93/ AS 1 93mc HIS 1 94/AAS 113mc HI S 201 HIS 295/AAS 2 1 3 m c HIS 303 HIS 306 HIS 309mc HIS 3 1 2 HIS 3 1 4 HIS 331 HIS 332 HIS 38 1 HO 385 HON 386 AS 1 93/HIS 193mc WMS 1 65/HIS 1 65 Semester Hours Survey of Africa n His tory ...... ........ ........................................... 3 West African Civi l izations ........... .... ... .... ..... ........... ....... ........ 3 History of Meso America : Pr e-Co lumbian and Co l onial Peri ods .................... ......... ........... 3 French Historica l P erspectives ..................................... ............. 3 Amer i can Civilization .......... ..... ......... .............................. ... ..... 3 Western Civilization to 1715 ..................................................... 3 Western Civilization ince 1715 ............................................... 3 Co l orado H istory I ..................................................................... 3 American His tory t o 1 865 ............ ... ... ....................................... 3 American His tory s ince 1865 ............. ....................................... 3 Women in U.S. History ............................................................. 3 Hi tory of Me o-America: Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods .............. ............ ..... .... ..... 3 History of Indigenou /Hispanic Americ an ................. ............. 3 Survey of African His t ory .................................................... .... 3 Contemporary Worl d History ... .... ................ ...... ...... ......... .... 3 West African Civiliza t ions ...... ....................... ....... ... ............... 3 Anc i e nt Orient and Greece ........................................................ 3 R ome and the Caesar .............................. ........ ........ ................. 3 Native American s in American H istory .................................... 3 Medieval History .... ...... ....... ..... ... ....... ... ......................... ...... 3 R enaissance and R eformation ................................................... 3 England to J 7 1 4 .................................... ........ ................ .......... ... 3 England since 1 7 1 4 .... .............. ................... ... ................... ........ 3 Latin America: R epub lic ............... .... .............................. .... ..... 3 American Culture I ......................... ........ ...... ................... .......... 3 American Culture I1 ................................................................... 3 History of Jndigenou /Hispanic American s .............................. 3 Women in U.S. Hi t ory ............................................................. 3 me-This co urs e will also sa ti sfy the multi cu ltural requiremelll

PAGE 52

GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION A R TS AND L ETTE R S C o R SES ( minimum 6 se m es t e r hours*) Art s a nd l ett e r co ur ses i mpart a br oa d kno w l ed ge of important wo r k s a nd m ajor sc h oo l s of tho u g ht fr o m a t l e a s t t wo ce nturies. The y a l so prov i de a fo und a tion for c ritic a l eva l u a t i o n w ithin t h e dis cipli n e The following co ur ses m ay b e u se d t o sa t i s f y th e ge ner a l s t udies art s and l ette r s r e qu i r e m e nt Other co u r ses m ay h av e b ee n appr ov ed for s u c h u se aft e r the public a t ion o f thi s Ca ralog. For mor e r e c ent i n fo rm atio n co nt ac t the Ad vising A ssess m e nt and Supp o rt C e nt e r A o ne-h o ur deviat i o n in the ge n era l s tudi es a rt s and l ette r s r e quir e m ent may b e a l l o w e d pro vide d t h e stu dent h a comple t e d a t l eas t 33 sem este r h o ur s o f ge n era l s tudi es courses. AAS 324/E G 3 24m c A R T 104 A R T 309m c ART 395 /WMS 3 9 5 EN G 110 E G Ill EN G 1 1 2 ENG 1 3 1 EN G 303 ENG 32 4 / A A S 3 24m c E NG 342 E NG 343 ENG 34 6 FRE 3 1 1 FRE 312 G E R 32 0 HON 275 HON 276 MUS 100 M U S 304 PHllO I PH I 1 03 PHI 300 PHI 3 0 2 PHI 336 P SC 305 RDG 3 0 6 SPA 32 0 SPA 3 2 1 SPA 322 S P E 2 2 1 SPE 277 /WMS 2 77 SPE 3 0 8 SPE 3 7 4 SP E 3 7 6 m c WMS 277 /SP E 277 WMS 35 1 WMS 395/ART 39 5 S e mester Hours A frican Am e ric a n Lit e r a tur e .... ............................ ... .... ..... ...... 3 A rt Appr ec i atio n Surv ey .......... .......... .... ..... ... .... .......... .... ... ..... 3 A rt a nd C ultur a l H e r it age ........ ............. ............ ........... ............. 3 W o m e n's A rt/W o m e n l ss ue s ............. ....... ...... ... .......... .......... 3 Introd u ctio n to L it e rat ur e .... ..... .... .... .... ........... ........ .... ...... ...... 3 Intr o du ctio n t o Fi c t io n ................ ... ........................... ... ........ ..... 3 intr o du ctio n t o D r a m a ...................................... ..... .................. 3 In tr o d u ctio n t o S h ak es p ea r e .. ...... .... ............................ ..... ......... 3 S e m a nti cs ................. .... . ...... ... . ... ... . ... .... .... ...... ... ..... 3 Afri ca n Americ an L it e r a tur e ....... ......... ................ ....... ........ .... 3 En g lish Bib l e as Lit e r a tur e ........................... ......... ... ................. 3 Cia s i ca M ytho l o gy ................ ... ....... .... ......... ....... .................. 3 Childr e n's Literat u r e ................................................................. 3 Survey of Fren c h Lite r atur e I .... ...... .......... ... ........ ..................... 3 Survey of Fr e n c h Lite r a tur e 11. .................... .... ...... ........ .... ...... .. 3 G e rm a n Cu ltu r e a nd Ci v ili za t i o n .. ............ ................ .. ...... ........ 3 L egacy of Art s and L ette r s I ............ .......... ............................... 3 L egacy of Art s a n d L e tt e r s Jl ................................... ................ 3 Int ro du c t i o n t o Mu s i c .. ...... ...... ... ... .............. ......... ................ 3 Mu s i c a nd the Art s ................................. .................. ........ ... ..... 3 Intro du c t i o n t o Phil o so p h y ............ ...... ...... ... ..... ..................... 3 Ethics .................. ................... ..... .... ........... .... ..... .... ..... ..... 3 His t o r y of G r ee k Phi l o so phy ................................... ...... ..... ....... 3 His t ory of M o d ern Phil oso p h y ............... .... ............................... 3 Bu i n es Ethi cs ...... .............. .... ....................... ........ ............... 3 P o litica l T h eo r y ..... ............. .......................... ... ...... ................. 3 C riti ca l R ea din g/T h i n king ......... ......... ...... .. .............................. 3 Culture a nd Ci vili za tio n o f S p ain ............ .... .... ...... .... .... ... ........ 3 Sp anis h -A m erica n Culture a nd C i vili zati o n ............................. 3 F o lkl o r e a n d Cultur e o f the Mexica n S o uthwe s t ...................... 3 I n t rodu c tio n t o Th ea tr e .... .................................... ...... ............. 3 G e nd e r a n d C o mmuni catio n ....................................... .............. 3 Grea t Ame r i c a n Sp e aker s .... ....... .... .......................... ...... ...... .. 3 P syc h o lo gy o f Communi catio n .... ............................................. 3 Cultur a l Infl u e nc es o n C o mmunic atio n .................... ... .... ........ .. 3 G ende r a nd C o m m uni catio n ...... .... ...... ......... ......................... 3 F e mini s t Th eory .............. ........ ........ ..................... ........ ....... ... 3 W o m e n s Art/W o m e n s I s u es .... ............................ ......... ...... ... 3 meThis co u rse w ill a l so sa t isfy the m ulric u/t ura / r equi r e m enr.

PAGE 53

50 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION SOCIAL SCIENCE COURSES ( minimum 6 semester hours*) Social c i e n ce cour e aim to exp l ore the formatio n beha v ior and int eraction of variou ocia l c ultural political, o r economic gro up s and in titutions. Th e following cour es may be u ed to sati fy the general s tudi es soc ial cie nc e requirement. Other co ur ses may have been a ppro ve d for uch u se after the publi ca tion of thi Catalo g. For more r ecent informatio n contact the Adv i s ing, A sessmen t and Support Center. A o n e hour d ev i ation in the general studies soc i al sc i e n ce r e quirement ma y b e allow e d provid e d the stu dent's co mpleted G e n eral Studi es Pr ogra m contain s at l eas t 33 se m es t er h o urs. AAS IOlmc AAS 220/PSC 220 m c AAS 330 /SOC 3 1 4mc AAS 355/SOC 344 ACC 101 ANT 1 3 1 ANT 233 A T 331 A T348 CHS lOOmc C H S 3 1 0/SOC 3 1 3 mc EC O 201 ECO 202 EDU 264mc EDS 320 FRE 356 GEG 100 GEG 130 GEG 202 HES 1 05 HIS 366 HMT 1 85mc HON 380 HON 38 1 HPS 272 HSP 349mc ITS 281 LES 47 3 NAS IOOmc NAS 320/P SC 320mc PSC 101 PSC 102 PSC 220/ AAS 220mc PSC 320/NAS 320mc PSY 101 PSY 2 1 6 PSY 221 PSY 325 PSY 326 soc 101 SOC 1 04mc soc 201 SOC 3 1 3/C HS 3 1 Omc SOC 3 14/ AAS 330 mc SOC 322 /WMS 322 m c SOC 344/AAS 355 WMS 101 WMS 322/S O C 322 mc Semester Hours Introducti on to African America n Studie ... ..... ............ ..... .... 3 P o litics and Black P eople ................................................. .... ... 3 The Black Community .................................... .......... ......... ....... 3 The Blac k Family ............................................. ........... ......... ..... 3 Acco untin g for Non-Bu s ine ss M ajo r s ............................... ........ 3 Intr o du ct i on to Cu ltu r a l Anthropo l ogy ........ .................. ........... 3 Cros sCu l tura l Communicatio n ........ ... ............................. ....... 3 Eth n ography of North American Indi a n s .................................. 3 Cultu ral Di ve r s ity in H ealth a nd lll ne ss .. ............................... ... 3 Introduction to Chicano Studie s ........................................... ..... 3 Th e Chicano Community ........... ...... ............. ..... ....................... 3 Principle s of Eco n omic M ac ro ....... ...... ............ ... ................. 3 Prin c ipl es of Eco n omics-Mi c r o ....................... ..... .................. 3 Urban and Multicu lt ural Educa tion ........................................... 3 Educatio nal P s ycho l ogy Applied to T eac hin g .............. ......... ... 3 Contemporary Socio-Cultural l ss u e s ......................................... 3 World Re giona l G eography .............................. ....... ....... ...... ... 3 Int rod u ction to Human Geography ................ .... ................... .. 3 Geography of Col o r ado .......... .......... ...... .... ............ ............... .. 3 D y nami cs of H ea lth ........... .......... ...... ........... ............. ................ 3 R ece nt U.S., 1945-1 970's ...... ............ ............. ...... ..................... 3 Multicultural/Mu lt inational Cu ltural Adj u tment/Readj u s tment ............... .................. .... ... ...... ......... 3 R evo luti o n s a nd Social Change I ......... .............. ............. .......... 3 R evo luti on and Social Change U ............................................. 3 Fundamental of Coaching ...... .................. ...... ... ....................... 2 Multicultural I s u es in Human Service ....... .............. ............. .4 Technology Society a nd You ............ .......... ............. ............... 3 Soc i o l ogy of Ath leti cs in American Society ............................. 3 Intr od u ction to Native American Studi es .......... .............. .......... 3 alive American P o liti cs ........... ....... .... .............. ... .... ...... ........ 3 Americ a n Nation a l Government .................. .... ........................ 3 Political Sy s tems a nd Ide as ....................... ...... ......... ............. .... 3 Politic s and Bla c k P eople .......................... ... ............................. 3 ative American Politic s ............ .... ................ . ................. .. 3 Int rod u ctory P syc h o l ogy ..... ... ... .... .... ............ ..... .................... 3 P erso n a lit y a nd Adjus tment. .... ......... ........... ................ .......... 3 P syc h o l ogy of Hum a n D eve l o pment... .................... ..... ............ 3 Child P yc h ology .............. ................................................. ....... 3 P syc holo gy of Adole sce n ce ....... ....... ...... ....... ......... . .... ...... 3 Intr oduction to Sociology ....................................... ................. 3 Intr o du ction t o Soc i a l G ero n to l ogy ................ ............ ............ ... 3 Curr e nt Social I ss u es ................................................................. 3 The Chican o Communit y ..... .... .... ..... .......... ...... ...... ... .... ......... 3 The Bl ack Comm u nity ................... ..... .................. ... ..... ... ...... .. 3 R ace, Sex and Ethnic Group s ....................... .............. ... ....... .... 3 Th e Black Fami l y ..................... ........ ........................... .............. 3 Introduction : Wom an in Tran ition .... ............. ....................... ... 3 R ace, Sex a nd Ethn ic Gro up s .................. ...... .......... ................. 3 me-This co ur se w ill also sa tisfy the multic ultural r e quir ement.

PAGE 54

GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION NATURAL SciE CE COURSE S (minimum 6 semester hours*) Natural sc ience c ourse s provide a n opportunity for s tud ents to ex peri e n ce the syste m atic formulation and t es ting of hypothe ses and to learn the import ance of accu r a t e o b se rvatio n and m eas ur e m e nt. Student s will differentiate among fact, peculation, evidence, inference, belief, t h eory, law and gene r a lizati on. The following co ur ses may be u sed t o satisfy the ge n e r a l s tudi es n a tur a l s c i e n ce r e quir e ment. Oth e r courses may h ave be e n approved for s uc h u se after the publi catio n of thi s Catalog For more recent inf o rm atio n co nt ac t the Advi sing, A ssess m ent and Support Center. A o ne-hour d ev iarion in the general st udies natural scie n ce requireme/11 may be allowed provided the stude/11 ha s co mpl e t ed a t l eas t 33 semester h o ur s of ge neral studies co urses. ANT 101 AST 104 AST 3 04 BIO 100 BIO 101 BIO 108 BIO 330 BIO 355 CHE 101 CHE 110 CHE 1 80 & CHE 1 8 5 CHE 1 8 1 & CHE 1 85* CHE 3 1 0 CHE 3 1 2 GEG 110 GEG 1 20 GEG 1 40 GEL 101 GEL 102 GEL 115 HES 204 HES 345 HON 280 HO 281 HPS 330 HPS 334 MET 355 MTR 140 MTR 350 PHY 100 PHY 1 25 PHY 20 1 & PHY 203 PHY 2 0 2 & PHY 204 PHY 23 1 & PHY 232 PHY 233 & PHY 2 34 PHY 362 SCI280 Semester Hours Ph ys i cal Anthropology and Prehi s tor y ...................................... 3 Introducti o n t o Astronomy .................................... ................... 3 M odern Cosmology .... ........................ .......... ... ......................... 3 Hum an Biol ogy f o r o nM a j o r ....................... ........................ 3 Ecology for Non-Majors ......... .... ................................ ..... ......... 3 G e n e r a l Intr o du ctio n to Bio logy .............................................. .4 Advanced Hum an Bio l ogy for Non-Majors .............................. 3 Urban Ecology ................................................................. ........ .4 Chemi s tr y and Society ............................................ ........ .......... 3 Principle s of Ch emistry ...... ..... .................. ....... .................. ..... 5 G e neral Chemistry I ................ .... ............. ............... .......... ...... .. 6 G e n e ral Chemistry I ................................ ...... ........ ................... 6 Or ganic Chemi s t ry I .................... ............................................ .4 Or ga nic Chemi s tr y I L abo rator y ......................... ..... ................. 2 Intr od u c tion to Ph ys i ca l G eog raph y ........................ .... .............. 3 Intr oductio n to Environmenta l Sciences ............. ......... ............ 3 World R eso ur ces ... .... ..... .......... ............................ ..... ............. 3 G e n e r a l Geolo gy ......... ............... ... .......................................... .4 G eo l ogy of Co l orado ....................... .............................. ........... 3 O cea n ogra ph y .................. .......................... ........................ ...... 3 Intr oductio n t o Nutrition ............................... ............... ...... .... 3 D ynamics of Disease .......................................................... .... ... 3 His tor y of S c ience ..................................................... .... ............ 3 D eve l o pment of Ex p erime ntal Science ............ ..................... .... 3 Anatomical Kin es i o l ogy .................. ........................ ......... ......... 3 Physio l ogy of Exerci e .................................... ......................... 3 R ocke t and St a rs-A Spa ce Tre k .................. .... ..................... 3 Intro ducti o n to Mete o r o l ogy ........................... ..... ..................... 3 H aza rdou s W ea ther ............ ...... ................... ....... .... ............... 3 Intro du ctio n t o Ph ysics ................................... ... ..................... .. .4 Ph ysics of T echno l ogy ............................................. ................. 6 C o lle ge Phy s i cs I and L abo ratory ............................................. 5 College Phy sics Il an d Laboratory ...................... .... ... ............... 5 G enera l Phy s i cs I and Laboratory .................. .......................... 5 G e n era Ph ysics Il and Laboratory ................ ........................... 5 Sound a nd Mu s i c .................................................. ..... ................ 3 C o n ce ptu a l Science and Mathemati cs ............... .......... ........ ...... 6 *Co mpletion of both C HE 1 80 and 1 85 with passing g rad es is req u ired to r ece iv e ge neral s t udies cre dit. The sa m e is true of the combi nation C H E 181 and 1 85

PAGE 55

52 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION Additional Graduation Requirements MULTICULTURAL AND SENIOR EXPERIENC E COURS E REQUIREME TS In additio n to comp l eting the general s tudie s requirements, a s tudent must complete a three-hour mul ticultural course and a three-hour se nior experience cour e, or selection of courses, to be awarded a bache l o r's degree from Metropolitan State College of Denver. The rule s pertainin g to tho se require ments and the courses that will satisfy those requirements are described below MULTICULTURAL COURSE REQUIREMENT (minimum 3 semester hour s) Multicu l tural courses are designed to increase s tudent apprec i ation and aware n e s of the American culture and the diverse c ulture s that contrib ut e to it. Multicu l t u ral educatio n a l offering s examine the interactions of value and belief traditions, identitie and cu ltural contributio n s of women, and ra c ial and ethnic groups in the United State : African American Asian Ameri can, Hi s p anic American and ative American. Students may u se the course to sa tisfy ge neral studies major, or minor requirement s if the co u rse i s approved for that use. If the course is used for ge neral stu die the Levelll gene ral s tudies restrictions remain in effect, e.g., no courses with the major prefix may be u sed. AAS 101 AAS I 1 3/HIS 1 94 AAS 213/HIS 295 AAS 220/PSC 220 AAS 324/E G 324 AAS 330/SOC 314 A R T 309 CHS 100 CHS 101/HIS 191 CHS 310/SOC 3 1 3 E D U 264 ENG 324/AAS 324 HIS 191/CHS 101 HIS 1 93/NAS 193 HIS 1 94/AAS 113 HIS 295/AAS 213 HIS 309 HMT 1 85 HSP 349 MGT483 NAS 100 NAS 193/HIS 1 93 NAS 320/PSC 320 PSC 220/AAS 220 PSC 320/NAS 320 soc 104 SOC 313/CHS 3 1 0 SOC 314/AAS 330 SOC 322/WMS 322 SPE 376 WMS 322/SOC 322 XXX 119 Semester Hours Introduction to Afric a n American Studie s ...... ................ ...... ... 3 Survey of Africa n History ..... ....... ....... .... ......... ........ .............. 3 We t African Civilization ......... .................................. ............. 3 Politi cs and Black People ...... ............ ................. .......... ............. 3 African Ameri ca n Literature ...... .......... ............... ...................... 3 The Black Community ............ ............ ..... .......... ... .... .............. 3 Art and Cultur a l Heritage ....................... .................................. 3 Introdu c tion to Chicano Studie s ......................... ...................... 3 His tory of Me o-America : Pre-Columbian and Colonial Periods ........................................ 3 The Chicano Comm unit y ....................... ........ ............ ............... 3 Urban and Multicultural Education ........ ... ................................ 3 African American Liter atu r e ............................................. .... .... 3 Hi tory of Me soAmerica: Pre Columbian and Coloni a l Periods ............... .......... ............... 3 Hi s tory oflndigenou !Hi s pan i c Americ a n .... ...... .................... 3 Survey of African His tory ......................................................... 3 West African Civilizations .................................. ..................... 3 Native Americans in American History .......... .............. ....... ..... 3 Multicultur a l/Mu l tination a l Cult ural Adjustment/Readj u s tment ... ......................................... ....... ..... 3 Multi c ultural is ue s in Human Service s ...... ............................ .4 Workforce Diversity .................... ......... .................................... 3 Introduction to Native American Studie s ........ ......................... 3 His tory of Indigenou s /Hi spanic American .............................. 3 ative American Politic s ....... ...................................... .............. 3 Politic and Black People ...... ............................... ...... .............. 3 Native America n Po l itics ................. ......... ........ .... ......... ........... 3 Introduction to Social Gerontology ........................................... 3 The Chicano Community .......... ................................................ 3 The Black Community ............. .............................. .......... ........ 3 Ra ce, Sex and Ethnic Group .............. ............ ................ ......... 3 Cultural Influence on Communication .................................... 3 Race Sex, and Ethnic Group ................................................... 3 Fir stYear Seminar .......................... .......................................... 3 *Variable co ur se prefixes, e.g., ENG PSC RDG SOC SPE

PAGE 56

GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION SE lOR EXPERIE CE REQ IREMENT ( minimum 3 semester hours) Th e Senior E x perien ce pr ovides a c ulmin atio n of the undergr a duat e experienc e, allowin g s tudent s to syn th es i ze th e i r l earning, u sing c riti ca l a n alys i s and l og i ca l t h i nking. Stud e n ts m ay use the co ur se t o a t i s f y maj o r o r min o r r e quir e m e nt s if the co ur se i s a pp rove d f o r tha t u se. Stud e nt s s hould co n s ult with th e ir a d v i ser a nd c h ec k pr e r e qui s it es Stud e nt s mus t co mplet e a S enio r E x peri e nce a t the end o f the und e r g r a du a t e pro g r a m and mus t t ake th e co ur se o r co ur ses a t M e tr o Stat e. Senior Experi e nc e c our s e s h ave the foll owing minim a l pr e r e qui s it es: satis f actio n o f all L eve l I and Level IT ge n e ral s tudie s co ur se r e quir e m ents and senio r status ln so m e cases st u den t s may n ee d to ta k e t wo co ur se t o satis f y the r equirem e nt. ART 401 ART 475 81045 1 810 454 BIO 4 8 5 CEN 460 CHE 49 5 CJC 465 COM 44 1 COM 4 79 CS142 1 E C O 460 EDS 4 2 9 EDU 4 1 9 ED U 438 EDU 439 E D U 469 E E T 4 1 0 EET411 E G 452 ENG 46 1 ENG 464 ENG 466 FRE 452 FRE 453 GEG 496 GEL 496 G ER411 GER412 HCM 451 HIS 4 82 HMT404 HMT440 HSP 47 9 MET401 MET 4 0 7 MGT 483 m c MGT 495 MTH42 1 MTH 422 MTH 44 1 MTH 44 8 M U S 411 MUS 4 34 Semester Hour s M o d e m Art His t o ry: Th eo r y & Cri t i c i s m ............. .......... ..... 3 S enio r Ex p erie n ce Studio: P ortfolio D eve l o pment and Th es i s Sh o w ......................... .... . .......... . 3 Mic r obia l E co l ogy .......... ... ..... ............. .... ... .... .... ..... ........ 3 Plant Eco l ogy ....................... .... .... ................... ........ ....... ........ .4 E v o luti o n ........ ..................... ... ............................... ........... ........ 3 S e nior S e min a r ...................................................... ........... ........ 3 S e n ior Ex p erie nce in C h emis tr y ................................................ 3 Ethi cs f o r th e Crimin a l Ju s tice Prof ess ion a l ............................. 3 Budge tin g and Pla nnin g f o r Audi o-Vis u a l Produ c tion s ........... 3 S e nior S e min ar in T ec hni ca l C o mmuni calio n s ......................... 3 Soft wa r e D eve l o pm e nt and En ginee rin g ................ .... .............. .4 Hist ory of Eco n omic Th o u g h t... ...................... ...... .................... 3 Stud ent T eac hin g and Seminar : Seconda r y .............. 6 8, 10,12 Stud en t T eac hin g and S e minar : Elem e nt ary ............. 6, 8, 10, 1 2 T eac hin g P ractic u m in Pr eprim ary Ear l y Childh oo d E duc atio n .............................................................. 3 -6 S tud ent T eac hin g and S e min arE arly Childh ood ( Pr e c hao! thr o u g h 3rd g r a d e) .... ........ ........ .............. ...... 6 8, I 0 Pr o f ess i o nal Pr actic u m .............................. .......... .... ..... .... ...... 1-6 S enio r Pr o j ec t 1 ..................................... .... ........ ...................... 1 S e nior P rojec t 11 ..................... ................................................... 2 A d va n ced Creative Writing: Fictio n P oe try, o r Dr a m a ....................................................................... 3 Th eories and T e chniqu es in Lit e r a r y C riti c i s m ......................... 3 T eac h i n g En gli h in S eco ndar y S c h oo l s .............. ........ ............. 3 T eac hin g Lit e r a tur e a nd L a n g uage K -6 .................................... 3 M o d e m Fr e n c h Th ea ter ..... ............ .............. ............ ... ............ 3 Th e F r e n c h N ove l ....... ...................................................... .... .... 3 Glo b a l E nvironm e nt a l Ch a ll e n ges .... ............ ......... ...... ...... ........ 3 E nvir o nm e nt a l Fi eld S t udi es ..................................................... 3 Th e G e rm a n N ove l o f the 1 9 th and Ear l y 20 th C e nturi es ........ 3 Germ a n Drama of the 1 9 th and 2 0th Centuri es .... .................... 3 H ea lth C a re M a n age m e nt Pr a cti c um ......................................... 6 S enior S e min ar ........ .................... ......... ... ......... .................... 3 S e n io r H os pit a lit y R esea r c h E x peri e n c e 1... ........ ...................... 2 S enio r H os pit ality R esearc h E x p erie n ce ri ............................... 2 Pr o f ess i o n a l Intern s hip ................. .......................................... 12 A d va nced M anufac turin g T echno l ogy ..................................... 3 C o m p u te r Aid e d D es i g n ............................................................ 3 W o r kforce Diver s it y ........................................ ....... ..... .............. 3 Str a t egic M a n age m e nt ...... ................................... ....... .............. 3 Pr o b a bilit y Th eo r y .................................................... ................ .4 St oc h as t ic Processes .................................. ... .. ... .... .................. .4 Advan ce d Cal c ulu s I ................................................................ .4 Num erica l An a l ys i 1 ............................ .... .......... .... .......... ......... 4 A n a l ysis o f Mu s i c ..................... .................... ...... .... ................. 2 S econda r y S c h oo l Mu s i c M etho d s a nd .................. .... .... ........... 2

PAGE 57

54 GENERAL STUDIES INFORMATION MUS 439 MUS 451 MUS 474 MUS 479 MUS 495 NUR 485 PHI410 PHY 462 PHY 472 PHY 492 PSC 402 PSY 451 soc 460 SPA 420 SPA 431 SPE 409 SPE 412 SPE 449 WMS 475 Supervised Field Experience ... .................. ......... ..................... Inst rum ental Conducting ..... ..... ........... .... ........ ...... ................ 2 Performance VllJ .................... ...................... ........................... .4 Senior R ecital ................. ....... .... ..... ....... ...... ............... ........... Senior Proje ct .................... ..... ............................ ................. ... 3 Nursing Process: Application .............. ..... ......... ..... ......... ...... 5 Senior Seminar .................. ... ............................... ....... ............ 3 Computational Ph ysics 11 ..................... ...................... ............ 2 Advanced Physics L aboratory 11 ................................... ........... 2 Physics Senior Seminar ......... ........... .... ............... ..................... 1 Special Studies ... ............................... ........... .... .... ............. 3 History and Systems of Psychology ....................... ......... ........ 3 Advanced Research in the Social Sciences ..... ......... ...... ........ 3 Spanish American Essay: 19th & 20th Centuries .................... 3 History of the Spanish Language .......... ........... ....................... 3 Classical Rhetoric ...... ............ ........... ........... ............................ 3 Freedom of Speec h ........ ........... ............................................... 3 Effects of RadioTe l evision on Contemporary Life ......... ....... 3 Senior Seminar .......................................................................... 3 me-This course will also sa/isfy rhe mulriculrural requirem en r

PAGE 58

DEGREES AND PROGRAMS Degrees and Programs Available at Metropolitan State College of Denver M e tr o polit a n St a l e C ollege o f D e n ve r i s o rganize d int o thr ee sc h oo l s. Th ese a r e li ted bel ow w ith t he m a j o r s a nd min o r s o ff e r e d by eac h Th e c urri c ulum r e quire ments f o r eac h of th e pr og ram s ar e d e c ribe d in thi s Ca t a l og i n the spec i a l sectio n s p repared b y eac h sc h ool. Pr ogra m s m arked w ith a n as t eri k (*) do n o t req uir e compl etio n o f a min or. Bachelors Degree SCHOOL OF B S I NESS A cco untin g* ............ C o mput e r Inform atio n S ys t e m s and Man age m ent S cie n ce* .. Major Minor X X .X Eco n omic (Busi nes E mph as i s*) Fin a n ce* ..... X .. X X ... X X X G e n e ral Busi ness ......... Inf ormatio n S ys t e m M a nage m ent* ........ ...... X X M arke tin g* ......... ....... X X R eal Est a t e ............. X ** Th e Eco n omics D epanment o ff e r s a b ac h e l o r o f a n s deg r ee, r athe r tha n a b ac he l o r of sc i e nce d eg r ee. S CHOOL OF PROF 10 AL STUDIES Dh i s ion o f Education B i lin g ual/Bi c u l tural Edu catio n .................. x E ar l y Childh o od Edu catio n . x P arent Edu catio n .......... ... X R ea din g ............... X E xce pt io na liti es . . . . . ... x T ea he r Lice n s ing: Ear l y C hildh ood, Ele m entary, and T we lv e S econdary Fie l ds Divis i o n o f Technology Airfram e and P owe r Plan t M ec hani cs. ......... x A v iati o n Mana ge m ent . . x ..... x A v i atio n Te c hn o l ogy. x C ivil Enginee rin g T echno l ogy. . x .... x Dra ftin g En ginee rin g T echno l ogy. . .. x Elec tr onics E nginee rin g Tec hn o l ogy x ..... x Ind u s tri a l D es i g n . . . x Ind u s tri a l and T ec hni ca l Studies ...... x ..... x M ec h anical E n ginee rin g T echno l ogy. Pri va te Pilo t ............ Pr o f ess i o nal Pil o t .. Su rvey in g and M a p p in g X X X X X ..... X T ec hn ica l C o mmuni ca t io n s . .. x ..... x T ec hn ica l a nd I ndu s tri a l Admini s trati o n ... x Divis i o n of Public ervice Profess ions C rimin a l Ju stice and Crimi n o l ogy .. X X G e r o m o l og i c a l S e r v i ces .. x H ea lth and Safe ty. . . . x H ea lth C a r e M a nage m ent ( upper di v i s i o n ) .. x ..... x H olistic H e alth and W e lln ess ( multi-minor ) x H os pit al it y M ee tin g an d Trave l A d mini s tr a t io n*. x H o t e l Admini s trat io n .... Hum a n P erfo rman ce and Sp o n Hum a n S e rvices .. Le i s ur e Studi es ........... M ee tin g Admin i strati o n ur sing ( upper-di v i sio n f o r RNs) R esta ur ant Admin is tr a t io n Travel Admini s trati o n .... ... .. X X .. X .. X ..... X X .... X ...... X X X X Bach elor' s Degree Major Minor SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ART AND SerE CES Div i s i o n o f Humanities Art ** .......... X ... X Englis h ............................ x ..... x Fre n c h ............................... G erma n .......... lndu tri a l D es i g n .... J o urn a li s m X X X X X Lan g uag e and Lin guistics. . . . x M ode m F o r e i g n Lan g u ag es. . x Mu s ic......... x Mu s i c Edu catio n ................... x Mu s i c P erfom1ance* .......... x Phil osophy . . ..... x ..... x P rac t ica l Writin g . ... x Publi c R e l atio n s ............................. x Spani s h ............................. x ..... x Spe ec h C o mmuni catio n s x ..... x **A n o ff ers a b ac he l o r o f fine a n s d eg r ee. Divis ion of Scie n ce and Mathematics Bio l og y............ ........ X ... X C hemi s try . ... X X Comput e r S cie nce ...... .............. x ..... x C rimin a li stics .............................. x G eo graph y . . . . . . . . x Geol ogy .... ... . .. x L and U se. x M a th e ma t i cs x x M eteoro l ogy x ..... x Ph ysics .......... ....... x ... x Th eo r e t i c a l Physics . x Division of Socia l Scie n ces African American Studi es Anthr o po l o g y ... B e h av i o r a l S c i e n ce .. X X .... X .... X .. X Chica n o Studi es .......... X ... X His t ory . . x ..... x ln te rdi c iplin ary Lega l S t udi es . ... x P o litical S c i e n ce . . . ..... x . x P sy ch o lo g y . . . . . x ..... x Publi c Adm inis tr atio n .... .X S ocia l W ork* ....... .. X S oc i o l og y . .. X .... X U r ban Studies ............. X X **U rb a n Studi es o ff ers a b ac he l o r of arts d egree and a bac h e l o r o f s ci e n ce d eg r ee. Lnstitute for Women's Studies and Se r v i ces W o m e n s Stud ies .. ...... X

PAGE 59

56 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

PAGE 60

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Th e phil osophy of t h e S c h oo l of Busin e s s i s t o d evot e it s r e o ur ces t o hig h qu a l it y und e r g r a duat e pro g r a ms. Th e c urri c ulum pr ovides the s tud e nt w ith a b ac k g round of ge n e r a l e du catio n fam ilia rit y w ith b as i c prin c i p l e s of bu siness, and s p ec i alize d know l e d ge in a e l ec t e d field of bu iness Und e r g r a du a t e p r og r ams w ithin the S c hool of Bu siness are d es i g n e d to: Offe r the s tud e nt the o pp o rtunit y t o r ece i ve th e b acca l a ur ea t e de g r ee. Thi s degr ee progr a m co n s i s t s o f a b roa d f o und atio n in ge n e r a l e duc atio n a tho r o u g h gro undin g i n b as i c bu s in e s co ur se a nd s pe cific co mp e t e n ce in o n e o r m o r e s i gnificant functio n a l a r eas o f bu sines Offe r a dive r se und e r g r a du a t e pr og r a m to m ee t the inte r ests of those r es i dents of the m e tr o p o lit a n a r ea a nd othe r s w h o d es ir e t o s tud y bu siness orie nt e d s ubj ec t s with out und e rt aki n g a de g r e e pro g r a m a nd t o m ee t the n ee d s of th e D e n ve r bu siness a nd pr o f ess i o n a l c omm unit y f o r c ontinuing e du catio n p rogr a m s Str e n gthe n eac h s tud e nt s p owe r of imaginative a n d inn ovative th i nking, se lf-r eliance, c r eative i nd e p ende nt a n a l ys i s a nd se n s iti v it y t o soc i a l a nd e thi ca l values in s till in s tud en t s a d es ir e for l earni n g t h a t will co ntinu e aft e r they h ave g r ad u a t e d a nd t a k e n their places in the co mmunit y Con vey t o eac h s tud e nt the sp irit o f pio n ee rin g, risk a nd p rogress tha t i s esse nti a l t o the co ntinued d eve l o pm ent of t h e U S eco n omic sys t e m Programs The sc h oo l a w ards a b ac h e l o r o f sc i e n ce d eg r ee in acco unt i n g, co mput e r i nfo rm atio n sys t e m s and m a n age m e nt sc i e n ce, fin a n ce, m a n age m ent and m a rk e tin g and a b ac h e l o r o f a rt d eg r ee in eco n o mi c Th e n ex t s e ctio n inc lud es d esc ripti o n s a nd r e quir e m e nt f o r eac h of the b ac h e l o r of sc i e n ce degr e e s fol lowed b y the d esc rip t i o n and r e qu i r e m e nt s for the b ac h e l o r o f a rt s d eg r ees in e c o n o mics. D esc ripti o n s a nd requir e m e nt s for m in o r s in acco untin g eco n o m ics fin a n ce, r ea esta t e, inf o rm atio n ys t e ms, m a n a ge m e nt a nd m arke tin g, as well as a ge n e r a l busin ess min o r follo w the sectio n a ddr e s in g the b ac he l o r o f art s d eg r ee in eco nomi cs. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Accounting Computer Information Systems and Management Science Finance Management Marketing Th e S c hool of Bu s in ess o ff e r s b ac h e l o r o f sc i e n ce progr a m s in acco untin g co mput e r in fo rm atio n sys t e m s and m a n age m ent c i e n ce, fina n ce m a n age m e nt an d m a rketing. Th e acco untin g m a j o r pr e pare s s tudents for a ca r ee r in publi c, indu s tri a l t ax sys t e m s, a nd g overnm e nt a l ac c o unting. The co mputer info rm atio n ystem a nd m a n age m e n t c i e n ce m ajo r pr e p a r es tud e nt s fo r car ee r s in th e ra pidl y ex p a nd in g field s of bu ine s s d a t a p roces s i n g sys t e m s d es i g n a nd m a n age m e nt sc i e n ce Th e fin a n ce maj o r i s d esig n e d t o pr e p are st ud e nt s for a caree r in co rp o r a t e fin a n c i a l a n a l ys i ins ur a n ce, p e r so n a finan cia l m a n age m e nt int ernatio n a l fina n c i a l m a n ag em e nt acco untin g, r ea l e t a t e, inve s tm e nts, a nd fin a n c i a l in stit uti o ns. Th e m ajo r in m a n age m ent pro vides areas of e mpha s i s in p e r so nn e l and hum a n r es o u rce m a n age m e nt p rod u ctio n and m a n ageria l e ntr e pr e n eu r s hip Th e m a r ke t i n g m a j o r pr e p a r es s tud e nt s for en try pos iti o n s i n th e dy n amic a r eas of dis tri bution/retai lin g, p ro m o t io n/ adve rti s in g sa l es marke tin g r esearc h m arke tin g f o r n o npr ofit o rganizatio n s and m arke tin g m a n age m e nt. A s tud e n t d es irin g a m ajo r in the S c h oo l o f Bu siness m ay d ec l are a pr ebu siness m a j o r a t a n y tim e by contac tin g a n aca d emic a dvi se r d e p a rtm e nt c h air o r f ac ult y m e mb er.

PAGE 61

58 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS A dmission s Requirement s for Bachelor of Scienc e Accepta nce int o the S c h oo l of Busin e i co ntin gent upon the co mpl etion of all Level I and Level Il general st udi es cour es plus all required 200l eve l cour e in the School of Business and nece s ary p re r e qui s ites. The s tudent must have 60 credit hour Admi ss ion int o the School of Bu siness will be gra nt ed to those s tud ents who h ave achieved an ove r all GPA of2. 25; this ave r age mus t be maintained while a student i s e nr olled in a major area of tudy within the Schoo l of Bu sine s If a student's overall GPA falls below a 2.25, the student will be placed on aca demic prob atio n and h ave o ne se m es ter to r aise the overall GPA t o 2 25. The student's major will be changed to "undeclared if the GPA is not raised t o 2 25 or better. Upon co mpl etion of these r eq uir ement a tudent m ay apply for admis ion into the School of Business. ew and tran sfer tudents who intend to major in bu s iness are encouraged to see an adviser in the appro priate department b efo r e r egisteri n g for c l asses Students s h ould comp l ete and r eceive department approval for a g r aduation agreement within the first emeste r after admi ion to the School of Busines or after declaring a major. The Schoo l of Busin ess r equ ir es specific co ur ses out ide the sc h ool. Since mo s t of the s e cour es are lower-division and a l so satisfy genera l s tudies requirements s tud ent de s iring a bachelor of cience degree from the School of Busin ess h ould co mp l e t e the following co ur s es as p art of their first 60 credit h ours requ i red for a dmi ss ion t o the c ho ol. R equired Courses that also sati s f y general s tudies r equireme n ts General Studie s L eve l I Compositio n e m ester Hours ENG 101 Fr es hm a n C o mpo sitio n : Th e Essay . . .... .......... ....... .... 3 ENG 1 02 Fre s hman Co m p os ition : Ana l ys i s, R es earch and D ocume ntal ion ....... ...... .. ........... 3 Mathem a ti cs MTH 1 3 1 Finite M a themati c s for the Man age m ent and S oc i a l Sc i e n ces .... .... MTH 1 32 C a lculu s f o r the Manage m e nt a nd S oc ial Sci e n ces .... . ..... .... . . .... . 4 .. 3 Commu nica ti o n s SPE I 0 I Fund a m e ntal s of Spee c h C o mmuni ca lion ....... ... ............... ....... ......... 3 General Studies Leve l II Historical Studi es HIS ( Am eric an his t ory cou rse recomm ende d ). Arts and L etters PHI 336 ocia l Scie n ces ECO 20 1 ECO 202 p y 101 -o r SOC 101 PSC 101 -o r PSC 102 ( Ch ec k ge ne ral s tudie s g uid e f o r Le ve l fl Ans & Letters e l ec tive). Bus in ess Ethi cs Prin c iple s of Economic sMacro Principl e of E c onom i c s -Micr o ..... Introdu c t ory P syc holo gy Introdu ctio n 1 0 Soci o l ogy Am e r ica n atio na l Go vemme m P o lili cal S ys t e m s and I d ea ..... Natural Scie n ces ( Ch ec k ge ner a l s tudie s g uid e f o r Le vel II na tural sc i e n ces ele c tive ) .. ( Ch ec k g en e r a l s ludie s g uid e for Le ve l U na tur a l scie n ce s e lective ) .. Subt o t a l o f required and e l ec tive g eneral s tudi e c r e dit h o ur s ............ Required Lower-Di v i ion Bu s ines s Courses ................. 3 .. .3 3 .. .3 ... 3 ................ 3 .. ...... 3 .. ...... 3 3 ..4 3 ACC 2 0 I Principle s of A c cou ntin g I ........ ...... . .......... ........ ........ ..... 3 ACC 202 Principle s of A c cou ntin g II . ...... .............. ..... ........... ..... .... 3 CMS 20 I Prin c iple s of Informati o n y s tem s ................ .......... ....... .... .... . 3 MGT 22 1 Le ga l Env ironm ent of Business ................... .... ............ ..... . . 3 Subt o tal of required lo w er -div i s i o n bu s in ess cou rses . . . . . . ........... 12 Additi o nal non-bu s in ess e lecti ves (lowero r upper-di v i s i o n). . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Tow/ c r e dit hours n ee d e d f o r admission t o the S c h oo l of Busin ess . . . . . ................ ... 60 The 60 hours l i s t ed abov e will qualify the s tudent for adm i ssion into the Schoo l of Business

PAGE 62

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS In orde r t o b e aw ard e d a d eg r ee the s tud e nt mu s t co n fo rm t o the c o llege's gen e r a l s p ecificatio n s f o r the b ac h e lor's d egr ee lis t e d und e r R e quir e m ents f o r all De g r ees. The School of Busin ess r e quir es a t o tal o f 4 3 ge n e r a l s tudi es h o urs, w hil e the college requir es a minimum of 33. A s umm a r y of the S c h o o l o f Bu s in ess co ur se p rog r a m whic h m ee t s a ll college r eq uir e m e nts, f ollows: General Studies ( Lev ell, Leve l II, and bu s ine ss prerequi s ites). .. 43 B usi n e ss Core ................................... ....... .... ... ....... ... ...... ......... 33 M ajor i n Sc hool of B u siness .... 24 E l ectives W i thi n the Sc h ool of B u s ine ss (uppe r -div i s i on) .... ....... .. ......... . 9 O ther Non-b u s ine ss Electives II T o tal H ours (minimum) ............... . .... .......... .... 120 General Studies and Multicultural Requirements Stud ents see kin g a b ac h e l o r's d eg r ee in acco unting, co mput e r inf ormat i o n sys t e m s a nd m a n age m e nt sc i ence, eco n o m ics ( bu i n ess e m p h a i s), finance m anage m e nt, o r m arke t i n g m u s t co m p l ete t h e ge neral st ud i es an d multi c ultural r eq uir e m e nt s for M etro p o lit an S tate College of D enver. Th e multi c ultu ral r e quire m ent m ay b e u se d t o fulfill a ge n e r a l s tudi es e l ective re quir e m e nt o r a business e l ective, i f a ppr o pri a t e Business Core In a dditi o n to the ge n e ral s tudi es r e qu i r e m e nt s, stu de nt s ma j o rin g in a n y a r ea of bu siness a dmini s tr a tio n mu s t co mpl e t e the following b u i n ess co ur ses: R equired Courses ACC 20 t P rinciple of Acco u nting I ...... . .............. ............... ......... ............. 3 ACC 202* Princip l es of Acco u nting II 3 MK T 304 M anagerial Communi c ati o ns. . . . . . . . . .... .... ....... .... 3 CMS 20 I P r in c iples of Informatio n Systems. 3 CM S 330 P rincip l es of Quan t i tative Management Sys tems 3 CMS 332 Q u antitative D ecisio n Making. 3 FIN 330 Manag e rial Fin ance . . . 3 MGT 221* Legal Enviro n me n t of Busines s I. .......... ... ... ... .... .... .................... ...... 3 M G T 300 Organ i zationa l M a n age m ent . . . ... 3 MGT 495 ** Strategic Management. .................... ... ... ..... .... .............. .... ..... 3 MKT 300 Principle s of Marketing . . . . . . 3 T o tal h o urs r eq uir e d in business core .. .................... ....... .... 33 S tuden t i s expected t o co mp l e t e these courses prior to admissi o n into the Sc h ool of Business. Sen ior Exper i ence caps t o n e co ur se t a k e n d urin g t h e fin a l semes t e r of the senio r year. Accounting Department C o u rses i n the Acco unt i n g D e p a rt me n t pr e p a r e s tud e nt s fo r a caree r i n pu blic, indu s tri a l t ax, sys t e m s, o r gove rnm e n ta l acco unting. In a dditio n a wide var i e t y of int erns hip s are availabl e thr o u g h M e tr o p o l it a n St a te's Coop e r ative Edu catio n O ffice A cco untin g s tud e nt s h ave thre e h o ur s of acco untin g e l ectives ( t o b e se l ec t e d f ro m A C C 3 1 0, 32 0 34 1 409, 410, 430, an d 452) a nd 9 h o u rs o f upp e r -div i s i o n bu siness e l ectives ava ilabl e A c areful se l e cti o n of th ese e l ectives s h o uld b e m a d e i n accorda n ce w ith caree r objectives S tud e nt s are e n co ur age d t o co n s ult w ith acco untin g fac ult y o n the se l ectio n o f e l ectives. Stud ents int e r es t ed in p ur s uin g a car ee r as a C P A should b e awar e of A I C P A s 1 50-ho ur r eq uir e m e n t sc h e dul e d t o t a k e effec t in the year 2000. M e tr o Sta t e offe r s pro g r a mm i n g s u ffic i e n t t o m ee t a ll as p ec t s of the AI CPA's re quir e m ent. Please t a l k t o a n acco untin g fac ult y a d v i se r t o d eve lop a n a ppropri a t e a ca d emic pro g r a m ACCOU TING MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF SCIE C E R e quired Course s ACC 309 I nc o m e Tax I. .......................... ACC 330 I ntr oduc t io n t o Accoun ting Sy s tem s ACC 3 4 0 Cos t A cco u ntin g ..................... ACC 351 I ntermediate Accountin g I . ACC 352 l ntem1edia t e Accoun t ing II ........ ..... ACC 420 A u diting .................. ACC 45 1 Advanced Acc ount i n g I Subtowl. .. S emest e r Hour s .. 3 ..3 .... 3 ..3 ..3 . . . . . . . '3 ... 2 1

PAGE 63

60 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Plus 3 hours from the following courses: ACC 3 1 0 Income Tax U..... . ......................... ....... 3 ACC 320 Governmental Accounting ............................................... ...... 3 ACC 34 1 Cost Accounting IT ................................................... .... . ... 3 ACC 409 Tax Procedure & Re earch ........................................ .............. 3 ACC 410 Tax Planning ................................................................... 3 ACC 430 Advanced Auditing ............. ........................... ..... .............. 3 ACC 452 Advanced Accounting IT . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Total hours r equired for ac c ounting mnjor ..... ... ...... ......................... ... 24 Computer Information Systems and Management Science Depart ment This major offers a variety of courses in the rapid l y expanding area of information systems in the busi ness world. Students can l ook forward to cha llen ging careers in computer information systems or using their comp u ter informatio n systems education within any other area of bus iness Students majoring in Computer Information Systems and Management Science are encouraged to elect courses that best meet their needs in specific areas, such as systems development, programmer a n a l yst, office systems, data commu nication s, l ocal-and wide-area networks management of information systems, or management science. Advi sing for these areas is available from the department and individual faculty members All Comp u ter Information Systems and Management Science majors mus t adhere to the following : (I) Completion of CMS 211, 305, and 306 (2) Completion of a 400-level CMS course (3) A maximum of 9 hours of computer language courses (4) Comp l etion of 12 hour s of adviser-approved cour es in addition to (I) and (2) above COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND MANAGEMENT Scm CE MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF Scm CE Required Co u rses Se mester Hours CMS 211 Busin ess Problem Solving: A StruciUred Pro gramming Approach ............................. 3 CMS 305 Fundamenta ls of Systems Analysis and Desig n . . . . . . . . . . 3 CMS 306 File Design and Datab ase Management . . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal. .... .9 Electives A 400 level CMS course . . . . . . . . . . . . .................. 3 Approved CMS electives ........................................................ .......... ..... 12 Total hours requir ed f o r CMS major .... ................. ....................................... 24 Finance Department The finance maj o r is designed to prepare students for careers that co n centra t e on the process of manag ing the fund s of individuals, busines ses, and governments. Career opportu nitie s are available in the fields of manageri a l finance and the financial services indu stry. The field of managerial finance is con cerned with managing the financial affairs of businesse and governments and includes uch activities a budgeting financial forecasting, cash management, credit administration, investment analysi and funds management. Career paths in the financ ial services industry include positions in banks, savings and loans, other financial institution s, brokerage firms insurance companies, and the real estate field. The most dram atic increase in career opportunities i s in personal financial planning where profession als are needed to provide advice to consumers o n the management of their personal financial affairs. The Finance Department has been approved to offer the academic courses requi red for those who will take the national exams leading to the Certified Financial Planner profe ss ional de ignation All finance majors must take FIN 301, 360, 385, and 495. To complete the major a minimum of 12 additional semester hour of upper-divi s ion finance or closely re l ated courses are required with at least 6 hours at the 400-level selected in consultatio n with and approved by the st udent's Finance Depart ment grad u a tion agreeme nt advise r o r by the chair of the Finance D epartment. At least a C" grade is required for cour es in the major.

PAGE 64

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 6 FINA CE MAJOR FOR BACH ELO R OF SCIE CE Required Co u rses Semester Hours FIN 30 I Financial Markets and Instit utions ....... ..... ......... .... .... ........................ 3 FIN 360 ln vestments . . . . . . . .. 3 FIN 385 Int ermedia t e Finance ...... ......................................................... 3 FIN 495 Financial Strategies and Policies . . . 3 Subtotal ..... ............................................ 12 Approved e l ectives I 2 hours of upper division finance electives selected in co nsultation and approved by the Finance Department ......... I 2 Total hours for finan ce major ..... 24 Management Department The management major is designed to prepare students to start and manage businesses a nd other o r ga nizations in the context of a diver se, technologically dynamic, global environment. The program con sists of required cour es that build a broad conceptua l foundation in identifying and so lving manager ial problems Student have the flexibility to develop special skills in human resource management operations management, or entrepreneur hip. MANAGEME T MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF SCIE CE Required Courses Semester Hours MGT 302 Fundamental s of Entrepreneurship ............... ................ ..... ................. 3 MGT 322 Le gal Environment of Bus iness [( . . . ............................... 3 MGT 353 Human R eso urce s Management. ...................................................... 3 MGT 355 Manufacturing and Service Management. . . . .. 3 MGT 453 Organizational Beh avior . . .................. . ................. 3 MGT 482 Internati ona l Busin ess . . . . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal .... 18 Two a dditional course electives from the foUowing: MGT 321 Commercial and Corporate Law . .. 3 MGT 400 Management D ecision Analysis ................................... ............ .... 3 MGT 402 Entrepreneurial Creativity . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 MGT 405 Purch a ing and M aterials Management ............. ..................................... 3 MGT 44 2 Entrepreneurial Bu s ine ss Plannin g . . . . ...... 3 MGT 455 Pr ojec t Management . . . . ...................................... 3 MGT 46 I L abo r/Empl oyee Relations ............................................................ 3 MGT 462 Appraisal and Compen s ation. ............................... 3 MGT 464 Employee Training and Development ............. ............................ .......... 3 MGT 465 Managing Produ ctivity . . . .... 3 MGT 483 Workfor ce Diversity . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3 Total elective hours . . . . . . . . . . 6 T otal hour s r equired for managem e nt major ...................................................... ..... 24 Marketing Department The Marketing Department prepare students for entry-level position in such dynamic areas as sal es management, distribution advertising, marketing research, retailing, and marketing management. In add ition to the department's well-rounded se l ection of courses, the c urri cu lum a l so offers stude nt s a combination of conceptual and applied learning experiences Through the development of marketing plan s, advertising ca mpaigns, and marketing research studies, s tudents have the opportunity to work with Denver-area bu inesses on current marketing i ss ues and problems. Students are a! o expo ed to a variety of marketing s peaker s from the busine ss community. Part-time positions are available for mar keting students through the Cooperative Education Office Many students in the department are already involved in so me aspect of marketing and to accommo date their busy sc hedule the department hold s a variety of day and evening classes, as well as classe s at neighborhood location s through the Extended Campus Credit Program Faculty members in the marketing department have an excellent combination of academic background and practical experience. All members s tay current in their fields through activities both on and off camp us.

PAGE 65

62 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS MARKETING MAJOR FO R B ACHELOR OF SCIENCE R eq uired Courses Se me ster Hours MKT 30 I Mark e tin g Research ........... ...... 3 MKT 331 Con s umer B e ha v ior ............ ............... ......... ........ ................. 3 MKT 456 Marketing M a nagem e nt. . . . . . . . . ................. 3 15 hour s of mark e ting e l ec ti ves* . ......... ..... .... ............... ...................... 15 T o tal hours r e quir e d for mark e ting major ...... ............... 24 Busine ss communication s courses can be u se d as bu siness e lectives, but not a s marketing elec tive s BACHELOR OF ARTS Economics Department Economics is the sc ientific study of the allocatio n of scarce or limit ed resou r ces. The study of econom ics provides a general knowledge of the operation of econo mic systems and institutions T h is training l i s extreme l y valuable regardle ss of the student's s pecific career objective. The bachelor of arts degree program prepare s the s tudent with a fun damental knowledge of dome stic and foreign economies and the qua nti tative tools n ecessary for independent a n a l ytical research and thought. Special i zed courses develo p the st udent's ability to u s e the tools of economic theo r y and analysis. Such trai nin g is essential for graduates who wish to qualify for positio n s as prof essional economists. Emp l oyment opport unit ies are available in national and international b u siness federal s t ate, and local government and various nonprofit organizations. Economics majors may choose from two tracks of s tudies: the standar d eco n omics major, whic h requires a minor or the business e mpha s is, which doe s not require a minor. ECONOMICS MAJOR FO R B ACHELOR OF ARTS (with a minor) Required Courses Se mester Hours MTH 1 2 1 Introduction to Stati s tic s . .................................................... 4 ECO 30 I interm e di a t e Microec o n o mic Theory. . . . . . ................ 3 ECO 302 Intermedi a te M ac roe co nomic Theory ................. .......... ................... 3 ECO 315 Econometrics. . . . . 3 ECO 460 History of Economic Thou g ht . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal. 16 Approve d E l ect i ves Fifteen h o ur s of upper-divi s ion economics e lectives se l ec ted in con s ultatio n with and approved by the Economic s Department .. ........................ 15 Economics t o tal . ................... ...... ............ 3 1 MINOR Mu st be completed to fulfill the minor requirement ....................................... 1 8 General Stud i es ( minimum ) ............... . . . . . . .. 33 Free elective s ..... .................................. . . .......... 38 Total hours requir e d fo r bachelor of arts in eco n om i cs ......................... ...................... 120 BUSINESS EMPHASIS (with no minor) This emp h asis prepares the student for entry into the growing profes sio n s of eco n omics and business. It trains the studen t to enter the profession and assi s t govern ments and businesses in so l v ing problem s and formulating policies General Stu die s, Leve l I and Level D ( minimum ) .. Business core (See busine ss co r e for bachelor of sc ience d eg ree in Schoo l of Bus ine ss) Required Economics Course s ECO 30 I intermediate Microe co nomic Th eory ............. ECO 302 Intermediate Macroeconomi c Th eory ....... ........... ... .......... 33 ......... ......... 33 .................. 3 .................... 3 ECO 3 1 5 Econometric s. . . . . . . ... .................... 3 ECO 460 Hi s t ory of Ec o nomic Thou g ht . . . . . 3 Subtotal. ................... .................... ..................... 12

PAGE 66

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 6 Approved Economics E l ectives Twelve h our s of upper-divis i o n eco n omics e lective s se l ec t ed in co n s ultation with a nd a pproved by the Economics D epartment .. Total hour s economics .... E l ectives within the S c hool o f Business (U pper-divis ion ) .... ................ Other non-bu siness e l ectives ............ . . . . . . 1 2 ......................... 24 .... 9 .. 2 1 T o r a/ ho ur s r eq uired for a bachelor of arts in eco n omics w ith bu siness e mpha s i s ........... ...... 1 20 Minors in the School of Business GE E RAL B USINESS MINOR The S c h oo l of Bu ine ss offers th e general bus ine ss minor for non-bu iness majors Student s minoring in ge n e ral business mu s t tak e ECO 20 1 a nd 202. The se hours may b e part of the s tud e nt s ge n era l s tud ies req uir ements. In additio n to the required 24 c redit hours below st udent s may take up to 6 addit i o n a l credit h o u r s within a specific business di sc ipline for a total not to exceed 30 credit hour s within the School of Bu ines s. If a s tud e nt wis h es to e nr oll in bu s ine ss co ur es beyond 30 h o urs, the tude nt mus t declare a m ajor with the S c ho o l of Bu s iness. Prerequisites-credit may be a ppli ed in ge n e r a l s tudi es. ECO 201 Principles of Economic sM ac ro .. ............. 3 ECO 202 Prin ciples o f Eco n omics-Micro .. ..3 R equired Courses Semester H o urs ACC 20 I Prin ciples of Accounting I ............. . . . . . ........... 3 ACC 202 Principl es of Acc o unting [] ................................ .... ....... 3 CMS 20 I Prin c iple s of Information Sy s tems. ......... ..... ...... ....... 3 CMS 330 Principle s of Quantit ative Man age ment S ys tem s ............ ......................... .... 3 FIN 330 Ma n ageria l Finance. . . ................... 3 MGT 22 1 Leg a l Env ir onment of Bu iness I. . . .............. ...................... 3 MGT 300 Org a ni zational Mana gement . . . . ...... . ... 3 MKT 300 Prin cip l es of Marketin g 3 Minimum r o ta/ hours r e quir e d for min o r ( nor r o exceed 30 c redit ho urs ) .. ... 2 4 ACCOUNTING MINOR The Accountin g Department provide s a minor designed for non-bu siness s tudent Thi s minor offe r s students a n op p ortunity to enhance their ed ucation and careers by becoming know l edgeable in acco unting. The mi n or offers s tud ent a br oad-ba ed e du cation in acco untin g whi l e affording Aexibility for e mpha-izing a parti cu l ar field within thi s di cip lin e s u c h as financ ial acco un ting managerial acco unting tax acco untin g, or governme ntal accounting. The Acco unti ng Department require 60 college credit hour Uunior s t at u s) before taking 300a nd 400l eve l acco untin g co u rse No n-bu sine s stu d e nt s may not take more than 30 c r e dit hour s in bus iness courses. At l east 12 hour s of accounting co ur se in th e minor mu t b e com pleted in re sidency, and the accepta nc e of transfer cred it will be governed b y tandard and po l icies of the School of Bu s ine ss and the Acco untin g D epartment. Required Cou rses Semeste r H o urs ACC 20 I Principle s of Ac co untin g I. . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 3 ACC 202 Principl es of Ac c ountin g ll . . . . ..... 3 ACC 309 I n co m e Tax I. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ACC 35 1 I ntermediate A ccou ntin g I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Appr ove d electives .... 6 T o r a/ h o urs requir e d for min o r ... ....... 1 8 A s tuden t ma y e l ec t any co ur s e s in the acco untin g pr og ram o r c urri c u lum pr ovide d the y are appro ve d b y the Accountin g Dep a rtment advi ser. ECONOMICS MINOR The eco nomi cs minor is d e i gned for non-business majors and provide s them with an opport unit y t o acq u ire a ge n eral know l edge of th e opera tion of economic sys tem s and ins titut i o ns, as well as the quan titative t ools n ecessary for a nal ytical research and thought.

PAGE 67

64 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Required Cou rses Semester Hours ECO 20 I Principles of Economics-Macro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ECO 202 Principles of Economic sMicro ............ ......... ................. 3 Approved e l ectives ................. ... 1 2 T otal hours r equired f o r minor .... ... 18 Approved e l ec t ives are upper-divi s ion eco n omics courses s elected in co n s ult ation with and app r oved by the Economics Depart m ent. FINANCE MINORS The Finance Department pr ovides two minors de s i g ned primari l y for non-business majors: the finance minor and the r eal estate min or. These programs offer students a n o pp ortunity to enhance their education and caree r s b y becoming knowledgeable in finance or real esta te. FINANCE MINOR Thi s minor provide s n o n-bu siness major s with an opportunity to enhance their education and career choices by b ecoming know l edgeab l e in the fin ance a r ea. The minor offers s tud ents a broad-based edu cation in finan ce, while affo rd ing the flexibility to emphasize a parti cular field within this discipline, s u ch as per so nal finan cia l plannin g, investments, man ageria l finance financia l in stitutions, o r i nt erna tional finan ce. For the finance minor, the student m u s t h ave comp l eted ACC 20 1 and 202 (or equivalent) and ECO 201 and 202, whi c h may b e applied to the s tud ent's ge n e r a l s tudies or e l ective req uir e m ents as ap pli cab le. The Financ e D epartment requires 60 college credit h ours Gunior status) prior to takin g 300a nd 400level finance courses. A minimum gra d e of "C and a 2.25 GPA in finance cou r ses are required for com pletion of the minor. A t l east 1 2 h o ur s of finan ce co ur ses m u st b e completed in r esidency to satisfy the requirements of the mi nor. The acceptance of transfer credits w ill be governed by sta ndard s and poli cies of the S c h oo l of Business and the Finance Department. R equire d Courses FIN 30 I Financial Markets and Institutio n s FIN 330 Managerial Fin ance. FIN 360 Investments. Approved e l ectives ... Semes ter Hours 3 .. 3 3 9 Total hours r equired for minor . . . . . . . . . ....... 18 A stude nt may elect any courses i n the finance pro gram or c urri c ulum provided they are approved b y the finance d e partment adviser. REAL ESTATE MINOR Thi s minor i s designed to pro vide non-bu s ine ss m ajors with the opportunity to enhance their ed u cation and caree r choices b y becoming knowledgeable in r ea l estate. T h e minor prepares students for e mpl oy m e nt a nd a career in this field as well as for their per sonal financial affairs dea l ing with real estate For the real esta t e minor the student m u s t have comp l eted ACC 201 and 202 (o r equivalent) and ECO 201, whic h may be applied to the s tudent's ge n eral s tudie s or e l ective requirements as a pplic a ble. The Finance Dep artment requires 60 college credit hour s Gunior stat u s) pri o r to taki n g 300and 400l eve l finance courses. Non-b u s in ess s tud ents m ay not t ake more tha n 3 0 c r edit hour s in business co ur ses. A minimum g r ade of "C" a n d a 2 25 GPA i n fin ance and real esta t e courses are required for co mpletion of the minor At lea s t 1 2 hour s of finan ce co ur ses in the minor must be comp l eted in reside n cy. The accep tan ce of transfer cre dit s will be governed by s tandard s and poli cies of the Sc h ool of Bu s iness and the Fina nce D epartment. Requ.ir e d Courses FIN 380 R eal Estate Practice and Law Semester Hours ..... 3 FIN FIN FIN FIN 381 382 484 485 Advanced Rea l Estate Practice and L aw .... ......... . . ...... .... .... .... ........ 3 R eal Estate Fi n a n ce. . . . . . . 3 R eal Estate App r aisal . . ...................................... ........... .... 3 Commercia l and Investme nt R ea l Es t a te .............................. ... .. ........ ... 3 Approved e l ective* Total hours r equired for mino r *A pproved Electiv es FIN 225 Personal Money Management FIN 30 I Financial Market s and Institut ion s ... ....... ......................... ..... .. 3 .. 1 8 .. 3 . 3

PAGE 68

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 6 FlN 330 Manageri a l Finance ...... .... .......................... ..... 3 FlN 342 Principles of Ins uran c e Fl 360 inve s tment s ECO 450 Busin e s and Economic For ecas ting .. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS MI OR ....... ......... 3 3 .. 3 This minor i s designed for stude nts majoring in a non-busi n ess di cipline. The minor will provide a basic understandin g of the concepts, c urrent m ethodology, a nd r a pid c hange s in the d es i g n deve l op ment, and use of compu t er-orie nt ed systems for business and o rgani zation Students e l ec tin g this min or are e n co ur aged t o have e le ctive courses in accounting, management m arketing, or finance Requir e d Co u rses CMS 201 Principles o f Informati o n S ys tems. ........ CMS 2 1 I Busine s s Prob l em Solving : A Struct ur ed Programming App r o ach -orCMS 327 Micro -Bas ed Soft ware .. CMS 305 Fund a mentals o f System s Analy s i s and De s i g n .... CMS 306 Fil e D es ign and D a ta Ba se Management Appr ov ed CMS 300 le ve l cour ses .... T o tal h ours r e quir e d for mi11o r ...... ................. MANAGEMENT MINOR Semeste r H o urs .................... .. ... 3 . ................. ..... 3 ... 3 .. .. 3 .. ..... 6 ........................ 18 The management minor is designed for non-business majors. It provides them a n o pp o rtun i t y to gain famiLiar it y with m a n ager ial co n cep t s and s kill s that can enhance their performa n ce in m a na ging peopl e and organizations. Required Courses MGT 300 Org ani za tional Mana g ement Hum an R es our ces Man age m e nt. Semester Hours ....... 3 .. .... ........ 3 MGT 35 3 MGT 355 MGT 453 M a nu fac turing a nd S erv ice M anag em e nt. .. ...... .............. ........................ 3 Organizati o nal Behavi o r . . . 3 MGT 482 Int e rn a ti o n a l Bus ine ss ......... ................. .......................... .... .. 3 3 ... 1 8 Man a gement e l ective . T o tal h ours r e quir e d for mi11o r MARKETING MINOR The marketing minor i de s i g n ed for non-busine s majors and p r ovides them with the o pp o rtunit y to develop an und erstanding of busine s s a nd sufficient familiari ty with marketing skill to work in a busi n ess e nvironm ent. R equire d Co u rses Semes ter Hours MKT 300 Prin c iple s of M a rketing. .. 3 MKT 30 1 Mark e tin g Researc h ................ ... 3 MKT 304 Man age rial Communi ca ti o ns. .............. ... .......... . ........ ........ 3 MKT MKT 33 1 452 E l ectives C o n s um e r Behavior. .. . . 3 Sem i n ar in M a rketing Man ag em ent .... ................................................ 3 Sele c t one other marketin g co ur se One of the following i s recommende d : MKT 311 312 314, 330, or 371. No oth e r c ommunic a tion s co urse wit h an MKT prefix may be used as a m a r ke t ing elective .. T o tal h ours r e quir e d for min o r .......... .................. 18 African American Leadership Institute The Africa n American Leade r s hip Institute ope rat es on the belief tha t all membe r s of our soc i ety s h ould have a n equa l opportu nit y t o pursue their goal s and as pir atio ns. The ins titut e provides a uniqu e approac h to the particular p roblems and co n cerns of Africa n Americans in th e Den ver m etropo litan area with thr ee und er l ying t e net s th a t form its philosophy: I. To identify motivate and train futu r e community leaders 2 To ac qu aint these i ndi viduals with pr oblems and n ee d s of the comm unit y while investiga tin g alternative app r oac h e and solution 3. To create an oppo rtunit y for these individuals to join to gether and exc h ange ideas with current lead ers for the purpose of net worki n g for n atio nal, s tat e, and l oca l co mmunit y impr ove ment s

PAGE 69

66 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS t Seminars cover topics that reflect current comm unit y issues includin g regional business and econom ics, local and state government, education health care, human services the arts, and cu ltural affairs. For more inform ation, contact the School of Business. Institute for Entrepreneurship and Creativity The Institute for Entrepreneurship an d Creativity ha s introduced entrepreneurial education into the region's academic arena throu gh weekend cour es for professionals and entrepreneurial seminars and forums. The purpose of the institute is to discover, foster and mo l d the visions of toda y s aspiri ng entre preneurs. It pro vides de g reeseeking and non-d egree-seeking students with opportunities to l earn about entrepreneurship, to understand the entrepreneurial process, to pra ctice s.kills that lead to successful entrepre n e ur ship, and to enhance crea tivity a nd innovation. For more information, contact the School of Business. Small Business Institute The Small Busin ess Institute is spo n sored by the Small Business Administration (SBA ) and involves a contractual relationship between SBA and Metropolitan State College of D e nver. The Small Business Institute offers a practical opportunity that supplement s academic st udies with real case st udies. The Small Busine ss Inst itute employs se nior-l eve l st udents under faculty upervis i on, to provide bu siness counse ling and technical assistance to small business clients in the community. For more information contact the School of Bu s ine ss.

PAGE 70

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 6 . .

PAGE 71

68 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES

PAGE 72

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 6 SCHOOL OF LETTERS ARTS AND SCIENCES The School of Letter s, Art s and Scien ces provide pro g r a m of study for the urban s tudent in humani tie and soc ial n at ural and mathematical sc ien ces A II prog r ams are de s i g ned to pr epare st udents for profe ss ional goa l s a nd to assist s tudent s with p e r so n a l de ve lopm e nt The fac ulty presents co ur ses in 1 8 dep a rtments and one inst itute The y offer co ur ses in more than 3 0 m ajo r and minor areas of tudy; te ac h the m ajo rity of the co u rses in the ge ner a l educatio n pro g ram ; an d pre sent content-based co ur ses for the teacher education pro g r a m Moreove r the fac ult y arrange s for s tud e nt intern s hip and coo per a tive education op portunitie s with state and l oca l age n cies, the m edia, business, and industry Additionally, the faculty actively pr ovides educational serv ice s t o the lar ge r D e nv e r co mmunit y through seve ral college agencies: The Colorado Allianc e for Science a s tatewide a lli ance of univer s itie s, offer ass i s tance and s upport to s tudent s an d tea c her s to strengthen the co mmunity's interest in c ience and mathematics The H ea lth Career s Science Pro g ram offe r s s upp ort an d g uidan ce t o women and p eo ple of color who are interested in careers in sc ience and t echno l ogy. Th e Cen ter for M a thematic s, Sci e nc e and Environmental E du cat ion l ead the effort t o r eform sc ien ce and mathematic s e ducation in Colorado. Th e center "connec ts" the co lle ge w ith other uni ve r s ities the Denver public sc h oo ls, o ther Col o rad o sc h oo l dis tri c ts, a nd the Col o rad o D e partm ent of Educat ion t o change the e ducati o n a l environment of teac hin g sc ien ce and m a th e m atics. The Family Center provide s a wide r a n ge of ed ucation tr a ining and re sea rch on poli cies rel ate d t o f a m ily issues. DIVISION OF HUMANITIES Th e department s of Art Eng l i s h J o urn alis m Modern L ang uag e s, Mu sic, Phil oso ph y, and Speech Com municati o n offer co ur ses to s tren g then the s tud e nts' understan din g and ap pr ec iation of the wo rld s of art, music, l a n g uage, and ideas. Additionally the Ins titute for Women s Studie s and Services and th e Ins titute for intern at ional and Intercultural Education pre se nt an array of co ur ses t o deepen and bro a den the s tudents' under s tandin g of human c ultur es Student s ma y complete bachelor's of art de g ree s and co mplete the r e quirem e nt s for t eac her lice n s ur e, u sing program s in the Humanitie s Divi ion except philo o phy Art Department Th e Art D e partm e nt offe r s a f ull r a n ge of s tudi o art course in the areas of fine arts (drawing, p a intin g, printmaking, photogr ap hy, video, and cu lptur e); de s i g n (a dverti sing de s i g n and comp uter gra phic ); and crafts (ceramic metalwork, jewelry makin g, and art f urnitur e) l ea din g to th e bachelor o f fine art s degree ; art hi tory (s tudies empha s ize co ntemporar y, m o dern ancient and n o n-Western art) leading to the b ac he l o r of fine arts de g r ee; and licens ure i n art education. Goals: Undergraduate s tudie in art and design s h o uld prepare st uden ts to func tion in a var i ety of artistic roles. ln order t o ac hieve these goa ls, ins tru ctio n s h ould prepare s tudent s to: I re a d the n onver bal l a n g uage of art and d es i gn 2. devel op re sponses to v i s ual phenomena and organ i ze per ceptions and co n ceptualizatio n s b ot h rationally and intuitive l y 3. b eco m e familiar with and d evelop competence i n a number of art and design t ec hniqu es 4. become familiar w ith m ajor ac h ieve m e nt s in the history of art, including the works and intentions of l eadi n g artists in the p as t and pre s ent and dem o n s trate the way art r e flect s c ultural va lue s 5 evaluate developme n t s in the hi tory of art 6. under s tand and evaluate co nt e mporary thinkin g abo ut art and design 7 m a k e v a lid a sess ment s of qu a lit y in d es i g n proj ects an d in work s of art

PAGE 73

70 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES ART MAJOR FOR B ACHELOR OF FINE ARTS D EGREE Core Requirements for All Studio Art Majors Se m es ter Hours ART II 0 B asic Drawin g l . . . . . . . . ... 3 ART Ill B asic Drawing H ....... ........... ....... ... ......... ............. 3 ART 120 Design Proce sses and Concepts I. . . . . . . . . 3 ART 121 D esig n Proce sses a nd Concepts II . ............... ...................... 3 ART 20 1 Survey of Modern Art: Impre ssionis m t o 1 960 .... 3 ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 to the Pre sent 3 To/a/. Senior Experience R equirements for Studio Art Majors: ART 40 I Mod ern Art Hjs tory: Theory and Critici s m ART 475 Senior Experie n ce Studio: Portfolio Development and The s i s Show ............ Tow/. Students may c h oose o ne o f the thr ee areas of emphasis: fine arts design or crafts. FlNE ARTS AREA OF EMPHASIS ........... Fifteen hour s in area of co n ce ntr ation in: drawing painting, scu lptur e, printmaking, or photography. Select a combination of 15 hours fro m the following two areas : Design Craf ts.. ........ ART 200 General History of Art. Art History ( up per-division) ............. ... . ..... .......... ................... D ESIGN AREA OF EMPHASIS Fifteen hour s in area of concentration in: advertising de s ign or computer g raphics. Select a combination of 15 hour s from the f o llowin g two areas: .... 18 .... 3 3 .... 6 Semester H o urs .. .. 21 .. 6 or 9 .. 6 or 9 3 ... ... 3 Semes ter H ours .. 21 Craf t s ................. ........... . ..... 6 or9 Fine Art s . ........ ART 200 General His tory of Art Art History ( upper -divis ion). CRAFTS AREA OF EMPHASIS .. Fifteen hour s in a r ea of conce ntration in: ce rami cs, jewe lr y or art furniture Select a co mbin ation of 15 h o urs from the following two areas : ..... 6 or9 3 Semes t e r Hours 21 Appl i ed Arts ............ .... ........................... 6 or 9 Fine Arts . . . 6 or 9 ART 200 General His tory of Art . .... 3 Art His tory ( up per-division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tow/ ( A minimum of 33 upper-divi s ion art h o ur s required.) Minor requirement s for art major s are o pti o nal. ART HISTORY MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS Core Requirements for All Art History Majors ART 110 Basi c Drawing I .. ART Ill B asic Drawin g 11 ....... ART 120 De s i g n Proce sses and Concepts I. ............... ART 121 De sig n Processes and Concepts II .............. ART 20 I Surv ey of M odern Art: Impr essionism to 1 960 ART 202 Survey of Contemporary Art: 1960 t o the Pre sent To1al. Senior Expe ri ence General Studi es Requirement for Art History Majors: ART 40 I Modern Art Hjs t ory: The ory and Criticism T o/a / ... .... 66 Semeste r Hours .. 3 .3 ............. 3 .. 3 ........... 3 ........ 1 8 3 .3

PAGE 74

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 7 An His t ory ( r equired) ............. .. 15 ART 200 Gen e ral Hi t ory o f An .. ... 3 Fine Ans .... .................. 3 or6 *Des ign ......... .. 3 or6 .. 3 or6 6 Crafts. An Elec tiv es T otal. .. ... 60 1 5 hour s are r e quired among th ese thr ee ca t egor i es. (A minimum o f 27 upper-divi s ion an h o urs requ ir ed.) Min o r requirements for an major s a re optio n al. INDUSTRIAL DESIG M A JOR FOR BAC HELOR OF ARTS DEGREE For adv i ing in thi program, plea se ee the D epartment of Indu s trial Studies and Mechanica l Engi ne e ring T ec hn o l ogy in the S c h oo l of Pr o fes s ional Studies. ART LICE SURE: K-12 Tea c h e r licensure for art m ajo r s i s availab l e throu g h the Art D epartment. An art major is required. R equired Courses Semes t e r Hou rs .. ... 4 ..... 3 .. .. 2 ART 338 Intr oduction to An Educati o n .. EDS 22 1 Pro cesses of Educati o n in Urban Secondar y S c h oo l s .. EDS 222 Field Experie n ce in Urba n S eco ndary School s ................ ........................ EDS 320 The Ad olescent as a Leamer ........... ..3 EDS 32 1 Secondary Schoo l Curriculum and Cla ss room Ma n age ment ....... 3 EDS 322 Field Experie nce in Tut oring a nd M a teri a l s Con s tru c tion . . . . . . . 2 SED 3 60 The Excep t io nal L eamer in the C la ssroom . . . ... 3 RDG 328 Tea c hing of Re ading and Writing in the Content Areas ........ ............................... 4 ART 4 38 An Met hod s/ Mat eria ls: K-12.... . . ... 4 EDU 4 1 9* Student Teaching and Seminar : E l e ment ary ( K -6) ........ ...... . ........... .......... 8 EDS 429* Student Teaching and Seminar : Secondary (6 -12 ) . . . .. 8 ART 439 Inte gra tin g the Ans for Gifted and Talented . 3 Total. 4 7 [n a ddition t o field experience s included in required cour sework. s tudents mus t present evidence of havin g comp l eted a t l eas t 200 h o urs of work with c hildren Thi s ma y be acco mpli s h ed thr o ugh organiza t ion s s u c h as Boy Scouts, Girl Scout s, ch ur c h groups, tut o rial programs, o r s imi l ar institutional act ivities. Student s s h o uld plan their vo lunt eer work in consultation with the Art Education a d viser. Student s who see k lice n s ure mus t p ass a publi c s peaki n g co ur se ( SPE I 0 I ) with a grade of B or better or o bt ain a wa iver Students mus t a l so achieve sa tisfactory scores o n the s tate lice n s ure exami nati o n Student teac hin g is composed of d aily full-time work durin g 15 week s p lit eight and eve n weeks between e l ementary and econdary l evels. MINOR I N ART R equired Courses Se m es te r Hours ART 110 B asic Drawing I . . . .... 3 ART Ill ART 1 20 ART 1 2 1 A RT 2 0 1 ART 202 Subtotal ... Elec tives. B as i c Drawing II. . . . .. .. 3 Desig n Pr ocesses and Concept s I. . . . . . ............... 3 D esign Pr ocesses a n d Co n cepts II .. 3 Surv ey of M odern An: l mpr e ionis m t o 1 960 . ......... 3 Surv ey of Contemporary An: 1 960 t o the Pr esent ............................. ........ . 1 8 9 Minimum of o n e upper-di vis i o n s tudi o co ur se a nd o n e upper divi s i o n an history co ur se T ota l ........................................... ..... 27

PAGE 75

72 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES E n g lish D e partmen t The E n glis h D epartme nt offers ins tructi o n in lit e ratur e, wr itin g, l a n g uage, and l i n g uistics, and elemen tary and secondary ed uca tion Cour ses in eac h area ap peal to s tud e nt s in every sc h oo l of the college who wish to read and understand representative lit e ratur es of the wo rld ; to examine the principles underl y ing h ow l anguage wo rks; and to c ulti vate their w ritin g skills. The d e partm e nt invites s tud e nt s in o ther disciplines to selec t Eng l i s h co ur ses to enhance t h e ir ge ner a l educa tion. Stud e nt s m ay a l so c h oose a m ajo r or minor from different areas of e mphasis. Students who are cons iderin g a major o r minor in the Englis h Dep artment are ex p ected to co n s ult with facu lt y f o r advising. The English m ajor ma y choo se a n e mpha s i s in I literature 2. e lement ary sc hool teaching l eadi n g to lice n s ur e 3. seco n d ary sc h oo l t eac hin g, l eading to lice n s ur e 4 c r e at i ve writing 'f 5 pr e pr ofess i o n a l writing The E n g l i s h minor may choo se a n em ph asis in I. literature 2. dr a m atic literature 3 l a ngua ge and lin guistics 4. pr actical writing 5 secondary sc h oo l teachin g 6 c r ea t i ve wri tin g The E n glis h Department assesse s the m a j o r in designated ca p s t o n e cou r ses. Portf o li os o f paper s assig ned t h rough these courses w ill b e r ea d b y seve r a l m embers of th e faculty. Cap t o n e co ur ses s hould not be taken until the s tudent's fin a l year of st udy. B eca u se a ca p s t o n e course ma y n ot be offe r e d e ver y emes ter s tud ents sho uld discuss sc h ed ulin g w ith E n glis h Department advise rs. Further information is availa b l e in the Englis h Depart ment. ENGLISH M AJOR FOR BACHELO R OF ARTS LITE RATURE EMPHASIS The Engl i s h major or minor, lit erat ur e emphasis, e n co mp asses a full r ange of American, Briti s h and world l i terature. The pro g r a m provides a stro n g f o und a t io n of co ur ses in lite r a tur e and lan g uag e, seq ue nced to c ulti va te a se n se of literar y d eve l opme nt and fos t ers a n increasing familiarity with major works and writers c riti ca l the ory, lit e r ary termin ology, and research materials. B eca u se of their com m an d of the writte n l a n g ua ge, their a bility to deal w ith ideas and concep t s as well as fac t s, and their broader under standing of hum an nature and soc i a l r ea liti es, lit erat ur e major s a r e valued in many field s includi n g academe and the world of bu siness R equired Cou r ses Semes ter Hours ENG 2 I 0 I ntroductio n t o Literar y Stud ies. . . . ... 3 ENG 3 I 0 Studi es in C h aucer, Shak es peare, and M ilt o n . . ...... 3 ENG 344 M y th Symbol, a n d Allu sio n ... ....... . ...... ............... ....... 3 E G 46 I Lit erary Critici s m ......... Subtotal. .... ........ ............................ .... 1 2 Four o f these cours es o ne of w hi c h mu s t be EN G 222: ENG 2 I I World Literature: B eginnings t o I 600 3 ENG 2 1 2 ENG 22 1 E G 222 ENG 231 ENG 233 Subtota l World Literature : I 7th ce ntury to Pre se nt. American Lit e r a tur e: Beginning s through Civil War. American Literature: C i vil War t o Pre sent ............ ........... .... .... ...... 3 .. .......... 3 3 Briti s h Literature : Beg innin gs to I 785 .... Briti s h Lit e r a ture: I 785 to Pr esent ..................................... ...... 3 3 12

PAGE 76

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 7 One of the s e co ur s es: E G 2 0 I Th e Nature o f Lan g u age E G 202 S ys t ems of Engli s h Grammar ENG E G 302 303 Subtotal. His t ory of the Englis h L a n g u age Sem an tic s ..... 3 .............. 3 ..... 3 3 .3 ln a dditi o n 1 8 h o urs of Englis h cour ses, a t l east 12 o f whic h mus t be upper-divi s i on lit eratu r e and includ e a t least o n e devel op ment one p erio d and one maj o r a uth o r s cou r se. Also r equi r ed i s o ne upp e r divi s ion wri tin g cour se Subtotal ... T o tal ELEME TARY SCHOOL T EACHING AREA OF EMPHAS I S ... 1 8 ... 45 The elementary school teaching empha sis in English offered in conjunction with the Colorado St ate Department of Educ a tion licen s ure pro gra m prepare s future teacher s of e lementary education to und er s tand and teach the diverse s ubject matter required for lice n sure The program will provide s tudent s with a stro n g found a tion in literature and lit e r ary ge nr es; a so lid perspecti ve o n the Engli s h lang u age inc luding its history tructure and constituents ; and b oth theory and pr ac tice in composition, l a nguage arts, comm uni cat i on, and teachin g meth odo l ogy. It a l so addresse the n eed to pr e par e teachers to teach multicultural liter ature, accommodate c ultural and ethnic div ersity in language and writing a nd com municate effective l y with a diver se population of s tudents. Required Cou rses Semester Hours I. Lit era tur e Core Cour ses : E G 2 1 0 Introduction to Lit erary Studies. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... 3 G 222 Ameri can Lit e rature: Civil War to Pr ese nt. .............. .............................. 3 G 244 M yth, Symbol and Allu s i o n in Lit e rature .... 3 E G 310 R oo t s of Briti s h Lit e rary Traditi o n . . . . . . . . . . 3 Seme s ter h o ur s required .... II Language/Linguistic s Core Cour s e s : E G 20 I The a ture of L a n g ua ge and ENG 302 His t ory of the Englis h L anguage Semester hours r e quir e d Irl Writin g/ Compositi o n Courses: ENG 251 lnt ennedia t e Compo s iti o n .................... 1 2 .... 3 3 ........ 6 ... 3 E G 252 E G 35 1 Intr od uc t io n to Creative Writin g Adv a nced Compo sitio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Seme s ter h o ur s r eq uir ed ................. ... ...... ..... ........... .. ....... 6 IV Language Art s Cor e Courses: ENG 346 Children s Lit e r a tur e . ........ ENG 465 T eac hin g Compositio n in E l emen tary Sc h oo l s E G 466 Teaching Literature and Langu age K-6 RDG 3 1 3 Teachin g R ea din g in the E l e m e nt ary S c h oo l K-6. ..3 ... 3 .. .. 3 S e me s t e r hours required Y Engl i s h E l ectives .................................... .............. ......... ......... 9 Two upper-d i vis i on Englis h co ur s e s e l ec t ed in con s ultati o n w ith and app r ove d b y de s i g na t ed E n g l i s h advi ser. .. 6 Recommende d E lectiv es: Communicati o n E G 363 Writ ing E G 352 ENG 353 Langua g e ENG 30 1 ENG 303 Teachin g Co mmunicati o n s Creati ve Writin g W o rk s h op ( prerequi s i te: E G 252) Tec hni ques o f C riti ca l Writin g .... M odem Englis h Lan g u age Studie s ( pr e r equis ite : E G 2 0 I). S e manti cs (p r e requi site: E G 20 1)... ......... .... 3 .. ............ 3 .3 .3 .... 3

PAGE 77

74 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCE S Literature ENG 324 ENG 34 1 ENG 342 ENG 343 African American Literature ....... M as t e rpiece s of Continental Literature Th e Englis h Bible as Lit e rature Clas ical Mytholo gy .... ..... ..... 3 .................... .... ...... 3 .. 3 .. ........................... 3 ENG 347 ENG 349 Young Adult Literature . ....................... 3 Chicano Folklore of the Southwest . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Total .. ............... 39 RDG 3 1 3 m eets the reading requirements for Colo r ado Stat e licensu re but i s carried under the s tudent's 42-semes t er-hour pr ofess iona l education requirements SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING EMPHASIS The education emp ha s i s in English, offered in conjunction with the Colorado State Department of Edu cation licen s ure program prepare s future teachers of English to und erstand a nd teach the diverse subject matter req u ired for licensure. Thi program eq uip s students with a wide variety of language principle s and kills; pr actica l experience in developing and presenting the process of writing; sound knowledge of approaches to liter ature and liter ary genres, periods, and a uthor s (including a s pecial focus on young adult lite r ature); an d an underst andi n g of commu nic at i on and media as used in English tudies. In addi tion to meetin g spec ified s tate and dep a ttmental requirements, this program offers students the opportu nity to develop further s peciali zation in writing, l anguage, or literature to com plement the major. Required Cou rses I. Literature Core Courses: ENG 210 Introduction t o Literary Studies ... ENG 22 1 American Literature : Beginning s throu g h the Civil War -or-ENG 222 American Literature : Civil War to Pre se nt. . . ....... ..... E G 244 Myth, Symbol and Allusion in Literature ............. E G 310 Roots o f Briti s h Literary Tradition . . .. . ......... Subtotal. . . . . . ..................... 11. Language/Linguistic s Core Cour ses: Required for Licensure ENG 20 I The Nature of Lan guage ENG 302 His tory of the E n glish Language Select one of the following: Semester Hours .. 3 ....... 3 ... 3 3 ........... '. 12 ... 3 ..................... 3 ENG 202 Sy s tems of English Grammar . ....... ........ ........ ........... 3 ENG 30 1 Modem English Language Studies . 3 E G 303 Semantics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal ... lll Writing/Compo s ition Courses: ENG 35 1 Advanced Composition ..................... ENG 463 Composition Teaching Work s hop -or-ENG 362 and ENG 364 Subtotal. Teaching Composition in the Secondary School s Teaching Creative Writing in the Secondary Schools. IV Englis h Education Core Courses : ENG 347 Young Adult Literature ... ENG 363 Teaching Communication s ENG 464 Teaching English in Secondary Schools .............. 9 ......... .............. 3 6 .... ........................ 9 .... 3 ..3 ... 3 RDG 328 T eac hing of R eading and Writing in the Content Areas ........... .... ............. ..... Subtotal. ... .9 V. English E l ectives: Two upper-d ivis ion English co ur ses se lected in consultation with and approved by de ignated English adviser. 6 Total ..... .............................. ........ ... RDG 328 meet s the reading r eq uir ements for English licens ur e but is carried under the stude nt' s profe ss ional education requirements. OTE: Students with a bachelor of arts in English from an accredited institution who are see king Engli h licensure will re ceive credit for Sections I and V in addition to any other courses in Sections D Ul, a nd IV for which they have existing credit s.

PAGE 78

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES CREATIVE WRITING EMPHASIS The creative writing empha i s pr ov id es extensive writing practice in vario u s genres of literature as well a s a goo d found atio n in the appreciation of t h e lit erary heritag e ava ilable in the Englis h l a n g ua ge Cour ses s h ou ld be se l ec ted after consultatio n with a creative w ritin g fac ult y a d v i ser. I. Literatu r e Courses: Lowe r Divi sion Literatu r e Co u rses: 200-leve l including eilher ENG 210 or E G 244 ............... ............. ......... ... ............. 1 5 Three o f the 1 5 hours mus t e mph asize modem literatur e. Uppe r-Di v i sio n L i t era tur e Cou r ses: 300-level and/or 400-level ... 9 Total .. .............. ..... ..... ................. ........................... 24 II. Writing Courses: Entry Cour se: E G 252 Introduction to Creati ve Writing .... 3 Genre Co ur ses: (se l ec t lhree) ENG 35 1 Advanced Com position ... ... 3 ENG 352 Drama Writing Work s h o p ... 3 ENG 352 Ficti o n Writin g W o rk s h o p ...... 3 ENG 352 P oetry Writing W o rk s hop . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal. S pecialize d Wri t in g Course: ENG 382 Creative Writin g Studio (two dis tin c t titl es). Ex.it Cour se: E G 452 Advanced Creat i ve Writ ing Total Semester H o urs of Writing R equired .. T otal PREPROFESSIO AL WRITING EMPHASI S ........ 9 6 ... 3 2 1 ... 45 Good w ritin g s kill s are a n asse t for any profess i o n Thi s writi n g e mph asis h e lp s t a l ented wri t e r s m ajor ing in oth e r field s develop their writing abi liti es and e nh a n ce th e ir career oppo rtuniti es It ca n only be chosen as a second m a jor. The pro g ram provide s the s t udent with inte n s i ve instructio n in writing and lingui stics int e r sperse d with ex a mple s of fine writing from En glis h lan g u age lit erature. Require d Courses ENG 251 Intermediate Composition ENG 20 I The Natu r e of L ang u age or E G 202 E G 3 0 3 ENG 35 1 ENG 353 SPE 374 -or-E G 363 Subt o t a l .. System s of Engli s h Grammar Semantics ..... Adva n ced Compo sition ............ ..... .... Technique s of C riti ca l Writin g P syc h o log y of Communi ation Teaching Communication Semester Hours ...... 3 3 .. ... 3 .. 3 .... 3 3 1 8 Students t ake s i x literature co ur ses of whi hat leas t t wo mus t be upperdivi s i o n : these co ur ses mus t be distributed amo n g at lea s t four of the foll owing five areas: I. wor l d o r co ntin ental lit e ratur e 2. British lit erature : beginni n gs t o 171h century 3. Briti s h lit era tur e : 1 71h century t o 191h century 4. American lit erature 5. 20t h ce ntu ry l i t eratu r e Subt otal. T otal ................ ............ .... .... ... ........................... . ..... 1 8 .. .. 36

PAGE 79

76 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES ENGLISH MINOR CREATIVE WRITING EMPHA S I S The Englis h minor w ith e mph asis in creative w ritin g serves s tud e nt s who desire instructio n and pr ac tice in t h e pr oductio n of imagi n ative lit erat ure. Th e min or i ncludes a foundatio n in the app r ec iation of l iteratu re and critici s m Courses s h ould be se lected afte r co n s ult ation with a creative wr itin g faculty adv i ser. I. Literature C o u rses: Lower-Div ision Literature Courses: 200-leve l inclu ding either ENG 2 1 0 o r ENG 244 .............................................. 6 Three of the 6 hours must emp has i ze modem literature. Upper Divi s i on Lit era ture Courses: 300leve l a n d/or 400-level 6 Total ................................... .................................................... 12 ll. Writi n g Courses: Entry Cou r se: ENG 252 I ntroduction to Creative Writing ................. 3 Genre Courses: ENG 35 1 ENG 352 Advanced Composition . .............................. ............ 3 D rama Writing W ork hop .............. ............................ ........... .... 3 ENG 352 Fiction Writing W orkshop. . . . ........... ....... ... 3 RDG 352 P oetry Writing Work shop 3 Subtotal. Exit Cou r se: ENG 452 Advanced Creat i ve Writing .. Total Semes t er H o ur s of Writing R equired ... . Total ......... DRAMATIC LITE RATURE EMPHASIS 0 0 0. 0 0 0 0. 0 0. 0 6 .................. 3 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. 1 2 ........ 24 The E n glis h minor wit h e mph asis in dramatic lit erature serves s tud ents who w i s h to develop skills in reading,' writing and thinking about the texts of drama T h e program i s designed t o meet the n ee d s of anyone invol ved in the history teaching, writi n g, production o r p erformance of drama I. Intr od uctor y Courses: ENG 112 Introdu c t ion t o Dram a . ..... .... 3 A secon d co ur se, introductory in nature, i s to be selected by ag r eement of t he s tud ent and the department adviser. The course need n o t be an Englis h cour se, but if n ot, it s h ou l d be an introduc t ory course rel ated t o th e student's major interes t i n the use of drama . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3 ll. Writing Course (o ne of the following): ENG 252 I ntroduction to Creative Writing . . . . ............. ..... 3 ENG 352 Creative Writing Workshop : Scriptwriting. . . . . ................. 3 E G 353 Techniques of Critical Writing . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal. .. 3 Ill. Literatu r e Electives (9 h o ur s to be chosen in consultation with an advise r): E G 1 3 1 I ntroduction t o Shake s peare. . . . ... 3 ENG 32 1 Development of American Drama . . . . .. 3 ENG 33 1 De ve l op ment of British Drama: My ster i es to M e l odrama .... ............... ................ 3 ENG 43 1 Sh akes peare: Comedies, Histor i es, Sonne ts. ....... 3 ENG 432 Shakespeare: Tragedies and Eth i cal Probl e m Plays .. 0 0 0. 0 0 0. 0 3 ENG 4 1 3 Major Authors (Playwrigh ts). ...... ............ 3 ENG 4 1 4 Modem Contine n tal, British a nd American Drama. ........ ..... 0 .... 0 0 ..... 0 3 ENG 46 1 Theories a nd Techniqu es in Literary Criticism . ............... .. ................ 3 Subt otal. . 9 IV. Final Study (one of the following): ENG 480 Work s hop ............................................................. 3 ENG 498 I ndepende n t Study. . . . . . . . .............. 3 ENG 499 Subtotal. Total .. I nternship . . . . . . . . 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. 0 0 0 0 0. 0 0 0 0 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. 0..... 3 ... 21

PAGE 80

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 7 I OTE: The final study undertaken in 480. 498. or 499 presents the opportunit y for s tuden ts e le cti n g the minor to devote s i g nificant a tt e nti o n to one in-depth project for complet i on of the study Tite project should be based on the readin g of a dram atic text but s hould combine this experience with some other area of design, management perfomtance or writing. The project s h o uld combine the sk ill s of reading drama w ith those of th e associated area of experti e The project is to be proposed by the student. approved by an adviser in the English Department, and directed in collaboration with a second adviser, as soc iated with the other area of expertise fundam e nt a l to the s tudy The study may take the fomt of a workshop an independent s tud y, an internship or a practicum LITERATURE EMPHASIS I. The following course: ENG 2 1 0 Intr oduction to Literar y Studies. n Two of the following courses: ENG 211 World Literature : Beginnings to 1600 -or-E G 212 E G 22 1 -or-E G 222 E G 231 -or-E G 232 -or-E G 233 Subtotal. .... World Literature: 17th C e ntury to Present .. American Literature: Beginnings through the Ci vil War American Literature: Civil War to Pre s ent .. British Literat ur e: B eow ulf to Shakespeare Briti s h Lit era tur e: Donne to Johnson Briti s h Literature: Blake to Becken Ill. One of th e following courses : ENG 201 The ature of Lan guage ENG 202 Systems of English Grammar .. ............... 3 .................. 3 . . ....... 3 3 .. .. ............... 6 ..... 3 .. .3 ENG 25 1 lntemtediate Composition ...... .... .... . ........................... 3 E G 252 Intr oduction to Creative Writing ..... ........... .................... 3 E G 351 Advanced Composit i on Subtotal. IV. Two of th e followin g courses: ENG 32 1 Development of American Dr ama. ............. ENG 323 Development of the American Nov el. ENG 33 1 Development of Briti sh Drama : Mysterie s to Melodrama E G 333 Development of the Briti sh Novel .......... ....... . E G 340 Developm ent of Modern Poetry . . ........ E G 34 1 M as t e rpieces of Continental Literature Subtotal. ..... V Two of the following courses (one mus t be 413): E G 411 Advanced Studies in Lit erature E G 412 ENG 413 ENG 414 ENG 431 ENG 432 elected Themes in Literature ................. Major Authors. Modern Continental British and American Drama Shakespeare: Comedies. Histories, Sonnets Shake s peare : Tragedies and Ethical Problem Play s 3 .3 .. .... 3 .. 3 .. 3 ............... 3 ................ 3 3 .6 .. .3 .. .3 ... 3 ....... 3 ENG 461 Theorie s a nd Techniques in Lit e rary Criticism .............. ..... .... .... . .. ..... 3 3 6 .. .. 24 Subtotal. Total ... LA GUAGE AND LINGUISTIC S MI OR The l ang u age and lingui s tics minor offers concepts about theorie s of, and analytical t echniques in nat ural language. It represents an intellectual discipline in itself and simultaneously serves the interests of f utur e teacher students of literature and writing, and other who have a co ntinuing fascination with language as l anguage. Taken in an appropriate order made ev ident by careful adv i sing, the courses in the program educate students both to u se and to appreciate their language The minor require s student to engage in vigorous progressively more ex plicit and precise analysis and sy nthesis as they exa min e facts and fallacies about the miracle of language.

PAGE 81

78 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES R eq uired Core ENG 20 I The Nature of Lan g uage ............ ENG 202 Sy tern s of E n glis h Grammar ........ ENG 30 I Modem Engli h Lan g ua ge Stud.ies ENG 302 History of the English Language Semester Hours . ................................ 3 . . . . . . . .. .. 3 ............................ ......... 3 ... 3 ENG 303 Semantics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ENG 40 1 Studie s in Lin guistics .... Subtotal .. Any o ne of the foll owing spec ific tit l es: Applied Linguistics Descriptive Lin guistics P sycholi ngui s t ics Sociolingu i s tics Styli s tic s 3 .. 18 Int erdisc iplinary Elective Courses (chosen in co n s ultati o n w ith and approved by departmental advise r any one of the following): ANT 233 Cro ss -Cu l tura l Communication . . . . . ........ 3 EDU 337 Lan guage Arts a n d Social Studie s Curricula for Early Child h ood Education ...... .............. ... 4 PHJ I I I Language, Lo g i c, and Persuasion .... 3 SPE 352 Language Acquisition . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal Total ... PRACTICAL WRITING MINOR 3-4 ....................... ... 21-22 The practical writing minor i s a hum a niti es-based, career-oriented pr ogram ena blin g st ud ents t o develop writing s kill s as an ad junct to a n y major. Students w ill b e pr epa r e d to do the practical writing found in magazines, n ewspape r s, and new s l etters. Students comp l eti n g the pr ogram are ex p ected to be ver sa til e writers capable of app lyin g the principle s of good w ritin g to different audiences and purpose s R e quired Core ENG I 07 English Usage and Grammar . . . . ............. .... Se m ester Hours ... 3 .. ... 3 ENG 20 1 The Nature of Lan guage ....... ENG 303 Semantics . ............. ...... ................. ........ .. 3 .. .3 3 ENG 35 1 Advanced Compo ition . ........................... ENG 353 Techniques of C r itical Writing .......... ..... .... .............. Subtotal ............ ...... 15 Elective Co ur ses (choose three from the following) : ENG 352 Creative Writing W orkshop ( Pr erequisite ENG 252) . ............... 3 ENG 398 Cooperative Ed ucation: Eng l ish I nternship . . . .. 3 ENG 498 Independent Study: Writing Project ........... ........ ........................... 3 JRN 182 Be ginning R e ponin g and New swri tin g . . . . . . . . .. 3 JRN 38 1 Feature Writing for Newspape r ........ ............ .............. ................ 3 JRN 48 1 Feature Writi n g for Magazines . . . . ................ .... . ....... 3 COM 26 1 MKT 305 SPE 309 SPE 4 1 0 Subtotal .. T ota l .... I ntroduction to Tec hnical Writing . . . ............... 3 Bu ines s R esearc h and Report Writing ........................... ....... ...... ........... 3 Argumenta t io n and Advocacy ........... ..... 3 Techniques of Per s ua sio n ...... .. ................... 3 .............................. 9 ..24 In addit i o n t o pur suing the pr actical wri tin g minor some stude nt s may wis h t o see k th e recognition of compete ncy award as qualifi ed practical writers. A s tud ent seeki n g thi s award mus t apply to the dep art ment s co mp osition co mmitte e before comp l eting nin e hours a pplic able to the minor, an d if a pproved must work out wit h the co mmitt ee a coo rdin a t e d se qu ence of co ur ses, one of which mu st b e Engli s h 498, inde p ende nt stu dy. Th e r ecog n itio n pr oce dur e w ill include d eve l opme nt of a portf olio that will be pr e p a r e d under the g uidan ce of the co mmitt ee. Thi s p ortfolio, d es i g ned to demonstrate tud e nt profi c i e n cy, w ill includ e s uch it e m s as a l ette r in whic h s tud e nt s d escr ibe the development of their s kills in writing and the exte nt t o which they see these as va lu able to their careers, and two diffe rent demon st r atio n s of their ab ilit y to write and edit under pre ss ur e. The portfolio mat eria l s will be juried by at l east tw o m e mber s of the co mpo s ition co mmittee Some of the prepar atio n may carry up t o three hour's credit under ENG 498

PAGE 82

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING EMPHASIS This minor does not satisfy Metro State requirem ent s for licensure in econdary Eng lish but does meet requirement for tho s e seeking t o t each English a s a s econd area in secondary sch oo l s accredited b y the ort h Central Accreditation A ss ociation Student s workin g toward thi s minor are expected to plan and carry ou t th e ir pro g ram s in co n sultation wit h de s ignated E n glis h Dep artme nt ad v i ser s e me ster Hours I. Eac h of the f o llowin g co ur es: E N G 34 7 Y o un g A dult Litera tur e .. .. 3 ENG 351 Advan c ed Co mpo sitio n . . . . ... 3 ENG 3 6 2 Te ac hin g Co mpo sitio n in S econdary S c h oo l s ........ ............ . . ............... 3 ENG 4 64 Te ac hin g Eng l i s h in S econdary S c h oo l s . . 3 Subt o tal. ............................ ...... ............ 1 2 !1. On e o f the f ollo w i n g co ur ses : ENG 3 0 I M ode m E n glis h L a n g u age Studi es ......... ......... ....... ........... ........ .... 3 E G 302 H i wry of the Englis h L a n g u age .. .. .... 3 ENG 3 03 S e manti cs .... .............. ................................... 3 Sub to ta l .. ........... 3 ITI. Three Englis h e l ectives from 300-leve l o r 4 00l eve l course s se l ec ted in co n s ult atio n w ith a nd a ppr oved b y d es i g n a ted Englis h O e p anment advi se rs. Subt o ta l ........... 9 T o t al se m es t e r h o ur s r e q uir e d ... 2 4 Institute for International and Intercultural Education M e tro State prov ides assis t a n ce to vis iting facu lt y and int ernatio n a l stu d ents. Imp o rt ant counse lin g i s offered o n : vi as schoo l transfers work permission h ousi n g, b a nkin g and cu ltur a l and academic a d a p tation. The office also pr ovi d es assistance to s tud e nt s w h o w i s h t o arrange individualized study a bro ad opportu niti e The insti tut e organize s num e r o u s confere n ces and lecture s o n int ernational i ss u es thr oug h out the year The insti tute a lso provides inform atio n o n a cross-disc iplinar y co n tract m ajor a nd min or in international studie s internation a l courses offered by vario u s departme nts, and intercultural co ur e s For informa tion co ntact the director of Int ernationa l and Int e r c ultural E du cation at 556-4004 Journalism Department The J o urnali m D epartme nt pr e p ares tude nt s for c areer in n ew s and informatio n media by providing th em w ith a so und education in the ba s ics of journali m and/or public relations. Th e department h a s one of the s tr o n ge t journalis m teaching s t affs in the s ta t e All fulltime and p a rt tim e faculty h ave worked in th e journalism a nd/ o r public relations fields. Th e J o urnali s m D epartme nt a t M etro i s o n e of two in the cou ntr y to offer a n int ernship progra m tha t allows stu d ents to get hands-on experie n ce in p o liti ca l reporting The Capitol R e p o rt e r is o pen t o upp e r -div i s i on s tud e nts, who s p end an e ntir e se m e s ter c overi n g th e Color a do l egi l a tur e for credit. Th e editor is a full-time facu lty m e m ber and the weekly newspaper i s highl y re g a rd ed b y l egi s l a tors, l ob b yists and the college co mmunit y P rofic ien cy in s t andard written Engli h i s a prerequi s ite for all journalism courses Stude nt s are required t o co mpl ete ENG 101 before taki n g a n y journ a lism co ur se beyond JRN 1 01. P roficie n cy in typing i s requir e d for all co ur ses b eyond JRN I 0 I Anyone pla nnin g to have a maj o r from thi s departm ent must m eet the genera l tudie requirements established b y th e department. Students hould a l so s elec t a n adviser immedia tel y to begin planning th eir co ur se of study Stud e nt s may n o t se l ec t both a m ajor and minor from the J o urnali m D epartment.

PAGE 83

80 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Students are requir ed to take a joumali m pr ofic i e n cy t e t up o n completion of JRN 2 1 0-lnt er mediat e Rep o rting and/or JRN 220-lntermediate Editing. Stud e nt s mu s t pa ss th e tes t bef ore th ey will b e a llowed to tak e upper-divi s ion co ur ses in their m a j o r or min or. Prerequi s it e are enforced. Student s are a l so required to take a n as sess m e nt tes t t oward the end of their st udie s t o e n s ur e they ha ve r eac hed the profici e ncy l evel nece ssary to pur sue a career in journali s m or public relatio ns. The Journalis m Department offers a journ alis m m ajor and a l so minors in both print journali s m and pub lic relations Core Courses for Journalis m Major and Mi nors Se mester Hours JRN 110 B eginning R e p o rtin g . ................ 3 JRN 1 20 B eginning Editing ...................... ........................ ................... 3 JRN 210 lnrermed i ate R e p orti n g . . . . . . .... 3 JRN 450 Ethica l and Lega l issu es in J ournalism . . . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal .............................. ............... 12 JOURNALISM MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS J o urn alis m Core ........................................ Semester Hours ... 1 2 Required Courses JRN 220 Int e rmediate Editing ...... .. .3 One of the f ollowing : JRN 310 Publication Pr acticum . . . . . . . . ...... 3 JRN 398 Cooperative Edu cation . . . . . . . . . . ..... 3 JRN 415 Capitol R eporter: Writing/Reponing... . . . .... 6 JRN 416 Capitol R eporter: Editing/Design ....................................................... 3 And three o f the f ollowing: JRN 3501 T opic in J o urn alis m ........ ................................................... 3 Subtotal ... Electives JRN 3 1 5 JRN 340 JRN 360 JRN 410 JRN 42 0 JRN 440 JRN 460 Subtotal T ota l ............. 9-12 Co nt empo rary I ss ues . .................... 3 Feature Artic l e Writin g for New s p a p ers .......................... ............. . .... 3 Photo j o urnali s m I . . . . .......... 3 Advanced R e p o rtin g . . . . . . . .. 3 Principle s of New s p aper and M agazine D es i g n . . . .. 3 Feature Article Writin g for Magazines. . . . 3 Pho tojournali s m II. . . .. 3 ........................ 1 2-15 .............................................. ... ......... ........... ........... 36 JOURNALISM MINOR Se m es t e r Hours J ournal i s m Core ........... .......................... ............................. 1 2 R eq uired Courses JRN 220 Intermedia t e Edi tin g .. .......... .......................................... .......... 3 JRN 350 Topics in J o urn alis m ............. Subtotal. ..4 Electives JRN 310 Public a t ion P racticum . . . . . 3 JRN 315 Co n temporary Issues. . ........................................ ......... 3 JRN 340 Feature Article Writin g for ewspapers . ............................. 3 JRN 360 Photojou rnali s m I . . . . . . . . ............ 3 JRN 410 Advan ce d R epo rtin g ........................................... ................ 3 JRN 42 0 Prin ciples o f Newspaper and Magazin e D esign . . . . . 3 JRN 440 Fe a tur e Artic l e Writin g for Magazines . ......................... 3 JRN 460 Pho t ojo urn alis m II. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Subt otal..... . . . ...... . ......... 9 T ota l ................ ......... ......... .... ............... 25

PAGE 84

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES P UBL I C RELATIONS MINOR Journali s m Core . .... . ..... .... Required Courses JRN 270 Fundamentals of Publi c Rel a t io n s JRN 370 Public Relation s Writin g and Stra te gies. JRN 398 Cooperative Educatio n ..... JRN 470 Publi c Relation s Strategic Planning Subt o tal One of the following: Semester Hours ... 12 .. ...... 3 ............ 3 .. 3 . . 3 .. 12 SPE 310 Business an d Profes ional S peaki n g .............................. ... .. ........ ......... 3 SPE 344 Televi s i o n Production . 3 SPE 410 T ec hniqu e of P ers u asion . . . . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal .......... .... T ota l ...................... ....... .................... 3 ... 27 Modern Languages Department The Modern Langu age Department offers major program in Spani s h and modern foreign languages; minor program s in French, German, and Spani s h; and teache r education programs in Spani s h and mod em foreign l anguages. Courses in other foreign langua ges and in occupationa l or profe ional fields are offered in order to meet st udent and comm unit y need s ln addition the department administer everal education progr ams abroa d Re gistrat ion for courses i s in acco rdan ce wit h previ ous preparation. Consequently, s tudent s sho uld reg i s ter for foreign l anguage courses as follows: No pre v i ous s tudy or les than one year in high sc hool 101; s tudent s with one year in hig h schoo l who feel their background is weak-101 ; one se mester in college-1 02; one year in college-211 and/or 231 for Ger man a nd Spanish and 20 1 for French ; two year in high school-211 a nd/or 231 for German and Spanish and 201 for French or 102 if needed ; thr ee years in hig h sc hoo l or one and one-ha l f year s in college-212 and/or 232 for German and Sp a n ish and 202 for French ; or 21 I and/or 231 for German and Spanish and 201 for French if needed ; four years in hig h sc hool or two years in co llege 300-level course or 212 and/or 232 for German and Spani s h and 202 for Fre n ch if n eeded. Th e above re gulatio n s may not be applicab le if stu dent s h ave had no professiona l instruction in their cho se n foreign l anguage within the p a t two years. If s tud e nt s fee l that they have insufficient preparation for th e req uir ed lev e l they s hould s tren g then their back gro und by takin g a course recommended by t h e Mod em Language Department. E l ementary co ur ses do not apply toward the major o r minor requirements. Students see king eleme nt ary and sec ondary credent ials in F r e n ch, German or Spani s h must sa tisfy the teacher education program of Metro State in addition to all of the m ajor requirements They mu t also demonstrate s ufficient mastery of the target lan g uag e or language s throu g h an app r opriate proficiency exam. SPANISH MAJOR FO R B ACHELOR OF ARTS Required Courses Semester Hours SPA 211 Intermedi a te Spani s h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SPA 212 Spani sh Readin g and Conversation .... 3 SPA 23 1 Spani s h Grammar and Compositio n I . . . . . 3 SPA 232 Spanish Grammar a nd Compos iti on U. . . . . . . . . 3 SPA 311 Advanced Conversation......... . . . . . ............. 3 SPA 3 1 4 Advanced Composition.. ..... . . . . . ... 3 SPA 3 1 5 Spani sh Ph o neti cs : Th eory and Practice . ..... ........... 3 SPA 320 Culture and Civilization of Spain o r SPA 321 Spani s h -A merican Cu ltur e and C i v ili zation -orSPA 322 Folklore and Cultur e of th e Mexican S o uthwe t ..... .............. ............. ...... 3 SPA SPA -or-325 340 SPA 34 1 SPA 35 1 SPA 401 Intr oduction t o Literary Studies in Spani s h Survey of Spanish Lit erat ure I Survey of Spani s h Literature II ..... M aste rpi eces of Latin American Literature Advanced Spanish Writin g and Grammar I .... ........... .... . ........... ......... 3 3 3 3

PAGE 85

82 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES SPA 402 SPA 411 Advanced Spanish Writing and Grammar U ............................................. 3 Contemporary Spani s h Lit era tur e -orSPA 412 Contemporary Latin America n Literatur e ............... .... MDL 496* Teaching Foreign Language s in the Secondary School s ........... ...... Spanish electives** .... T otal. ........ Required only when s eeking a teacher license **Mu s t be a dv anced courses and taken with department approv al. only 42 seme s ter credi t hours for tho s e not seeking teacher licen s ure MINOR IN SPANISH Required Courses S P A 211 Int ermediate Spanish. ........ SPA 2 1 2 Spanish R ead in g and Con ve r s ation ................................. ..... S P A 231 Spanish Grammar an d Co m positio n I S P A 232 Spani s h Grammar and Compositio n II ... ....... .... SPA 3 1 1 Advanced Conversation. ......................... SPA 32 0 Culture and C i v i l i zation of Spain -orSPA 32 1 Spani s h-American Cu ltur e and Civiliza t ion -or -.. 3 .3 3 . 48 *** Sem es t e r Hours .. 3 .. .. 3 .. 3 ... 3 .. .. 3 SPA 322 Folklore and Cu ltu re of the Mexican Southwe s t ... ....................... ............. 3 SPA 325 Intr oduction t o Lit erary Studie s in Spanish . . . . . 3 T o tal .. MINOR IN FRENCH Required Cou rses FRE 2 0 I Inter m edia t e F r e n c h I FRE 202 Int ermed i a t e French ll FRE 211 French R ead in g and Conversation .. .. 21 Semester Hours ... 3 ...... 3 .... ... .... ................... ......... .... 3 FRE 30 1 FRE 311 Intr oduction t o Advanced French Studies .................. Survey of French Literature I .. 3 -or-FRE 3 1 2 Survey of French Literature ll FRE 355 French H is t orical Perspectives o r-FRE 356 Contemporary Sociocultural I s sue s French e l ectives *. Total ............ Mu s t be a course at the 300 or 400 level. MINOR IN GERMAN .. ... 3 .. 3 3 ..21 Required Cou rses Semester Hours GER 211 German R ead in g and Conversation . . . .......... . 3 GE R 212* German Civ ili zat i on . . . . . . . . . 3 GER 231 German Vocabulary Building a nd Grammar ................................ ...... ..... .... 3 GER 232 German Compo s ition and Free Writing . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal ... Select one of the followi n g l iterature co ur s es: GER 321** Survey of German Literature l. GER 322** Survey of German Literature ll GER 323** Contemporary German Writers GER 35 1 ** Le ssin g Goethe, a n d Sc hill e r Subtota l. .. Select two of the following skills cour e s: GER 30 1 Third-Year German Conver s atio n 1 2 ....... 3 ..3 .3 3 .3 ..3 GER 33 1 Advanced German Composition a nd Grammar . . 3 GER 340 German for Bu s in e s s ........... ......................... ....................... 3 GER 341 Tran s lation T ec hniqu e s for Scientific M aterial . . . . . 3 Subtotal .. Total ... H ig her l eve l cour s e may be s ub s t itut ed with departmental approval. ** Fourth-year cour se may be s ub s titut ed with departmenta l a ppr oval. .. ........................... 6 . ......... ....... ............... 21

PAGE 86

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES MODERN FOREIG LANGUAGES MAJOR FO R BACHELOR OF ARTS Required Course s The co mp o it e modem for e i g n l a n guage's m ajo r invo l ves a minimum of 48 h o ur s in any two mod e m l ang uage s, at l east 12 hour s in each. Student s are advi s ed into intermediate and advanced c las ses in each l anguage o n the ba i s of individual backgro und and need Th e minimum 12 h o ur s in each of the two c ho se n l anguage must be taken as follows: Spanish SPA 211 SPA 212 SPA 231 SPA 232 Subtotal ... French FRE 201 FRE 202 FRE 211 FRE 301 Subtotal .... German Int ermedia te Spani s h . . . . . ................. 3 Spani s h R eading and Conversation . . . . .............. 3 Spani s h Grammar and Compo s itio n I . . . . . . . ....... 3 Spanish Grammar and Composition II ........................ ................. . 1 2 Int ermediate French I ....... ......... ............................................ 3 tmermediate French II .... ... 3 French Reading and Conver arion ...................................................... 3 Introduction t o Advanced French Studie s . . 3 .................................................................... 12 GER 2 1 1 German Reading and Conversatio n . . . . . . . . 3 GER 2 1 2 German Civilization . .. . .. . ... 3 GER 231 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar . . . . . . . . . 3 GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal...................... . . ................................. 12 The remaining hours t o complet e the 48 hours required must be taken with department approval. For those seeking t eacher licen s ur e in modem foreign lan g uage s (French, German Sparti s b) all of the course in one of th e following areas of emphasis a re required FRE C H AREA OF EMPHASIS FRE 20 I Interm ediate French I . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 3 FRE 202 Int ermediate Fren ch 11 . . . . . . . . 3 FRE 211 French Readi n g and Conversation ..................................................... 3 FRE 30 I Introdu ction t o Advanced French Studies . . . 3 FRE 3 1 I Survey of French Literature I . .............................................. 3 FRE 3 1 2 Survey of Fre n c h Literature U . . . . . . . .................. 3 FRE 315 French Phonetics: Theory and Practice . . . . . ................. 3 FRE 33 1 Advanced Fre n c h Composition and Grammar . . . . . . . . . 3 FRE 332 Advanced Conversation . . 3 FRE 355 French His torical P erspectives. .......................................... 3 FRE 356 Contemporary Sociocultural I sues . . . . . . . . . ... 3 MDL 496 T eaching Fore i g n Lan guages in the Secondary Schools. .. ....................... ...... 3 Any two of the following three : FRE 452 Mod e m Frenc h Theater . . . . . . . . . .... 3 FRE 453 FRE 475 Total .. The French Novel ............ ........................................... 3 Senior Seminar in French Studie s .. .. 3 ..42 G E RMAN AREA OF EMPHASIS GER 211 German Reading and Conversation ......... ................................... 3 GER 212 German Civilization . . . . . ............ 3 GER 23 1 German Vocabulary Building and Grammar . . . . . . . .... 3 GER 232 German Composition and Free Writing ................................................... 3 GER 3 1 5 German Phonetics: Theory and Practice . . . .............. 3 GER 32 1 Survey of German Lit erature I. . . . . . .... 3 GER 322 Survey of German Literature 11 . .............. ... ..... ... ................ 3 GER 323 Contemporary German Writers . ............................................. .... 3 GER 33 1 Advanced German Compos iti o n and Grammar ........ 3 GER 35 1 Lessing Goethe and Schiller . . . . . . ................ 3

PAGE 87

84 SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES GER 411 -orGER 4 1 2 GER 42 1 The Gennan Novel of the 19th and Ear l y 20th Centuries Ger man Drama of t he 19th and 20th Centuries .. Advanced Conve r sation: Present-day Germany .... ..... 3 ....... 3 Gennan e l ectives ...................... ... 3 3 ..... 42 MDL 496 Teaching Fo r e i gn Languages in the Secondary Schools .......... Total SPANI S H ARE A OF EMPHAS I S SPA 211 SPA 2 1 2 SPA 23 1 SPA 232 SPA 311 SPA 314 SPA 315 SPA 320 -orSPA 32 1 -orSPA 322 SPA 325 S P A 340 -orSPA 341 SPA 40 1 SPA 402 SPA 4 1 1 -orSPA 412 MDL 496 T o tal .. l n t ennedia t e S p a nish. . . . . . . ... .... . .... 3 Spanish Reading and Conversation . .... 3 Spanish Grammar and Composition I ..... .............. .................. ... ........... 3 Spani s h Grammar and Composition 11. . . . . . .... 3 Advanced Conve r sa tion ..... .............. .... ................... ... ..... ...... 3 Advanced Compos i tion .... Spanish Phonetics : Theory and Practice .... Culture and Civilization of Spain Spanish-American Culture and Civilization Folklore and Cu ltu re of the Mexican Southwest I ntroductio n t o L it erary Studies i n Spani s h Survey of Spanis h Literature l Survey of Spa nish Literature ll Advanced Spanis h Writing and Grammar I ... Advanced Spani s h Writing and Grant mar II Contemporary Spani s h Literature Contemporary Latin-American Literature Tea c hing Foreign L anguages in the Secondary School s ................. .... 3 .... 3 .... 3 ...... 3 ........ 3 3 .... 3 ........ 3 3 .42 Music D e p art m ent Metropo litan S t ate College o f D enve r i s an acc r ed i ted i n stitutio n a l m e m ber of t h e Nat i o nal Assoc i a t ion of Schoo l o f M u sic. T h e M u s i c Depart m e n t offe r m a j ors i n m u s i c ed u cation and mu i c performa n ce, and a min o r in m u sic T he depa rtm ent also offers courses spec ifically des i gned for n o n -music stude nt s w i shing to enha n ce their genera l u ndersta n ding a n d enjoyment of music. Musica ll y t a l ented studen t s f r om all areas of the college are e n couraged to participate in the wide variety of large and small mus i c e n sembles, inc ludin g band orc h est ra, choir, and c h ambe r mus ic. The majo r s in music educatio n a n d m u s i c performa n ce are p r ofess i o n a l degree pr ograms des i g n e d f or s tu den t s w i s h ing to pre p are themselves for careers as music teac h e r s or perfor m e rs. St u den t s pur s uing these ma j o r s are n ot requir e d t o co mpl ete a min o r for g r aduat i o n Th e m u s i c e du cation deg r ee p rog r a m p r e p a r es s tud e nt s for caree r s t eac h i n g i n s trum enta l a n d/o r c h o r a l music at the l eve l s K 1 2. T o b e a dmi tted to this p rogram s tud e nt s m u st pass t h e Mu s i c E ducatio n Entrance Examinat i o n B y t aking an add i t i o n a l 1 6 se m ester h o ur s b eyo n d t h e bac h e lor's deg r ee (E D U 4 1 9 and 429), the s t ude nt becomes eli gib l e for K 1 2 lice n sure i n the S t ate of Co l o r ad o With these addi tional 1 6 h o urs, thi s deg r ee p rogram is approved by the Co l o r ad o S t ate Departme n t of Educatio n and has full acc r e d i t atio n by the National Council for the Accredi t a tion of Teacher E d ucatio n S tud e nt s seeking t eaching crede n tia l s in mus i c m u s t pass t h e M u sic Ed u catio n Comprehe n s i ve Exami n atio n and must a l so sati fy all ap pli cable req uir eme nt s of th e t eac h er e du catio n and lice n s u re prog r a m s in t h e D ivision o f E du cation in the Schoo l of Pr ofessiona l Studies. T h e mu sic perf or m a n ce degree pr og ram pr e p a r es s tud e nt s fo r f u rth e r gra du a t e s t u d y o r for c areer s as p erforme r s or pri vate s tud i o t eac h e rs. T o b e admitt e d t o this pro g ram s tu de nt s m u s t d e m o n s tr a te th e capa b ility o f d eve l o p i n g a h i g h l eve l o f m u i cia n s hip in p erfor manc e b y p as ing the Mu s i c P erfo rma n ce Audi t io n up o n comp l etio n o f MUS 1 72 (Privat e Ins tru ction II). Furth er i nfor m ation, includin g examinatio n polic i es, p roce du res and r equi r e m e nts, i s p rovide d i n t h e d epartme nt a l publ icatio n titl ed Advising I nforma ti on. All mus i c m a j ors and min o r s s h ould famili ar i ze t h emse l ves with this d ocume nt.

PAGE 88

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES New and tran s fer s tud e nts wishing to major or minor in music s h o u ld be pr e p a red t o take pla ce m ent examinations in the areas of mu ic theory and music his tory and to perform an a uditi on in their primary performance area. For p l ace ment and a udition a ppointments, contact the Mus i c Department at l eas t two weeks prior to the be g inni n g of the se me ter. MUSI C EDUCATION MAJOR FOR B ACHELO R OF ARTS Co re Requir eme nt for all Music Ed ucation Majors R equ ired Courses Se m este r Hours MUS Ill MUS 112 MUS 113 MUS 114 MUS 211 MUS 2 1 2 MUS 2 1 3 MUS 2 1 4 MUS 121 M US 122 MUS 321 MUS 322 MUS 1 7 1 MUS 172 MUS 271 MUS 272 MUS 37 1 MUS 372 MUS 1 6 1 MUS 1 6 1 MUS 162 MUS 26 1 MUS 262 Mus i c Theory I Music Theory Lab I. Music Theory II . Music Theory Lab II .... 3 ... I .. 3 .. .. 1 Mus i c Th eory Ill .... ............................................... ..... ....... 3 Mus i c Theory L ab Ill ... ........................... ..... ........... ....... I Mus i c Theory I V . ............................................... ....... 3 Music Theory Lab I V ................................ ................. ............ I Music Literature I ........................... ......... ... ........................... 3 Mus i c Lit e r a tur e II ........ ............. ... ..... .... . ... ...... .............. .. 3 Mus i c Hi tory I . ... ............. ......... ......................... 3 Music His t ory ll ... ........................................... .. 3 Private Ins truction I (Primary Performan c e Are a) ........ ..... ............................ 2 Private ln t rucl ion II ( Prim ary Performan c e Area ) ....... .... ............................ 2 Private Ins tru ctio n Ill ( Prim ary P e rf orma n ce Area) Private Instructio n IV ( Primary Performance Area ) Priv a t e Instruction V ( Prim ary Performance Area). Private In !ructio n V I ( Prima ry P e rf orma n ce Area). Class Voic e I. Cia s Piano I C l ass Pian o II* Cia s Piano J[J* Class Pian o IV* . ..................... .... 2 .. .......... 2 .. 2 .. ........... 2 .. I .. I ... I ... 1 ...... 1 o re: Students w h o e primary performance area is pia n o may e l ect a n othe r a r ea of study in place of c l a s s piano; h oweve r, they s till must pas s the Piano Proficienc y Examination before enr o lling i n MUS 352 o r 353 S e l ec t I 0 h o ur s from the followi ng:** MUS 28 1 En embJe .. ..................... I MUS 38 1 E n emble** ... .. I **Note : Ensembles mus t be c h ose n from those ap propriat e t o the s tud ent's area of emphas i s : c h oral majors must enroll in at least eight h o urs of c horal en s emble and instrumenta l majors mus t enroll in at lea s t eight h o ur s of instrumental ens embles. Students majorin g in mus i c educat i o n must enroll in a n ensemble during each se mest e r of full-time resi de n ce excep t w h e n student t eaching MUS 3 1 5 MUS 34 1 MUS 342 MUS 345 MUS 346 MUS 351 MUS 433 MUS 439 MUS 434 MUS 439 RDG 328 EOU 2 1 2 EDU 264 EDS 320 SED 360 Tow/. Instrumenta l and Choral Scoring and Arrangin g String Techniques and Material s ........... .... ................ 3 .................. ........... ... 2 Guitar Te c hnique s and M aterial s ......................... ............................. 2 Brass Te c hnique s and M a t erial s Percu ssion Techniques and M a t eria l s .............. ................ .... ......... ... '. 2 Basic Cond u cting E l ementary School Music Method and Material s Supervi s ed Fie l d Experience: MUS 433 Secondary School Music Method s and M a t erial s .... Supervi sed Fie l d Exper i e n ce : MUS 434 ..... 2 .. ... 2 .... 2 ........... ..1 ...... 2 ... I T eaching of Rea din g a n d Writing in the Content Areas. . . . . . . . . 4 E l ementary Educatio n in Unit ed States ......... .... ........................ 3 U rb an and Multi c ultural Education ...... ............ ........... ... ......... ..... 3 Educational P syc h o l ogy Applied to T eac hin g ..... ...................................... 3 The Exceptional Leamer in the C l as s r oom 3 .... 90 In additio n t o the above core r e quir e m ent, music educatio n m ajo r s must se l ec t one o f the following e mph ases :

PAGE 89

86 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES CHORAL EMPHA SIS MUS 140 Vocal Di c tion ......... .............. .............. ... .... . ... 3 MUS 352 Cho r a l C o n ducting and Lit e r ature . . . . . . . ...... . ..... 3 MUS 442 Vocal P edagogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 T o tal . 9 INSTRUMENTAL EMPHASIS MUS 343 MUS 348 M US 353 T o tal W oodwind Tec hni q u e s and M a t erials . . . . ............. M ar c hing Ban d T ec hni q u e s and M a t eria l s .... .............................. ...... I n s tru m e n ta l Co n d u cti n g an d Lit e r ature . . . .... . ... 2 ... 2 3 .... 7 MUSIC PERFORMANCE MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS Core Requirement for all Music Performance Majors Required Courses Semester Hours MUS Ill M u s i c T h eory I . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3 MUS 112 M u s i c Theory Lab I. . . . ... I MUS 113 Music Theory II . .... 3 MUS 114 Mu s ic T h eory Lab II . . . ........ .... .... ..... ................. I MUS 2 1 I M u sic Theory III ............................ .......... ............. 3 MUS 2 1 2 Mus i c Theory La b ill . ................ ...... ....... ... .................... ... I MUS MU S M U S MU S MUS M U S MUS MUS MUS MUS MUS MUS MUS MUS 2 1 3 2 1 4 1 2 1 122 32 1 322 1 7 1 1 72 273 274 373 37 4 4 73 4 7 4 M u s i c Theory IV ........................... ........... .... ................... 3 Mu s ic Theory Lab I V .... ............................. ..... ...... .... .......... I M u s i c Lite r a tur e I . . . . . ........................ ... 3 Mu s i c L ite r a tur e II . . . . . . . . ....... 3 Mu s i c H i s t ory I . . . . ... ......... ... 3 M u sic Hi s t ory ll . . . . . . . ..... . ............... 3 P riv a t e I n s tru ctio n I ( Pr i mary P erforma nce Are a) . .... ...................... 2 Pri va t e I nstructio n II (P rim ary P erfo r mance Area). ...... ........... ... 2 Performa n ce Ill (Primary P erfo rm ance Ar ea) ...... ..... ..... ..... 4 Perfo rmance I V ( Prim ary P e rf o rm an c e Are a ) . . . . . 4 P erforma n ce V (Primary P erforma nce Area ) . . . . . . . . . ...... 4 Perfo rma nce V I ( Prim ary P e rfo rm a nce A r ea ) . . . . . . 4 Performa n ce V]] (Prim ary P erfo rm ance A r ea) . . ... 4 Perfo r ma n ce VIJI (Pri m ary P e rf orma nce A rea) . . . . . ... ...... ...... 4 Se l ect 2 h o urs f r om th e following: MUS 1 6 I C l a ss Ins tru ctio n I ( Se c ondary P erfor m a n ce Area )* .. . ...... ...... .... .. I MUS I 62 C l ass Instructio n 11 ( Secondary P erfor m a nce A r ea) .. ........... .. .............. 1 MUS 1 7 1 Private In s tru ctio n I (Seco n dary Perf o r m a n ce Are a) .. ...... .... 2 N o te : M u s t be C l ass Pia n o I and 11 unl e s s t udent i s ab l e t o p a ss t he P riva t e Ins tru ctio n Auditio n in p ia n o Exceptio n : Stud e nt s e J e c t i n g the o rgan emph asi s m u s t t ake C l a s s Voi c e I an d 11 unle ss they are a bl e t o p a ss the Pri va t e Ins tru c tion Audi t io n in voi c e S e lect 1 2 h o ur s f r om th e following: MUS 28 1 En sembl e. .......... . ...... ........ 1 MUS 38 1 En se mb l e ** ... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . I ** Note: E n s embl e s mu s t be c h o s e n from tho s e appropriate to the s t udent's area o f e m p h a s i s. S tud e nt s ma j oring in mu s i c pe r forman c e mu s t e nr oll in an e n se m b l e durin g e ac h semes t e r of f ull -time re s ide n c e MUS 35 1 MUS 479 T o tal .. B a s i c Con d u c tin g . . . . . . . ......................... 2 Seni o r Recital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ...................... .. .. .. ........ .. n l n additio n to the above core requirem ent, all music perfor m ance maj o rs m u s t se l ec t o n e of th e f ollowin g emph ases: VOICE EMPHA SIS MUS 1 4 0 MUS 44 2 T otal Vocal Di c ti o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 V ocal P edagogy . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ...... .... ............ ............ ....... .... ................. 6 PlANO EMPHASIS M US 310 Count erpo int.. .. . .. . .. .. . .. ....... .... .... 3 MUS 44 1 Piano P e d agogy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Total....................... .......... ................... ............ ...... 6

PAGE 90

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES I 0RGA EMPHASIS MUS 310 MUS 352 Counterpoint ........................ Ch o ral C o nducting and Lit e rature T o tal .. G UITA R EMPHASIS MUS MUS 310 Counterpoint 3 1 5 Ins trumental and Choral Scoring and Arrangin g T ora l ............... WOODWIND, BRASS, STRI G OR P E RCUSSION EMPHASIS MUS 3 1 5 Ins trumenta l and Choral Sco ring a n d Arranging . MUS 353 I n trumental Conducting and Litera t ure T o tal ... MINOR IN M SIC Required Courses MUS Ill Mu ic The o ry I MUS 112 Mu sic Theory L ab l. MUS 1 1 3 MUS 114 MUS 211 MUS 212 MUS 1 2 1 MUS 122 Music Theory II Mu sic Theory Lab n ..... Mu s i c Theory Ill .. Mu s ic Theory L ab Ill Mu sic Liter a tur e I Mu ic Literature II ........ ....... 3 3 .. 6 .... 3 3 .. 6 .. ..... 3 3 ...... 6 Sem ester H o urs ..... 3 ............. .. I ..... 3 .. ............... 1 ........... ..3 I .3 .................... 3 MUS 171 Private Ins truction I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 MUS 172 Private Ins truction IJ .... 2 Selec t 2 hours from t he following : MUS 281 Ense mble . . .. I MUS 281 Ense mble I Upper-divi s ion elective in mus i c theory his tory, l ite r ature or pedagogy 3 T o tal .... ........ . ... ............... 27 Philosophy Department Phil oso phi c que tions are of the mo s t end urin g interest because th ey are f und a m enta l t o ou r intellectua l and practical concerns. As a critical investigation int o the a s umpti o n s and i mpli catio n s associa ted with all discip lin es philosophy i s int erdiscip lin ary in character. H oweve r this type of inqui ry requires te c h nical co ncept s and methods, so it t akes o n th e c h a r ac ter of a peci a liz e d discipli ne. Philo so phi ca l inquir y is a n interaction between speculative and c ritic a l thought recognizing no pre-e sta blished limit s in its interests or it critica l exa min ation Therefo r e, phil osophy as a s tud y program e nlar ges the s tudent's horizons of ideas throug h out the various di ciplines in the college, while providing the critica l skills n ecessary to a n a l yze and sy nth esize these ide as. It encourages s tud e nt s t o exp l ore creatively th e full r ange of philo so phical optio ns, t o con ider a ltern a t e point of v i ew, and to de l ve int o pr ofound i ss ue B ecause of the subject matter attitudes and methods employe d in philo so phy the s tud ent will b e muc h better prepared for leadership in personal life civic respon ibilities, and pur s uit of a career. In ad dition to offering a variety of courses for s tud ents who a r e plan nin g to take only one or two co ur ses in philosophy the department offers two programs, b oth of which feature flex ibilit y and individual i zed training: I A m a jor for s tud e nt s seeki n g a so lid ge n e ral training/background that ca n se r ve eit h e r as a b as i s for g r a du ate s tudies in s uch varied a r eas as philo so ph y, th e hum a niti es, law, m ed i cine, bu siness, urban planning and development, e t c or as a basis for a career in whic h th e specialized training required is provided b y the employe r s uch as careers in corporate management, governme nt p o l itics banking or e duc ation. 2. A min o r for s tudents who have alrea d y c h ose n a caree r and see k t o com plement their spec iali ze d training/background with the opportun iti es afforded by phil osophy to inc r ease their career o pti ons and generally to inc rea e the quality of thei r lives Metro State s tud ents who e ith er major or minor in phil o o phy are e n couraged to t ake University of Col o r ado a t Den ver co ur ses that co n tribute to the r equirements o r the b a l ance of the ir phil osop h y experi ence. These tudents sho uld consult the c h a ir of the Philosophy D e p artmen t a t M etro State whe n pla n nin g to take University of Col o rad o at Denver co ur ses.

PAGE 91

88 SCHOOL O F LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES PHILOSOPHY MAJOR FOR B A CHELOR OF ARTS Required Co urses S em es ter Hours P ffl 144 Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Pffl 300 History of G r eek P hilosop h y ................................................... 3 Pffl 302 Hi s tory of Modem Philo s ophy ......... ....................... ......... ... ....... 3 Pffl 410 Senior Seminar . . . . . . . . ..... 3 T o t a l A dd i tiona l Co u rs e S ubj e ct A r e a s R e quired Lower-Divis i on : Introductory co u rses ...... Upper-Div i s i o n : Metaphysics and/or Epistemo l ogy Ethic s and/o r Social Philosop h y . ............... One p h i l oso ph ical prob l em o r o n e phi l osop h e r .............. ................ 12 .6 3 3 ... 3 One co ur se r e l ating philosophy t o a n ot h e r fiel d s u c h as re ligi o n art, sc i e n ce, o r h i s tory .. T o tal ..... . . . . . . . . 18 Additiona l e l ectives at any leve l . ........ ...... ......... 6 ( Selected in cons u ltation with a n d approved by the Philo so p h y Department ) Total uppe r -division se me s ter ho ur s required for maj o r . .............................. 18 Total.. . . . .............. .................... ... ....... 36 MINOR IN PHILOSOPHY R equire d Cours es Se m es t e r Ho u rs Pffl I 0 I I ntroduction t o Phil osop h y ............................ 3 Pffl I 03 Ethics .......... ........... .... ........ ......... ................... 3 Pffl I l l Langua ge, Logic, and Persuasion . . . . . . . . . . 3 T o tal............ .... ... ... ..................... ... ................... ....... 9 E l ectives A minim u m o f I I additiona l se m es t e r h ours of w h ich seve n are u pper-divi sion co urses in p h iloso ph y s e l ec ted in con s ult a t ion with and app r oved b y the Phil osop h y Departmen t to make a tota l of 20 semes ter h o u rs HOLISTIC HEALT H AND W E LLNES S EDU C A TION MULTI-MINOR T he m ulti min o r may b e arra n ged thro u g h the Phil osop h y D epart m e nt a n d i n cl ud es the r equi r e d co ur ses l isted und e r the ho l ist i c h ealth and e du catio n multi-m i n o r on p age 1 89 of t his Cat a l og. Speec h C o mm uni cati on Depar tme n t P roficie n c y in one of the areas of speec h o p e n s up m a n y careers t o the gra du a t e. Fo r i n sta n ce, in m ass communicatio n radio, t e l ev i s i o n and fil m a g r adua t e might as pir e t o careers in o n-air operatio n s, m ass m edia i d eas, pr omotio n publi c affairs, o r r a d io -t e l evis ion sa l es Gra du ates might b eco m e co n s ult a nt s i n adve rti sing o r s p ecia list s in instructio n a l o r ed u ca t io n a l te l evis i o n o r in the publi c br oa d cas t i n g se r v i ce Caree r s are open as broa d cas tin g s p ec i alis t s i n pub l i c r elatio n s, publi c infor m a tion bus in ess indu s try, a n d gove rnm ent. A n e mph as i s in s p eec h p atho l ogy/a udi o l ogy p r ovides sound b ac k g roun d for s tud e nt s pur suing c ar ee r s i n educatio n vocationa l re h a b ilitat i on, a nd h ea lth care. Grad ua t es in co mmuni catio n d isorde r s h ave the p rerequisite coursewo r k to pursu e a m as t e r's d egree in s p eec h p atho l ogy o r a udi o l ogy w h ic h o pen s d oors t o careers i n sc h oo l s, h os p i t als, commun ity clinics, reh a bilit atio n cen t ers, and p rivate pr actice G ra duat es in r h e t or i c a nd publ ic a d d r ess h ave ac h ieve d s u ccess in l aw ind u s tri a l and organizatio n a l comm unic a tion ed u catio n a l a dm inis trati o n p ubli c r e l ations, s p eec h w r iting f or po litica l figur es te ac h i n g, pub l i c relati o ns, and the o lo gy Pr ofessi o n a l and e du ca tion a l thea t e r occ up at i o n s are o p e n t o thea ter g radu ates with s pe cial tie s in s t ag e craft, so und e n ginee rin g, scri p twri t i n g, dir ecting a n d acting. Com muni catio n s T h eo r y a nd O rganizatio nal Co mmu nication: Co mmu nicatio n co n sulting/trai nin g a nd confere n ce pla nn ing b oth p rese n t lucr ative a nd satisfying caree r s t o speec h gradua t es s p ec i a lizin g i n these are a s of co mmuni ca tion J o b o pp o rtuniti es a r e available i n e du ca t io n gove rnm e nt business, and i n dustry as w ell as p r ivate pr act i ce as a co n sult ant.

PAGE 92

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES SPEECH COMMUNICATION MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS I. Core course s are required for all areas of emphasis 2 Independent study, topic courses and experiential education courses s u ch as pr actic ums and intern s h i p s may be taken in each of the pro g ram area s 3 Additional s eme s ter hours in speec h courses will be se l ec t ed in co n s ult ation with the a dvi er a ppr oved b y the Department of Speech Communi catio n 4 T o tal minimum s e m e s ter h ours for a m ajor in s peech communication: 36 Basic Cor e R equired Co u rses SPE 101 Publi c Speakin g ... SPE 320 Oral Interpr e tation: Pr o e and P oe try .......... ... emester Hours ... 3 ... 3 SPE 374 P syc h o l ogy of Communication ... .... .... . . . . . . . . 3 T otal .... . . . ... 9 BROADCASTING AREA OF EMPHASIS Required Courses Semes t e r H o urs SPE 240 Int rod u ctio n to R ad i o a nd Televis i o n Br oa d cas tin g .... 3 SPE 343 R adioT e l evisio n Announcin g . ... ........... ............ ......... 3 SPE 344 Tel evis i on Produ c t ion . . . . . . . . . . ... 3 SPE 345 B roadc as t J o urn alism: R adio -o rSPE 445 .... 3 SPE 3 4 8 B road cas t J o urn alis m : Televi sio n W orks hop i n R adio Pr od u c tion .... ........ ................... ..... 3 SPE 448 Seminar Pr ac ticum in Bro a d cas ting .. .... 3 TLC 2 49 Be g innin g Intern s hip in R adio, TV. Fil m a nd M ass Co mmun ication s -o r SPE 298 Cooperative Education for Speech Communicati o n .. ................ 1-6 TLC 349 Ad vance d Intern s hip in R adio, TV, Fil m and Mas s C o mmunicati o n s -o r SPE 398 C ooperat ive Edu ca t i o n for Speec h Co mmun ication 1-15 Cooperativ e Edu ca tion for Spee c h Co mmuni catio n T o t al ...... ............................ 20-39 COMMUNICATIO THEORY AREA OF EMPHASIS R equired Courses Semester Hours SPE 170 Communication The ory. . . . . . . . . . ....... 3 SPE 171 Interpe rsonal Communicati o n : The Ind ividual as a Communicator ...................... ....... 3 SPE 211 D iscussion Methods . . . . . . . .. . . . . 3 SPE 272 Nonverbal Comm uni catio n ....... ..... ........................... ......... 3 T o t a l ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 0RGA IZATIO NAL COMMUNICATIO AREA OF EMPHASIS R equired Courses SPE 1 70 Communicatio n Theory . . ......... .... emeste r Hou rs .. 3 SPE 3 1 0 Bu si ne ss and Pr ofessional Speakin g ............................................. 3 SP E 311 Strat egies of Or ganizational L ea d ers hip T ota l PuBLIC ADDRESS AND RHE TORJ C AREA OF EMPHAS IS R equired Courses SPE 309 Argumentation and Advoca cy ...................... SPE 408 Rhetorical Crit i c i s m of Publi c Address . .......... .... 9 Semester Hours 3 SPE 409 Cia sica l Rhet oric . . . ..................................... ... 3 3 3 1 2 SPE 4 1 0 Technique s of Persu as i o n .......... T otal ............. SPEECH-LANGUAGE P ATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY AREA OF EMPHASIS Require d Courses SP E 330 V o i ce Scien ce: Phonetic s. Voi c e and Dictio n -orSemes t e r Hours SPE 353 Voice Sci e nce : P a th ology and Techno l ogy ............................... ............... 3

PAGE 93

90 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES SPE 350 Speech Path o l ogy I ....... 3 SPE 35 1 Speech P atho l ogy ll ... 3 SPE 360 Audiology I. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 SPE 36 1 Audiology II ... 0 0 0 3 Total. ............ .. 15 THEATER AREA OF EMPHASI S Required Courses Semester Hours ENG I 1 2 Intr oductio n t o Drama -orENG 210 SPE 22 1 SPE 222 SPE 224 SPE 322 SPE 328 T o tal Introducti on to Literary Studies ...... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Introduction to Theatre Techniques in Acting I .. Intr oductio n to Stagecraft Stage Movemen t Stage Directing ........ 0 0 .. ... 3 .3 ... 3 .. 0 0 .. o 0 .... 3 ..... 0 ........ 3 3 ... 18 SPEECH EDUCATION AREA OF EMPHAS I S Core: Semester Hours .... 3 SPE SPE SPE Total. 101 320 374 Publi c Speaking. ........ Oral Interpretation: P rose and P oe try ..... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o o o o o o 3 Psychology o f Communica t io n . o o o 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 SECO DAR Y TEACHER EDUCATIO PROGRAM l SPEECH COMMUNICATION ARTS Required Cou rses Semester Hours ... 3 ... 3 SPE 211 Discuss ion Method s ...... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SPE 22 1 SPE 222 SPE 22 4 SPE 240 SPE 30 1 SPE 309 SPE 328 SPE 330 SPE 3 59 SPE 38 0 SPE 410 Intr oduction t o Theatre . Techniques of Acting I .. .. .... 3 Intr oductio n t o Stagecraft ... 0 0 0 0 o 0 3 Intr oductio n t o Radi o a nd T e l ev i s i o n Broa d casting . 0 0 0 0 3 Advanced Pub l i c S peaking .. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o o 3 Argumentation and Advocacy 0 o o o o 3 Stage Directing I ............................ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Voice S c ience : Ph o n etics and V oice and Dic tion .. Speech Problems in the School s ... In struct i o na l M ethods for Spe ec h T eac h ers and C r eat i ve Speec h Techniques of P e r s u as i on .3 0 0 0 0 3 ..3 .3 E l ectives for th e Secondary T eac h e r Education P rogram A minim um of six semester hours in speec h courses is recomm e nded in cons ult ation with and approved b y the Speech Com munication D e p anment. These s i x h o u rs are to be se lected from the following list: SPE 305 Inter collegiate Forensic s ..... 0 o I SPE 308 SPE 322 SPE 35 0 SPE 36 0 SPE 408 SPE 420 SPE 426 SPE 449 Total ..... Great American Speakers .. .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Stage Movement ...... 3 Speech P at h o lo gy I ..................... 0 0 0 3 Audiology I . . . ... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 3 Rh etorica l C ritici sm of Publ ic Addre ss . 0 0 o 0 3 R eader's Theate r .... Theater: Practi c um I Effect s of Radio-Televi sio n on Contemporary Life ........ 0 0 0. .3 ... 1 3 ... 48 Stu d ents see king secondary licensure in speec h ed u cation mus t s atisfy the Teac h e r Education Progra m of Metro S t a t e in addi tion to a ll of the m ajo r requirements. S PEEC H COMMUNICAT ION MINOR All s peec h communication minor s are r e quir e d t o take a minimum of 24 h ours incl u din g the co re (SPE 101,320, and 374). Hour s take n b eyond the core are to be determined in consultation with a s pe ec h co m muni cat ion adviser.

PAGE 94

I SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 9 'fELECOMMUNICA TIONS Tele co mmunication i o n e of th e most b e neficial internship progr ams for co mmunicat ion st udent in broadcasting. Under the ausp i ces of the Speech Communi ca tion Departm e nt the stude nt is afforded the opportunity to gain hands-on experience throu g h c urr en t internships in radio television and film, pro vided by industry governme nt bus ines s, public a n d commercial tele commun ication s ce nt ers. The stu dent may begin thi s prog r am up on the completion of six hour in broadcasting-te le communica tion co ur es at Metro State Students s hould co nt ac t the adviser in b roadca ting for detail relative to elig i bility and placement in the telecommunication s intemships. Internship-telecommunications co ur e are offered every se m es ter during each of the modules as well a on a f ullse me ste r ba is. DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES The department s of African American Studies; Sociology Anthropology and Social Work ; Chicano Stud ies; His tory; P olitical Science (Urban Studies Pro g r am); and Psycho l ogy offer programs to trengthe n the s tudents und ers t anding of the social world and it s impact u po n indi vidual g r oups, a nd organizations Department s offer lecture cour es, professional intem ships in soc ial agencies and legi lati ve gove mm e nt and practicum s in their field of s tudy The program s will prepare the s tudents for entry-level emp l oyment in h e lping ervices and ocial work or grad u ate o r professional school. African American Studies Department The African American Studie D epartmen t offers a range of co u rses in African American studies that present t h e dim ension of the black experie nce i n thi s cou n try. The se courses e n co mp ass a nd affo rd a comprehe n s ive under sta nding of the African h eritage. The y pre se nt African links and potential; con tributions of black people in the growth and deve l opment of the United Sta t es; black culture and life sty l es; th e black community; polit ical activity and potential; religiou development and importance; commun it y service and reso u rce a sis tan ce; and pro gnosis and potential for social c han ge. The co ur es may app l y in the general st udi es req u irements and as e l ectives for grad u ation. Student s are ur ged to cons ult with the fac ult y in African American Studies Departm ent about n ew courses now being designed as well as specia l offerings. The major in African Amer i can studies (which lead s to a b ac h e l or of arts degree ) a nd th e minor pro gram must b e planned in consultation with an adviser in the Afr i can American Studie s Department. Students de s irin g seco ndary licensure in social studies s hould see the Teacher Education Department. AFRICAN AMERICA STU DIE S MAJOR FOR B ACHE LOR OF ARTS Requir e d Courses AAS I 0 I Introdu c tion to African American Studie s . . . . .............. .... AAS 113 Survey of African His tory ( HIS 194). . . . . ....... AAS 200 Soci a l Mo ve ments and the Bla ck Experience (SOC 200). .......... AAS 330 The Black Com munit y (SOC 314)............. ............ .... AAS 370 Psychology of R acism and Group Pr ej udi ce (PSY 370) AAS 485 Re searc h Seminar in African American Studie s. Select o n e from the following : MUS 201 Topic s in Ethn i c Mu s ic : Variable Title ..................... ........ ART 304 African An ... Se m es t e r Hou rs ... 3 .. 3 .3 3 3 .3 .. 3 .3 AAS 324 African American Literature (ENG 324) ... ................... 3 Elective .. 18 T o tal E lectiv es ......... .... ................ 39 Elective ho ur s in African American s tudie s courses are se le c ted in cons ultati o n with the adviser. MINOR IN AFRICA AMERICAN STUDIES Required Courses AAS 101 Intr oduction to African American Studie s... ...................... AAS 200 Social Movement s & and Black Experience ( SOC 200) ................. T o tal ...... Semeste r Hours .. 3 3 .. 6

PAGE 95

92 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Electives A minimum of 1 5 a dditi o n a l s em e st e r h o u rs i s r e quir e d in African-Am erican co ur ses, three h o ur s o f whic h mu s t be a n Afri c an cour se, s elected in co n s ult atio n with an d a ppr ov ed b y the A f rican A me ric a n Stud ies adv i se r ass i g n ed t o t h e s tud e nt. T o t a l h ours o f the min o r ar e 21. Assessment Test Durin g the final se m es t e r s tud ents m a j o rin g in A AS will be r equired to t a k e a compr e h e n s i ve assess m en t test. Chicano Studies Department The C hicano Studies Department offer a b a che l or of art s deg r ee in Chic ano s tudi e s The Ch i ca n o and other His p anic his torical experience s are u s ed as points of depa rtur e toward e xpa ndi n g awareness of the multic ultur a l world and th e contributions of Chic a nos The program i s desi g ned to a ss i s t in the prep a ration of scholar s as well as human s ervice provider s CHICANO STUDIES MAJOR FOR B ACHELOR OF ARTS 'f The requ ir em e nt s include cor e c our e s in the major b as i c knowled ge o f the Sp anis h lan g u a ge plu s approved e l ective s Required Core Courses Sem es t e r H ours C HS I 00 Intr od u ctio n t o C hi cano Studi es .. ............... .............. 3 CHS 101 CHS 102 History o f M eso-A m erica: Pre-Columbi a n a nd C olonial Peri o d s ( HIS l 9 l ) .... ................ 3 Hist ory o f the Chican o i n the S o uthw est: 1 810 t o Pr esent ( HIS 1 92) . . ............. 3 C HS 201 S u rvey o f Chi ca n o Lit era tur e ( ENG 24 1 ). . . . ......... .............. .... 3 C HS 310 The Chica n o C o mmunit y ( SO C 3 13).... . . . . . . . . ... 3 CHS 485 R esearc h Ex p erie nce in Chican o Studi es . . . . . . . . . . . 3 S u bt o tal 1 8 Language Require ment s : SPA 1 0 1 E l e m e ntary Spani s h I. SPA 1 02 E l e m e ntary Spani s h II ...... . ........... ................... ............ .... .5 .. 5 SPA 211 Int e rm ed iat e Spani s h -orSPA 2 1 2 Sp a nish Readin g and Co n ve r satio n Subt o tal Ap proved Ele ctives ....... T otal. 1 3 9 ..40 A mi nimum of n i n e se m es t e r h o u rs of e l ec t ives in Chic an o s tudi es select e d in co n sulta t io n w ith the de par t m ent c h a ir i s r eq uir e d MINoR IN CmcA o STUDIES The minor can be de s igned t o provide the s tud e nt with cour s e experience s that ar e mo s t relevant to o c cupat i o n a l and education a l g oal s Student s, in co n s ultati o n with a facult y adv i s er in Chicano s tudie s will deve l op indi v idual minor s that refle c t the be s t po ss ibl e ele ctive curricula and e n s ur e that a relevant emphas i s is maint a ined. Total hour s for the minor ar e 21. Required Courses C HS 100 Introdu ctio n to Chican o S tudi es. C HS CHS 101 102 CHS 201 His t ory o f Me soAmeri ca: Pr e-Co lumbi a n and Co l onia l Peri o d s ... His t ory o f the C hic a n o in the S o uth wes t : M ex ican and U nit e d St a t es P e r iods Su rvey o f Chi c an o Lit e r a tur e .... Semester Hours ... 3 .................. 3 ............. 3 ... 3 T otal. ............................... 12 E lective s A minim um of nin e semes t e r h o u r s o f e l ectives i s r e quir e d t o co mpl e t e the min or. The co ur s e s are t o be se l ec t e d in c on sul tati o n w ith a Chic ano s tudi es facult y a d v i ser. Assessment Test Durin g the fina l se m es t e r s tud ents m ajo rin g in CHS w ill b e r e quir e d t o tak e a compre h e n s ive a ssess m e nt test.

PAGE 96

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES History Department MAJOR FOR B ACHELO R OF ARTS R equired Courses HIS 101 W e t ernCiv ili zationto1715 HIS HI S HIS HIS 102 121 122 482 T otal. E l ectives West e rn Ci v i l i zatio n s ince 1 715 Americ a n His t ory t o 1 865 Am erican His t o ry since 1 86 5 S enio r S eminar Sem es t e r Hours ... 3 3 ... 3 ............ .... ..... 3 ... 3 .... 15 A minim u m o f 23 a dditi o n a l semester h ours in his tory i s r equire d 1 8 hours of whi c h mu s t be upper di v i s i o n N o m o re t han f o ur h o ur s in HIS 38 9 r e adin gs cour ses m ay be counted tow ard th e m ajo r with o ut pri o r w ritt e n approval fr o m th e d e p anme nt Course Distribution A minimum o f 2 3 a dditi o n a l semes ter h o ur s in h is t ory i s r equired. 1 8 h o urs o f w hi c h mu t be up pe r di visio n I n th e minimum o f 23 a dditio n a l emest e r h o ur s requir e d s tud e nt s mu s t include a t l eas t three h o ur s in e a c h o f th e br o ad a rea s of his t o ry: U nit e d St a te s. Europe a n D eve l o p i n g W o rld Grade Average Stude nt s m a j o rin g in hist ory mu s t maint ain a t l eas t a 2 .00 av era ge in th e ir his t o ry cour ses Advising His t o ry major s s h ould con s ult with a d epanme nt a l ad v i se r t o se l ec t th e cour ses in o th e r di sc iplin es that compl e ment their a rea o f conc e ntr a t io n in th e m ajor. MINOR IN HisTORY Th ere a r e three different area of e mph as i s availab l e to s tudent s seeki ng a history minor : ( l) re gula r h i s tory area of empha s is, ( II ) Ameri ca n We s t history area of e mph asis, ( III ) 20t h century tudie his tory area of emp h asi s I. REGULAR HISTORY AREA OF EMPHASIS R equired Courses HIS I 0 I West e rn Civilization t o 1715 HIS HIS HIS 1 02 1 2 1 1 22 T o t a l E l ectives West e rn Civilizati o n s ince 1715 Americ a n His tory to 1 8 65 ... Am erican His t o r y since 1 865 ..... 3 ....... 3 .... 3 1 2 A minimum o f nine a dditi o n a l semest e r h o u rs in his t ory i s r e qui re d The hour s mu s t be uppe r-di v i s i o n and s h o uld be s e l ec t e d in con s ultation with a d e p anment a l ad v i se r o more th a n 2 h o ur s in H I S 38 9 read i n gs cour ses m ay be counted toward the min o r w ith o ut pri o r w ritt e n approval fr o m t h e d e p anme nt. II. AMERICAN WEST HISTOR Y AREA OF EMPHASIS Required Courses HIS 110 Americ an West ................... ...... .... ... 3 HIS Ill C o l ora d o His tory I. HIS 1 2 1 Am eric an His tory t o I 65 ... HLS 122 Am erican Hi s t o ry since 1 865 .. T o tal E lectives 3 .... 3 3 1 2 A minimum of nin e a dditi o nal his t ory h o u rs treatin g the Am erican W e s t is required a ll o f whi c h mus t be upper di v isio n ill. TwE TIETH CE TURY ST DlES HISTORY AREA OF EMPHAS I S Required Courses HI S 1 2 2 Am eric an His tory s ince 1865 .... 3 HIS 2 0 I Cont e mpor a r y W o rld History 3 T o t a l .... ............. .. 6 E lective s A minim um o f 15 additi o nal hour s treatin g 2 0 t h c entu ry hi s t ory is required, o f whi c h nin e mu s t b e upper-di v i s i on. Grade Average Stude nts minoring in h is t ory mu s t maint a in a 2 .00 ave r age in th e ir hi s t ory c ours e s.

PAGE 97

94 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES SECONDARY SCHOOL EDUCATIO LICENSURE IN SOCIAL SCIE CES Students majorin g in his tory may combine their major with other courses in the social sc ience s and in education to earn seco ndary education licen s ure The requirements of this program are included under the Education Department section of thi s Catalog. PRELAW COURSES Several history courses are of particular importance to legal st udi es. These inc lud e H1S 121, 122 346, and 368. Student s interested in prelaw co urses are urged to con t act the departmenta l adviser. MINOR IN INTERDISCIPLINARY LEGAL STUDIES The interdisciplinary legal studies minor is designed to s how st udent s how the various disciplines in the humanities and social scie nce s treat questions of law and justice. The interdisciplinary legal studies minor is not a pre-law preparatory program or paralegal training. It s goal is to cross disciplines so that students ca n under stand how the humanities and social sciences illumin ate the principles, practices, and policies of the law. Required Co urs e Semester Hours CJC 190 Introduction to Legal Studie s .. .......................... 3 HIS 368 The Court in Crisis . ................. .. 3 PHI 343 Philosophy of Law .............. ...................... 3 SOC 355 Sociology of Law ................. .................................... 3 ENG 370 Literature and the Law . . . ..................................... 3 PSC 312 American Constitutional Law .. ...... ......... ............ ... 3 XXX XXX Seminar in Legal Topics (Interdisciplinary-team taught co ur se) .... . ........ .... ... 3 Total ............................. ................ 21 Students will e l ect one Jaw-related co ur se from the co ur ses lis ted below or app r oved by the interdi sc iplinary legal studies minor advise r : MGT 221 Le gal Enviro nment of Bu s iness I. ................... ........................ ........... 3 MGT 322 Legal Environment of Bu s iness 11 ............ ....... 3 CJC 210 Sub s tantive Criminal Law . . .............. ...... ....... 3 HIS 346 The Const itution and the New Nation 1 787-1848. .. ......... .... 3 soc 350 Criminology ....... 3 WMS 331 Women and the Law Total .... 24 Political Science Department The study of political sc ience is mainly the st udy of governments: their social and economic envi r on ments, how they are organized how and why the y d ec ide upon and carry out policies and how nation states interact on the world scene. It also includes the s tud y of politic a l ideas and values, past and pre sent citize n behavior and recent trends in methods of research and a naly s i a im ed at enlargi n g our knowledge of political processes. In this se nse the Political Scienc e Department prov i des stude nts with the perspect i ve and background nec essary to underst a nd the complex and often confusing reality of politics. To focus th at earch for underst a ndin g, each political sc ien ce major will se le c t a primary area of study either in American politics or international/comparative politics. Course listings for each area are avail able in the department office. The departmental o houses the college's Public Administration and Urban Studies pro g rams PRELAW The Political Science Department also offers prelaw advising to all students at the college, regardless of students' major fields of study. If you a r e thinking of applying t o law school or would Like more inf or m atio n on the LSA T or l aw schools, please contact the department's prelaw adviser. POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS Required Co u rses Semester Hours PSC 101 American National Government ....................... ......... ....................... 3 PSC I 02 Politi ca l Sy s tems and Ideas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

PAGE 98

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 9 PSC 202 Conducting P o lit ical An a l ys i s -orPSY 23 1 Intr od u ction t o Statistics for Social a nd B e h avio ral Sciences ....... ................ .... . 3 PS C 305 PSC 402 Subtotal .... E l ectives P ol it ical Theory . . . . ........... ... 3 Special Studies (Senior Experience) 3 .. 15 A minimum of 21 additio n a l emes ter h ours of political scie nce mu s t be compl e t ed. At l eas t 1 8 of these 2 1 hours mu st be upp er-d ivi s i on courses (300and 400-leve l ) and mu t be approved b y th e d e partm e nt. G e n e rally tud e nt s may appl y on l y 1 2 hours of c redit in nonclas s room cou r se s t oward the maj o r a s approved e l ective s. Total ....... ...... . ................ 36 Course Distribution and Area Concentratio n Of the 2 1 e l ective hours in po liti ca l science 12 mu s t be in the student's primary area of s tudy: American politics or interna tional/comparative politics A minimum of three h o ur s mu s t be drawn from the r e m ai nin g area of concent ra t io n and s ix hou rs can be sel ec ted a t the s tud ent' s discretion MINOR IN POLITICAL S CIENCE Require d Courses PSC 101 American atio nal Government PS C 10 2 P oli t ical Sy s t e m s and Id eas PS C 305 P o liti cal Theory. Subtotal. E lectives Semester H ours .. 3 ..... .... ......... 3 .. .. 3 .................... 9 A minimum of 12 additio n a l s e mest e r h ours are requir e d in political scie nce cour ses At l eas t nine of th ese 12 hours mu s t be in upper divi s i o n cour ses (300a nd 400-level) a nd m u s t be approved by the d e partm e nt Generally s tud e n ts m ay a pp l y on l y 6 hours of c redit in n o n c lassroom cour s e s toward th e major as appr oved e lecti ves T otal............... . . ..... .... ................ 2 1 MI OR IN P U BLI C ADMI ISTRATION Public a dmini stratio n i s the study of gov ernmenta l o r g anizations, their management, and how govern ment policies are formula t e d and carri ed out. Th e P o litic a l Science D epartment offers a minor in pub lic a dministration avai lable t o st udent s intere s t ed in a ca r eer in gove rnment se rvi ce, to s tudent s pre entl y employed in government who wish to increa se their skills and job s t atus, and to tudent s plan nin g to take postgr a duate work in public a dmini s tration. Required Courses I. B asic cou rses requir ed for all publi c adminis trati o n min o r s : PSC 101 American Nati o n al G overnmen t ... PS C 302 I ntrodu ctio n 10 Publi c Administration .. II. Two o f the follo wi n g cour ses: emest e r Hours 3 ... 3 PSC 322 Publi c P olicy. . . . . . . 3 PSC 324 Int ergovernme nt a l Rel ations . ....... o 3 PSC 326 P oli t ics of Budgetin g ....... 0 0 0 0 0 3 PSC 328 Publi c Personnel Administration ....... 0 3 ACC 320 Governmenta l A cco unting. 3 Ill. One o f the f ollowi n g cour ses: CMS 20 1 P rinciples of Information Systems . 3 MTH 1 2 1 I ntr od u ctio n t o S t ati stics ......... TV. Int e rn s hip PS C 4 1 2 or s ub s titut e cour s e ( minimum ) .. ..... 0 T o tal .... .. 4 3 1 9-20 A gove rnmental intern s hip will be required of all s tud e nt s for a minimum of one se me t e r a nd a mini mum of thr ee se m es ter h o urs. Thi s requirement may be wa i ved for s tudent s with a t l eas t one ca l endar year of ad mini s trati ve work ex peri ence in a government age ncy I t i s reco mm ended that pub l i c admini s tration minors a l so take a co ur se in both publi c s peakin g and in technical writing Al so available to s tudents i s a program of co ur ses l eading to a recognition o f completion awar d in pub lic ad ministration presented by the Political Scien ce D e partment. Student s may earn the awar d by s uc ces fully comp l eting a se l ection of co ur s e s amounting t o 26 s eme s ter h o urs. Conta c t the Politica l S c i ence Department for details

PAGE 99

96 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES MAJOR AND MINOR IN URBAN STU DIES Pl ease see the Urba n Studi es sectio n of this Catalog. INTERNSHIPS In a ddition to sch e dul e d classes p o l itica l sc i e n ce s tud en t s are e n co u raged to e nroll for at leas t o n e off ca m p u s intern s h i p Stud ents m ay r ece i ve c r ed i t for pr actica l wor k ex p erie n ce in vario u s areas of gov ernment s er v i ce. Place ment in a gove rnm e n ta l p o ition may b e initi a t ed b y the studen t C o oper ative Edu catio n o r the P o lit ica l S c i e n ce D e p artment. Int eres t e d stu d ents s h ou l d contac t t h e Po l itica l S c i e n ce D e p art m ent for d et ails. COURSES WIT H VARIABLE TOPIC S Not l i s t e d among t h e r egular co u rses are a var i ety of topics co u rses and se lf-p aced co u rses tha t are offere d eac h se m este r and g ive the st u dent a greater variety of c h oice Please b e s u re to c h eck the c ur r e n t C l ass S c h edule for these c l asses whic h ca n be r e p eated for c r e dit u n de r d iffer e n t titles. WASHINGTON D.C. PROGR A M Du ri n g the s umm e r sess ion th e d e p a rtm e nt offe r s a s p ecial p rog r a m i n Was h i n g ton D C., a im e d at pr o v idin g s tud e nt s w ith a uniqu e pe r s p ective on the n atio n s po liti ca l system Th e pr ogram co mbin es a fo u r-wee k m o d u l e h eld in W as hin g t o n w ith o n ca m p u s m ee t i n gs an d r e l eva nt r ea d i ngs. Please co nt act the d e partm ent a b out thi s pr ogram. A l so the d epart m e n t wo rk s w ith stu d en t s int e r e s ted i n an intern ex p erie n ce in W as hin g t o n D .C. durin g t h e s umm er o r duri n g the fall or s pri n g semesters. GOLDA MEIR CENTER FOR POLITICAL LEAD E R SHIP The G olda M eir Ce nt e r for P o l i t ical L eadership i s co n necte d t o the h istoric Golda Mei r Hou se o n th e A u raria c ampu s Th e cente r is o r gan i zed a nd o p e r a t ed t h ro u g h the P o l itical Sc i e n ce D epa rtm e nt. Th e cen t e r's purp ose is to d eve l o p p rog r a m s t h at exa min e the role of l ea d ers and l ea d e r ship at all le ve l s of the p o liti cal p rocess ; ble nd t ogether theo reti ca l a n d a ppl ie d p o liti cs ; and e mph a s ize voi ces and p e r s p ect i ves that exp a nd the bound ar i es of trad it i o n a l l ea d e r s hip a n alys i s Urban Studies Program P lease see a n adv i ser in the P olitica l Sc i e n ce D e p artme n t fo r upd a t e d changes b eing made to thi s p ro gram. A b ac h e l o r of a rt s or a b ac h e l o r of cience d egree with a m ajor i n urb an studies is offe r e d Th e b ac h e l o r o f science deg r ee i s recom m ended for those s rude nts d es i r ing a stronge r b ackgro u n d in qu ant i tative aspe c t s of urba n s tudi es. Co ur sewo r k is jointly offered b y M etro S t ate and the U n ive r sity of C o l o r ado a t D e n ve r ; the m a j o r i s offere d a t M e tr o Sta t e Th e em ph as i s of thi s prog r a m i s a n i nt e rdi sc ipli n ary a pproa c h to l earning. T o s upp o rt thi s a pp roac h six areas of e mphasi are offe r ed withi n the m ajor. I l oca l gove rnm e nt/urban pla nnin g 2 hou sing p atterns a nd alterna t ives 3. c ultur a l lifes t y l es 4. tr a n s p ortatio n and commun icatio n 5. n o nprofit o r ganiz ati o n a d minis tr atio n 6. b usin ess manage m e nt and ur ba n ization URBA N STUDIES MAJOR FOR B ACHELOR OF ARTS The requirem e nt s to t a l 46 se m es t er h o u r s a n d i n clude: I Tw e nt y-five-27 h o ur s of core co ur s es. 2 Nine h o urs se l ecte d from eac h o f f our a r eas of pr ocess 3 Two hour s i n a n area o f empha s i s to b e se l ec t e d b y the s tud e nt 4 Six additi o n a l h o ur s for a b ac h e l o r o f sc i e n ce d eg r ee 5 Urban s tud ies' m ajors who do not wis h t o pur s u e a m ino r in so m e othe r disciplin e will b e required to tak e at le as t 1 4 s eme s t e r h o ur s fo r a t o t a l of 6 0 semeste r h o ur s Th e 1 4 se m es t er h ours mus t b e se le c t e d i n co n s ult atio n w ith a faculty a d v i s er 6 There ar e d iffe r ent requ i r e m e nts for t h e n o nprofi t business a dmin i s tratio n bu sines s, ma n ag em e nt and urban izatio n emph ases

PAGE 100

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 9 Required Courses URS 100 Intr od u c t io n t o Urban Studi es ......... .... U R S 200 An I nside Look a t Urban In stitutio n s ......... URS 300 World P atte rn s o f Urbanization .. ..... U R S 380 Applied Urban R e s earch Methods .. URS 4 89 Int e rd iscip lin ary Seminar. ........ URS 4 99 Int ernship in Urban Studie s ............... Sem este r Hours . . . .. 3 .................. 3 ... ............... ..... 3 .. 3 4 3 Advanced writing co ur s e w hich m ay be taken from n o npr ofit bu si ne ss a dmini s tr atio n English o r communi cation s .... *3-4 Statistics whic h may be t aken from eco n omic s geog r ap h y mathematics p syc h o l ogy o r soc i o lo gy . . 3-4 Total .... 25 -27 onprofi t organiza t ion adminis tration s t ude nts may e l ect to fulfill these requirements within the nonprofit o r g anizati o n adminis trat io n area of emphasis A to t al o f nin e h ours shou l d be s e l ec t ed from the following areas of proces s e s. on p rofi t o r ganizatio n adminis tratio n s tud ents will tak e o n e cour se fro m two a r ea s for a t o t a l of a t l eas t s i x h o ur s Sub s titution s f o r the s e courses s hould be a rran g ed th r ou g h an advise r for urb a n s tudi es rban Spatial Structuring Processes URS 310 Int ernal Structure of the City. . . . . . . .................. 3 URS 351 Comm unit y D eve l opment and Planning . . . . . . .................... 3 U RS 400 Urban S imulatio n/Game . ........ ........... .... ..... ..... ....... 4 GEG 204 G eography of D enve r . . . . . . ................ 3 GEG 360 Urban Geograph y . . . . . . . 3 GEG 461 U rb an and Regi o nal Plannin g .... .......... ............... ........ 3 Urban Political P rocesses U R S 210 An An a l y s i s of Urban B o undari es ............... .................................... 3 URS 35 0 Emerging Urban P o liti cal Systems URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game .... PSC 300 American State and Local Government PSC 302 soc 37 1 Intr oductio n t o Public Admini s tration Politics and P ower. Urban Economic Processes ECO 20 I Prin c ipl e s of Economics M ac r o ECO 202 Principle s o f Eco n o mics-Micr o. ...... 3 4 ..3 ... 3 ... 3 ..................... 3 ........... . . .... 3 ECO 330 State and Local Finance ................. ................ ........................... 3 ECO 335 U rb an Econo mi c Anal ysis . . . ... .... .. 3 ECO 340 T ran s portatio n Eco n omic s ............ ..3 ECO 345 Environmental Economic s ..................... ........... .......................... 3 SOC 324 P overty i n America . . . . . . . 3 rban Soc i a l Processes GEG 130 G eog raphic Ana l ysis of Current oc i a l I ss u es . .... ............... .................. 3 GEG 362 P opu l atio n R eso ur ces and Land Use . . . . ...... 3 GEG 462 Land U s e : R es id e ntial . . . . . . ...... 3 SOC 309 Urban Sociology ........................... ...... .......... ........... 3 SOC 324 P overty in A meri ca . . . . . 3 T o tal .... 9 Area of Emphasis In eac h o f the first four following areas of emph as is the s tud ent se l ec t s a minimum of 12 h o ur s with a minimum o f six in urb an s tudi es. The stude n t may take a n y com bin atio n of interdi sci plin ary cour se s rel a t e d t o the area of e mpha s i s to be s e l ect e d in con s ultati o n with an adviser. On e o f the co u rse s s hould be a s kills co ur se rela t e d t o the area of e mph as i s. LOCAL GOVERNME T URBAN PLAN lNG Thi s area of emphas i conce ntr ate s o n the b asic con ceptual and theoreti c al planning processes as th ey relate to and actually appear i n urb an government occ up a t io n s and profe s s i o n s. Th e area of e mph a s i s i s de igned f o r students s eeki ng e ntry into government oc c upati o n s or seekin g advanced s tud y in public admin i s tr atio n o r urb a n planning beyond the bachelors de g r ee URS 250 ew Front Range Communiti es. .... 3 URS 289 Urban Pr ob l e ms: T opics. . . . ... ........ 1 3 URS 35 1 Community Development and Planning ...... .......... ................ ........... 3 URS 389 R ead in gs in Urban S tudi es. .... 1-3 URS 400 Urban Simulation/Game.. . . . 1-4 URS 410 Urban En v ironmental P erception . . . . 3 URS 450 Citie s of the Future . . . .......... ........ ....... ..... .......... 3 URS URS 45 1 47 1 Community Involvement Method s ....... ............... 3 Th e U rb a n Elderly: Pri so ne r s of Space . .............. 3

PAGE 101

98 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES H OUS ING P ATTE RNS AND ALTERNATIVES Thi s area of empha s i s c oncentrat es on the a ss embl y and deve l o pm ent o f reside ntial land th e nature of public and pr i vat e pro g ram s to provid e h o u s ing a nd th e m a int e n a n c e, and r e buildin g o f n e i g hb orho od s A b roa d ran ge of t opics includ es the e vo lutio n of public int erventio n in h o u sing and re side nti a l r e n ewal, th e conflic t betw e en ph ys i ca l and hum an c rit e ria in hou sing dec i s i o n s and co n strai nts o n the public's a bility t o d ea l w ith h o u sing i ssues. Compl etio n o f this a r ea of e mph as i s provid es a f o und a tion for g r a du ate w ork and/ o r e mpl oy m ent w ith a wide r a n ge of publi c and pri va te h o u s i n g age n c i es. URS 171 Intr od u c tion to D e nver N e i g hb orhoo d s . . . . . . 3 URS 230 Intr od uction to Urb a n H o u sing Probl e m s. . . . . 3 U RS 250 N e w Fr o nt Ran g e C o mmunit i e s. . . . . . . . . .. 3 URS 28 9 U rb a n Probl e ms: T opics . 1 -3 U RS 33 0 H o u sing: I ss u es and P o l ic i e . . . 3 U RS 389 Readin gs in Urban Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -3 URS 400 Urb a n Simulation/G a m e. . . . ... 1 -4 URS 450 Cities of the F utur e . . . .. 3 MGT 300 Or ga n iza tional Manage m ent ................. ... .................... ............. 3 FlN 3 8 0 R ea l E s ta t e Practice an d L aw . . . . . . . .. 3 CULTURAL LIFESTYLES Thi s area of emph as i s co n c e n tra t e s o n t h e imp ac t s o n the urb a n l a nd sca pe of the lif esty l es o f va riou s culture s w he t h e r e th nic, r a cia l c h ron o l og i cal, reli g i o us, eco n omic, or ge nder. The co n se qu e n ces of the se imp acts are v i ew e d a s am o n g the m os t s i g n ific ant d e te rmin a nts o f urb a n s tru c tur e, f orm, fun ctio n and soc i a l inte ra ctio n Th e student i s p rovide d w ith s peci a lized tr a inin g and ex peri e n ce f o r e ntry int o pro f ess i o n s w ith publi c o r p riva t e age n c i es tha t dea l dir ectly w ith these g roup s within a p lur alis tic urban e n v ir o nment. URS 250 N ew Fr ont Ran ge C o mmuniti es ........ ..... ........................... .............. 3 URS 37 1 E thni c Group s in Unit e d State s Citi es . . . . . . ...... 3 URS 389 R ea ding s i n Urban Studies. ... ................ ..................... 1-3 URS 400 Urb a n Simu l ation/G a m e . . . . 1-4 U RS 410 U rb a n Envir onmenta l P e r ce pti o n................. .... ...... .... .... 3 URS 471 Th e U rban Eld e rly: Priso n e r s o f Sp ace . . . . ... 3 TRANS P O R TATION AND COMMU CATION The tran s portationco mmunication a r ea o f e mpha s i s h as thr ee ba s i c aca de mic focu ses : ( I ) t o aid stud e nt s in refinin g the ir per ce pti o n s o f the vario u s n e t w ork s tha t ex i s t in the urban s ettin g; ( 2 ) t o prov ide t oo l s and tec hniqu es t o a n alyze th ese n e tw o rk s; a n d (3) to inc re ase t h e s tudents' und ers ta ndin g tha t tran s port atio n a nd co mmuni catio n a re int erde pendent w ith s u c h f ac t o r s a s l a nd u s e, politi cs, a nd de mography. Co mpl etio n of this a r e a o f emph as i s pr ovides a found a tion f o r a pr ofess i o n a l car e er o r furth e r g raduat e tr a ining. URS 228 Introdu c tion to Tr a n s p orta tion S ys te m s . . . . . . . . . . ... 3 URS 289 U rb a n Prob l em s : T opics. . . . . . . . 1-3 URS 328 Tra n portation : Issu es and P o lici es . . . . . . . . ............. 3 U RS 389 R ea din gs in Urban Studies. . . . ..... . .................... 1 -3 U RS 400 Urban Simulation/G a me... . . . . . ....... ..... 1-4 U RS 450 Citi es o f the Futur e . . . . . . . .... ... 3 NONPRO FIT ORGANI ZATION ADMIN I STRATION Thi s ar e a of emph as i s co mbin es class r oo m theory and pr actica l e xperi e n ce in a c ompr e hen s i ve f o rmat Stud e nt s f o rmal cl ass r oo m ex perience s ar e s uppl e m ente d by a t l eas t 2 0 h o urs per w ee k durin g tw o e m es te r s i n p l ace m ent experie n ces. All field work i s carefull y s u pervis ed and s tud e nt p rog r ess will be m eas ured agai n s t l ea rnin g o b jectives coo per ativel y de v e loped f o r eac h co ur se by the s tud ent, agen c y s uper v i sor, and the college coo rdin a t o r o r f ac ult y m e mber. Thi s a rea of e mphas i s i s des i g n e d t o pr ovide a n educ a tion a l pro gra m f o r a v er y s pecific a dmini s trativ e l e v e l in n o nprofit agen c i es and organi zatio n s The dir ec tive s kill s includ e deve l opment a nd m anage m ent o f vo lunt ee r progr a ms, fundrai s ing pro po s al writin g, pro g ram and hum a n r eso ur ce dev el o pm e nt Course R equirements Include: I. U R S R e qu i r e d C o r e C o ur s e s ... ........ ..... .... .............. ..... ................. ...... 1 6 2. Se l ect e d E l ectiv e s. 7 3 NOA Area of Emphas i s . . . . . 20 HSP 20 I Prin c iple s of Nonpr ofit Admini s tration . ... ...................... .... 4 HSP 32 1 Or ganiz ati onal Stabi lity o f N o npr ofit Organizatio n . . . . . . 4 HSP 36 1 Financial Accountabilit y and Organiz atio n a l C o ntr o l of NPO s. . . . . . . . 4 HSP 402 Fundrai sing and Pr o po s al Writin g f o r NPO's. . ................... .... 4 HSP 43 1 Hum a n Re s o urce D e v e l o pm e nt in NPO's . . . . . . . . . . 4 T otal . . . . . . . . ....... .... 43

PAGE 102

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 9 BUSINESS, MA AGEMENT, AND URBANIZATION This area of emphasis stresses the interrelationships between the private business ector and the public policy and urban lif e designers a n d decision makers. Public ector/private sec t or/policy makers' cooperation, or the lack thereof, in the futur e, will h ave a direct effect on urban life style. I ssue covered are the roles of busines s and urban government in the overall proces of urbanization; the functions of managin g business and managing government ; the importance of sales tax revenues to both bu iness and government; and, with le ss governmental employment in the future the changes that are in store for s mall and mediumsized busi n esses This area of emphasis is directed t oward the student seeking an undergraduate major in mana ge ment or administration of gove rnm ent o r ganizations at the l oca l s tat e, or federal lev e l or in management positions in private industry. Course Requirements Include: I. URS Requir ed Core Courses ........ ..... ................................... ....... 25 -27 2. Bu siness, Management Urbanization Emphasis .. ................ .... ................ 21 MGT xxx (any Metro State introduction to bu iness co ur se) . . . . . . . .. 3 MGT 250 Small Bu s iness Ma nagement. ............... .......... .............. .... 3 MGT 300 Organizational Management ......... MKT 300 Prin cip le s of Marketing . .... ......... Six hours to be selected from : .. 3 .. .... 3 ECO 350 Managerial Economics ........... ...... .................. .. 3 MGT 453 Organizationa l B ehav ior ............................. ...... ........... .... ........ 3 MKT 301 Marketing Research. . . . . . . . ............. 3 MKT 311 Advertising Managem ent. . . . . . . . ........... 3 MKT 330 Marketing of Services . . . . . . ........ ....................... 3 MKT 33 1 Cons um er Behavior. 3 ACC 308 Sm all Bu s iness T axa tion . . . .......... 3 URBAN STUDIES MAJoR FOR BACH E LOR oF Scm CE The requirement for the major in urban s tudie s l eading to the b ac helor of scie nce degree includes six semester h ours in additio n to the bachelor of arts degree The six hour must be taken from the follow ing list of co ur ses. CMS 20 I Prin ciples of Inf ormation Sy s tem s ................................. ..................... 3 CMS 2 1 4 Fundament a l s of Pr og rammingAssembler. . . . 3 CMS 223 Word Proce ing. . . . . 3 CMS 3 1 2 BASIC Pr ogra mming and Graphics for Computers . ........... . ................ 3 MTH 131 Finite Mathematic s for the Management and Social Sciences . . . . . .. 4 URBA STUDIES MINOR Min ors for both the bachelor of sc i e n ce degr ee and the bachelor o f arts degree are avai l able. The min o r can be de s i gned to provide the st u dent wit h co ur e experiences that are most relevant to the st ud e nt's occupa tional and educat i o nal goals. Students, in consultation w ith the department offering related courses and the s tudent's urban st udi es facu l ty adviser, will develop individual minors that will reflect the be st possible e l ective curriculum, and will en ur e that an urban emphasis is maintained. R equired Courses URS 100 URS 200 COM 26 1 Introduction to U rban Studies An Inside Look a t Urban I nstitutions. Introduction to Technical Writing .. Subtotal .................................. ..... 3 ......... ... ... ......... ..... ....... ... ...... 3 3 .. 21 Twelve additional semester hours are required to comp l ete the minor. The e l ective courses are t o be elected in consu ltati on with a URS faculty adviser. Elective Courses Total .. ... 12 ..21

PAGE 103

100 SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Psychology Department PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT STUDENT OUTCOME GOALS : Upon completion of a degree p rogram in psychology at Metropolitan State College of Denver, s tudent s will be able to: I Demonstrat e a knowledge of the m ajor histo rical contributions and themes, basic princip l es, cur rent issue s, and e mergin g deve l opments in psychology 2. Communicate knowledge of the field of psychology both orally and in writing, the latter following the American P sychological Association g uidelines. 3. Relat e p syc hologica l principles and methodology to the problem s and i ssues in other disciplines. 4 Conduct independently a basic literature searc h o n a g iven problem in psych o l ogy and integrate this ne w information into a coherent und ersta ndin g of the b asic issues relatin g to this problem. 5. App l y the fundamentals of research methodology and s tati s tical ana lysis to the interpretation and evaluation of research reports. 6 Express a n appreciation for the value of p syc hol ogica l knowledge in improving o ur world and for individual difference s and univer sa l commona liti es in human experience. f The major or minor program is to be planned in cons ult atio n with a n adv i se r from the Psychology Department by t h e beginning of the junior yea r or up on tr a n sfer int o the department. MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS Required Courses PSY 101 Introduc10ry P syc holo gy ........ Sem ester Hours ..... 3 PSY 231 In troductio n to Statistics for Social and Beha v i o ral S cie nce s ........ .. ...... 3 PSY 232 PSY 33 1 I nferentia l Stati stics. P sycho logi ca l Re searc h Method s I ............................... 3 ......... ........ -3 PSY 332 PSY 45 1 P sycho lo g i cal Researc h Method s U .... . .... ................. ................... His t ory and Sy t em o f P syc h o lo gy. 3 Subt o tal. ........................................ 18 In additio n s tud ents mus t c h oose one course from eac h ca tegory: Social . . . . ........... PSY 2 1 5 Cross-Cultural P syc h o lo gy PSY 241 Social P syc holog y PSY 305 Psychology of Gender PSY 347 Psychology of Vio l e n ce and Aggression Experimental PSY 357 PSY 359 PSY 430 PSY 431 PSY 439 Cognit i ve Psychology Theorie of M o tiv ation Sensation an d Perception Physio lo g ical P syc h o l ogy P syc holog y of Learning ClinicaVPersonalit y ................. PSY 216 Personality and Adju s tment PSY 300 Theories of Per so nality PSY 310 Psychology o f Counseling PSY 362 Abn o rmal Psy c hology Devel o pmental PSY 22 1 PSY 325 PSY 326 PSY 327 P sycho l ogy of Hum an Development Child P syc hology P s ycho lo gy of Ad o le sce nce Adulthood and Aging ............................ ... ... .... ... 3 ..................... 3 .. .. 3 3 Subtotal T o tal ..... Electives . . ...... ...... ....................... 12 ................. ............. .............. ... ... . ....... 30 A minimum of 15 additiona l semester hours in psychology courses selected in consultation with and approved by a Psychol ogy Depanment adviser, making a total of 45 hours in p syc holo gy. o more than nine of these hours ma y be PSY 295 vari able topics co ur ses, and no more than six of th ese hours may be PSY 498 Independent Study. The m aximum number o f hou rs in psycho logy a s t udent may count toward a bachelor of ans degree is 60. T ota l... . . . ... ........... .. 45

PAGE 104

Additio nal R equire ment BIO I 00 Human Bio l ogy f o r Non Majors -o r BIO 108 o r equivalent G e n e ral Introdu ctio n t o Bio l ogy .. SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 .... 3 ..... 4 Thi s a dditi o n a l r eq uir e m ent ma y be applied toward ge n e r a l s tud ies, the min o r o r degree e l ectives. Students con s i derin g advanced d egrees s h o uld b e awa r e that in addition to cour s ew ork in the areas lis t e d above, g raduate pro gra m s ofte n h ave specific undergraduate co urse prerequi ites. R e quir e d o r r eco mm e nded cour es depe ndin g o n the graduate pr og ram include Th eo rie s o f Per so nality, Abnom1a l P syc h o l ogy, P syc holo gy o f Learnin g C hild P ych o l ogy, Phys iologi ca l P syc h o l ogy, Ind ustrial P syc h o l ogy, Sen sa tion a nd P e r ceptio n Cooperative Education i n P syc h o l ogy. Teaching of P syc h o l ogy, and Advanced Statistics Ther e fore. stude nts s hould co n sult w ith a P syc h o l ogy D e partm ent advise r t o c h oose a ppropri ate p syc h o l ogy e lecti ves. Stud e nt s inter es ted in the ge r o ntol ogy area of emp ha s i s mus t se le c t a minimum of 30 h o ur s (se e lis t under S oc i ology D epart m e nt ge rontolog y a r ea of e mpha s i s) in addition t o the 30 hour s of r eq uired co ur ses for the p syc h o l ogy maj or. Thi s mus t be done in co n s ultati o n w ith and approved b y a P syc ho l ogy D e partment adv i se r Th e gero nt o l og y e mph as i s may be ap plied in lieu of the 15 elective hour s in the p ych o l ogy m a j o r a nd the minor requirem e nt. Students ma y n o t coun t th e sa m e course twice toward meetin g requirements in both the major and the ge r onto l ogy emphasis ; different co ur ses mus t be c h ose n to co mple te the m ajo r h o urs and the gerontology hours Stud e nt s de s irin g seco nd ary lice n s ure in soc i a l s tudie s s h o uld co nta c t an adviser in the S eco nd ary T eac her Educatio n D epart ment In m ee ting the requir e m e nt s for the p syc h o l ogy major ( described above) tran s fer students mus t take a minimum o f 1 5 s em es t e r h o urs o f p syc h o l ogy cou r sewor k a t Metro St a t e o f which at l eas t nine mus t be upper -d i v i s ion c r ed its. OTE: Th e P syc h o l ogy D epa rtm ent d oes n o t co unt CLEP c r edi t toward the t otal number of se m es te r h o ur required for the major or min or; extra coursewo rk is nece ssary t o make up the difference Th e P syc hology D e p a rtm ent doe s not accept corre sponde n ce s tudy co u rses toward the t otal number o f se m ester h o ur s r eq uired f o r a m ajor or minor. H oweve r both CLEP and corre pondence study credi t ca n co unt t oward the degree Stud ents w h o wish t o u se p ychology co ur ses t o fulfill ge n e ral s t ud ie s' r equ ire ment s or an int erdis ciplinary m a j o r o r minor mus t earn a dditional hour t o fulfill the total h o ur s f o r either the major or minor in p syc h o l ogy. Th e only exce pti o n is PSY 451 His t ory a nd Sys t ems o f P syc h o l ogy, whic h may be u se d as a Seni o r Experience without being r e pla ce d in the maj o r o r minor Plea se co n s ult with a n advi ser. HOLISTIC HEALTH A D W ELLNESS ED CATIO MULTI-MINOR The multi-minor may be a rr a n ged through the P syc h o l ogy Department and includes the required co ur ses li ted under the holi s tic health and well ne ss education multi-minor o n page 189 of this Catal og. MI OR I P SYCHOLOGY R equired Courses Semes ter Hours PSY 101 Introduc t ory P syc h o l ogy .............. 3 PSY 451 History and Systems of P syc h o l ogy. 3 T ota l .. ........... ......... ........ . ... .. 6 E l ectives A m i nimum o f 15 additio n a l se me s ter h o ur s in p syc h o l ogy courses sel ec te d in co n sultatio n with and a ppr oved by a P syc h o l ogy D e partmen t adv i se r i s requir e d makin g a t otal o f 2 1 hour s in p syc h o l ogy. No m ore than six s e m ester h o ur s may b e PSY 29 5 varia ble t o pic s courses. no m o r e than thr ee seme t e r h o ur s may be PSY 397 Pr actic um and at le as t tw o e l ectives in p sy c h o l ogy ( 6 semes ter hours ) taken a t Metr o State mus t be upper -div i s i o n See also above NOTE. Sociology The s tudy of socio l ogy emphas ize s und ers tandin g people in g roups-s mall g roup s like the fami ly, the all-pervas ive bur eaucratic organizations of American society, political parties footb all crowds, g roup s in conflic t and soc iety as a whole It include s the study, from a variety of theoretical models of pa st and present societies and socia l processe s, and the analysis, usin g modem research m e thods of con temporary social i ss ue The soc iology pro g r am offers to its majors and min o rs, and to s tudent from all academic disciplines, course that focu on important issues and trends in today's complex so cieties

PAGE 105

102 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES SOCIOLOGY MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS Required Courses Semester Hours SOC I 0 I Introdu ctio n to S ocio logy ............. .... ..................................... 3 SOC 20 I Current Socia l I ss ues. . . . . . ..... ....................... ........ 3 SOC 332 Sociological Theory: Pa s t and Present ......... ..... ..... ............ 3 SOC 360 Research in the Social Sciences. . . . . . . . .................... 3 soc 460 Total .. Electives Advanced Re sea rch in th e Social S cie nces ............ 3 .......... 15 A minimum of 21 additiona l se me s ter hours in sociol ogy courses i s required constituting a total of 36 semeste r hours At l east I 2 upper-division semester h o urs in soc iology must be compl ete d at Metropolitan St a t e College of Denver by s tudents major ing in the fie ld Grade Requirements in the Major Students mus t attain a course grade of "C" o r above in all soc iology courses th a t count toward the sociology major. A grade of "D" o r below will not coun t toward the 36 h o ur s nece ssary for a m ajor in soc i o l ogy. Optional Areas of Concentration in Sociology Each area of concentration include s a number of course designed t o give the s tud en! an in-depth exploration of the knowl edge, cha ll e nge s, issues and re earch in a specific s ubdi sc iplin e of socio logy I. The Urban Community Thi s conc e ntr ation is panicularly recommended f or those intere s t e d in urban s tud ies and all s tudent s who e career pla n s are aimed toward mana ge me nt planning or adm in istration in th e urban setting. SOC 322 Rac e, Sex, and Ethnic Group s . . . ...................... ..... ............... 3 SOC 355 Sociology of Law . ................ .......... ..... .. ................. 3 SOC 373 Mass Media and Social Beha v i o r . ..... .. ... 3 soc 38 1 Popul atio n Is s ues .. . . . . . . . . . 3 U. Social Deviance This con ce ntration is panicul ar l y recommended for criminal justice, human services. pr e l aw, a nd psychology majors and all tudents w h ose career goal s invo l ve working in prevention, treatment, and/or re h abilitation programs. SOC 20 I Current Soc i a l I ss ues. ....... 3 SOC 250 Deviant Behavior in Society ............................. ..................... .. 3 SOC 350 Criminology ...................... . 3 soc soc soc 351 355 383 Juvenile Delinquenc y ........ .. ... 3 S ociology of Law ......... ......... ....... ................................ 3 Mental Disorders ............ ............................... ............. 3 m. The Famil y and Alternative Lifestyles This conc entra ti on i s panicul arly recommended for teach e r education, human servi ces, and psyc h o l ogy major s a nd all s tu dents who p l an people-serving career s. SOC 240 The Chicano F a mily ....................... . . . . .................. 3 SOC 310 D eath and D y ing ........ ............... 3 soc 340 soc 34 1 soc 342 soc 343 soc 344 soc 346 soc 351 Childhood and Adolescent Socialization . . . . .............. 3 The Family in Transition. . . . ........ ............. 3 Education in a Changing Society. ............................... .................... 3 Sociology of Sex Roles . ..... 3 The Black Fami l y . . . . . . 3 Sociology of Sexuality ... .......... ...................... .............. ....... 3 Ju ve nil e Delinquency ............................................................... 3 IV. Medicine and Health This concentrati on is panicularly recommended for health care management nursing premed and psychology majors SOC I 04 Introdu ctio n to Gerontology . . . . . . . . ..... 3 SOC 304 Contemporary I s u e in Geront o logy . . . . . . . . 3 SOC 3 I 0 Death and D yi ng. . . . . .. .. 3 SOC 380 Health and Healer s .......................... ................ ..... .............. 3 SOC 38 I Populatio n I ss ues. . . . . . . . .................. 3 SOC 383 Mental Diso rder s ................................... ..................... ... ... 3 V. Social Class and Stratificati o n This concen t ration focuses on the various ways in which soc ietie s are divided. It i s recommended for all s tudents wishing to gain further und erstanding of conflict and inequality in groups and soc ieties and t o explore possib l e so l utions to the se prob l ems

PAGE 106

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 soc 201 C urr e nt Social I ss ues. . . soc 320 Social Cla sses in America .. . . ... 3 3 soc 322 R ace, Sex a nd E thni c Gro up s soc 324 P overty in America .. soc 343 Sociology of Sex R o les ......... VI. Changing Social Institutions ..... 3 ... 3 ..... 3 Thi s concentr atio n offe r s a broad overv iew of th e d o min a m i n s titut io n s in soc i e t y, th ose in tituti o n s th a t provide the fr a m e w o rk for o ur wo rk, family life, and ge n e ral soc ial inter actio n SOC 320 Social Classes in America . . . . . . . . . . . 3 soc 34 1 soc 3 4 2 soc 346 soc 355 soc 37 1 soc 380 soc 39 1 soc 430 The Family in Tran s iti o n Ed u catio n in a Cha n ging Society .. Sociology of Se x u ality ...... ocio logy of L aw Polit ics and Power. Health a nd Healer s R eligio u s Movem e m s in A merica Social Change ... ....... .......... 3 .3 .. 3 .... 3 ..... ............... 3 ......... 3 .. ... 3 ................................... 3 PSY 311 i s s tr o n g l y recommended for soc i ology majors who plan t o go o n for g r a du a t e s tud y a nd/ o r h ave caree r goal in vo lv ing r esea r c h ( This course will n o t be used a s a socio l ogy e l ective.) S ocio l ogy majors are a.lso urged t o include field experience in their colle ge pla n s, ei ther th ro ugh e nr olli n g in SOC 470 o r thr oug h a cooperative educatio n placem e nt. Stude nt s d esi rin g seco ndary licen s ur e in soc ial s tudi es s h ou l d s ee the o f Teach e r Educati o n D e partment. G ERONTOLOGY AREA OF EMPHASIS G ero nt o l ogy d ea l s with th e cau ses and con equences -bio l ogica l p syc h o l ogica l a nd social--<> f aging. Dra w in g fro m many fie l ds of academi c s tud y, thi s area o f emphasi prepare s th e s tud e nt for p r ofess i o n a l a nd paraprofess i o nal careers in h um a n services for th e aged pop ul atio n T o compl e t e th e ger ontology area of emphasi s, a s tudent se l ects (i n add iti o n t o the 1 5 h o u rs o f required courses in th e soc i o l ogy m ajo r ) in con s ultation with a nd approved by th e Soci o logy/Anthr o po l ogy D e partm e nt a minimum o f 45 h ours fro m the following lis t of cou rses Th e ger o nt o l ogy area of emp h a i may be a pplied in lie u of the 2 1 e l ective h o ur s in the soc i o l ogy m ajo r a nd the minor requireme nt. Required Courses Semester Hours ... 3 SOC I 04 In tr o du ctio n to Gerontol ogy SOC 304 Contemporary I ss ues in Gerontology. ....... ...................................... 3 soc 309 soc 3 1 0 soc 32 4 soc 34 1 soc 38 0 soc 38 1 soc 38 3 soc 470 PSY 2 1 6 PSY 22 1 PSY 227 PSY 327 PSY 398 HES 105 H ES 204 Urban Soci o l ogy .3 D ea th and D y in g ...... .... 3 Poverty in America ...... 3 The Family i n Transitio n . ............ .. 3 H eal th and H e a lers .......................................................... 3 ........................ 3 P opu l atio n I ss u es .. M e nt a l Dis orders. .......... ........... ......... ...... .... .... ..... 3 Advanced Field I nt e rn s h ip Pe r sonali t y a nd Adjustment ... . 3 .... 3 Psych o l ogy of Hum an D eve l o pmem ....... .................. ............ ........ ...... 3 D eath a nd D yi n g . . . . .. 3 Adulthood a nd A g in g ... 3 Cooperative Education: P syc hology .3 Dynamics of H ealth. .. 3 Intr oduction t o Nutriti o n .................. ...... ................. Minimum o f 45 h o ur s requir ed from th e above lis t ... 45 MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY Require d Courses SOC I 0 I I ntroduction to S oc i o l ogy ... 3 E l ectives A minimum of 1 5 additional semester h o ur s in soc i o l ogy cou rses, sel ec t ed in con s ult a ti o n w ith a d epa rtm e nt adv i ser i s requir ed, bri n gin g the tot a l t o 18 semester hours A I l east s i x up per-divisio n semes ter hours of th e minor mu 1 be compl eted at Metropolitan State College of D enver. II is s u gges ted that students con side r focu s in g th e ir elective c h oices in o n e of the area s of concentr ation in socio l ogy.

PAGE 107

104 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES A nthropolog y Anthropo l ogy is th e ex plorati o n of hum a n divers ity. Th e co mbin atio n o f c ultur a l arc h aeolog i cal, and bio l og i c a l p erspectives o ff e r a v i ew point th at i s uniqu e in st udyin g the p roble m s r e l a t e d t o the s u r vival and well-b eing of th e human s p ec i es Fr o m the living and vanis h ed cult ur es o f Co l or ado to tho s e of N ew Guin ea or S o uth Am e rica anthr o p o l ogy ca n b e a ppli e d to ass i s t o u r und ers t a ndi n g o f hum a n differe n ces. ANTHROPO LOGY MAJOR F OR B ACHELO R OF ARTS R equired Courses Semester Hours ANT I 0 I P h ys ic a l A nthr opo logy and P re hi s!Ory. . . ... ....................... ...... 3 ANT 1 3 1 I ntroductio n t o C u ltural Anthropo logy ............................................... 3 ANT 2 1 0 Human Evo luti o n ......................................... .......... ....... 3 ANT 233 Cros C u lt u ra l C ommunic a tio n .................... ...................... ........ 3 ANT 264 Arc h ae ology . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 T o tal ...... .............. .... ......... ................................................. 1 5 E l ec ti ves A mini mum of 21 additi o n a l s eme s ter h o urs in a n thropo l ogy i s requ i red b rin g i n g the total to 36 s e m e s ter h o u rs At l eas t 12 upper div i s i o n semes ter h o ur s i n a nthr o po l o gy m u s t be c omp l e ted a t Metropolit a n State C o lle g e of Denver b y s t udents m ajo r in g in the field. Stude nt s d esiri n g t e a c h e r lice n s ure i n soc ial stud i e s s h ould se e an ad v i ser in the tea c her e d u c atio n pr o g ram MINOR IN ANTHROPO LOGY Th e min o r p rovides a n o pp o rtunit y for s tud e nt s t o br i n g a unique a nthr o p olog i c a l p e r s p ectiv e to th e ir alrea d y c h o se n area o f i n t e re st. A n yo n e having t o d ea l w i th hum a n o r c ultur a l d i ff e r e n ces w o u l d b e nefit f r o m sel ec t i n g a focu s in cross c ultur al co n tac t arc h aeo l ogy o r hum a n dive r s i ty. Required Courses ANT 1 0 1 Phy s i cal A n thropo logy and P rehi s t o ry ......................................... ... . ... 3 ANT 1 3 1 Introdu c tio n t o Cultural An t hropo logy . . . . . . . . . 3 T o t a l......... ........................................................ .................. 6 E lectiv es A mini mum of 15 addit i onal s e m e s ter h o urs in a nth ropo l o g y i s r e quired bri n g in g the t otal t o 2 1 s e m e s ter ho ur s At l eas t s i x upper-d i v i s i o n s em es ter h o u r s mu s t be completed at Metropo l itan State College of D en ver. Behavioral Science MAJOR FO R B ACHEL OR OF A RTS Thi s i s a dis tribut e d m a j o r o ff e rin g s tud e nt s a s tru c tur e d overvi e w o f th e so c i a l sci e n ces Thi s prog ra m emphas i zes br ea dth of c o ve r age w ith a f oc u s in a n area se l ec t e d b y the st u dent. Thi s m ajo r i s parti c ularl y a p plica b l e f o r s tudent s intere s t e d in t eac h e r lice n s ur e a t t h e e lement ary an d s econd ary l ev els. The stud e nt mus t h av e pr e l i minary a pproval of the selec t e d pr ogr am by an ad v i e r fr om t h e S ocio l o gy/A n thro po l ogy D e p artme nt. A m inim um of 1 2 up pe r di v i s i o n h o ur s in th e m ajo r mu s t be t ake n a t M e tr o Stat e R equired Courses Sem es ter Hours ANT 1 3 1 I ntrod u ction t o Cultural A n thropol o g y ............................................... 3 ECO 20 I Princip l es of Eco n omics: M a c r o . . . . . . . . . . . 3 HIS 122 Ameri c a n His t ory s ince 1 865 . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 P SC 1 0 1 Ameri c an N a t io nal Gove rnm ent . . . . . . . . . .... 3 P SY 101 I ntrod u c t ory P syc h o l o g y ..... ............ ..................... .......... ....... 3 soc 101 Introdu ctio n t o Soc i ol o gy . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 T o tal .............. .... .... ..... 18 E l ected Focu s ln a ddi tion t o the introduct o ry co ur s e eac h s tud e nt m u s t se l e c t 1 2 h o urs in one of th e f ollowi n g s ocial s cience disc ipl i n es: a nthropo l o g y ec o n o mic s, hi t ory politic a l sc i e n c e p syc ho logy o r soc i o logy A m i n imum o f n i n e u pper di v i s io n h o ur s m u s t be s elec t e d with t he approva l of an ad v i ser. T o tal E l ec t e d F oc u ...................................................................... 1 2 General E l ec ti v es An a d ditio n a l 1 2 h o u rs mu s t be s ele c t ed from any of the di s cipline s o utsi d e of the elected f oc us. Cou r s e s may be s e lect ed fro m a nth r opo l ogy eco n o m ics h i s tory po l i t ical scien c e p s yc h ology, or s oc i o l ogy At l eas t nin e of the s e h o u rs mu s t be u ppe r di v i s i o n No mo r e tha n s i x h ou r s m ay be t ake n i n a n y o n e di s cip lin e T o tal ge n e r a l e l ec t ive s . .... ........................................ .............. .... 1 2 T o tal .... .......... ......................... ....................... ...... 42

PAGE 108

SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 GENERAL STUDIES REQUIREMENT S The student is expected to complete all general tudie requirements as sta ted in thi s Catal og. The stu dent may u se up to six hours from the requ i red co ur ses for the behavioral scie nce major to comp l ete the soc ial cience component. SENIOR EXPERIE CE Sele c tion of a Senior Experience co urse will vary according to the s tudent's needs. Student s see king teacher licen s ure must se le ct s tudent t eac hing. Other s tudents may select the capstone co ur se in their focus or the applied anthropology course currently being developed by the department. Students de s iring tea c her licensure s hould see the Teac her Edu cation D epart ment No Minor Offered Social Work MAJOR FO R B ACHELO R OF SCIE CE Social work is a profe siona l practice The primary educational goal of the major is preparation for beginning l evel soc ial work practi ce in soc ial agencies. In addition, the socia l work major provides an appropriate foundation for g radu ates who p l an to pursue adva n ced degrees in soc i al work (M S W.) The Social Work Program pr epares s tudents for generalist practice with minority or majority c lients. The focus of the pro gram i o n the need s and stre n gths of oppressed urban populations e thni c minorities, and other diverse groups. Majors acquire the knowledge, skills, valu es and ethics requ ir ed for generalist prac tice with indi v iduals, grou ps, comm unities, and lar ger system Theoretical knowledge and fieldwork expe rience s provide preparation for social work with diverse population in a variety of settings, s uch as child welfare, mental health co rrecti ons, gerontological social work h ealth, public we l fare dome tic violence, and developmental di sab ilities. Students who major in social work are not required to complete a minor. INDIVIDUALIZED MINOR Individualized minor s are available in social work, which will complement a variety of health care majors. STATUS OF ACCREDITATION At the present time the Social Work Program i s pursuin g accreditation with the Council on Social Work Education. As of 1995, t he Social Work Program ha s been accepted into candidacy for accreditation. For more information contact the So cia l Work Program at (303) 556-6162 or (303) 556-6163. Required Courses Semester Hours SWK I 0 I ln troduction t o Soci a l Welfare and Social Work ... ...................................... 3 SWK 102 introducti o n to Agency Experience ............... ...................... ........... I SWK 205 Human B e h avio r a nd the Social Environment I .. 3 SWK 206 Hum an B ehavio r and the Social Environment n ................ 3 SWK 341 [ntrodu c tion to Gen e r al i s t Practice .4 SWK 378 Social Work Polic y ...................... ............. 3 SWK 379 Re searcb in Socia l Work .............. ... .... ............... ...... ..... 4 SWK 401 Advanced Social W o rk P ractice ................ 4 SWK 425 Exploring Curre nt Social W o rk [ ss ue s . . . . .. 3 SWK 441 Advanced Cross-C ultural Social Work I ss ues .......................... ................... 4 SWK 479 Professio n a l tntems hip I . . .......... 5 SWK 481 Professio n al Intern s hip II.. . . . . . . . . ............. 5 SWK 485 Integrative Sentinar. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Total .. 45 Electives Select nine hours from the followi ng: SWK 202 Social Work with Women . . . . . . . . ........ .......... 3 SWK 301 S ocia l W o rk Service s f o r Children a nd Adolescents ... .................................. 4 SWK 302 SWK 303 SWK 345 SWK 480 SWK 490 Total Electives Total ... ... Case Management in Social Work Practice ... Social Services for th e Aging .......... Mutual Aid Grou ps in Social Work ................. Workshop (Varia bl e Topics) . ........ ..................... ...... 4 ........................... 4 ............................ 3 .. ............. 4 Seminar ( Variable Topics) ......................................................... 4 9 .. .. 54

PAGE 109

106 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES CASE MANAG EMENT The Social Work Program and the Huma n Services D e partment have developed a joint program in C ase Management and Devel opmental Disabiliti es. The purp ose o f the pro gra m is to prep a re s tudents t o per fonn the r o l es and f unction s of a case manager. An award of comp l etion i s g ranted t o individ u a l s who co mplete the requir e d cour ses. For f urther infonnation call (303) 556-6162. LmERAL ARTS FOUNDATION AND B ASIC SKILL REQUIREME TS Socia l work m ajo r s a r e r equired to t ake the following cour e s out ide the So c i a l Work Pro g r a m in preparat i o n for the m a jor: SPE 101-Publi c Speaking o r Speech 1 7 1 -Interpersonal Communicatio n ANT 131 Introduction t o Cultura l Anthropology PSC I 0 I American National Government PSY I 0 I Introductory Psych ology SOC 20 1 -Current Soci a l Issues (contac t Social Work Prog ram for status of this prerequisite.) 810 I 00Human Biology for Non-Majo r s MTH 1 2 1 lntroduction to St atistics Many of the above co ur ses will a l so f ulfill ge neral s tudi es re quirement s for g raduati on. MULTICULTURAL REQUIREME T Social work m ajo r s a r e r equired t o t ake thre e multi c ultur a l c l asses out s ide the S ocial Work Pro gram. Two mus t be on a specific e thni c minor it y (Africa n A m erica n Native Amer i ca n, Asian American or Hisp a nic) and one mus t be upper divi sion. The third class may be on a spec ific e thni c group or on a diverse group (gays and lesbia ns, d eve l opmental l y d e l ayed, women and c hildren o r the aging). This c l ass mus t b e app rove d by a Soci a l W ork Pro g r a m adviser. DIVISION OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS Science and m at h e m atics pr ogra m s a re offered in the depart m ents of Bio l ogy, Chemistry, Eart h and Atmospheric Sciences Math e matica l and Computer S ciences, and Phys i cs. Curricula are flexible i ncludin g int erdisciplinary, career-oriented bach e lor's degree pr ograms both in the traditiona l areas of scie n ce and m at h e m at ics and in m ore caree r -oriented areas s u c h as training for hea lth r e l ated fields, l and u se, a pplied m a themati cs, co mput e r sci ence, statistics, a ir polluti o n monitoring or occupationa l h ea lth and safety. In coo per at i o n wit h l ocal colleges univer s it ies and h ea lth a ge n cies, students may co mplete a b ac h e l o r of sci ence o r bach e lor of arts de gree from Metr opo lit a n Sta t e College of Denver and ear n licensure in m e dic a l technology. The Chemi s try Department offers a minor in c riminali st i cs, one of the few s u c h pro grams in the co untry. Biology Department Th e Biology D e p artment offers two m a jors, the bac h e lor of sc ienc e in bio l ogy and the bache l o r of arts in bio l ogy. While it i s not n ecessary t o d ec l are an empha i s w ithin these majors, a s tud ent may c h oose t o em phasi ze botany medical t ec hnolo gy, microbio l ogy, or zoo l ogy. Supportive courses assoc iated with para medic a l s tudi es and cr imin alistics as well as general cour ses f o r enr i c hment of the n onsc i e n ce stu dent s b ackground, are offered by the dep artment. Students seeking seco ndar y lice n s ure i n sci e nce s h ould see the T eac h er Edu ca tion D epart ment. A bio l ogy minor i s offered to students with related m ajors o r a spec i a l int e r es t in the field. BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Required Courses Semester Hours BIO 108 General Introduction t o Biology ... ...... ........ ..................... ..... 810 360 G eneral Genetics. Select two of the following: ...4 .. .3 BIO 210 General B o t a n y ................................................ .................. ... 5 BIO 220 General Zoology . . . .............................. 5 BIO 240 General Microbi o logy . . . . . . . ........................... 4

PAGE 110

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 Select o ne of the foll ow ing: BIO 35 5 Urban Ecology . . . ... 4 BIO 454 Pla nt Ecology .... ... ..................................................... 4 BJO 455 Animal Eco l ogy.. . . . . . . . . 4 Subtotal ................ .................... ..................... . 20 2 I E l ec ti ves B io l ogy co urs e se l ected from th e 200-. 300. and 400-Jevel serie s and approved by faculty advisers in the Biology D epa n m ent., mu s t be completed t o bring the t o tal of bio l ogy cou rse app r oved for the m ajo r t o 40 se m es t e r h o u rs A t l eas t I 4 of these elective se m es ter h o ur must be f r o m the 300 a nd 400 cour ses of the B io l ogy Depanment T o t al .... ....... ............ 40 R equire d onbiology Courses One year of college ge n eral chemistry, o ne semes ter of upper-divi ion o r ganic c hemi try one se m ester of upper-divi s i o n bio chemistry and one year of mat hematics starting with MTH I I I are requis it e s for the bachelor of s cience major in biology BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR B ACHELO R O F ARTS Required Cou rses Semester Hours BIO I 08 Gener a l Introdu ctio n to Bio l ogy .... 4 BIO 360 General Genetics . ............................... 3 Select two of the foll owing : BIO 210 General B o tan y ... ....... . . 5 BIO 22 0 General Zoology . ... 5 BIO 240 General Mi crobio l ogy ... 4 Sel ec t one o f the following : BIO 3 55 Urban Ecology ... .......... ... ........................... ... 4 BIO 454 Plant Eco lo gy ........ ....... ....... 4 BIO 455 Animal Ecology. 4 Subtotal .. .. .. 20-2 1 Electives B iology co ur ses e l ected from the 200-, 300-, a nd 400le ve l series and a pprov e d b y faculty a dvi se r s in the Biology D epan ment mu s t be comp l e ted to bring the t ota l of biology course s appro v ed for the m ajor to 40 semes t er hours At lea s t 14 of the s e elective se m es t e r hou rs mu s t be from t he 300 and 400 co ur ses of the Bio l ogy Depanm e nt. T otal............................. ... ... . . . . ... 40 R equi r e d Nonbiology Courses On e year of ge n eral chemistry ( equival ent to the pr esent courses CHE II 0 and C HE 2 1 0) BOTANY AREA O F EMPHASIS Requirements f o r either a b ac helor of ans or a bache l o r o f s cience degree in biology mus t be sati fied and the 40 h o ur s of bio lo gy co ur s e s must include B I O 210.454, and 15 semes t e r hours from the following botany e l ectives: Elective Courses BIO 3 1 4 Plant Physio l ogy BIO 3 1 5 Plant H o rm o nes ... BIO 3 1 6 BIO 3 1 8 BI O 4 1 2 BIO 416 BIO 456 BIO 485 Subtotal ... Plant Anatomy and M o rph ology V asc ular Plant T axonomy ... Algology ... Myc o l ogy . Field Methods in Plant Ecology Evo luti o n Semester Hours 5 ...... ...... ........ . ....................... 2 4 ...... 4 ................ .............................. 4 ... 4 ........ 2 .......... ..... 3 . 15 BIO 301 and 305 are both a pplic able t o the fields of botany. microbiology and zoo l ogy and are rec ommended as addi t ion a l electives for all three areas of e mph asis. M EDICA L TECHNOLOGY AREA OF EMPHASIS Student s m u s t s ati sfy the requirements listed for the M etro State b ac hel o r of scie nc e degree in bio l ogy including BIO 240 Studen ts mus t a l so tak e B!O 335 444 a nd 445. Additional h ou r s must be taken from the cou r s es li ted be l ow to compl e t e the 20 h o urs o f u pper -div i sio n courses and a t otal of 40 se me s t e r credit hours in bio l ogy

PAGE 111

108 SCHOOL OF LETIERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Elective Courses Se m ester Hours BID 321 His tology ..................... ...... 4 BID 327 Par asitology ................................ ............. ... ................ 4 BID 336 Animal Physio l ogy ....................................... ................ .4 BID 416 Mycology ........................................................................ 4 BID 422 Protozoology. . . . . . . 3 Subtotal ... Internship .... 19 Completio n of a m edica l t ec hno l ogy int erns hip a t a n app roved school of medical techn o l ogy. Required Nonbiology Courses The st udent mus t satisfy the req uir ements listed for n o nbiolo gy courses for the ba c h e lor of sc ience major and comple t e the requiremen t s for a minor in chemistry. MICROBIO LOGY AREA OF EMPHASIS Students mus t satisfy the requirements lis t e d for the bache l or of sc i e n ce major in biolo gy, including BID 240. Student s mus t also take BID 335 340, 445, and 447. Additional hour s from the courses lis ted below or ap propri a t e omnibus co ur ses as selected by the s tudent and approved by the micr ob i o l ogy faculty mus t be taken t o comple t e the 2 0 h o ur s of upper-division elective courses and a total of 40 s eme s ter h ou r s in biology Elective Co u rses Semester Hours BID 305 Cell and Molecular Biology.. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 BIO 327 Para sito l ogy . . . . 4 BID 4 I 2 Algology .......................... ...... ..... ... ............. ........ ... ...... 4 BJO 416 Mycology........................................... 4 BID 422 Protozoology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 BIO 444 Virology . . 4 Subtotal. . . 20 BID 30 1 and 305 are both applicable to the fields of bota ny, microb i o logy and zoology and are rec ommended as addit i onal electives for all three areas of empha sis. R equired Nonbiol ogy Courses The s tudent mus t satisfy the requir e m e nt s listed for non biology courses for the bachel or of s cience majo r including one course in biostatist i cs or calculus and a computer s cience co ur se to fulfill th e required one year of co llege math ematics. In addition the st udent must complete CHE 300 30 I, 432 and o n e year of college physics. ZOOLOGY AREA OF EMPHASIS Students must sati sfy the requirement s for the bache l or o f sc i e n ce degr ee in b i ology and mus t includ e in the 40 semes ter h our of biology co u r ses BJO 220, 455, and I 5 semes t e r h ou r s from the following lis t of zoology e lectives: Elective Courses Semes ter Hours BJO 32 1 Histo l ogy .. .. . .. .. .. ........ 4 BID 322 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy . . . . . . ... 5 BID 325 Arthropod Zoology ............. ................. .. ..... 4 BIO 327 Parasitology . . . . 4 BID 334 Endocrinology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3 BIO 336 Animal Physi o l ogy ... 4 BID 422 Prot ozoo l ogy. ... 3 BID 425 Entomology. .................................... ............................... 4 BID 427 H erpetology . . . . . . . . . . .... 3 BID 428 Ornithology ......... ........................................ ..... ............... 4 BIO 429 Mammalogy . . . . . . . . . . . .... ....... 3 BIO 481 Vertebrate Embryology . . . . . . . . . 4 Subtotal. . . . ........... 15 BIO 301 and 305 are both applicable to the fields of botany, mic r obiology, and zoo l ogy and are recommended a s additional electives for all thr ee areas of empha s is. MINOR IN B IOLOGY Required Courses Semeste r Hours BIO 108 General Introduction t o Bio l ogy . . . . . . . . . . .4 Select two of the following: BIO 210 General Botany .......................... ... ........................... ........... 5 BID 220 General Zoo l ogy . . . . . ............. 5 BlO 240 General Microbiology . .. 4 BlD 23 1 232 Human Anatomy and Human Phy s iology I and II .................................... ..... 8

PAGE 112

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 Sele c t o ne of the following: BIO 355 Urban Ecology ............. ... .... .... ... ......... .... ................. ..... 4 810 360 General Genetics ...................................... 3 810 454 Plant Ecology . . ..................................................... 4 810 455 A nim a l Eco logy. 4 Subt otal .... ....... .... ............ ...... ............. ...... ...... ...... 16-21 E l ec t ives Biology cour ses from the 200, 300, and 400level series approved b y the Biolo gy Depanment m u s t be compl eted t o brin g the total of bio l ogy courses a ppro ved for the minor t o 24 se m es ter hours. Tot a l ........... 24 SENIOR E XPERIENCE FOR BIOLOGY MAJORS A st udent m ajo rin g in biology m ay f ulfill the Senior Experience requirement with a n y co ur se a ppr ove d for the purpo se by the ge neral s tudi es co mmitt ee. Any biology cour e ap p rove d by the general s tudi es committee and th e Bio lo gy Dep a rtment for Se n ior Experience credit m ay b e counted tow ard the Senior Experience r eq uir ement o f ge ner a l tudie o r t owar d a biology m ajor/biology min or but not both Chemistr y Department The Chemistry D e partm e nt i approved by the American Chemical Society a nd offe r seve ral de g ree pr ogra ms: the bachelor of sc i e nce in chemistry; b ac hel or of sc ience in c hemistry-occupational hea lth and safety area of e mph as i s; b ac h e lor of sc i ence in chemistry criminali s tics area of emphas i s; and the bache l o r of arts in c h emis try Min o r s in chemistry a nd crim i n a li stics are also available. Stud e nt s w h o plan to pursue a career in c hemi s try after gra dua t ion or plan t o a tte n d g r a d u ate sc hoo l i n c hemi stry s hould c h oose th e b ac h e l o r of cience in chemistry pro gram. The bachelor of arts in c hem istry pro g ram i s d esig n e d for s tud ents who p l an a caree r in a field re l a t e d to chem i s try but who do n o t intend t o attend gra du a t e sc hool in c hemi s try Th e bachelor of arts optio n w hich requires fewe r h o urs, ma y be es pe c i ally att r ac tive to tho se wishing a second m ajor or to th ose s tudent s d es irin g econdary education I i c e n s ure. Crimin alistics i s the scie ntifi c investigatio n ide nti ficatio n a nd com p arison of physical evi d ence for c rimin a l or c ivil co urt proce e dings Criminali t s mu s t be traine d i n m a n y disc i pline s inc l uding c h e m i stry bio l ogy l aw e nfor ce m e nt ph ys i cs a nd mathematics. Th e four -year c riminali stics curr i c ulum lea ds to a ba c hel o r of sc i e nce de g r ee and include s a h a lf time intern s hip in a crimina l i s tic s l a boratory durin g the se nior year. Students in th e c rimi n a l i s tic s program are encouraged to co mpl ete all th e requireme n t s for a d eg re e i n chemistry approved b y the American Chemical Society while com ple ting the c rimin alistics degree pro g r a m Grad u ates of the progr am a re prepar ed for e mpl oy m ent in c riminal i s t ics a nd have co mpleted t h e requirement for admi ss i on to g rad u a t e sc ho o l in c hemistr y or c rim i n a l i s tic med i cal sc h ool denta l sc h ool or l aw sc h ool. Stud e nt s e l ecting the c hemi try m ajo r wi th the occupational health a nd safety emphasis will be train e d in th e recog n ition eva lu a tion and control of h azards in the workplace Thi a rea of empha is inc l ude s co ur ses eq u i va l ent t o tho se required for the bac h e l o r of a rt s major in c h emi try as well as s upportin g cience a n d mathem atics courses and courses in ins t rum enta l a n a l ys i s, toxicology, sa f e t y a nd occ u p a tion a l h ea lth a nd safety A m a nd a t ory internship durin g the junior or senio r year pro v id es valua ble pra c tical ex perie n ce. Graduate s of this progr a m a re p r epa r ed for immed i ate employment in the field of occu pati ona l health a nd safety or the field of c h emi try Graduates in thi s emph as i s a re a also meet th e requir e me n ts for admissions to medic a l sc hool d e ntal sc hool veterin ary sc h oo l or g r a du a t e sc hool i n indu s tri a l hy g i e ne or chemistry. For f urther inf o rm atio n about the occ up atio n a l h ea lth a nd safety or c rimin alis t i cs pro g rams, students s hou l d co nt act the Chemist r y D epartment. Stu dent s seeking seconda r y e du ca tio n l i ce n s ur e in sc ience h ould consult the T eac h e r Education Department fo r requirements. The follow i n g co ur ses cons titute the basic co r e a nd are required in all c h em i stry de gree pr ograms except for the minor in chemistry.

PAGE 113

110 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Basic C h em istry Core Semeste r Hours CHE 1 80 General Chemi s try I . . . . . . . . . . ... 4 CHE 181 General Chemistry U ............................. .... ... ... ................... ...... 4 CHE 1 85 General Chemistry Laboratory ................................ ... .................. 2 CHE 300 Analytical Chemistry ............................. ... .......................... 3 CHE 301 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory. . . . . ............ 2 CHE 310 Organic C h emistry I ............................... ... ...................... ........ 4 CHE 311 Organic Chemistry II ....................................................... ... 3 CHE 3 1 2 Organic C h emistry I Laboratory .................... .......................... 2 CHE 3 1 3 Organic Chemis try II Laboratory . . . . . . . . . . 2 Total CHEMISTRY MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Required Courses Basic C h e mi stry Core ......................... Additio nal Required C h emistry Courses: ................. 26 Semester Hours ......... 26 CHE 325 Ph ysica l Chem i stry I . . . . . . ........ ......... ............ 4 CHE 326 Ph ysica l Chemistry n . ...................................... .. .. ..... .. 4 CHE 328 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory . . . . . ................ 2 CHE 329 Ph ysica l C hemi stry [J Laboratory . . . . . . . . . 2 Subt o tal ......................................................................... ............ 12 E lectives A minimum of I 0 semester hours in c hemi s try courses s e l ected in consu ltation with and app r ove d by the Chemistry D epart ment i s required Total Hours Required ....................................................... ........ ....... 48 Bachelor of Science Required Ancillary Courses MTH 141 Calculu s I . . . . . .............................................. 4 MTH 241 Calculus U ........... ....................................................... 4 MTH 242 Calculu s ill .............................. ............................. ... 4 PHY 23 1 PHY 233 -or-General Physic s I and General Phy sics II PHY 20 I Coll ege Physic s I a nd PHY 202 College Physics U T otal .......... ... .. .... American Chemical Society Approval To meet American Chemical Society degree c riteria the following cour ses mu s t be completed: ... 4 .............. 20 CHE 230 Inorga nic C h emistry . . . . . . . ........ ........... 3 CHE 340 Chemica l Literature Search . . . . . . . . ............... I CHE 410 Instrumental Analysis ........................................................... 3 CHE 411 Ins trumental Analysis Lab .......... ......... . .... ....... ...... ................... 2 CHE 430 Advanced Ino r ganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal Electives ..................................... .......................... 12 An addit i o nal six credit hours of advanced level e lective s are required Electives s hould be se l ecte d in consultation w ith the Chemistry Departm e nt. The following co ur s es may be ap pr opria te : CHE 40 I 402, and 432. Total .............. ................................... ...... .... ........ ....... ..... 56 CHEMISTRY MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS Required Courses Semester Hours Basic chem i stry core .................................... . ....... ......... ........... 26 Additiona l Required Chem istry Courses: CHE 319 Surve y of Ph ysica l Chemi try . . . . . ............... ...... 4 CHE 320 Surve y of Physical Chemi stry Laboratory .................................... ....... I Electives A minimum of six semeste r h o urs in c h emistry courses se l ected in co nsultation with and approve d by th e Chemi s try Depart ment i s requir ed. Total . ................... ...... 37

PAGE 114

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 Bach elor of Arts R equired A n c ill a r y Courses MTH 141 Calculus I ... PHY 201 C o llege Phy s ic s I. ............................................................... .. 4 4 Total ancillary courses required. .. ... 8 O CCU P A TIONAL HEALTH A D S AFETY AREA O F EMPHASIS Students e l ec tin g thi s pr ogra m of study must comple t e th e basic chemistry core (26 hours ) in addition t o the following required cour ses. The requir e ment of a minor is waived for s tudents in thi s program Require d Courses Ba sic C h emistry Core ... Additio n a l Require d C hemistry Cou rses: CHE 3 1 9 S ur vey of Phys i ca l Chemi s try .. CHE 320 Survey of Physi ca l Chemistry Laboratory I n s trumenta l Ana l ysis ......... Semest e r Hours .. 26 .. .... 4 .. .2 ................... 3 CHE CHE CHE CHE 410 411 431 435 In trumental Analy s i s Laboratory ............... ... ................................... 2 Biochemi s try I. ........................... ... 4 Biochemi stry Laboratory . ..................................... ................. I Required Occupational Health and Safet y Courses: CHE 250 Int roduction to Occupation a l H ea lth and Safety .. .......... .............. ........ 3 CHE 350 Occupational Safety ..................... CHE 4 1 5 CHE 420 CHE 425 CHE 450 CHE 475 Ins trum e ntation and Analysis in the Occupation a l Enviro nm ent Evaluation an d Control of Air Quality. Principle s of Occupation a l He al th and Safety Occupational Toxicology .. Occupational Health and Safety Int e rnship R equire d Ancillary Cou rses: BIO I 08 General Intr oduct ion to Biol ogy ... .. ..... 3 ... 4 .. 3 ... 3 .. .. 3 ... 8 .. ....... 4 BIO 232 Hum an Anatomy and Ph ysiology Tl ............................... .................... 4 BIO 240 Gene r a l Microbio l ogy .... MTH 1 2 1 Introdu ctio n to Stati stic ........... ........... MTH 1 4 1 Calculus I ............... PHY 201 College Phy sics I. .......................... PHY 203 College Ph ysics I Laboratory Total. Electives The following courses are reco mm e nded as electives: ... 4 .. .3 .... 4 .. .4 I .... 92 SPE 101 Fundamentals of Speech Communication ................. ... ....... ... ............. ... 3 COM 26 1 Introduction to T ec hni cal Writin g .... 3 ECO 201 Prin ci ple s of Economics-Macro . . . . . .. 3 MGT 461 Labor/Employee Re l ation s . . . ... 3 CRIMINALISTICS AREA O F EMPHASIS Students e lect ing thi s program of s tud y must comple t e th e basi c che mistry core (26 h ours) in addition t o the following required courses. The requirement of a minor is waived for s tudent s in this pro gram. R equired Courses Ba i c Chemi try Core .... Additional Require d Chemistry Cou rses: CHE 3 1 9 Survey of Physica l Chemi s try .. CHE 320 Survey of Ph ys ical Chemistry Lab. CHE 410 In s trumental Anal ys is. CHE 411 I nstrumental Anal ys i s Laborat ory CHE 431 Biochemi s try I. CHE 435 Biochemi stry Laboratory R equired Criminalis ti cs Courses: Sem es ter Hours .. 26 ... 4 I .. ...... ................... ..... 3 .2 4 .... 1 CHE 370 Criminalistics I ...... ........ ........... ..... .............................. 4 CHE CHE CHE 371 470 47 1 Criminalistic s II . ..... ... Crimin alistics I Internship ...................... Criminali s tic s II Internship . ... ............ ....... .. ............... ...... ... 4 .7 .... 7

PAGE 115

112 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Required Criminal Justice Courses: CJC 101 Introdu c tion to the Criminal Justice Sys t e m .... ..................... .... . 3 C J C 210 Sub s t antiv e Crimin a l Law. . ...... ....... .............. ............ .... 3 CJ C 212 E v i de n ce and C o u rtroo m Proce dur e s. ....... . . 3 CJ C 312 C o n s tituti onal Law . . . ...... .... ............. ............... 3 Required AnciUar y Courses: BlO 108 G e n e r allntrod u ctio n t o Bio l ogy . . . ...... .... 4 BlO 2 40 G e n era l Mic r obio l ogy . . . . . . .. 4 BIO 3 60 G e n e r a l G e n etics .................... ............. .... ...... .............. ...... 3 MTH MTH PHY PHY or1 2 1 141 201 2 0 3 PHY 231 and PHY 2 3 2 T o t al ....... Intr od u ctio n to St atis tics .......... .......................... . 4 Calculus I ............................ ....... .. ... ............... ... ..... 4 College Physics I a n d C o lle ge Physics I L abo r atory G e n era l Physics I G e n era l Phys i cs I L abora t ory .................... .... .. 5 ..99 MINOR IN CHEMISTRY Stud e nts completin g the ba s ic c hemi s try core (2 6 hour s) qu aLify for a min o r in chemi stry. Student s m ay ele c t to s ub stitute five s eme s ter hour s in upper-divi s ion c h emis try co ur ses fo r CHE 311 and 313*. Basic Chemistry Core Semester Hours C HE 1 8 0 G e n eral Ch emis t ry I . ...... .... ........................... 4 C H E 181 G e n era l Ch emis try II. . . . ......... ................. 4 CHE 1 8 5 G e n eral Ch emis try Labora t ory . ....... ....................... ... .................. 2 C HE 3 00 Analytica l Chemis try. .. . .. .. . .. .. .. .. . . .. .. . .. .. .. 3 CHE 301 Ana l ytica l Chemi stry Labo r a t ory............ ... ........... ....... ........ . ... 2 CHE 31 0 O rgan i c Ch e mistry I . . . . . . . . ... ....... 4 CHE 311 O rganic Ch emis try II. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 3 CHE 312 Or ganic Ch emis try I Labo r a t ory . .. .. .. .. . ...... 2 CHE 3 1 3 Or gan i c Chemis try II Labo r a t ory.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 2 T o t al .... .... ............... ...... 26 MINOR IN CRIMINALISTICS Required Co u rses Semester Hours CHE II 0 Principles of Ch emis try. . . . . . . . . ... 5 CHE 2 70 Introdu ctio n t o Crimin alistics . . . . . . . . . ... 4 CHE 275 Ar s o n and E xplos i ve s . .......... ..... .................... ..... 3 CHE 276 Field T esting and L abo r a t ory Ana lysi s of Drug s . . . . . I C HE 360 C rim e S ce n e Inv estigatio n I. . .... ... ............. ... 4 CHE 361 Crim e S cene Inve stigatio n II ............................... ..... ........ .......... ..... 4 C J C 212 Evid e n ce and C o urtr oo m Proce dur es . . . . . . . . . . 3 T o t al ..24 Earth and Atmospheric Sciences Department The Eart h and Atmo s p h eric Sci e n ces Departm e nt i s c omp ose d of thre e se p a rat e disciplin es: g eography geology, and meteorology. The department offer s a b ac helor of s c ien c e de g ree in m e teorolo g y and a bachelor of art s or bachelor of sc ience degree in l and u s e T h e bachelor of s cience de g ree i s recom mended for tho s e s tudent s de s irin g a s tronger back g round in the phy s i ca l and quantit ative as pects of the environment. Mino r program s a r e avail a ble in geogr a phy g eol o g y a nd m e t e or o l ogy. Student s w orking toward teacher licen s ure in either scienc e or s ocial s tudie s m a y tak e cour s e s in geo l og y geogra phy or meteo rology. Students interested in Environmental S c ience or Earth Spa ce Sci e n c e may d eve l o p an individ ualized degree pro g ram through Adult Learnin g Services.

PAGE 116

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 LAND USE The Land U e Program is ve r y broad in sco p e an d can be u sed for a number of career objectives a nd graduate school progr a ms Opportunitie s exi s t in s u c h are a as planning c a rtography geographic infor m ation systems ( GIS) a ir ph oto and s ate llit e imagery interp r etation e nvironmental and r es ource man a gement tra v el a nd tr a nsport atio n minin g and min e r a l re s our c es r es idential and indu s trial develop ment recreational land use population ana l ysis a nd a vari e t y of other interrel a t ed fie lds. Thi s progr a m provide s a s olid f o undation for c o ntinued s tudy at the g r a duate l e v el. LAND USE MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS R equire d Core Semester Hours MTH 1 2 1 Introdu ctio n t o St atistics ...... 4 GEG 122 M a p Use.. ............................................................. ...... 2 C h oose o n e fr o m eac h o f t h e f ollowin g sets: GEG 100 W o rld R eg i o nal Geogr a ph y -o r -GEG 1 3 0 GEG 110 -orIntr od u ctio n to Hum a n G eogra ph y I ntr od u ctio n to Phys ical G eogra ph y ....... 3 GEL 101 G e n era l G eo lo gy ................................ .......................... ......... 4 G E G 22 5 Introdu ctio n t o G eog r ap h ic Inf ormatio n S ys tems -o r -GEG 321 Introdu ctio n t o Cartograph y ..................................... ........... .......... 4 GEG 36 1 Prin c i p l es of L a n d Use -or-G E G 401 E n v ir o nm e nt a l H az ar ds an d Pla nnin g Interns hip in G eog raph y ............ .... .......... ......... 3 GEG 495 -O r G E L 495 Int e rn s hip i n Geol ogy .. ................. 2 Senior Cap s ton e Course: GEG 4 9 6 G l o b a l En v i ro nm ental C hall e n ges -o r G E L 496 Env ir o nm e nta l Field Studi es. C o r e t ota l ..... 2 3 -2 5 Emph as i s area t o tal ......... . .............................................................. 1 9-2 1 L and u se major total ............ 42 4 6 R equired Areas of Emphasis In a dditi o n to the r eq uir e d l and u se core, eac h s tud ent mu t co mpl e te o ne o f the a r eas of e mpha s i s lis t e d be l ow. Within t h e a rea of e mph as i s, s tud ents m u s t co mpl e t e a e t of r e quir e d co ur ses p lu s e lecti ves. Elec t ives ar e c h ose n in co n s ult atio n w it h a d e partm e ntal adv i ser and are des i g n e d to p r ovide a n integr a t e d a n d well-planne d p atte rn of co ur ses r e l a t ed t o t h e s tud ent's e ducatio n a l and caree r goa l Urban Land Use Core G E G 33 6 G eog r a ph y o f Ec o n omic A ctivit y G E G 360 U rb a n G eogra ph y ... Se m este r Hours ..... 3 .. ... 3 G E G 461 Urb a n an d R eg i o n a l Plan nin g . . . ... 3 URS 4 5 0 Cities o f the Futur e ................................. ..................... 3 U rban l and u se e l ec t ives ..... 7 ( Ch oose a minimum o f seve n ho u r s o f e l ective c r e dit. in c o n s ult atio n w ith a depanme nt a l ad v i s er.) Su b t o t a l . . . .................... 1 9 Geographic Lnform a tion Syst e m s Core GEG 22 5 Intr od u ctio n to GIS -or-G E G 32 1 Can ogra ph y ( whi c h eve r co ur se w as n o t t ake n as part o f the core) G E G 322 Int erme di a t e Canograph y ...... GEG 325 Co mput e r Cartograph y ..................... . G E G 485 Ad va n ced G eog raphi c Inform atio n S ys t e m s CSI I 0 I Introd u ctio n t o C o mput e r S cie nce G eogra phi c Informa t io n S ys t e m s E l ectives .. Sem este r Hours ..................... 4 ..... 3 ... 3 ............. 3 ... 3 6 (C h oose a minimum of s i x h o ur s of e l e cti ve c r e dit in co n s ult a tion wi th a d e p anme nt a l a d v i ser.) S ubt o t a l... ................ ............... 2 1

PAGE 117

114 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES Environment and R esources Core Seme s ter Hours GEG 120 Introduction t o Environmental Science . . ........ 3 GEG 140 World R eso urces. . . . . . . . . . . 3 GEG 484 Remot e Sensing. . . . . ............................................ 3 ECO 345 Environmenta l Economics. . . . . . . . ... 3 Environmen t and resources e l ec tiv es .. 7 (C h oose a minimum of seve n h o u r s of elective c r ed it in co nsultation with a d epanmental adviser.) Subtotal. ................. 19 Geology Cor e ( NOTE: s tudent s se l ecting this area of emphasis will be required t o minor in geo l ogy) GEL 312 Advanced Geomorpholog y .... GEL 342 Soil Resources ........... GEL 344 Energy and Mineral Resources ...................... GEL 400 Environmental Geology Geology E l ectives (Choose a minimum of five h ours of elective credit, in co nsultation with a depanmental adviser.) Semest e r Hours ...4 . 4 ..4 .. .3 Subtotal . . . ............ ....... 20 Total .............. 43 Require d Minor Except for the geo l ogic area of emph asis, the field of study selec ted as a minor i s at the option of the student. LAND UsE MAJOR FO R BACHELOR OF ScmNCE To fulfill the r equi r ements for the bachelor of science with a major in l and use, a st u dent must co mplete the requ ir e m e nt s as lis ted above under the bache l or of arts; however the stude nt must minor in one of the scie nces, or sc ience-oriented fiel ds as approved by the Earth a n d Atmo pheric Sci ences Department. MINOR IN G EOLOGY Require d Cor e GEL 101 Ge n e ral Geo logy. Any 100-leve l GEL cour se ........... Semest e r Hours .4 3-4 GEL 201 R ocks and Minerals...... 4 GEL 202 The Stratigraphy and Structure of the Eanh ........ .................. .......... .......... 4 Any 300o r 400-level GEL cou rses. . . . . . . 8 T o tal ...................... MINOR IN G EOGRA PHY Required Cor e GEG 112 GEG 122 GEG 130 GEG 123 -or-MTR 140 Ori entee r i n g ... Map Use ... Introdu ctio n to Human Geography Weather and Climate Intr oduction to Meteorology Structured Electi ves .......................... 23-24 Sem ester Hours . . I .2 ............. 3 ........ 3 A minimum of 1 3 additional h o ur s m ust be selected in consultation with a departmental adviser. A t l east one course m u st be se l ected from each of the following groups t o satisfy thi s requirement. Ph ysical (3) GEG 110 GEG GEL 124 101 I ntroduction t o Phy s ical Geography . . . . . . . ... 3 Landforms of the United States. . . . . . . . . ... 3 General Geology ............... .................................... ..... ... .... 4 R esources and Environment (3) GEG 120 Int roduction to Envi r onme nt a l Sc i ence.. . . . ............ 3 GEG 140 World R eso ur ces ..................................... .............. 3 GEG 340 Water Re sources ........................................................ 3 GEL 342 Soil Resources.. ................................................. 4 GEL 344 Energy and Mi n e ral R esources .................. ..................................... 4 Spatial Ana l ys i s and Planning (3) GEG 360 Urban Geography ............................................................. 3 GEG 361 Principl es of Land Use ...................................................... 3

PAGE 118

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 GEG 362 GEG 363 GEG 462 Urba n Studies P opulatio n R esources and Land U se Tr a n s pon ation Planning and Land U s e Land U e : Re identia l ...... ..... Reg i onal Geo g r aphy (3) ..... 3 3 .. 3 GEG 100 W orld Regional Geo graphy . .. 3 GEG 20 2 G eography o f C o l orado 3 GEG 210 G eography o f Latin America . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 GEG 220 G eography o f the Unite d States. . . .... ........ 3 GEG 3 00 His t orical Geography o f the Unite d Stat es . . . . . . . . . 3 Plus o n e additional h o ur o f fiel d stud y in eithe r g eography o r geo l og y for a t o tal o f 22 hour s T ota l ... 22 Meteorology Department Meteorology is the science of the atmo phere Modern meteo r ologi s t are invo l ved i n weather observing forecasting research, and dis eminatio n of weathe r information to th e public. M e t eo r o l og i s t s a l so study g l oba l weather and c lim ate and investigate the influence that human beings exert on t h e Earth s c lim ate M e tr o St a t e s forecas tin g l aboratory include s a compu t erized observing station daily weather map sa t ellite image and access to the n ationa l weather da t abase The bache l o r of sc i e nce degree in meteoro l ogy follows American Mete o rologica l Society recommendations for undergraduate program Stud e nt s s h o uld contac t a m e t eoro l ogy fac ult y m embe r t o discuss degree programs caree r o pportuni ties, and g r aduate schoo l options M ETE OROLOG Y MAJOR FOR B ACHELO R OF S ClE CE Requir e d Co u rses Seme s ter Hours MTR 140 I ntr o ducti o n to M e teor o l o g y . . . . . . . . . . 3 MTR 142 Introducti o n t o Mete o r o l ogy Lab. . . . ..... I MT R 241 Meteor o logical Instrumentatio n .... 3 MTR 340 S y n o ptic Meteorol ogy I . . . . . . . . . . ... 4 MTR 3 4 I Syn optic M eteo r o l ogy II .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . 4 MTR 343 D y n amic Met eoro l ogy I .... ....... ...... ... . .... ...... ... .... ............ 3 MTR 344 Physi cal Met eoro l ogy ............... ................ . . . . 3 MTR 345 D y n amic M e teorol ogy II . . 3 MTR MTR MTR 441 442 444 N u m erical Weath e r Predic tion ... ... .... .... ....... ........ . .......... ... 3 3 ... 3 Industria l M eteo r o l ogy .. Climat o l ogy Ele ctiv e m e t e orolog y courses ....... ...... Subtot a l. .... ........ A dditional Course R e quirements ENG 101 Freshman C ompositio n : The E s s a y ... E G 102 Fres hman Compo s ition : Analysis, R e sear c h and Documentation MTH 1 2 1 MTH 141 I ntrodu ctio n to Stati stics ..... C a l culus r MTH I 5 I C o mputer Prog rammin g : FORTRAN 7 .... 40 .3 .3 ........... 4 ... 4 .... 4 MTH 241 C a l culus n . . . .. .. . .. .. .. 4 PH Y 23 I 232 G e n eral Physi cs I and Lab . . . .. 5 PHY 233, 234 General Physics II and Lab ... ......... ................. ... ............... ........ 5 CHE 180 G e n eral Chemi s try r . ................. 4 Leve l t Communicatio n s . . . 3 Level ll An s and Letters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Level II Hist orical .... Level U Social Scien ce ............ L e vel LU Senior Experien c e .. Subtotal. Approved e lectives ... .. T o t a l .. 3 .... ..... ... .... .... ... '.' ... ...... 6 .. 3 ... 5 8 .. .. ....... 10 ... .... ... 126 Students mus t c on sult a faculty adviser regarding gen eral tudie s require ments.

PAGE 119

116 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES MINOR IN METEOROLOGY Required Courses MTR 140 Introdu c tion to Mete o rology ... .................. ............ ......... Semester Hours .. .. 3 MTR 1 42 Introdu c tion to Meteorol ogy Lab. ...1 MTR 340 Synoptic Meteorolog y I. . . ............... ................................. 4 MTR 34 1 Synoptic Meteorolo gy ll ........ ......... ............... 4 Approved e l ectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Total. .... 20 Mathematical and Computer Sciences Department Th e Mathematical and Computer Sciences Department offe r s ba c h e l or of arts and b achelor of sc i ence degrees i n m athematics a nd a bachelor of sc ience degree in co mputer sc ience. The department offers both a m a th e m atics and co mpu ter scie n ce minor, both of whic h complement s u c h majors as eng ine er ing techno l ogy the other sc i ences, and economics. In a ddition, the minor program in compute r scie n ce comple ment s the mathematics m ajor. In ad dition t o the ge n e r a l m a th e m at i cs major the department offers a mathemat i cs major in five areas of emphasis encompassing a variety of s i gnifica nt m athe m atica l ide as These a r eas of emp h asis give the stude nt back g r o und for gra duat e sc h oo l in theo r et i ca l mathematics, as well as b ac k gro und for both g r ad u ate sc hool and emp l oy ment in mathematically related fields including clas ical math ematics applica tion s, sc ientifi c computing, prob a bilit y and s tati stics, and mathe mati cs ed u cation. The degree program in com puter sc i ence ad h e re s to nationally recognized standards and provide s stude nt s wit h a m o r e t ec h nical a lt ernat ive to the m athematics emp h as i s in computer science All students who are considering a major or minor in mathematics or computer science are expected to consult with faculty for advising. A degree in m athematics i s u seful in a varie t y of professional fields including amo n g many ot h e r s, busi n ess eco nomi cs comp ut e r science, government, education, t echno l ogy a nd sci ence. Students are invited to consult with the departm e nt co n cerning career potentia ls. All majors in m athe mati cs are required to comp l e t e the following b as i c core of co ur ses (with a r e quir ed minimum g rad e of "C" in each of these co u rses). The department strongly r ecommends that s tud e nt s int e r este d in the applied m a th ematics emphasis take sections of ca l c ulu using Mathematica. Basic Mathem atics Co r e Se mester Hours MTH 141* Ca l culus I o r MTH 145 Calculu s & Mathematica I ............................ MTH MTH MTH 24 1 Calculu s ll o r MTH 240 Calculus & Mathematica II ................................ 242 Calculus U1 or MTH 245 Calculu s & Mathematica 1!1 ....... ..... ..... 310 Introduction t o Mathemati ca l Pr oofs. T otal ................... Some sectio n s of this co ur se have a Math ematica component. .. ... 4 .4 ..4 3 15 In a ddition to the core, each m a j or, exce pt for o n e in secon d ary education, i s requir e d as part of th e acco untability r eq uir e ment s of the department, to take a co ur se that is u se d for assessment. For math e mati cs majors, this is a o ne hour co ur se tha t a l so inc lud es an overv i ew of th e m a jor. Eac h major is also required to t ake a Senior Exp erie n ce co ur se and t o comp let e a min or. The foll owing mathematics courses h a ve b een approved as Senior Exper i ence courses: MTH 42 1 44 1 and 448. MAJOR IN MATHEMATICS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS OR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Th e D e p a rtm e nt of Mathematical and Computer Sciences offers co ur se work leadin g t o th e b ac h e l or of arts o r bach elor of cie n ce de gree. The student may c h oose ei th e r degr ee. The s tudent may c h oose to complete a mathematics major in: I Mathematic General 2. Mathematics-Applied Mathem atics E mpha s i s 3. Mathematics-Computer S c i e n ce E mpha sis 4. Mathemati cs Secondary Education E mph as i s 5. Mathem at ics-Statistic s and Prob ab ilit y Emphasis 6. Mathemati cs Theoretic a l Mathematics E mph asis The req uir ements for each are as follow :

PAGE 120

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 MATHEMATICS-GENERAL R equire d Courses Basic Co re. MTH 439 Mathematic s Seminar Total. Sem es t e r Hours ..... 15 I 16 A minim um of 24 credit hours chosen from MTH 151 MTH 214*. o r any upper-divi s ion mathematics courses. The 24 credi t h ours must include a t lea s t 20 upper -division hours, a t l eas t one Senior Experience course in m athe mati cs. and one o f the fol lowing seq uences: MTH 311-314; 32 1-322; 342-344: 421-422; 441-442; and 448-449 ......... ............. .................. 24 Total ............................................ 40 No credit i s allowed for MTH 214 if MTH 314 i s a l so taken MATHEMATI CS API'LlED MATHEMATICS EMPHAS I The em ph as i in a ppli e d math e m atics i s de i g n e d to m ee t the n ee d of the scie ntifi c t ec hnical and co m puter ba se d eco nom y and to prepar e the s tud ent for g raduate s tudy. The department ha s made every effort t o ha ve t a te of t he art t echnolog i es and practic e av ailab l e for s tudent u e a n d s trong l y r eco m mend s t h a t s tud e nt s interes t ed in thi emp h as i s t ake sec tions of ca l c ulu s using M a th ematica. Require d Courses emest e r Hours Bas i c Core .. ............ 1 5 MTH 1 5 1 Computer Programming : FORTRAN ................. 4 MTH 314 Linear Algebra ................. ...4 MTH 321 Probability a n d Stat i stics. ................................................. 4 MTH 342 Differential Equations. . . . . . . . ... 4 MTH 344 Panial Differential Equations ........................... ... . ............. ...... 4 MTH 448 um erica l A n a l ys i s I. . . . 4 MTH 449 umeric a l A n alysis II . . . .. 4 MTH 459 Appljed Mathematic s Senior Seminar I Total. .......... 44 It is recommended that s tudents take one o r m ore of the following co ur s es in addit i on t o the requirement s: MTH 322, 325 347, 421, 44 1 442, and 445. MA T H EMA Tl S COMPUTER SCIE CE EMPHASI Thi s emphasi i de igned for the tudent who wants to co mbine applied mathematic s or s tati tics with computer science. The req uir e d co mputer sc i e n ce minor include s the core courses for the comp uter sc i e n ce major. R equire d Courses Basic Core MTH 314 Linear Algebra ... Pr o bability and Stati stics. Diff e renti a l E quati o n s Semester Hours .... 15 ............... 4 .................... .................... 4 ... 4 MTH MTH MTH 321 3 4 2 448 umeri cal Analysi I. ........................................................... .4 Two of t h e following cours es : MTH 322 De ign of Experiment s . 4 MTH 344 Panial Differential Equation s ................. 4 MTH 42 1 Pr obabi l i t y T h eo ry. ... 4 MTH 422 MTH 449 St oc hasti c Proce ses ............................... ........ 4 ..... 4 Numerical A nal ysis II ........ One of the followi n g cour ses : MTH 429 Senior Statistics Pr oject. .. MTH 439 Mathematics S enior Seminar .... .. ..... 1 .. .. 1 MTH 459 T o tal .. Applied Mathematics Senior Seminar ........................................ I Require d Computer Science Minor CSI 1 30 Int roduction to Structured Programming CS I 230 Advanced Programming and Data Structures .. CSI 240 Computer Organ i zatio n and A ss embly L a n guage CS I 310 Disc rete Mathema tics ... CS I 330 Foundati o n s of File Structure s .. .. .. .... .. .... 40 Semest e r Hours .4 .4 .4 .. .4 ..... 4

PAGE 121

118 SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES One of the f ollowing cour es: CSI 42 I Software Development and Engineering ............. ......................... ... 4 CS I 430 Advanced Dat a Structur es a nd Algorithm Analysi .. ........................... 4 T ota l .................................................... ............... ... ... .... 24 MATHEMATI CS SECONDARY EDUCATION EMPHASIS The empha i s in sec ondary education is for the pr e par a tion of c l ass r oom teacher s of mathem atics Stu dents eeking te ac her lice n s ur e in m at h e m atics mus t atisfy th e T eacher E du ca tion P rog ram r e quir e ments o f Metr o St a te in ad diti on to all of the m at h ematics majo r requir eme nts. Required Courses Sem es ter Hours B asic Co r e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 15 CSI 26 1 Computer Pr ogra m ming f o r Educa t ors .................................... 4 MTH 311 Ab tra c t A l geb r a I . . . . . . . . ........................... 3 MTH 314 Linear Algebra .............................. ...................................... 4 MTH 32 1 P robability and Statistics. . . . . . ........................... 4 MTH 360 Hi t ory of Mathemati cs .............................. ........................ .... 3 MTH 36 1 M et hod s of Teaching M athemat i cs . . . . . . 3 MTH 365 Foundation s of Geometry . ................................ 3 A Senior Experience cour se in mathematic s* ..... 4 T o tal... ...................... ... 43 E DS 429 o r EDU 4 1 9 may be s ub s titut ed. MATHEMATI S-STATI STICS AND PROBABILJTY EMPHASIS Th e emp ha s i in s tati tic s and probability s tre ses the applic ation of the princip l es and methods of sta tistic and probability in the biological physical and soc ial sc i ences and e n g ineerin g This emp h asis a l so prepare s the tudent for gradua t e s tudy. Required Cou rses Semester Hours Bas i c Core ................................................... ............................ 15 MTH 1 5 1 Computer P rogra mming: FORTRAN .................. .............................. 4 MTH 2 1 4 Computational Matri x Algebra . . . . . . .......... .... 2 MTH 32 1 Pr o b ab ilit y and Stati s tics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 MTH 322 D esig n o f Experiments 4 MTH 325 Optimization Tec hni qu es I ................. ............ .................. 4 MTH 42 1 Pr oba bilit y Th eo ry. .................... ... 4 MTH 422 Stochastic Pr ocesses .......... .4 MTH 429 Seni o r Stati s tic s Pr oject. T otal .. ..................... 42 *MTH 314 m ay be s ub tituted for MTH 214. MATHEMATI CS -THEORETICAL MATH EMAT I S EMPHASIS Th e emphasis in theoretical math ematics prepare the s tudent for further s p ecialized tudy a t the g r ad uat e level as well a being a daptable for prepar atio n for positio n s in bu s ine ss, ind u s try an d gove rnm e nt. Required Courses Sem es t e r Hours B asic Core. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 15 MTH 311 Ab s tract Algeb r a I. ................................................................. 3 MTH 3 1 4 MTH 439 MTH 44 1 MTH 442 Linear A l ge bra .. ..4 M athe m atics Senior Semin a r ........................................................... I Advan ce d Calculus I . . . . . . ............................. 4 Advanced Cal c ulu s 11 . . . . . . . . . .. 3 A minimum of seven credi t h o urs chosen from a n y upper-divi s i o n mathemat i cs courses. . . . . . 7 Total............................ ........... ... ...................... 37 MINOR IN MATHEMATICS Required Cor e MTH 141 Calculus I o r MTH 145 Calculus and Math emmica I. MTH 151 CompUier Pr og ramming: FORT R AN -or-e m es t e r Hours .................................. 4 CS! 130 Intr od uctio n t o S t ructur e d Pr ogra mmin g .......... 4 MTH 24 1 Calculu s II or MTH 240 Calculus and Math e mati ca n . . . . . . . . . 4 Subt o tal............. . . . . . . ............................ 12

PAGE 122

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 Electi ves A minim um of 10 h o u rs at l eas t seve n o f whic h mus t be a t the up pe r -div i s i o n l evel. Th ese 1 0 h o urs m ay i n c lud e MTH 242 o r MTH 2 45, a n y up pe r -div i s ion m athe m atic co ur s e o r a n y co urse approved b y the Mathem atica l and C o mputer Scien ces D eparune nl. .... 1 0 E l ectives Total . ...... .......... .... ...... 22 MAJOR IN COMPUTER Scm CE FOR BACHELOR OF S cm CE Th e departm e nt offe r s a co mplete degree program in computer s cience that ad h e r e to the nationally r ecog nized s t a ndard e t by the Computer Science Ac c red it a t ion B oard Stude nt s are encouraged to c o nt ac t the d e partment for further d e tail s The Senior E x perience cour s e in computer sc ien c e i s CS I 4 2 1 The CSI progr a m include s a required mathematics minor. Required Core Courses* e m es t e r Hours CS I 1 30 I ntroduction t o S tru ctured P rog r am min g** .... 4 CS I 230 Adva n ce d Programmin g and D a t a Stru c tur es .... ........... ................... .... ... .. 4 CS I 240 Computer O r ga n ization and A ss e mbl y La n g u age ........................... .............. 4 CS I CS I CS I 3 1 0 32 1 330 Disc r ete M athe m atics ..... ...... ....... .............. .... ...... 4 ............... 4 Pr inc i p l es o f Progr amming Lang u ages Founda t io n s of File S tru ctures. S ubt o t al ......... ......................... .... ..................... 4 ...... ..... ...................... ..... 24 A gra d e of "C" i s r equi r e d in eac h of the core cour ses **CS I 130 i s a core course and p a rt of the M T H min o r Required A dvanced Courses CS I 42 1 Software D eve l o pm ent a n d E n g in ee rin g . . . . . . ..... 4 CS I 459 Co m pute r Sci e n ce Senio r P racticum ...................................... .... 2 Two cou rses se l ected from CS I 3 0 6 Compu te r A r c hit ec tur e and S ys tem s Pr ogra mmin g ..... .............. ................... 4 CS I 33 1 F und ame n ta l s of D ata b ase Sys tem s ........ .. .... 4 CS I 430 Advanced D a t a Stru c tur es a nd Algo rithm A nalys i s .... ..... ............... .... .......... 4 A mini m u m of 8 additio n a l credit h o u rs se l ec t ed f r o m the followi n g co urse s : CS I 306 3 1 2 328 331, 35 1 4 1 2 430, 452. C MS 305 MTH 449. ............ .. ..... 8 Su b t o t a l ............ ....... 22 Required Ancillary Cou rses COM 26 1 I nt r od u ctio n t o T ec hn ica l Writin g .................... .. ... 3 EET 231 Digital Log i c a n d T e l eco m municatio n s . ........ .......... .. ... 4 PHI 336 Bus i n ess Eth i cs . . . ............ .. 3 S ub total. ........................ . ........ ..... .................... 1 0 Required Mathematics Mi nor* MTH 141 C a lculu s I o r MTH 145 Ca l c ulu s and Math e m atics I ................ ... .... . ..4 MT H 2 1 4 MTH 241 MTH 240 M T H 32 1 Computatio na l M a tri x Algebra Calculus 11 Cal c ulu s and M athe m a t ica U P robab i lity and S tat istics (Calc ulu sb ase d ) Two cour ses c h o s en f rom MTH 322 Desig n of Expe rim e n ts ....... .... M T H 325 Opt imizatio n T ec h niqu es I ... .... 2 ................................. ..... 4 ... 4 .. 4 .. ..... 4 M T H 448 Numerical Ana l ys i s I. ... .... .... ................................... .... 4 Subtotal ......... ... CS I I 30 i s p art of the mathe m atic m i nor **M T H 3 1 4 m ay be s u bstituted f or M T H 2 1 4 Additional Cou r s e Requiremen ts ................ 22 E G 1 0 1 Freshman Co m po ilio n : The Essay. ............................. 3 ENG I 0 2* Fres hm a n Co mpo sitio n : A na l ys i s, R e e arch a n d D ocume ntati o n . . . .. 3 S P E I 0 I Fundame nt a l s o f Public S peaki n g . . . . ....................... 3 PHY 23 I -234 Ge neral Ph ys i c I La b I Gene ral Ph y i cs 11, Lab ll O r C HE I 80 I 8 I I 85 Gene r a l C he m istry I 11, a nd Labor a t ory. ... 1 0 4

PAGE 123

120 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES XXX XXX Level Ll General Studi e Hi s t orical ......................................... ......... 3 XXX XXX Level ll General Studies-Art s a nd Letters ....... ..................................... 3 XXX XXX Levell! General StudiesSocial S c i e nce ............................................. 6 Six additio n a l hours from the a re as of communication. hi s torical ans and l e tte rs, and/or soc ial sc i e n ces ............... 6 Free e l ec tive s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Subtotal ....................................................................................... 42 *These cour ses, a lon g with PHI 336, count as ge neral s t udi es cour s es. Th e G e neral Studies Level I math e m atics r e q u irement i s s atisfied by the m a th e matics minor. Th e multicultural g r a du a tion requir e me nt of 3 credit h o u r s mus t a l so be s ati s fied Total..... . . . ............................... 120 MINOR IN COMPUTER S CIENCE Required Course Semester Hours CSI 1 3 0 Intr od u ction t o S tru ctu r ed Programmin g ........ .. ..... 4 CSI 230 Advanced Pro g r a mmin g and D ata Structure s ................. ....... .. ....... 4 Electives A minimum of 1 2 se me s ter h o ur s c h osen from CSI 240 a nd up per-division CS I cou rses ...................... .... 1 2 T otal. . . . . 20 Physics Department The Physics Department offers coursework l eading t o a b ac he l or of cience and t o a bache lor of arts degree. Minor s in physics a n d theoretical phys i cs are a l so offe r ed. Undergradua t es prep ari n g for work in industry o r for g raduate study sho uld take the b ac h e lor of sc ience in physics. Students prepari n g to te ac h sec ond a r y sc hool physics s hould t ake the bachelor of arts in physic s in ad dition to sati fying the r eq uir e ments for lice n s ure in cience. See th e Teacher Education Departm ent for det a il s Th e Phy sics Dep a rtment i s taught jointly by the facultie s of Metro State and the Univer s ity of Colorado at Denver. Metr o State s tudent s will recei ve in truction from the faculty of both ins titutions. The Phy s i cs D epartment a l so offers co ur ses in as tronomy whic h are de s igned primarily as ge ner a l int erest co u r ses. PHYSICS MAJOR FO R B ACHELO R O F ARTS Require d Courses Sem ester Hours PHY 23 1 G e n e r a l Phy s ic s I ... 4 PHY 233 Genera l Phy s ic s ll ....................................................... 4 PHY 232 General Ph ys ics L aboratory I . . . . . .................. I PHY 234 General Physics Laboratory II ........................................ .................. I PH Y 281 Modem Ph ysics ................................................................ 3 PHY 282 Cla ss ical Ph ys ics. ........................................................ 3 PHY 32 1 Analytical Mec h anics .............................................. ......... 4 PHY 38 1 Quantum Mech anics . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Required Option ( e lect A o r B ) Option A: PHY 37 1 Ph ysics L abora tory I . ..... 2 PHY 472 Advanced Phy s ics L a b o r a t ory U ................. ................ ...... ........... 2 PHY 492 Ph ys ics Senio r Seminar. . . . ...... I Option 8 : PHY 461 Computational Ph ys ics I .................................................... 2 PHY 462 Computatio nal Ph ysics fl. . . . . . . . . . . ........... 2 PHY 492 Ph ysics Senior Seminar .... ......................................................... I E l ectives A minimum of I 0 a dditi o nal se me s ter h o ur s of upper -d i v i s i o n ph ysics cour ses s ele c ted in con s ultation with and approve d b y th1 Ph ys i cs Dep a rtm e nt. . . . . . . . . . . I 0 T otal H o urs Requir ed ............................................................................ 38 A one-year e qu e nce of PHY 201-202-203-204 m ay be subs tituted f o r the PHY 231-233-232-234 requirement s wit h the con e nt of the Phy s ics D epartme nt. The s tud ent i s u r ged t o t ake one year o f ge n e r a l c h emis try and o n e year of e l ectronics. Th ese cour ses s h o uld be c hosen in consu ltation with the s tud ent's advi se r in th e Ph ysics Departm e nt.

PAGE 124

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 PHYS ICS MAJOR FO R B ACHELO R OF SCIENCE Requir e d Courses Semester H o urs PH Y 23 I G e ner a l Physics I ............ . ..... ... 4 PHY 233 General Physics II. ............ .. ..... 4 PHY 232 General Ph ys i cs Laborat ory I . . . . . . . . I PHY 234 General Phys i cs Laborat ory II . . . . .. I PHY 28 1 Modem Physics. . . . ...... ............................ 3 PHY 282 C la ss ical Ph ys ics. .. 3 PHY 32 1 Analytical M ec h an i cs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 PHY 333 E l ectrici t y a n d Magneti s m . . . . . . .. 4 PHY 34 1 The rmal Ph ysics .... .... ......... ........................... .......... 3 PHY 37 1 Ph ysics Labo r atory I .... PHY PHY 38 1 481 Quantum M ec h anics I .. Atomic and M o l ecular Structure Required Option (Se l ect A or B ) Option A : PHY 471 PHY 472 PHY 492 Option B : PHY 461 PHY 462 PHY 492 E l ec ti ves Advanced Physics Laboratory 1 Advanced Phys i cs Laboratory 0 P h ys i cs Senio r Seminar ... Computational Physics I Computatio n a l Physics II. Physic Senior Seminar .. A minimum of eight additional semes ter h o ur s in upper-divi ion physic cou rses must be se lected in con s ultation with and ap pr ove d by the Phys i cs D e partm ent. T ota l .. .. .2 ..... 3 .... 3 .. 2 .. ............ 2 ... 1 ...... 2 ... 2 . . I ...... 8 ....... 48 A o n e-year se quence of PHY 201-202-203-204 may be s ub s tituted for the PHY 231-233-232-234 requirements with the con sent of the Phys i c D epartme nt. The s tudent i s urged t o tak e o n e year of genera l c h emistry and o n e yea r o f e l ectronics These cou r ses s hould be c h ose n in cons ultati o n w ith the student's a d vi e r in the Ph ysics D epa rtm ent. MlNOR IN PHYS ICS R equire d Courses PHY 23 1 General Phys i cs I ........... PHY 233 General Physics II .......... PHY 232 PHY 234 PHY 28 1 PHY 282 General Ph ys i cs Lab oratory I Ge n eral Physi cs L abora t ory II .. Modem Phy s i cs .. C l ass i cal Phys i cs A minimum of eight additional se me s ter h ours in upper-divi s ion physic s courses mu s t be selected in Semester Ho urs ... 4 .. .. 4 ... 1 ..... ..... .. .. 1 .. ............. 3 ...... 3 co n su l tatio n and approved by the Ph ys i cs Department. . . . . . ................. ... 8 T otal . . . ........ .... 24 A one-year sequence of PHY 201-202-203-204 may be s u bstituted f o r the PHY 231-233-232-234 requirement s wit h the co n sent of the Ph ysics Depanrn e m Ml:NOR l THEORETICAL PHYS ICS Stud en t s enterin g thi program are ex pected to ha ve f ac ility in u s ing o rdinary differ e nti a l eq u atio n s, vec t o r ca l c u lu a nd lin ea r algebra. These s kill s a r e n ormally acquired in MTH 242, 3 1 4, and 342 or in PHY 311 and 3 1 2. With the consent of the Phys i cs D epartment, s tud e nt s w ith s tron g backgrounds in ph ysics may e l ec t not t o compl ete PHY 231 and 2 33 and m ay s ub s titut e 8 semes t e r c r edit h o ur s of approved physi cs e l ective Require d Courses Sem ester H ours PHY 23 1 General Phy s i cs I ............. 4 PHY 233 General Physic II ...... 4 PHY 32 1 Analytical Mechanic s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 PHY 333 E l ectricity and M ag n etis m. . 4 PHY 34 1 Th e rm a l Physi cs ...... 3 PHY 461 Computational Phy i cs I . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 PHY 463 T o tal Continuum Physics 3 ... 24

PAGE 125

122 SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES INSTITUTE FOR WOMEN'S STUDIES AND SERVICES The institute offe r a r a n ge of academic co ur ses, both inte rdi sc iplin ary and in the di cip l ines, which rudy the diver sity of women's lives a nd ex p erie n ces in the U.S. and el ewhere. Student may e l ect to minor in women's s tudie s or may c h oose a n individualized major or minor degree program. Several wome n's s tudie s co ur e are offered for ge ner a l s tudi es co ur se c redi t or in fulfillm en t of the multicul tural g raduati on r e quireme nt. Student seeki n g lice n s u re as seco ndar y educa tion t eac h ers of the socia l sc i e n ces m ay se l ect from a number of women's s tudie s co ur ses in f ulfillin g t h eir r eq uirem e nts. Also offered are cooperat i ve e du cat i on int erns hip s in bu siness, gove rnm e nt and co mmunit y organiza tion s W ome n's s tudi es, valuing a dive r se curriculum fosters th e inclu i o n of materia l o n all wome n men of color, and ethnic minorit i es in co ur se throughout the college. It identifies a nd encourages faculty, adminis trativ e, a nd pr ofess ion al mentoring of women stu den t s and facilitates collaborative interdisci plin ary re earch o n wo men. The insti tut e also provides support se r v i ces for all female s tud e nt s whether or n o t they e l ect wo men's tudies courses. These se rvice s include advising info rm ation, a nd ref erra l ; wo rk s hop co nferences, and semi n a r ; a ne w l ette r ; re so urce s s uch as the Women' s Action Gu ide and The Sc h olarship Searc h and a small multim e dia libr ary contain i n g books peri od i ca l s, man u sc ript video a nd audio tapes, a nd n ews p a p e r fil es all focusing o n women's i ss u es. informatio n and ap pli cation m ate rial for a number of sc h olar hip s are a vai l able through the ins titut e, a m o n g th e m the P a m e l a Mclntyre-Marcum Sc h o l ars hip sc holar s hip s from seve r a l l ocal branche s of the Ameri ca n Association of Univer s it y Women a nd the Exec utiv e W omen internat i on a l S c holar s hip Durin g the aca demic year the ins titut e convenes the interdi c ip l inary Front R a nge Femini s t S c h o l ars Colloquium brin g in g to gethe r facu lty, gradua t e s tud e nts, and independent sc holars from the metrop o lit a n a r ea to s h a r e r esear c h c urricu lum deve lopm e nt a nd a ppli ca tion s of feminist sc holar s hip Th e ins titute al o e n gages in coopera t ive ve ntu res with wo men's o r ganiza tion s in ed u catio n bu sine s, government and the community, for examp l e, the Colo r a do W om en's A ge nda; African American W o m en 40+; an d the Colorado Committee for Women' History. Finally, to encourage a nd rec ognize excelle n ce, the in tit ut e pon or Out t a nding Women Awards ann u ally in the s pring. Women's Studies INDIVIDUALIZED D EGREE PROGRAM Thro ugh th e Offi ce o f Adu l t Learnin g Ser v ices, s tudent s may construct an indiv idu alized interdiscipli nary majo r combining work in women's tudi e with work in o ther di cip l ines. Students s hould co n s ult the dire c tor of the ins titute of W o men's Studie s and S e r v i ces a nd the dir ecto r of adult l earn in g e rvi ces t o in i tiate planning The women's s tudie s individua li ze d d egree pro g r a m i a ppropri ate for a n y s tudent parti c ular l y t ho e who p l a n to work s p ecifically with female popul atio ns. Faculty strong l y r eco mm e nd a coope rat i ve ed u ca tion int erns hip A women's studi es degre e can be co mbin ed effect i ve l y wi th co ur ses in management organ i zat i o nal developme nt psychology, hi t ory, English, education, soc ial work nur si ng, hum an se rvices l aw enfo rcement a dv ertisi ng, public r e lations, marketing finance and other fields a ppr opriate to the stu d e nt's intere st. Student s gain a se n s itivit y t o women's iss ue s a nd are thu prepared to work w ith both ge n eral and fem a l e population s in a variety of areas Employment opport uniti es for women's s tudie s s tud ents m ay be found in managin g women's r eso urce cente r s, rape cris i s programs and battered women's s h e lt e rs. Student s mig ht a l so work in co mmunity co un e ling and co n s ulting or devel o p workshops o r s p ecial pro g r a mmin g for women in bu s iness and indu s try. Graduate s areal o employed in bankin g a nd a exec uti ves in profe ss ional as ociatio ns. Stu dent who plan to wo rk in hig h e r education l aw, or medicine m ay find a women's s tud ies degree a u se ful b a e for graduate o r profe ss ional study. MINOR AI o interdi ciplinary, the women's s tudi es minor u e faculty expertise fro m m a n y different depart m e nts. Facult y s tron g l y re co mmend s a cooperative educatio n int ernship. The objective of both the individualized major and minor include : h eig ht e ned aware n e s for women themsel ves; review of the cultura l pattern s that define wom e n ; the s tud y of th e his t orical ac hie vement of women in all di c iplin es; and the explo ration of emerg in g ne e d s a nd o pportuniti es for women. Emphasis i s on both personal an d profe s iona l g rowth These objecti ves are m e t within th e co nt ex t o f the n ew sc h olar hip o n wo m e n in c ludin g wom en of co l o r e thni c min o r i t y wom en, a nd int e rn a tion a l wo m en.

PAGE 126

SCHOOL OF LEITERS, ARTS & SCIENCES 1 The course s are appropriate for s tud ents in education, g uid a n ce and cou n se lin g, l aw e n fo r ce m ent, human serv ice s business man age m ent, advertising, public relations commun i cation liberal a rts and the beh av ior a l and soc i a l sciences Men are welcom e and e ncour age d to s tud y the sc holar s hip that foc u ses on wo m en. Th ey may find from s u c h study a co n cept u a l framework that will enable them t o better understand appreciate, and work with women. R equire d Courses WMS 101 I ntroduction: W oman in Tran s ition WMS 1 65 Women in U nit ed State s H istory. WMS 33 1 W ome n and the Law .... \VMS 35 1 Feminist Theory .. \VMS 475 Elective s Total ..... Electives: Se n ior Seminar ..... ..... ... Semester Hours ............. 3 ............... 3 ............... 3 .... 3 ... 3 9 .. 24 In additio n to the core co urses, nin e se m es ter h ours of e l ectives acceptable t o or taught thr o ugh women s s tudie s are req uir ed brin gi ng the t otal number of se m ester h o ur credits for a women's s tudi es min or t o 24. The e co ur s es, some of whic h are inter disc iplinary, are se l ected in co n s ult a t ion with the wom e n's s tudi es faculty and are approved b y the in titute. W o men s s tudie s core c our s es a r e s upplement ed eac h se m e s ter b y topics c urr ent iss u es, and clu s ter courses ( WMS 342, 344 345 346 367, and 425) ; in a ddition studen ts s h o uld c he ck the Cla ss S c hedul e for other relevant offerings. Appropriat e ele c tive s are often listed in other departments and may be c ro ss-listed with women's st udi e For example, s tudents may t ake WMS 331 for either women s tudie credit o r for credit in CJC 371. Student s ma y als o take WMS 165 for either women's studies credi t or f o r credit in history ( HIS 165). Simila r offeri n gs are available in humaniti es, fine arts, and social and behav ioral sciences. Students s h ould c h eck the Class S c h e dule each semester for appropriate cro ss -listed co urs es. Student s are urged t o ge t advising early in their co ur se o f s tudy and to plan their pro grams with care, a s so me co ur ses are offered only eve r y oth e r se me s ter. Women's Services Th e in titute i com m itted t o the empowerme nt of women through education. ln o rd er to a sis t women with a positive college exper i ence, wo m e n's se rvic es pr ov ide s r efe rr a l s to ca mpu s and com munit y re o ur ces, inform ation about sc h o lar ship assi t ance to com munit y women w ith the proce ss of e nt ering Metro Stat e, ad vocacy se rvic es for student d ealing w ith h arassme nt o r disc rimin ation and pr o grams and events that foc u s on i ss ue s of parti cular co n cern t o women. The ins titut e h o u es a s m all libr ary with a var i ety of b ook and othe r resource m aterials o n women exper i e n ces, his torie s, and con tributions to soc i ety. Students w h o n eed ass i sta n ce s h ould make an appointme nt with the coordinato r of women's se r v i ces.

PAGE 127

124 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES

PAGE 128

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES The School of Profe siona l Studie offers many and varied degree and teaching l icensure programs. Every program is designed not only to prepare graduates for s u ccess in a specific ca re er but to provide a broad educational background for career and life enhancement. The major purpose of the school i to provide students with the knowledge, skills and performance compete n cies needed to s u ccessfully enter a chosen profession. The School of Professional Studie includes three division 1 2 departments the Academy for Teaching Excellence, and other adm inistr a tive unit The purpose of the Academy for Teaching Excellence is to meet the educational, social and eco n omi cal demands of the 21st century by providing program activities, and services to improve teaching and learning at Metro State, in the public chools, and in the local business community. The academy serves the needs of Metro State faculty by providing workshops, se minars, assistance in co ndu cting ap pli ed re earch curriculum and program development and re ources on teaching effectivene s. The academy houses the Metro State Center for Critical Thinking a regional center of the National Center for Excel lence in Critical Thinking Instruction. The Division of Education consists of three academic departments: Early Childhood and Elementary Education Secondary Education, and Reading The division also includes a parent/child development center an educational resource center Denver Public Schoo l s/Metropolitan State College of Denver partnership schools, and the Office of C lin ica l Services The three academic departments in the Divi sion of Education offer teacher licen ure programs in early childhood elementary education and 12 secondary education fields. The Divi ion of Technology consist of three departments: Aerospace Science Engineering Technol ogy and Indu strial Studies, and Technical Communications. The three academic departments offe r nin e major and 1 0 minor degree programs The Division of Public Service Profes ions consists of six departments: Crimina l Ju stice and Criminol ogy; Ho sp itality, Meeting and Travel Administration ; Human Services; Military Science; Nursing and Health Care Management; Human Performance Sport and Leisure Studies; and the Center for Addic tion Stud i es. The ix academic departments offer six majors and nine minor degree programs. There are more than 250 full-time and part time faculty administrators and support per sonnel in the School of Professional Studies that are highly committed to assisting students attain their career goa ls. DIVISION OF EDUCATION The Divi ion of Education i compo ed of the Early Childhood and Elementary Education Department, the Secondary Education Department, the R eading Department, the Office of Clinical Services the Par ent Education Program the Child Development Center, and the Education Resource Center. The Di vi sion of Education i the profes ional education division of the Professional Education Unit (PEU). Th e P EU consists of faculty in the departments of the schools of Profe ional Studies; Letters, Arts and Sci ence ; and Business. The teacher education programs offer profe sional cour s es leading to licensure in the areas of early childhood education, elementary education and secondary education. The programs are fully accred it ed by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education and the Colorado Depart m ent of Educatio n The underlying theme of the teacher preparation programs at Metro State is The Teacher as a Decision Maker in Diverse Contexts. This means that all cour es and field experiences expose students to a wide variety of theories models, and practices that will develop decision-making kills as teachers and e nabl e them to work with a wide range of students in a broad spect rum of settings. Ther e are a numbe r of premises that underlie The Teacher as a Decision-Maker in Diverse Contexts theme. The followin g premises guide the teacher education programs and detem1ine the content of the course work and expe riences students receive: P remise J The practices of the effective decis i on-making teacher are grounded in philosophical bel i efs, r esearch and theory. Pr emise 2 The decision-making teacher must be a lifelong l earner who recognizes the needs of a diverse and changing soc iety

PAGE 129

126 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Premise 3. The integration and application of knowledge from general education, academic spec i aliza tion and professional s tudies contributes to the development of effective teachers Premise 4. Effective teachers are best prepared through extensive participation in a variety of pedagog ical models and in a range of clinical and field experiences. Premise 5. Decision-making teacher s effectively use reflective and critical thinking to tran l ate theory into practice The Ear l y Childhood and Elementary Educa tion D epartme nt offers minors in ear l y c hildhood and except ionaliti es. The Division of Education, with the cooperation of the departments of Modern Language s and Chicano Studie offers a minor and endorsement in bilingual/bicultural education. The Reading Department offers one of the few undergraduate reading minors in the area. Course offer ing s provide the pro pective teacher with the kills to teach developmental and remedial reading at the early ch ildh ood, elementary, and secondary sc hool levels The department a l so offers co llege-level reading courses. The Office of Clinical Services se rves to integrate the laboratory experiences in the profe ss ional edu cation programs. Requests for ob ervations, re earch projects and tudie and tutoring s ituations using diverse off-campus laboratory se ttings are coordinated through this office. The Child D evelopme nt Center i s a preschool l aborato r y that serves as a training facility for s tudents enrolled i n early c hildhood and other ed u cationa l programs. The center provides a setting for college stude nt s to observe and particip ate in an ongoing educat i ona l pro gram for young children Laboratory and other partnership schoo l are a cooperative en de avor of Metropolitan State College of Denver and selected public schools. The purposes of the laboratory and partner hip schools are to work toward the simultaneous renewal of K-12 school and higher education by ( I) providing more effective education for the K-12 pupils and the Divi s ion of Education students; (2) providing profe sio nal devel opment and collaborative opportunities for both faculties ; and (3) fully u ing all available resources of the Auraria campus and communities. The Education Resource Center supports studen t s and faculty in the Division of Education with a sta te of-the-art computer laboratory, aud i o-visua l resources, and othe r materials for coursework and field experiences Among oth er resources, the Center hou ses the MECC Collection of Educational Software, the George R eavis Library from PHI DELTA KAPPA and a e l ection of professional journa l donated by fac ulty for studen t u se. The Educational Re ou r ce Center i s the ite of g ue s t l ecture workshops, seminars, and meetings witl1in the Professional Education Unit. Early Childhood and Elementary Education Department, Licensure, and Related Programs The Early Childhood and Elementary Education Department offers profe s ional preparation for teach ing and education-related careers. This department prepares student to apply to the Colorado D epart ment of Education for provisional t eacher licensure and endorsement to teach in public school in Col orado at t wo levels: early childhood (presc h oo l thr ough third grade) and e l e m e ntary (ki ndergarten through s ixth grade). Minor s are available in early c hildho o d education the exceptiona l ities, bilin gual/ bicu ltural ed ucation with endorse m ent, and parent educa tion Courses and workshops a re offered to meet Colorado Depmtment of Education requirements for renewal of teacher lic enses and Colorado Department of Social Services group l eader and director qualifications A program for licensure in K-6 Physical Education is also avai !able. R.EQUIREME TS FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD/ELEME TARY ED CATIO Students seeking a bachelor's degree from Metropolitan State College of Denver mus t meet all require ments for a bachelor's degree and the course of tudy l eadi n g to the desired license and endor ement. Students who already h ave a bachelor's or higher degree s hould con ult with a n adviser to determine the applicabi lity of their previous degree( s) and coursework to current requirement Specific course requirements are given under each licensure and major program. R equire ment s for entry to Metro State's program for initial tea c her licensure are e tabli hed by the Colorado D epartmen t of Education and Metropolitan State College of Denver.

PAGE 130

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 I. Provi sio n a l admission: Stud e nt s who have not taken an education class pr eviously in the sta t e of Colorado may be pro v i ion a ll y adm itt e d t o a teacher ed u cation program for one semeste r A pro visional admittance card will be issued to th e student in th e teacher educa tion office or in the edu cation c l ass in which the s tudent i s enrolled. Pro v i ional admittance is valid for one emester on ly. Student s who have previously taken co ur ses in Colorado must be formally admitted prior to e nrollin g for courses in any educat i o n program at Metro State Educatio n cour e l ess than 10 years old that are a close match to the required courses may be counte d II. Formal admis ion: Pri or to or during their fir t semester in the profe sio n a l education eque nc e tudent must meet the following requirement s for formal admission Lo the program: A Early c hildh ood e du ca tion and elementary teacher education stude nt s must have a minimum grade point average of 2 .50 on their most recent 30 emes ter hours of coursework co mplet ed at a regionally accredited institution of higher educa tion Early Childhood Lic ens ur e candi dates who have not accrued 30 hours of college credit must have a GPA of 2 50 for a mini mum of 12 emester hour of college work. B. All te ac her ed ucation students must pass the California Achievement Test in mathematic spe llin g and lan guage usag e at or above the 75th percentile (o r othe r tests that may be spec ified by the Col o rad o Department of Education). C. All teacher education students must demonstrate oral compe t ence. Students eeking bache lor's degree s sho uld pa ss a public speaking course with a grade of"B or above. Students who earn a g r ade of "C" may attemp t an oral examination. Students who have ba c helor's degree but did not pa ss a speech course with a grade of B or above may attempt an oral exa mina tion. D All teacher ed ucation students must comp l ete 50 clock hour s of succe sful experience work ing with children and youth. E All teacher educa tion s tud ents must s ubmit the Applica tion for Admission into a teacher edu cation program with appropriate adv iser's authorizing signatures and copies of transcripts of all college coursework to the Teacher Education Office. F All t eacher ed ucation s tudents must s h ow evidence of a n egative TB test within the la s t year. G All t eacher education s tudent s must obtain a normal admission card from the Teacher Educa tion Office to verify that initial requirements have been met. Student s may not take additional teacher education courses until they meet the se requirements. All requirements for full admission mu t be met before the fir t day of the next se mester. III. Admis i on to Student Teaching All students s hould meet with an adv i ser in their Early Childhood or Elementary Education Pro gram to develop a program plan. In Early Childhood and Eleme ntary Education transfer students or s tudent who already have a bachelor degree may have to take specified ge neral studies courses if they have not fulfill ed these requirements in their pr ev iou s work. Student s who have previous work in ed ucation s h ould meet with an education adviser for an eva l ua tion before enro lling. The Early Childhood and Elementary Education Department s ub s titute s no co ur sework older than 10 years for r equired courses in the teacher licen s ure seq uence. Grades be l ow a C in the prof essiona l co ur ses will n o t be accepted. Courses for which a grade be l ow a "C" is received mu t be repeated and the college policy on l ast grade rands will apply. Students must complete formal application to the Office of Clinical Services no later than the follow ing dates: I For fall semester st udent t eaching third Friday in February 2. For spring semeste r student te ac hing third Friday in September For admission to s tudent teaching s tudents mu t : A Complete all other college coursework prior to student teaching. B. Complete 200 clock hour s of exper i e n ce with child r e n and youth before ente ring 300-level co ur es. This service may be with any child or youth group s uch as the Boy Scouts Girl Scouts, Campfire Girl s, Head Start YMCA YWCA church gro up s, other boys' and girls c lub s, and education programs. Experience may be paid or volunteer, but should be with a group of ch ildren C. Hav e a minimum GPA of 2.75. D. Complete all professional cour es required for licensure with a grade of C or better. E. Complete all subject area courses in the tudent's teaching area (s) required b y the North Central A ssoc iation of Colleges and Secondary School s.

PAGE 131

128 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES F. Complete all items in the personal stud ent teaching folder to be o bt a ined in the Early Child hood/El ementary Education D epartment. G Have a physical examination report including tuberculosis c l earance o n file with the Student H ea lth Services Office H. H ave approva l by the appropriate screening committee if a ppli cable Info rmation concerning r e quir ements and co ur ses of stud y are b ased up on c urr e nt requirements of the State of Colorado and Metrop oli t an State College of Denver. R e quir eme nt are s ubj ect to m o difi cat ion ; therefore s tud e nt are advised to co n s ult the D epartment of Early Childhood and Elementary Educa tion for the curren t status of requirement 1. PROFESSIONAL EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCA TIO LICE SURE SEQUENC E R equired Courses Semester Hours EDU 234 Urb a n Early C hil dhood Educatio n .............................. .. 3 ED U 235 U rban Earl y Childh ood Educ atio n Field E x peri e nce ......................................... 2 ED U 2 36 E xpress ive Ans f o r the Y o un g Child ......................... ........................... 2 RDG 312 D e v e l o ping Print Lit e r acy: Pre sc hool Third Grad e . . . . ..... .. 4 EDU 335 A s e ss ment and Me as urement in the Earl y C hildhood Cia s room . . .................... 3 ED U 337 L a n g ua g e Arts and S oc ial Studie Curri c u l a for Earl y Chi ldh ood Edu catio n . ....... ..... 3 SED 360 Th e Exceptiona l Leamer in the C l as s room . ................. ............ 3 EDU 364 Curriculum and Mana g ement : Pr e primary-6. . . . . .................. 4 EDU 4 3 1 Par e nt s a s Panners in Edu c ati o n ...................... ............................. 3 EDU 433 S c i e nce a n d Mathemati cs for the Youn g Child . ... 3 EDU 435 Pla nnin g a nd O r ganizin g the Earl y Childhood Cl ass room .. 3 EDU 439 Stud ent Teaching and S e minar : Earl y Childhood . 10 T o t a l *Thes e two co u rses mus t be taken c o n c urrently. 2. APPROVED METROPOLITA STATE COLLEGE OF DENVER MAJORS Anthropo l ogy Art Behaviora l Science Biology Chemistry Engl i s h Hi sto r y Journalism Mathematics Modern L anguage s Mu ic Education Philo op h y Phy ics Political Science P s ycho l ogy Sociology Spanish Speech Communication Huma n D eve l opment (transfer s tud e nt s) 3. RECOMMENDED MINORS Parent Educ a tion Reading Early C hildh ood Education Exceptio naliti e s Bilingual/Bicultural ... 43 4. GE ERAL ST DIES REQUIREME T SPECIFIC TO EARLY CHILDHOOD LICE s RE Students are required to comp l ete the general studie requirements of Metropolitan State College of Denver. P l ease co n su lt a faculty adv i ser in the D epartment of Early Childhood and Elemen t ary Educa tion for g uid a n ce in se lection of app r op riat e gene r a l studies co ur ses for the e l e m e nt ary ed u ca tion licen s ure program.

PAGE 132

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 12 COL ORADO T EACHE R LICEN U R E AND E DORS EMEN T r BOT H E A RLY CHILDHOOD AND ELEME TARY E o CATIO Students seeking an endo r seme nt in eleme n tary e d ucat i on ca n fulfill their req uir e m en t for a minor by taking the early childhood minor. B y fulfilling t he minor requireme n t and the ad d itional requirements a specified b e l ow, tudents m ay receive endorseme n t in both ear l y c hildh ood and e l e m e n tary ed u cation. R eq u i r e d Courses Earl y Childhood Education Minor ... . ...... .... ....... .............. A ddi tio nal R equireme n ts: Se m es t e r Hours ........... 22 25 An acceptab l e maj o r g ener a l studie s cour se w ork, and cour s ework in the e l ementary e ducat i on p r ofe ss i onal s equen c e whic h fulfill s e lem e nt ary licen s ure requirem ents RDG 312 Devel o ping Pr int Literacy: Pre s choo l -Third Gr a de ... ENG 346 Children's Lit erature An additional six s em es ter h ours o f tud ent t eac hing at the earl y c hildhood level T o t a l E A RL Y CHILDHOOD ADMIN TRA TIO N .................. ........ 4 ..3 6 35-3 8 Students w h o wis h to admin i s t e r early chi l d h ood programs will m ee t Col ora d o D epart m e n t of Soc i a l Services qualification s by taking the early ch i ldhood minor plu s addi t ional cou r ses specified by the C o l orado D epartment of Socia l Service a s h own below. Stude n ts do not have to be admitted t o the teacher l icen ure program to take thi sequence of cour s es nor do t h ey have to be degreeeeking R equi r e d Co u rses Earl y Childhood Edu catio n Min o r ........... ....... ................. ............ ... e m es t e r Hours 22-2 5 A ddi tio n a l R equire d Co u rses f o r Admi n istratio n PSY 101 Intr od u c t ory P syc h o log y ........ PSY 1 8 0 D eve l opme ntal Educ atio n a l P syc h o l ogy ( pr e r e qui s it e t o all 3 00and 4 00l ev el e arl y c hildh ood e du catio n c our ses) HES 204 EDU 334 soc 101 o r -EDU 431 T o t a l Intr od u ctio n t o Nutriti o n ....... ............. Admini s tration of E arly Childhood Pro g r a m s .. Intr od u ctio n t o S oc i o l ogy P a r ent as Partner in Edu catio n .......... ................... ... 3 ........... ....... 4 ...... 3 ... 4 3 ................. 42-45 Note: Stud e nt s see kin g o nl y dir ec tor qualificati o n s ma y tak e o nl y those c ourses r e quir e d b y the Colorad o De partmelll o f S oc ial S e rvi ces. C o l o r a d o De partm e nt of Soc i a l S e r v i ces r eg ul a ti o n s may be c han ge d C o nsult with the Earl y Childlwod/Ei e m e ntar y Educ ati o n D epartme nt f o r a dditi o n a l i nfo rmati o n H igh l y R ecomme nd e d Courses : HPS 206 Advan ce d Fir s t Aid and Cardi o pulmon ary R es u s citation .......... .... . ......... . .... 3 ED U 3 32 C a r e and urtur e o f Inf ants a nd T o ddl ers .. 3 T o tal . 42 MINOR l N E A R LY C HILDHOOD E DUCATIO N R eq uired Courses Se m es t e r Hours EDU 234 Urban Earl y Childhood Edu catio n . . . . . ............ 3 EDU 235 Urb a n Earl y Childh ood Edu ca tion Field Experi ence . . . . .............. 2 ED U 236 Expr essive Arts for the Young Child. . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ED U 3 35 A ssess ment and Meas ur e m ent i n the E arly Chil d h ood Cl assroo m . . .... 3 EDU 337 L a n guage Art s and S oc i a l Studi es C urri cula f o r Ear l y Ch i ldhood Edu ca tion .. 3 ED U 431 P are nts as P artne r s in Edu ca t io n ................... ............... ...... 3 EDU 435 Plannin g a nd Or ganizing the Earl y Childh ood C l ass r oo m ... 3 E D U 438** T eac hin g Pr acticum in Pr epr i m ary Earl y Childh ood Education ....... 3 T o tal Th ese two co urse s mus t be take n co n c urr ently ** Th ese two co ur s e s mus t be taken co n c urr ently .... 2 2 N ot e: PSY 1 8 0 D eve l opm e n ta l Educa ti o n a l P sy c h o l ogy is a pr e r eq ui site t o all 3 00and 400 l eve l e arl y c hil d h oo d e du c ati o n co u rses. Hi g hl y R e c omme nd e d Co u rses: EDU 332 Care and urture o f I nfant s a nd T o ddler s .......... ... 3 ED U 436 Cultur a l Influ e n ce o n the S oci ali zatio n o f Childr en .... .. ............ 4

PAGE 133

130 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES A d d i t i o n a l R equirements: An accep t ab l e major ge n e ra l s tudies co ur sework, and co u rsework in the e l e m e n tary educatio n professional seq u e n ce that ful fills e lement ary licensure requirements. RDG 3 1 2 Developing Print Literacy: Preschoool-Third Grade . . . . . . . ... 4 ENG 346 Children' s Literature... . . . .................................. 3 An add itional six semester h o ur s of s tudent teaching at the early childhood l eve l . . . 6 Total. ............ .......... ..... 35-38 El e mentar y Education Prog r am Colorado Teacher Licensure a nd Elementary Endorsement (Kindergarten through 6th Grade) There are four part s to Metropolitan State College of Den ver's E l ementary Teac h er Licensure Pro g ram : I. T h e profe ssio na l teacher education se quence in e lementary education 2. A major in an aca d emic discipl ine 3. A m i nor in an academic di sc ipline o r a professional education area 4. Me tro State ge nera l studies req u irement 1 PROFESSIONAL ELEMENTA R Y EDUCATION AND L I CENSURE SEQUENCE Require d Cou rses Semes t e r Hours EDU 2 1 2 Elementary Education in the United State s ........................... ................... 3 EDU 213 Activities and H ealth for the Elementary Child . . . . ............... 3 EDU 264 Urban and Multicultural Education . . . . . . . . . . . 3 EDU SED 39 0 36 0 Art and Mus i c M ethods for the E l e m e nt ary Teacher . . . . . .............. 2 The Exceptiona l Learner in the Classroom . . . . . .............. 3 EDT 36 1 Intr od u ctio n t o Educational Technology . ...... .... ...................... 2 EDU 364 Curriculum and M a n agement: Pr e-p rimary-6 . . . . . . ..... 4 EDU EDU RDG EDU 410 4 1 2 313 4 1 9 Language Art s and Social Studies Curricu lum : Pre primary-6 ................................ 4 Science and Math Curriculum: Pre-primary-6 . . . . . ... 4 Teaching Reading in the Elementary Sc h oo l K-6 ............ ........... ................ 4 Student Teaching and Seminar: E l ementary K-6 . .. I 0 Toral ... ...................... 42 2. APPROVED METRO POLITAN STATE COLLEGE OF D ENVE R MAJ O R S Anthropo l ogy Art Behav i ora l Scien ce Biolo gy Chemistry English History Journa lism M at hemat i cs Modern Langua ges Mu sic E du cation Philo so p h y Phy s ics Politica l Sc i ence P syc hology Soci o l ogy Spani s h Speech Co m munication Human Development ( tran sfe r st udent s) 3. RECO MMENDE D M INO R S Early C h i l d h ood Education* Parent Ed u cation Reading Exceptio n alitie s BilinguaVBicultur a l Concurrent endorsemen t available in early c hildhood elemen tary, or bilin g ual/bicultural education

PAGE 134

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 13 4. GENERAL STUDIES REQ IREME TS SPEClFIC TO ELEMENTARY EDU C A TIO LICE SURE Student s are r equire d t o c o mpl e t e th e general tudi es re quir e m e nt s of M e t ro p o lit an S t a t e College of D e nver. Please c on s ult a f ac ult y a d v i se r in th e E arly Childh oo d a nd El e m e nt a r y Edu catio n D e p a rtm e nt f o r g uidance in sel ectio n o f a pp ro pri ate gen e r a l s tu d i es co ur ses for th e E l e m e nt ary Ed u cation Licen ur e Program. Th e r e a r e s p ecific gen e r a l s tudi es co ur ses r equire d for e l e m e nt a r y e ducatio n s tud e nt s Secondary Education Department Licensure i n Second a ry Educat i o n a nd K 1 2 E du catio n The Secondary Education D e p a rtm e nt o ff e r s pr o f ess i o n a l pr e p a r a ti o n f o r teachin g a nd e ducat i o n rel a ted caree r s in c oll a boration with th e R e adin g D e partm e nt and v ari o u s major d e partm e nt s a t M e tr o State. Thi s departme nt pr e p a res s tud e nt s t o a ppl y t o the C o lor a d o D e p a rtm e nt of E du catio n for pr ov i s ional te acher licen s ur e and e nd o rsem e nt t o teach in econd a ry sc h oo l s (seventh thro u g h twel f th g r a d es) with e ndorsem e nt s in: En glis h Industrial Arts M a th e matic s M o d ern Lan g u ages (Spanis h Fr e n c h G e rm a n ) Ph ys ical Educ atio n S c ie nce S o cial Studi es Spa ni s h Speech The Secondary Edu catio n D e p art m e nt a l so o ff e r s a K 1 2 pr o f ess i o n a l t eac hin g seq u e nce in colla b o r a tio n with thr ee m ajo r d e partm e nt s. These K 1 2 e nd orse m e nt s a r e in: Art Mus ic Phy s ica l Ed u c ati o n REQUIR E MENT S FOR SECONDARY AND K-12 LICENSURE STUDENTS Stude nt s s eekin g a b ac h e lor's degree fro m M e trop o lit a n S t a t e College of D e n ve r mu s t meet all r e quire ments for a ba c h e lor's deg r e e and th e course of s tud y l ea din g t o the desir e d lice n s e a nd e nd o rsement. Students wh o a lread y h av e a b ac h e l o r s o r hig h e r degree s h o uld con s ult w ith a n a d v iser to d e t e rmin e the applic a bilit y of th e ir pr evio u s degr ee(s) a nd coursework to c urr e nt r equire m e nt s Specific cour se requirement s a r e g i ve n under e a c h licen s ur e a nd m a j o r pr og ram All s tud e nt s mu s t m ee t w ith a n a d v i se r in their Second ary Educatio n Progr a m t o devel o p a p r og r a m pla n All s tudent s mu s t see a n a d v iser in th e m ajor area as w e ll. R equire ments for e n try t o M e t ro S tate's p rogra m s for initia l t eac h e r l icen s ur e a r e establi h ed b y t h e C o lorado D e partm e nt of Edu catio n a nd M e trop o lit a n St a t e College o f D e n ver. I. Pro v i s i o n a l a dmi ss ion : Stud e nt s w h o h ave n o t take n a n e ducatio n c lass previ o u s l y i n t h e St a t e of Col orad o m ay be pro v i s i o n ally a dmitt e d t o a t eac h e r e duc atio n p rogra m for o n e e m es t e r A pr o v i s ional admitta nce card w ill b e i ss u e d t o th e s tud e nt in th e Teach e r E du catio n O ffice o r in th e e du c ati o n c lass in whi c h th e s tud e nt i s e n rolled P rov i s i o n a l a dmi tta nce i s valid for one se mester on l y Student s w ho hav e pr ev i o u s l y tak e n cour ses in C olorad o mu s t b e form ally ad mitt e d prior t o e nrolling f o r cour ses in a n y e ducatio n program at M e tr o Sta t e. Educatio n cour e less th a n 1 0 yea r s old th a t are a c lose m a t c h t o th e r eq uir ed cou rses m ay b e count e d II Form a l a dmi s i o n : Pri o r t o o r durin g th e first se mest e r in th e p rofess i o n a l e ducat io n e qu e n ce, s tudent s mu s t meet th e f ollowi n g r equire m e nt s for formal a dmi ss i o n t o the progr a m: A. Seconda r y a nd K 1 2 t e a c h e r e du c at i o n s tud e nt s mu s t h a v e a minimum g r a d e p o int ave r ag e o f 2 .50 o n th e ir mos t recent 30 sem es t e r h o ur s o f co ursework co mpl e t e d a t a region ally accre d ited ins titution of hig h e r e ducat i on. B. All teacher e ducation tud e nt s mu t p as a s tat e a uthori ze d ba s i c s kill s t es t (e.g readin g, writ ing a nd m a themati cs) C o n s ult with a d v iser s in th e Div i s i o n of Educa tion for f urth e r info r m ation .

PAGE 135

132 SCHOOL O F PROFESSIONAL STUDIE S C. All teacher ed ucation student must demon trate competence in ora l communica tion Stu dents seeking bachelor's degrees h ould pa sa public-speaking cou r se with a grade of B or above. Students who earn a grade of"C" may attemp t an oral examinat i on. Student who have ba c h e lor' degrees but did n ot pa sa speech course with a grade of B or above may attempt a n oral comm unic ation examination. D All teacher ed ucati on students must complete 50 clock hours of successful experience work i n g with chi l dren and yo uth E All teacher education stude nt s must s ubmit the "A pp l i cation for Admission into a t eache r education program with appropriate a d visers' aut h orizing sig n at ure s and cop ies of tran sc ript of all co llege coursework to t h e Teacher Education Office. F. All teacher e ducati on students must s h ow evidence of a negative TB t est within the I a t year. G. All teacher e ducation stude nt s must obtain a formal admission card from the Teacher Educa tion Office to verify that initial requirement s have been met. Students may n o t take add i tional teacher education co ur ses until they meet the e r eq uirem ents All requireme nt s for full admi ion mu t be met before the first day of the next erne ter. Admiss i o n to Student Teaching: III. For admi sion to student t eaching, tudent must: A Complete all ot her college coursework prior to student teaching. B Complete 200 clock h ours of experie n ce with ch ildr e n and youth. This service may be wit h any child or yo uth group suc h as the Boy Scouts Girl Scout s, Campfire Girls, H ea d Start, YMCA YWCA, church gro up o ther b oys' and girls' club s and educatio n programs. Experience may be paid or volu nt eer, but s hould be with a g r oup of childre n C. Secondary Education Students: H ave a minimum GPA of 2.75 for the following: I All college work attempted 2. All cour ework required (i.e., approved graduation agreement co ur ses) in their major area. 3. All educatio n courses attempted to date D. Complete all profe sional cour e required for licensure with a grade of C or better. E. Complete all s ubje ct area co ur se in the student's teaching area(s) requ ir ed by the ort h Cen tr a l A sociat i on of College and Secondary Schools F. Complete all items in the personal student teaching folder, to be ob tain ed in the Secondary Education Department. G. H ave comp l ete evaluations from pres tudent teachi n g field experiences. H Have a physical examination r eport inc ludin g tubercu l os i s clearance o n file with the Student Health Services Office. I. H ave approval by the approp riat e screeni n g committee when applicab le. J Complete formal application for student teaching to be submitted to the Office of Clinical Ser vice no later than the following dates: I For fall se m ester student t eaching third Friday in February 2 For s pring semester tudent teachin g third Friday in September K. H ave approval by a committee in the major in those department s where a major/secondary education agree ment is in place. SECO DARY PROFESSIONAL EDUCAT ION S E QUE CE Student m ay prepare for teacher licensure at the secondary level (grades 7-12), being endorsed to teach in the following areas : Engli h indu trial arts, mathematics physical education, sc ience, social studies, Spanish French, Ger man and s p eech. Students in art, music education and physical education m ay prepare for K-12 licen s ure An add-on endorse ment in middle l eve l education i being propo ed, as i s a n ew seco ndary major in bu iness. Check with the Secondary Education Department for further information ln additio n t o a major in the above areas, and a minor as required, tudents must comp l ete the following profe sio nal course program : Required Cou rses emester Hours ocial and Cultural Bases of Secondary choo l s A block of t wo co u rses to be taken concurremly. EDS 221 Pr ocesses of Education in Urban Secondary Schools . . . . . . 3 EDS 222 Field Experiences in Urban Secondary Schools P ychological and Physiologi cal Ba s es of Secondary Educat i on ........ ................ ........ 2

PAGE 136

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 13 EDS RDG SED HP S EDS EDS EDT 320 328 360 462 321 322 36 1 Educationa l P syc h o l ogy Appl i ed to T eac hin g . . . . . . ... 3 T eac hin g of R ead in g and Writin g in the Conten t Area. . . . . . . . . . 4 The Exceptio nal Learner in the Classroom . . . . . . . . . . 3 I n lieu of SED 360, ph ys i cal educat i o n majors t ake: Adaptive Human P erformance and Spons Acti vities P rocesses of Teaching in th e Secondary Schools ... 3 Secondary Sc hool Curriculum a nd Cl ass r oom M anagement . . . .... 3 Field Experie nce in Tea c h ing, Materia l s Con s truction, and Clas sroo m Management ................ 2 Intr oduction t o Educational T echno l ogy . . . . . ........... ... 2 Teaching Practice EDS 429 Stud ent Teaching a nd S eminar: Secondary 7-12 ..................................... 6, 8, or 1 2 ( o t available s umm e r term ) Total ... ........ 28-34 B efore p r o s p ective teachers ca n continue with the second se m es t e r of teache r e du catio n classes, all r e quir e ment s for official a dmi ss ion to the Secondary Educat i o n Pr ogram mu s t b e met. ln additio n to other r e quir e ments, s tud e nt s mus t p ass the Californi a Achieveme nt T est in mathemati cs s p e llin g and l a n guage u sage a t or a bove the 75th percent il e (o r o ther t es t s that m ay be spe cifi e d b y th e Co l orado D epart m e nt o f Education) and d e m o n strate oral co mp e ten ce. Befor e e nrollin g for s tud e nt te ac hing stu d e nt mus t tak e a co ur se in meth o d s of teac hin g offe red by their m ajor dep a rtment. The following course of stu d y i sugge ted for tho se s tudents w ho h ave a bachelor's or higher d egree and w h o are prim ari l y comple tin g licen s ur e course s a t M e tr o polit a n Sta t e College o f D e n ver. Co mpl etion of the program takes a minimum of three se m este rs. Additiona l time may be r e quir ed to c o mpl e t e s ubj ec t area course s. All seconda r y stude nt s mus t ha ve t wo advi se r s, o n e in seco ndar y educat i o n and one in t heir m ajo r area. Semester I EDS 221 Pr ocesses of Education in Urban Secondary School s ...... ......... ........... .... ... 3 EDS 222 Field Experie n ces in Urba n Secondary S c hool s ...... ....... .................. ......... 2 EDS 320 Educational P syc h o l ogy Applied t o T eac hin g ................................ ..... ......... 3 Semester I o r II (To be t a ken as offe r ed. or as the s e cou rses fit into t h e s t udent's schedu l e) RD G 328 T each in g of R ead i n g and Writin g in the Content A r ea. 4 SED 360 The Exceptio nal Leamer in t he C l assroom ..... ......... . ... 3 EDT 36 1 I ntroduction t o Educational Tec hn o l ogy ..... ............. 2 Method s o f T eac hin g Major Subjec t ....... Sem ter II E D S 32 1 Secondary School Curricu lum and Cla s room Management . . . . . . . . 3 EDS 322 Field Experie n ce in T eac hin g, M a t eria l s Co n s tru ction, and C l as s room M a n age ment ................. 2 NOTE: All of the above lis ted courses are pre r equisites f o r s tud ent r eac hin g Semester lll EDS 429 Student T eac hin g and Seminar : Secondary ( Not avai l a ble s ummer t erm) SCIENCE LICE SURE PROGRAM 7-1 2 1 2 Th e program includ e a major in o ne a r ea o f sc i e n ce, an area of e mph asis in a second area, and a sam plin g from additi o n a l areas of sc ien ce and m athe m a tics. Th e pro g r am satis fies b oth m ajor and minor r eq uireme n ts, so no furthe r min or i s r e quired Major Stud e nt s mu s t complete a n aca d emic m ajor at M etro p o lit a n Stat e College of Den ve r in o n e of the f o l l owing ar eas : Bi o l ogy Chemistry Earth-S p ace Sci e n ce Ph ys i c Please consult with th e Seconda r y Educatio n D e p art m e nt for a l i s t of ap pr oved a nd/ or r eq uir e d co ur ses in the major and for licens ur e Science Support Area Stud e nt s mus t co mpl e t e o n e of t h e f ollow ing t eaching are as of e mph asis in ad diti on t o their m a jor.

PAGE 137

134 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Biology BIO 108 BIO 210 BIO 220 BIO 355 -Of BIO 360 G e neral Introduction to Bio l ogy .......................... ...... ......... Se mester Hours ..4 General Botany . . . . . . ........ ..5 .. 5 General Zoology . . . . . . . . . . ......... Urban Ecology General Genetics 3 Subtota l ...................... ...... ........... 17-18 Chemistry CHE 120 CHE 121 CHE 300 CHE 30 1 CHE 310 CHE 312 Subtotal .... e mester Hours General Chemistry I . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Chemistry 11. . . . ...... .................................... 4 Analytical Chemistry. . . .............................. ................ 3 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory ................. ........................... ........ 2 Org anic Chemistry I . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Organi c Chemistry Laboratory I . . . . . . . . . . 2 ... 21 Compute r Science emeste r Hours CSI 130 Introdu ctio n to Structured Programming . . . . . . . .............. 4 CSI 230 Advanced Programming and Data Structure s .............................. ............ ... 4 CSI 330 Foundations of File Structures ....................................................... 4 Plu s nine additional h ou r s of CSI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Subtotal .......... 21 Prerequi s ite s for CSI 1 30 are CSI 101 and MTH Ill or equiv a lents Earth Scie nc e GEL 101 GEL 103 GEG 100 GEG 123 GEG 124 AST 104 Subtotal .. Mathematics MTH 1 4 1 MTH 24 1 MTH 310 MTH 361 CSI 130 Se m este r Hours Gen era l Geology ....................... ... ....................................... 4 His tori ca l Geology . . . . . . . ............... 4 World Regio nal Geography ................................. .... ............. ........ 3 Weather and Climate ................ ........... ..................... ........... 3 Landfom1 s .................... ...... .............................. .............. 3 Introdu c tion to Astronomy . . . . ......... . . 3 .......... 20 Se m es ter Hours Calculu s I ........ 4 Calculus II. . .......................... 4 Introdu c tion to M athematical Proof s . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Meth ods o f Teaching Math e matic s .............. .......... .......... ..... ......... 3 Introdu ct ion to Structured Pro gra mming ................................. ........... .... 4 Plu s three additional hours t o be s elected from : MTH 3 1 I Ab s tra c t Algebra .................. .... ..... .......... .... ..... ......... 3 MTH 32 1 Probability and S t ati stics .... ....... .......... ................ ................. .... 4 MTH 360 His tory of Mathematic s ...... . ............. 3 MTH 365 F o undation s of Geometry . ..... . . 3 Subtotal .... ..21 Physics e m este r Hours PHY 23 1 General Phy s ics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 PHY 232 General Phy s i cs Laboratory I ...... . . . . . .............. I PH Y 233 General Phy sics 11 . . . ...... ......... ............... 4 PHY 234 General Physics Laboratory II. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. I Plu s eight additional h o urs in physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Subtotal .............. .......... .... 21 Genera l Requirements These may be fulfilled in the academic major or teachin g area of empha i Choose at l east one course from each of the following area : Specifi c cour es are required for some majors. Biology BlO 108 General Introdu c tion to Biology ........................................... (s ugge s t ed) 4

PAGE 138

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 13 C hemistry CHE 110 Principles of C h emi try -or -CHE 120 General Chemi s try I Computers ( A computer course approved by your adviser ) Earth Science AST I 04 Int roduction t o Astronomy -orGEG 100 World Regional Geography -or-GEL 101 General Geology Environmental Studies Physic s PHY 20 I College Ph ysics I -orPHY 23 1 General Ph ysics I and 5 3-4 .... 3-4 PHY 232 General Phy ics Laboratory ........ ........ ......... ... ........... ....... ... ....... 5 Mathematics* MTH Ill College Algeb r a and MTH 112 College Trigonometry .. -or-MTH 140 Pre-Calculus Mathematic s a nd MTH 141 Calculus I .. Stud e nt s mu s t t ake both MTH II I a nd MTH I 12 or c hoose MTH 140 o r MTH 141. Science Thi s course is required: SCI 395 Methods of Teaching Science Subtotal ................. ............ NOTE: Th e cou rses listed below are required t o meet licensure requir ements in the e majors : Bio l ogy CHE 120 and CHE210 MTH Ill and MTH 112* or-MTH 140 *Students must tak e botlr MTH Ill and MTH 112 or cho os e MTH 140 Chemistry MTH 1 4 1 Earth Science MTH 141 Ph ysics AST I 04 EET MTH 141 MTH 24 1 MTH 242 MTH 342 ..... ...... 7 ............... 8 3 .... 22-25 Students who e l ec t the earth scie n ce o r ph y sics teaching areas of emphas is must c hoose at least one upper-division cours e in additio n to SCI 395. *Consult with department chair. SOCIAL ST DIE LICENSURE PROGRAM Th e program includ es a major in one a rea of soc i a l science, a n a r ea of emphasis in a second area, and a sa mplin g from ever y soc i a l /behavioral sc i e n ce. Th e program meet s both m ajor and minor requirement s; an add iti o nal min or i s n o t r equi r ed. Major Stud e nt s mu t co mpl e t e an aca demi c major a t M e tr o p olita n Stat e Col l ege of Denver in o n e of the fol l owing a r eas: African Americ a n Studi es +

PAGE 139

136 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Ant hropo l ogy Behavioral Science Chicano Studies Econom i cs Geograp h y Hi s tory Politica.l Scien ce P syc hology So ciol ogy Plea s e co n s ult with the Seco n dar y Education D epartment for a l ist of a pproved and/or required cou r ses in the major and for licen s ure SOCIAL STUDIES A REA OF EMPHASIS Students mu s t com plet e o n e of the following teaching areas of emphasis. Histor y mus t b e se l ected unless the academic major is history. Hi tory HIS 101 Western Civilization to 1 715. Western Civilization since 1 715 ......... ........................... 3 HIS 10 2 .3 HIS HJS 121 122 American His t ory to 1865 ... American His t ory since 1 865 ............... ... ......... .................... ..... 3 o n Wes t ern his tory. .......... Three additional upper -d ivi s i o n hi s t ory h o u rs sel ecte d in con s ult atio n with th e d epartme nt R eading cour s e s will not a pp l y .. Subtota l . .......... African American Studies AAS I 0 I Introduction t o A frican American Studies AAS 200 Social Movement and th e Black Expe rience .. .... 3 .... 3 1 8 3 3 Six ad diti o n al h o urs in African American studi es; three must be up per-d i v i s i o n African American History is recomme nd ed. Students s h o u l d con s ult w ith a f ac ult y adv i se r regarding se l ection of the e cour ses .. 6 1 2 Subtota l ......................... Anthropolo gy ANT 101 Ph ysical Anthropology and Pr ehisto r y ANT 1 3 1 Intr od u ction t o Cultural Anthropology ..... Six add itiona l upper -div i sio n h o ur s in anthropol ogy ..... Subtotal .......... Chicano Studies .. 3 .3 6 .. 1 2 C H S I 00 I ntroductio n t o C h icano Studies. . . . . . .. 3 C HS I 0 I Hi s t ory of M eso-America : P re-Co lumbi an a nd Col onia l Perio ds. . . . . . . . 3 C H S I 02 His t ory of the Chicano in the Southwest: M ex ico a n d U.S. Periods. . . . ... 3 Three ad diti o n a l up per-divi i o n h ours in Ch.icano s tudies . 3 Subtot al.. . . . . . . . . .. 1 2 Economics ( 18 semester hours) ECO 2 0 I Prin cip les of Economics-M acro ......... ........... 3 ECO 2 02 Principles o f Economics-Micro. .3 Twelve ad ditional upper-divi s i o n h o u rs in economi cs .................. .............. ........ ...... 12 Subtotal. . . .... ............................................. 1 8 Geography GEG 1 23 GEG 1 30 GEG 140 Weather and Climate .. I ntroduction t o Hum an Geograph y World R esources ........... Three a dditional uppe r-di v i s i o n h o ur s Subtota l ............. Political Science .. 3 .... 3 ................. 3 3 1 2 PSC 101 American National Government . . . . . . ... 3 PS C I 02 P ol iti ca l Sys t e m s and Id eas ................................ ........ ...... 3 PSC 300 American State a nd Local Government . . . . . . ... 3 PS C 305 P olitical Theory. . . . . . . 3 Subtotal. .. ..... ..... ...... 1 2

PAGE 140

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 13 Psych o l ogy PSY 101 Intr odu c tory Psychology ............................................................. 3 PSY 211 Educational P s yc h o l ogy . . . . . . . . 3 Six additio n al hours of e lective s th ree of whi c h mu s t be up per-divi s ion Sugge s ted lower-division ele c tives are PSY 22 1 a nd PSY 241. Con ult w ith P sychology D epartment ad v i s e r in c h oosing ele ctives. .. 6 Subtotal . . . ... 1 2 Socio l ogy SOC I 0 I I ntr od u ctio n t o Soci o l ogy . . . . . . . 3 SOC 360 R e earch in the Soci a l Sciences. ......... .......... .............. 3 Si x a dditiona l h o ur s of e l ectives three of whic h must be up per-divi s ion.. . . . . 6 Subtotal . . . . . . . . . .. 1 2 Gen eral R equire m e nts ( Some may be s ati s fied in the academic major or s u pport area.) HlS 40 I Method s of Teaching Social Science : Secondary S c hool .............................. 3 Select o n e cour s e from each of th e following areas: African American Studie s* Anthropology Chicano Swdies Economic s Gender Stud i e s Geography ** Intern at i o na l Studies Politic a l Science P sychology Socio l ogy Afri c an Amer i can Histo ry o r orhe r c o ur se dealin g with Afri c an Ame ri can experi e n ce in the Unit e d Stat e s **GEG 100-3 W o rld R eg ional Geog raph y o r GEG 140-3 World R eso u r ce s sug ge s t e d The se c redits ar e to b e take n as part o f gen e ral s tudies EXCEPTIO AL I TIES MINOR The minor i n exceptionalities i s de s i g ned t o prepare teacher s physica l edu ca t o rs recre a tion a l therap i s t counselors, and prof ess iona l s 1 0 work with except i onal s tudents in educa t ional therapeutic and recre ational se t t ings. The minor a l so will s erve as a prerequi s ite core for Metro State teacher edu ca tio n stu dent s who de s ir e to pur s ue graduate pro g ram s in s pe cial educatio n or g ifted educatio n Required for E ither Emphasi s: SED 360 The Exceptiona l Leamer in the Class room O n e 3 h o ur cour s e from alterna t e emphas i s .... GIFrED E D UCA TIO EMPHA S I S Semester H o urs .... 3 3 SED A RT E D U EDU E D U 346 439 442 443 444 Int rodu c tion to the Ed u cati o n of the Gifted and T a lented .. I nt egrating the Ans for Gift ed and Talented . . . . . . . . 3 ..3 M ethod s and Material s for Tea c hin g th e Gifted ..... .3 Fiel d Experie n ce in Gifted and Tal e nt e d Tea c hing Thinking Skills to th e Gift e d 2 T otal ........ ..... ....... .... ... ......... . .... 1 8 S PECIAL EDUCATION EMPHA S I S Select a minimum of 15 h o urs: SED 338 Teaching Stud e nt s with Learning a nd B e ha v i o r Dis orders. SED 341 Dia g n os i s and Eval u atio n o f Excepti o n a l Student s. . . . . ...... SED 343 Field Experie nce in Special Education. ........ .... ........ SED 344 Coun se ling Parents of Excepti o n a l Chi ldren SED 420 L a n g u age D eve lopm ent and Learning D isabilit ies. SED 425 Cla s sroom Management for Ex c eptio n al Students T o tal ................. Br LI GUAiiBICUL T RAL E DUCA TIO MINOR ..3 .. .. 3 .. 3 ..... 3 .. .. 3 3 .... 1 8 T h e Div i sio n of Edu ca tion offers a minor in bilingual /bicultura l ed ucation. The m i nor i s a n interd i sciplin a r y program s p on o r e d b y the d e partment of Chicano Studies, Earl y Childhood and Elementa r y Education, Mod ern L a n g uages and R eading The princip a l o bjective of th e bilingual/bicultural minor

PAGE 141

138 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES is to prepare f uture teachers who will be able to conduct all phase s of classroom instruction in a bilin gual an d b i cultural se tting I n the developmental sequence, the minor will provide the potential teacher with a background of the Mexican heritag e and with an understandin g of present-day Hispano/Chicano culture. Proficiency in the Spanish language is required of all students before they complete the minor This proficiency will prepare the teacher to under stand and further dev e lop the native tongue of bilin gual/bic ultur a l children, while offering a second l anguage to many other children.ln addition the minor will provide the teacher with s uffi cie nt field and academic ex perience s an d reso ur ces to develop imple ment, and evaluate curricular methods, te c hnique and materia l s in the bilingua l/bi c ulntr a l c l ass r oom. For students who do not s tudent teach in a bilingual/bicultural program, the practicum in bilingua l /bicultural education will be required Required Courses and Recommended Sequence Semes ter Hours CHS 102 His tory of the Chicano in the Southwe st: Mexico and U.S. P eriods. . . . 3 EDU 35 1 Perspectives in Bilin gual/Bicu ltural Education .......... 3 RDG 353 Techniques of T eaching R eading 10 Non Engli s h Speakers . . . . . ..... 2 SPA 310 Spanish Terminology for the Bilingual Cla ss room.... ...... ....... 3 RDG 358 Reading in the Bilingual/Bicultural Cla ss room . . . .............. 3 EDU 451 Development of Methods and Material s for the Bilingual/Bicultural Classroom ............ . ... 4 CHS 330 Education of Chicano Children . . . .... 3 EDU 499* -or EDU 452** Student Teaching and Seminar (Bilingual ) Practicum in Bilin gual/Bicul tural Education ........................... One of the following courses: SPA 311 Advanced Conversation .... ... 3-6 .... 3 SPA 315 Spanish Phonetics: Theory and Practice ... ... ............................... 3 SPA 322 Folklore and Culture of the Mexican Southwe s t T ota l ..... . . . . . . . . 27-30 Required for bilingual endorsement ** Required for s tudent s seeki n g minor only Preparat ion Requirements Language Proficiency: Proficienc y in oral and written Spanish will be determined by a co mmittee com posed of Spani s h-s peaking members of the departments of Modern Languages, Chicano Stud i es, and Teacher Education. The four-skills exam is used as the proficiency measure. Students who fail to achieve a satisfactory sco re on the proficiency examination will be required to take sufficient Spanish classes t o enable them to pas s the proficiency examination The followin g courses are designed to help stude nts m eet the proficiency requirement s before th e completion of the bilingua l/b icultural minor: SPA 101 Elementary Spanish I.................. ......... ......... SPA 1 02 Elementary Spani s h II.......... . . . ....... Int ermed iat e Spanish . ............ .. 5 ..5 ..3 SPA SPA 211 212 Spanish Reading and Conversation ............. ........... ......... 3 Parent Education The purpose of the parent education minor is twofold. First, the program is desig n ed to provide students who w ill deal with children and families with the information and skills necessary to cond uct parent educatio n progr ams. Second, the program ad dresse a need identified in the community for people with spec ific preparation for the role of parent educator. Many age ncies offer or are intere s ted in offering par ent education programs yet no s pecific preparation for that role ha s been available. Thi s minor i s designed to mak e the fiel d of parent education more credib le by providin g s tudent s with education for that ro l e and to give students a set of skills that are incre asi ngly in demand The mi n or i s seen as particularly appropriate for s tudents en t ering familyan d child-related field s, including (but not limited to) education, health care management, human services, criminal j u stice (especially juvenile justice), nursing and nurse practitioner programs p ychology, sociology, social welfare, speech and women's studies. People entering these fields might well be in a position to develop and conduct parent education programs ; a minor in parent education sho uld se rve them well in the e mploym ent market. Other fields might also provid e opportunities to use thi s background Parent educat ion h appens in settings ranging from churches to industry and is not limited to educat i o nal set tings in t h e usual ense.

PAGE 142

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 The parent ed u cation minor encompasses three areas of preparation One set of c l asses is intended to give stude nt s basic information nece s ary for effective parenting (child development, parenting tech niques, family management health care). The second facet of the program gives students the ski lls nec essary for de ve l oping and conducting parent ed u cation programs s u ch as group technique s and program development. The third compo n ent of the program entails actua l field experience working in parent edu cation pro grams. This ex p er i e n ce is incorporated int o a numb e r of c l asses and i s the central compo n ent of the final course in the minor A field placement i s required in th e last semes ter. Placement opportu niti e include parent ed u cation in h ospita ls, social service agencies, public and private schoo ls, and business and indu s try. Students work closely with a parent educatio n program adviser to ens ur e an appropriate field placement Ml OR I PARENT EDUCATION Required Courses Semester Hours PAR 205 Introdu ction to P are nt Education .. ... . .. . . .. .3 PSY 180 Developmental Educational Psychology -orPSY 221 Psychology of Human Development -orPSY 325 Child Psychology 3-4 HSP 204 Family Function Dysfunction and Therapy . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 PSY 224 Parentin g Techniqu es . . . . . . . ....... 3 PAR 307 Working with th e Contemporary Family .... ........................... .......... ...... 3 HES 307 Parent al Health Care I s ues ........ 3 EDU 407 Designing an d Implementing Programs for Adult Learners ......... .... 3 PAR 489 Parent Education Field Placement ... 3 T o tal .. .... 25-26 Minimum hours required for the minor are 25-26 (depe ndin g on courses selected) If the parent edu ca tion minor is combined with a major in any of the following departments (Ed u cation Human Service s, Nursing, or Psychology), the combined total semester hours for major and min o r must be 60 hours. Such a program mu s t include all cour ses required for the minor and th ose listed here as required for th e parent education minor. Approval by both departments will be necessary for s uch a com bined program. Note: For des c riptions of other courses includ ed in the minor, see appropria t e departmemlistings: EDU--Edu catio n : HES --Health Senices; H SP--Human Servi ces; NUR--Nur sing; PSY-Psyc hology; SOC---sociology; WMS-Wome n 's Swdies PARENT EDUCATION PROGRAM Prerequisites: A de g r ee ( B.A., B.S., M .A., M S.) in a field s u c h as education psycholo gy, social wel fare, human services, child d eve lopment or nur sing Required Courses Semester Hours PAR 205 Introduction to P arent Education. . . . . . . .. 3 HSP 204 PSY 224 PAR 307 HES 307 EDU 407 PAR 489 T otal ....... Family Function. Dysfun c tion and Therapy. . . . . 4 Parenting Techniqu es . ................................................... 3 Working with the Contemporary Family .... 3 P are nt a l H ealth Care Issues. . 3 De signing a nd Impl e menting Programs for Adult Learners ................... Parent Education Field Placement .3 3 .22 uggested Electives PAR 480 Special Topics in Parent Education ... ... 3 PSY 326 HSP 204 soc 341 WMS 101 WMS 218 SED 344 HSP 104 CHS 22 1 SWK 104 SWK 105 SWK 301 AAS 355 Psychology of Adolescence .. Family Function, Dysfun ction, and Therapy The Family in Tran sition. .3 ..... 4 3 Introdu ction: Woman in Transition .............. ........................................ 3 Assertiveness Training . . 3 Counseling P a rent s o f Exceptional C hil dren . . . ..... 3 Applied Behavior Analy s is . ............ Th e Chicano Fami l y .................. Human Behavior a nd th e Social Environment Family Social Services ........... Social Work Services for Children and Adolescent s The Black Family ...... 4 ..... 3 .... 4 .4 ... 4 .3

PAGE 143

140 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Physical Education Licensure PHYSICAL EDUCATIO LICE SURE ( K-6 ) Required Cou rses emest e r Hours SPE 101 Publ ic Spe aki n g ....... ........ ....... ...... ... ..... ............... ......... 3 ED U 2 1 2 EDT 361 EDU 364 HPS 462 RDG 3 1 3 E D U 419 PSY 1 8 0 T o tal .. E l e m entary Edu c ati o n in the Unit ed Stat es . . . ... 3 Introdu ctio n t o Edu ca tion a l T echno l ogy .................. ..................... ...... 2 Curri c ulum and Man age m e nt: Pre prim a ry-6 . . . .... ... .............. ... 4 Ad a pti ve Human Perf o rm a nce & Sp o n s A ctiv iti es ......... ..................... 3 T eac hin g R ea din g in the Ele m e nt ary S c hool: K-6 ....... ............ .......... ............ 4 Stud ent T eac hin g and S e min a r : E l e m enta r y K-6...... .............. ..... ...... 10 Devel o pment a l Educatio n a l P yc h o l ogy . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ........................ .... 33 PHYSICAL EDUCATION LICE SURE ( K-12 ) Required Cou rse s Semester Hours SPE 101 Pub l ic Speaking........................ ................................... 3 EDS 22 I P roce s es of Educatio n i n U rb a n Secondary S c hool s ......... .... ......................... 3 EDS 2 22 Fie ld Ex peri e n c e s in U rb a n Se co nd ary S c hools. . ... ........ ............. ........ 2 EDS 320 Ed ucatio n a l P syc h o l ogy Appli e d t o T eac hin g ..................... .... 3 RDG 328 T eac hin g o f Re a din g a nd Writin g in the Content A r eas ................. ............ . 3 EDT 3 6 1 Int rod u c ti o n t o Educat io n a l Techno l ogy . . . . . . ........... 2 ED U 3 64 C urric ulum and Man age m e nt: P reprim ary-6 . . . . ... 4 E D U 419 St u d e nt Teac hin g a nd S e min ar : E l e m entary........ ... ............... 6 o r 1 2 combin ed EDS 429 Stud e nt T eac hin g a n d S emi n ar : econdary ............. .... ..... 6 o r I 2 comb ined mu !to tal I 8 HPS 462 Ada p tive Hum a n P e rform a n ce a n d S po n s Activi t ie s ( in lie u o f S E D 360) .......... ..... ....... 3 T otal ....................................................................................... 42 S ECO DARY PHYSICAL EDUCATI O N LICEN URE Require d Courses Sem es t e r H our EDS 22 I Pr ocesse s o f Ed u catio n in Urb a n S econdary S c hool s . . . . . 3 EDS 2 2 2 Fie ld Experien c e s in Urban S econdary S c h oo l s ................ .......... ....... .... ...... 2 EDS 320 Edu c ation a l P s y c hol ogy Appli e d t o T eac hin g . ................. 3 RDG 3 2 8 T eac hin g o f Reading a n d Writin g i n the C o nt ent Area s . . 4 HPS 46 2 Ad a pti ve Human Perf orma n ce & S po n s A c tivitie s (in lie u of SED 360 ) ...... ...... 3 E DS 32 I Secondary School Curri c ulum a n d Cl ass room M a n age m ent . . . . ...... .... 3 E DS 3 22 Fie l d Expe rience in T eac hin g Mat eria l s Co n s tru c t io n and Cl ass r oo m M a n age m e nt ................. 2 E D T 36 1 Introd u c t io n t o Edu catio n a l Techno logy . . ........................ .... ..... 2 E DS 429 Student T e a c hin g a nd S eminar : Secondary ( 7 I 2 ) ... ...... . ............................ I 2 T otal ...................................................... ............................. .... 34

PAGE 144

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 R ea din g D e p a r t m e nt The R eading D epartme nt offe r s two outs t a ndin g literacy programs. One program provide for the refinement of c ritic a l an d analytical reading skills th a t enab le college students to enhance the qual ity of their undergraduate education. RDG 151, Cognitive Strategies for An aly tical R eading, is de igned a a collegel evel r eading co ur se that satisfies a General Studies Level I communication r eq uir eme nt. RDG 306, Critica l R eading/Thinking, provides further practice in the employment of cognitive trategie to discover fallacies recognize o b stac l es to critica l thinking, and judge the validity of expository writing This co ur se atisfies a General Studies Level II arts and letters r eq uir ement. The second program is a dynamic minor in reading that prepares students for careers in business indus try gove rnm en t and educatio n as instr uctional l eader in lit eracy programs. The minor includes knowl edge of the reading process, factor influencing emergent literacy, preparation and presentation of read ing lesson development of ins tructional mat erials, identification of reading disability corre l a t es, asse sment and interpretation of test results and a closely up ervi ed remedial reading tutorial ex p eri ence. Students planning to complete teacher licensure requirements at all levels are encouraged to e l ect this minor. ote : A letter grade of at least a "C" must be attained in each of the co ur ses in the r ea din g minor READING MINOR Required Courses Semester Hours Complete one of the following co urses: RDG 312 Devel oping Print Literacy: Pre s choo l-3rd Grade ......... ................................. 4 RDG 3 1 3 Teaching Readin g in the Elementary School K-6 . . . . . . ............. 4 RDG 3 1 5 Middl e Schoo l Ins t ruct i onal R ead ing/Writin g Strategies .............................. ..... 4 RDG 328 Teaching Reading and Writing in the Content Area s . . . . . . . 4 Subtotal. .............................. .......... 4 To be com plet ed by all reading minors: RDG 314 Whole Language I ntegration A cros the Curriculum ................ .................... 2 RDG 360 Practicum in Teachin g Re ading. .. 3 RDG 425 Literacy A sse ment: Theory and Practice. . . . . . . . . . 4 RDG 434 Devel opme nt of Reading/Writin g Ins tructi onal Materia l s and Proc e dure s ...... 2 RDG 460 Practicum in Literacy Enhancement . . . . 3 Subtotal .............. Total RDG 312* is required for early childhood education licensure RDG 313 i s re
PAGE 145

142 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES THE D IV I S IO N O F TECHNOLOGY The Divi s i o n of Technology provides technica l ed u cation to prepar e graduat es for employ me n t in a wide variety of technical fields Instruction e mph asizes the d eve lopm ent of techni ca l co mp e t e nce a t a level s uitabl e for success in the var i o u s areas offered. The programs include co ur ses in humanitie s and socia l sc i e n ces to broaden the stude nt's gene r a l education. The various fields h o u sed in this d i vision offer grea t opportunities for women in n o n-tradit i onal roles. The Divi s i o n of Technology offers degree program s in av i at i on m a n age m e n t and professional pilot ; civil e n gineering technology ; s urveying and mapping; e l ec tr onics engi neerin g t echno l ogy; ind u stria l and t ec hni ca l st udie s; technical and indu strial adm ini s tration ; industrial d esig n ; m ec h anica l e n g ineerin g technology ; and technical comm uni cat i ons. The aeros p ace science p rograms combine a thorough, practical and t ec hni ca l training background with a genera l college educatio n to prepare gradua t es for a wide var i e t y of caree r s in aerospace. M e tr opoli tan State College of D e n ve r's Aero pace Science D epartment is a fully certifie d g r o und c h oo l a pproved by the Federal Aviation Admin i stration (FAA), for private, i n strument, and commercial FAA r a t i n gs. The depa>tment ha FAA Airway Science approval for the airc r aft systems management avia tion man agemen t and aviation maintenance management programs. The civ i l and environme ntal engineering technology degree program offers s tudie s in civi l e n g ineering techno l o g y dr afting, and s ur veying and m a pping. Environmenta l impa c t st udie s and the a pp l ication of e n gi ne e rin g prin cip l es a r e u sed in the pla nnin g and co n s tru c tion of hig hw ays, bui l din g brid ges, and o th e r s tructures. The s ur veyi n g and mappin g d egree p rog r a m i s de sig n ed to p r epare th e g r a duat e for registration as a pr ofess i o n a l l and s ur veyor, as well as othe r caree r in the fie l d The e l ec tr onics enginee rin g technology degree pr ogram co mbines the e ngin ee rin g prin c iple s a n d tech nical asp ec t of e l ec tr onics and prepares grad ua t es for a var i e ty of po itions in re searc h and deve l op ment, design e l ectron i c manufacturing and ervice enginee ring. Thi s program e mph asize a pp licatio n s of theory in l abora t ory se ttings. Indu str i a l a nd technical st udi es offers teaching bus ine s, and intern s hip areas of e mph as is. Pro g r a m s wit hin the Engineering T echno l ogy and Indu stria l Studie s Department emphas i ze m ec h an i ca l and m anufacturing e n gineering. The Tec hnica l Co mmuni cations D e partm en t s p ec i alizes in t ec hnica l wr itin g and e ditin g, ind u str i a l communi cations and technical m edia co mmuni catio n s A ero s pace Scie nc e D e partm e n t Col o r ado i s one of the nation's aerospace center Military ins t a llati o n s, m ajo r ae r os p ace indu s trie s, increased int erest in private and corporate flying and the airlines that serve D enver provide employ ment o pportun ities. Loca l Federal Av i ation Administration (FAA) and other government offices offer excellent source for i n for m ation. B ecause of thi proximity s tudents h ave the o pp ort unit y t o v i i t the se facilities and to take co ur ses that are t a u gh t by per onnel fro m the various o r ga niz ations. Th e ba c h elor degree pro grams descri b ed b e low have been carefully planned to m ee t the n ee d s o f b oth the s tudent and the indu s t ry. All of the t ec hni ca l co ur ses h ave been developed in coo per a tion with the FAA and pr ospec tiv e employe r Stud en t s co mpl e tin g them are eligible to tak e a varie ty of FAA ex am i nation s l eading to certification. The av i at i on mana ge men t pr og r a m pr e p a r es the g radu a t e to e n t er a wide variety of a dmini s trat i ve po s i tions with i n the var i o u s seg m ents of the av i ation industry The av iati o n management program i s accred ited by the Council of Aviation Accreditation. The a irfram e and power plant (A& P ) courses are not offered by M e tr opoLitan St a t e College of Denver. H oweve r s tud ent holding a valid FAA Airframe and P owe rp l ant Cert ifica te from a recognized Part 1 47 c h oolmay apply for 25 h o ur of credi t toward a bachelor of sc ience degree pr ov idin g ce rtain va l idation paper s are pre e nt e d w ith the a ppli cation and a comp r e hen s i ve exam i s pa sse d The department possesses a uniqu e flight imul atio n l aborato ry the W o rld Indoor Airp ort ( WIA ). T h e WIA i s a n int eg rat e d flig ht a nd a ir traffic control s imul ato r lab w i th Fixed Ba se Op e rator (F BO ) and Flig ht Ser vice St atio n (F SS) services ava ilable. A Crew R eso ur ce Man age ment (C R M ) l a b and stude n t comp ut e r tutorial lab make u p t h e other co mpo n e n t s of the W I A.

PAGE 146

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 14 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE The Aero pace Science Department offers baccalaureate degree programs with m ajors in the following areas: Aviation Management (AMG) Airway Science Management Emphasis Airway Science Maintenance Management Emphasis A via tion Technology ( ATV) (formerly Professional Pilot ) Air Carrier/General Aviation Empha s is Aircraft Systems Management Emphasis Minors Aviation Management (AMG) Profes i onal Pilot (PPT) Airframe and P owerplant M ec h anics (APL) Private Pilot ( PRP ) The se programs combine a thorough practical, and technical training background with a genera l col l ege ed u cation to prepare the graduate for a wide variety of car eers in the aerospace industry. These four-year bachelor degree progr a m s have been developed in the two-plus-two concept (a bachelor of sc i ence degree program built upon a AAS two-year degree). Thi concept makes it easy for a commu nity/junior college graduate in an aerospace pro gram to transfer to Metro State and earn a bac h e l or of cience degree in our aviatio n program. ln order to be awarded the bachelor of sc i e n ce degree the tu dent mu t comply with the college genera l r eq uir ements for the b achelor's degree li ted in this Catalog under R equirements for All Degrees. FAA-APPROVED GROUND SCHOOL Metro State Aero s pace Science Department i s a fully certified a nd approved gro und c h oo l for the pri vate, instrument and commercial FAA ratings approved by th e Federal Aviation Administration. Vet erans Administration flight st udent s should ee the Aerospace Science Department chair for informa tion on a ppr oved flight training program. FLIGHT Co RSES Flight training is contrac t ed by the student, with the flig ht training schools cont r ac t ed by Metro State ln order to enroll in all flight cour es and receive academic credi t the stude nt mu t fly with Metr o State s contract flight chool Students mu t receive permission from the department before enrolling in flight co ur es The cost of the flight training is in addition to r egu lar tuition and college serv i ces fees. This cos t will vary depending upon how frequently the student i s able to fly during the semester and h ow much t otal time the student require to gain the necessary proficiency. The college instr u c t or helps the s tudent achieve a n understanding of the relationship of flight theory to flight practice in order to ac quire the knowledge required to meet FAA certificatio n s t andard Flights are scheduled by the tudent with the contract flight training sc hool. CREDIT BY EXAMINATIO PROCEDURES The ba ic provision for obtaining credit-by-exa min at i o n (a maximum of 30 semes ter h o ur s of credit) is outlined in thi Catalog under Academic Information. The following procedures are e tabli hed by the Aerospace Science Department to implement this provi s ion: I Student s entering Metro State for the first time must make a ppli cation for credit by examination during the first three weeks of the first se me ste r All examination mu s t be completed within the first semes t er. 2. Student will not be approved to take a course of a lower number than any cour e they have taken previously. 3. Students who are registered for but have not comp l eted a higher-numbered course must co mplete the examination for the low er-numbered course within the first three weeks of the semester. 4. Examinations will not be graded during the ummer session. 5 Courses authorized for c redit by exam ination and the ap propri ate FAA lice n se or rating are l isted below: Course Title AES 110 Aviation Fundamentals ..... AES 180 Commercial/Instrument Ground FAA Certificate Required ... Private .............. Credit Hour s .. 6 .... Comme rcial/In strumen t. ..... .................. 6

PAGE 147

144 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES AES 300 Air c r afl Sy s r e m s and P r o pu l s i o n ............. AI. Engineer ................................ 3 AES 353 Aerodyn a mic s ........................... AI. E n g i n e e r ............................. 3 AES 4 04 Air craft P erformance ........ ............ AI. Eng in eer .... ............... ............. 3 AES 450 Righi MultiE n gine . ............ MultiE n g ine ... ............................. I AES 45 1 Rig hi lns truc10r ............. ............ F h ln s tru c r o r . . . . ... I AES 452 Fli g b r lnstruc l o r l n s tru m e n l ................. AI. lnstruc l o r .. I AES 453 F h Ins truc l o r Mult i E ngin e .... ............. Fir. Ins!. Multi. ............. I AES 45 5 Flighl H elicopler. H elic o p l e r ....... .... .... I AES 4 5 7 Airlin e Tran s p o n Pilo l ............ AT P R a ring. ....... I BACHELOR O F S C IENCE DEGR EE I N AEROS PACE SCIENCE PROGRAMS Stud e n t s mus t co mp l ete the f o l l o win g r e quir e m e n t s f o r a b ac h e l or of scie n ce d eg r ee : G ene ral S tudie M ajo r ( S e l ec r One ) .... Av iati o n Manage m en t S e m e s t e r H o urs ...... 37 .......... 54-56 Avi a t ion M anageme m . . . . . . . . ....... .................... 42 Aviari on Maint e n ance M a n agement ......... ............... . ................ ....... .... 57 Aviatio n T ec hn o l o gy Air C arrie r /Ge n era l Avi atio n ................ ........................ ........ .......... 56 Air c r afl S y s t e m s M a n ag em enl . .................. 54 Minor o r Approve d E l ectives Ourside A e r os p ace Scie n ce ......... .. ................................. Airframe and P owerplam ( A& P ) M inor ...................... .. ....... ....... Fre e e l ec r ive s ................................. ....... ..... 18 .. 3 6 Q9 T o tal ... ........ ..................... 12Q-13 4 A re co m m e n d e d s equen c e f o r t aki n g all cou rses in a se l ec r e d m a j o r o r minor and a lis o f r e q u i r e d ge n era l s tudi es may be obraine d from t h e Aero s pace Scie nce D e panme n1. A ll air c a rri e r /ge n e r a l aviati o n major s mus t possess the FAA comme r cia l pil o t ce rt ifica t e with a n ins trum e nt ratin g and the FAA adva n ce d g r o und in s tru c tor ce rtifi c at e t o r ece ive a ba c h e l o r of scie n ce d eg ree. ** El ec t i ves pro g ram mu s t b e app r ove d b y a d e partm elll a d v i se r ***The c r e dit h o ur s award e d a r e ba se d o n the mmbe r o f cl oc k h o ur s r e qu ir e d b y the FAA for the award o f the A& P li cen se and the c r e dit s norm a ll y awa rd e d b y j uni o r /c o mmuni ty c o ll eges, thu s the i n c r e a sed n u mb e r of h o ur s f o r the a v i at i o n m a int e n a n ce m anage m e nt e m p h a s i s m a j o r or A & P mino r G ENERAL STUD IES Stud e nt s s eekin g a b ac h e l o r s degr ee in a n ae r os p ace sc i e n ce program mus t co mp l ete the g e n e r a l s tud i es req u ir e m e nt s of M e tro St a t e. Stud e nt s mus t co n s ult w ith a fac u lty ad v i se r for t h e se l ectio n of a pp rove d g e n e r a l tud ies co ur ses. AVIATIO MANAG EMEN T (AMG) MAJOR FOR BACHELOR O F S CIE CE AIRWAY Scm CE MA AGEME T EM. PH A I S (A V2)* R equire d C o u r ses AES I I 0 Aviatio n F und a m e nral s ........ AES I 20 Fundamenla l s o f A i r Traffic Co ntrol ........................ S e m es t e r H o u rs .. ......... 6 .. .......... 3 AES 32 1 Aviarion Eco n o m ic s and R egulatio n . . . . . . . . ............... 3 AES 322 Avi atio n Law a n d Ri k M a n age m enl. . . .. .................... 3 A ES 324 Airline Pla nnin g a n d M ana g emenl. . . . . . . . 3 AES 42 0 Airpon Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 AES 42 I Airpon M a n age m enl . . . . . . . . . 3 AES 423 FBO and Air craf t M arketi n g . . . . . .......... ... 3 AES 424 Air Cargo . . . ................. ................................. 3 AES 486 A v iati o n S af e t y .. .. . . .. . .. .. ................ 3 AES 49 1 Avia tion M a n age m enl Pr oblem a n d J o b T a r ge ting.... . . . 3 AE S E l ectiv e . . . . . . . . . . . .... 3 Subr o r al. .... .... G e n e r a l Srudies for all AES M a j o r s. .. 39 37

PAGE 148

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 Additional General Studies PSY 101 Introdu ction t o P syc h o l ogy .. PSY 343 I ndu s trial P syc h ology ... MTH 112 College Trigonometry MTH MTH SPE 121 132 310 Subtotal .... 1anagement Int roduction to S t atistics Calculus for the Man agement a nd Social Bu siness and Profe ss ional Speaking MGT 300 Prin c iple s o f M anagement .. MGT MGT MGT MGT MGT 353 357 400 Pers o nn e l Management Labor/Employee Relati ons .. Organizational D eci ion M aking 453 Organizationa l Behavior E l ective. .......... Subtotal c iences. Compute r Information System s and Management Sc i e n ce CMS 20 I Prin ciples o f ln fonnation S ys t ems .. CMS 305 Fundamentals of Sy s tem s Analysis ....... CMS Approved Electives (C MS 211 ,306.323.327, or 390). Subtotal ................................... Tow/ ..................................... *This i s an approved FAA a inva y science emphasis M AJOR FOR B ACHEL OR OF SCIENCE .. 3 .3 .3 .................... 4 ... 3 19 ... 3 ... 3 ... 3 .. 3 .... 3 ........... ... ... ... .............. 18 .. 3 ..3 3 9 1 22 AIRWAY SCIENCE MAlNTENA CE MANAGEME T EMPHASIS (AV4)* Rec(Uir e d Courses Airframe and Powerplant Certifica t e ........ ................ ........... .... Semest e r Hours 25 .. ... 6 A ES I I 0 Aviation Fundamental .. AES 160 Avionics for Aviat ors .............. AES 300 System a nd Propul s ion AES 322 Aviation Law and Ri k Management. AES 486 Aviation Safety ... AES Electives (AES 387 a nd AES 487 recommend e d .. Subtotal ........... Gen e ral s tudies for all AES major s Additional General t udies PSY I 0 I Intr oduction to P syc hology CHE II 0 Prin ciple of Chemi s try MTH 112 College Trigonometry ....................... MTH 121 Introducti on to Statistics .... ..... MTH 1 32 Calculus for the M a n agement a nd Socia l Sciences Subtotal Management MGT 300 Principle s o f M a n agement ...... MGT 453 Organizational Behavior MGT E l ective (300/400lev e l ) ........... Subtotal. .......... Compute r Information Syst e m s and Management S ci e nc e .. .. 3 .. .3 ... 3 .. .3 6 49 .... 37 .... 3 .. .5 ... 3 .. 4 ... 3 ....... 1 8 .. .. 3 ....... .......... ...... .......... 3 3 ..... 9 CMS 20 I Principles of Inf ormation Systems. . . . . ...... 3 CMS 305 Fundamentals of System Analysis ................ ..................... 3 CMS Approved Elective (C MS 211, 306. 323. 327. or 390). 3 Subt ota l Tow/ h ours required *This is an approved FAA ainvay science emphasis. 9 .. 122 4

PAGE 149

146 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES AVIATIO TECHNOLOGY (ATV) MAJOR FOR B ACHEL OR OF S CIE CE AIR CARRIER/GENERAL AVIATION EMPHASI (ATl) Required Cou rses Sem ester Hours AES II 0 Aviation Fundamentals ......... ....................... ..... ....................... 6 AES 141 AES 1 7 1 -orAES 1 76 AES 1 80 AES 195 AES 1 97 AES 271 AES 300 AES 346 A ES 353 AES 385 AES 404 AES 437 AES 486 AES 491 Aerospace Meteorol ogy. . . . . . . ............................. 2 Single-Engine Flight Simulation I Sin g l e-Engi ne F l ight S i m u lation II .............................. ............ .... 3 CommerciaVl n s tru ment Ground I n s tru c tor Cenifi catio n ............... .. 6 Advan ce d Ground Cenificatio n . . . . . . . . . . .. 0 Profe ss ional P i l ot Document a tion .................................................. 0 In s trument Flight Simulation I. ......................................................... 3 Aircraft Sy s tem s and Propul s i o n ................................................... 3 M e teorolo gy a nd Flight Operati o n s ................................................... 3 Aerodynamics ................................................................ 3 Human Factors and Phy iology of Flight ................ ................................ 3 Aircraft Performance . . . . . . . . . .............. 3 Advanced av igation Systems ........................................................ 3 Aviation Safety ................................ ................................. ... 3 Aviation Management Problem s and Job Targeting . . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal ................................. ................................. ................ 44 Plus a minimum of 14 semeste r hours from the followi n g : AES 320 National Air s pace Oper atio n s .............................. ..... ... ................. 3 AES 32 1 A viation Economics and Regulation s . . . . . . . .................. 3 AES 322 A via tion Law and Ri k Mana geme nt. ....................... ......................... 3 AES 323 Commuter Airline Management ................ .................... .............. 3 AES 324 Airline Plannin g and Management .................................................. 3 AES 390 Flight In tructor-CFI, CFII AGI, MEl-Gr o und ........... ......................... 3 AES 413 Flig ht Engineer Duti es and R espo n s ibiliti es .... ...................................... 4 AES 414 B-727 Systems . . . . . ............................... 4 Subt o tal ..... ...... 14 General s tudie s for all AES m ajo r s ............................. ..... 37 Minor or approved electives from outside Aerospace Science Depanm e nt. ............ ................ 18 Electives T ota l .. ................ 7 ............................... ... ...................... 120 MAJOR FOR B ACHEL OR OF SCIENC E AIRCRAFT Sv TEMS MANAGEME T EMPHASI (A T2) Required Cou rses Semes ter Hours AES II 0 Aviation Fundamentals ......................................................... 6 AES 141 Aerospace Meteorology ................................... ....................... 2 AES 171 Single-Engine Flight Simul atio n I -o r -AES 176 AES 180 AES 197 AES 1 98 AES 215 AES 27 1 AES 300 AES 320 AES 322 MTR 346 AES 353 Sin g le -E ngine Flight Simulation ll ..................................................... 3 Commercial/Instrument Ground Ins truct o r Certification ..................... ................ 6 Profe s ional Pil ot Documentation . . . . . . ........................ 0 Multi -e n g ine CFI CFIJ D oc um e nt a tion .................................................. 0 Avionic s for Aviators .......................................................... 3 Ins trument Flight Simulation I. . . . . . . . . .............. 3 Aircraft Sy s tems and Propul s ion .................................................... 3 atio nal Airspace Operation s . . . . . .......................... 3 Aviation Law and Ris k Management . . . . ........................... 3 Mete oro lo gy and Flight Operation s . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Aerodynamics . . . . . . .................... ....... 3 AES 404 Aircraft Performance. . . . . . . .......................... 3 AES 437 Advanced Navigation System s ................. ........ ........................... 3 AES 486 Aviation Safety .................................................................. 3 AES 49 1 Aviation Management Problem s and Job Targeting ........ ......................... . 3 AES Upper-divi ion e l ectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Subtotal... . . . . ......... . . . . . .. 53 General s tudi es for all AES major s ............................. ............................. 37

PAGE 150

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 14 Additional Gen eral tudies PSY 101 Introduction to P syc h o l ogy ........... .... 3 MTH 112 College Tri go nometry ..... .3 MTH 121 Introdu c tion t o Stati stics ... 4 MTH 1 32 Calculus for the Manage ment and Social S cie nces. 3 Subtotal. ......... 13 Management MGT 300 Organizational Management ............. .3 MGT 453 Organizationa l B e h avior ............ .. ............. 3 MGT E l ective (300/400-Jeve l ) ...... ................ 3 .... 9 Subtotal. Computer Information Systems and Management Scie n ce CMS 20 I Prin c iples of Inf ormation Sys tems. CMS 305 Fundamental s of S ys tem s Analysis and De s ign CMS Approved Elective s (C MS 211,306.323,327. o r 390). Subtotal ........... Toral. This is an approve d FAA airwa y science emp hasis MINORS .. .. 3 .. 3 9 ... ... .......... 1 2 1 The following aerospace minor s are desig n ed t o afford o ther majors the o pportunit y to develop an understanding of the aerospace world and s uffi cie nt familiar i ty with aviation skills to use in their pri m ary job. Aerospace major s normall y may n ot e l ect the av i ation management or professiona l pil o t minors Excepti on: avia tion technology (AT V ) m ajor enro lled in the AT I emp h as i may minor in air frame and p owerp l ant mechanics AVIATION MANAGEME T MINOR (AMG) Required Courses AES I 10 Aviation Fundamentals MTR I 4 I Aerospace Me t eo r o lo gy .. AES 321 Aviation Eco nomi cs and Regulation s AES 322 Aviation Law and Risk M a na gement T ota l .. Plu s nine hours se lect ed from the following courses: Sem ester Hours .. ..... 6 .. 2 ... 3 3. 1 4 AES 300 Aircraft System s and Propul s ion ............... ... ............... .. 3 ... 3 ..3 AES 323 Commuter Airline Man age ment AES 324 Airline Planning and Management. .. AES 385 Hum an Fact ors and Phy s iol ogy of Flight .. AES 420 Airpon Planning ............. AES 42 1 Airpon Management ............... AES 423 FBO and Airc r aft Marketing .. AES 424 Air Cargo .... .................................... 3 ..3 ........................................ 3 .3 ..3 AES 486 Aviation Safety ........... ......... ... ... ... .................... 3 AES 491 Aviation Management Problem s and J ob Targeting 3 9 .. ..... 23 Subtotal. Toral. PROFESSIO AL PILOT MINOR (PPT) Required Courses AES I I 0 Aviation Fundamentals .... MTR AES AES MTR AES AES Total. 141 1 80 300 346 385 486 Aerospace Meteorolog y .. Com m ercia l / ln s tmm ent Ground Aircraft Sy s t e m s and Propulsion .. Met eo rolo gy and Flight Operations Hum an Factors and Physiology o f Flight Aviation Safety Semes ter Hours .. .6 .. .... 2 ......................... 6 .3 .............................................. 3 .. ... 3 .. .. 26 In additio n all professional pilot minors must possess the FAA commercia l ce nific ate with an ins trument ratin g.

PAGE 151

148 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES AIRFRAME AND POWERPLANT MECHA IC MINOR (APL) Students who wi s h to enroll in the airframe and powerplant ( A&P ) mechanics minor hould complete an A&P program prior to or while attendin g Metro State Required Courses C o mpleti o n o f a n FAA -a ppro v ed A&P program with a ppr o priat e college c redit ( u sual se m es t e r h o urs awarde d ) Plus: 25 AES 423 FBO and Aircraft Mark eting ............ ............ 3 AES 486 Aviation Safet y ... T o tal h o urs r e quired ...................................... ......................... 31 PRIVATE PILOT MINOR (PRP) Required Courses emester Hours AES II 0 A via tion Fund a m e nt a l s ................. ............. .............................. 6 MTR 141 A ero p ace Me t eo r o logy.......................... . . ... 2 AES 171 Singl e-Engine Flight Simul atio n I ..... ............................ ................... 3 AES 197 Priva te Pilot D oc um e nt atio n . . . . . . . . . . .... 0 AES 271 Ins trum ent Flight Simulati o n I. . . ........... ......................... 3 AES 3 8 5 Hum a n F ac t ors and Phys i o l og y o f Flight. . . . . ................... 3 On e o f the two f ollo win g co ur s es: AES 300 Air c raft System s and Propul s i o n .... ...... 3 AES 404 Aircraft Perf o rman ce .......................................... ... 3 T o tal . . . 1 8 In a dditi o n all privat e pilo t minor s mu t possess the FAA priv at e pilo t ce rtificate Civil Engineering Technology The specialized fields within civil engineering t e chnology include program in c ivil engineering tech nology draftin g and surveying. The surveying program is a separate specialized four-year program. The individual curricu lum requirements are lis ted s ep a rately. Civil e n gineering technology graduate apply engineering principles in performing many of the ta sks necessary for the planning and construction of highways buildings, railroads bridges reservoirs, dam s irrigation works water sys tem s a irp orts and other structures. In plannin g for a co n truction project they may participate in estimating costs, preparing specifications for materials and in surveying, dr aft ing and design work. During the construction pha s e they work closely with the contractor a nd the uperintendent in chedu lin g field layout con s truction activities and the inspection of the work for conformity to pecifications. In recent years a major work area for c i vil and e n vironmenta l engineering technology ha involved environmental problem Thi includes de s ign and con truction of water supply facilitie de ign of wa s tewater collection and treatment facilities design of air pollution control facilities and de s ign of s o lid and to xic wa s te-dispo al facilities The development of environmental impact st udi e and environmental impact report i al o included. Students must meet the following curricu lum requirement s for the various degree s minor and area of emphas i s CIVIL ENGINEER G TECHNOLOGY MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE The four-year bachelor of science degree is awarded upon the completion of the required co ur es and either a str ucture environmental or urveying area of emphas i s or an approved minor. Thi s program i acc redited by the Tec hnolo g y A ccre dit a tion Commis s ion of the Accreditation Board for Enginee rin g and Technology

PAGE 152

R equire d Technica l Studies CEN 110 Civil Techno l ogy SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 1 Sem es t e r H ours ..... 3 CE I 20 Technical Drawing I .............. ........................... 4 CE 1 2 1 CE 210 CE 2 1 5 SUR 151 SUR 252 Technical Drawing II. Structural Drawing ... Mechanic s IS t atic s . Surveying I S u rveying II ......... ................. 4 4 .3 .. 4 .. 4 CEN 310 Construction Method s .. ................................... ....................... 3 CE 312 Engineering Eco nomy. .. .......... 3 CEN 313 Mechanics of Materials ..... ................................................... 3 CEN 3 1 4 Mechanic s of Materia ls-Laboratory. . ................................. I CE 316 Mechani cs 11 Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . 3 CEN 3 1 7 I nt r oductio n t o S tru ctura l Ana l ysis ...... 3 CE 318 Auid Mechanic s I . . .. 3 CEN 3 1 9 Auid Mechanics II . . .. 3 CEN 4 1 3 Soils Mechan i cs . . . . . . . . 3 CEN 460 Senior Seminar . ......... .... 3 COM 261 I ntroduction to Tech nical Writing .. ......................... 3 MET 311 T h ermodyna m ics I. ..... . . ..... ...... ........................... 3 CSI 102 BASIC Compu ter Programming .. 2 Approved upper-divi sio n tech n ica l elective ............................................... 2 Subtotal. ......... ................ .. ....... .... .. ..... 64 Additional R equi r e m e n ts SPE I 0 I Fundamenta l s of S p eech Commu nication .... 3 CHE 180 General Chemis try I .. ... ....................................... 4 ECO 20 I Principles of Eco n o mics Mac r o -orECO 202 Prin c iples of Economics-Micro ................................ ........... .... .... 3 MTH I l l College Algebra . . ................................ 4 MTH 1 1 2 MTH 141 College Trigo n o m etry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Calcu l us I . . .......................... 4 MTH 241 Calculus ll ........... ....... ............................ ... 4 PHY 231 & 232 General Phy sics UGeneral Phy i cs Laboratory I -orPHY 20 I & 203 College Ph ysics UCollege Physic s Laboratory I .......... .............................. 5 PHY 233 & 234 General P h y s i cs 1 1/General Phys i cs Laboratory II -o r PHY 202 & 204 College Physics IUCollege Phys i cs Laboratory II Total ................................................... E VlRONMEN T A L AREA OF EMPHAS I Required Technical tudies CEN 332 E n vironmenta l Im pac t Statements CEN 333 Environmenta l Technology Process es CE 450 Water Supp l y a n d Treatment CE 45 1 Wastewater Treatment and Di spo al .. MTR 140 I ntroduction t o Me t eorology .. Approved upper division tech n ical elective .......................... 5 35 .3 ....... 3 .. .3 .3 ..3 Total.................. .............. ............. ................ ................. 18 STRUCTURE AREA OF EMPHAS I S Require d Technical Studies CE 412 Concrete Design I CEN 4 1 4 Concrete Des i g n 11 CE 440 Steel Design I ... CEN 44 1 S t eel Design ll CE 333 Environmenta l Technol ogy Processe s -o r -CEN 450 Water Supply and Trea tment -or-CEN 4 5 1 Wa tewater Trea tm ent and Disposa l .. Approve d u pper-divi s ion technical e l ective Total ............. .. 3 ........ 3 ............... .3 .3 ........ ............. ................... ........ 3 18

PAGE 153

150 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES E GINEERING A ND LAND SURVE YI N G AREA OF E M PHA S I S R equired Techni c al tudi es SUR 253 Route Surveying ............................ SUR 262 Survey Draf ting ............ SUR 354 Boundary Law I SUR 453 Site Plan n i n g ... .. 4 .. 3 .. 3 ..... 3 SUR 45 4 Bou n dary Law II ........................... ...... ............. ................ 3 Surveyi n g e l ective. ................... 0 0 0 0 0 0. 3-4 Total . ...... o o o 0 0 0 19-20 CON TROL S URVEYING AND MAPPING AREA OF EMPHASIS R equired Techni c al S tudi es SUR 262 Survey Draf t ing . .. 0 o o 3 SUR 265 Phm og rammetry I .............. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 SUR 362 Canographic Survey s .......................... 0 3 SUR 366 L and l nfonnation Sy s tem ......... 0 o o o o 3 SUR 474 Geodetic and S p ec i a l S urveys ............ 0 0 4 SUR 453 Site Planning ........ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Total ....................... 0...... 0 0... 1 9 MI OR IN CIVIL E GINE E RING TECHNOLOGY R equire d Technical tudi es CEN 110 Civi l Techno l ogy ........ 0 0 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 .... 3 CE 1 20 Technica l D r awi n g l ..... 0 0 0 0 4 CEN 2 1 5 Me c hanic s 1 Sta tics ......... 0 0 0 0 0 3 CE 3 I 0 Construction Method s ........... 0 o o o 0 0 0 .. .3 SUR 151 Surveying I .................. o .......... o ..... o .................................... 4 Approved lower-di v i s ion technica l elective ...... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Approved upper -division tec hni ca l e l ective ........ 3 T ota l .. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 23 MINOR IN DRA FTING ENGIN E ERING TECH OLOGY Required Tec hn ical Stud. ies CEN 1 20 Technica l D rawing l ..... 0 0 0 4 CEN 1 2 1 Technica l Drawing 11 ...... ....... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o 4 CE 22 1 Architectu r a l D rawing ........................ o o o 3 CE 320 Adv a n ce d Tec h nical Drawin g ....... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Appro ve d l ower-division tech n ical elective . .... 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Approved uppe r divi s i o n technical elective ...... ............... 0 o o 3 T otal....... ........... ............ 0 0 0 o 0 o 0 0 0 0 o o o o 20 Surveying and Mapping Th e bac helor of c i e n ce pro g r a m in urv eying and m a ppin g i s the only o n e o f its kind i n Col o r a do or the r eg ion [t pr e p ar e gr a du a te for r eg i tr atio n a prof es i o n a l land s ur v e y or s, but i s br oa d eno u g h t o pr epa r e th e m f o r car ee r s in a n y o th e r a r ea o f ur veying and m a ppin g, o r for g r a du a t e s tudy. Gr a duat es are i n pr o f ess i o n a l l eve l p os iti o n s with the Bur ea u of L and M a n age m e nt and othe r fede r a l s t a t e, and l ocal gove rnm e nt age n cies, util ities an d p r iva t e co mp an i es. S eve r a l h ave b eco m e pr eside nt s o f their societies (Profe s i o n a l L and Sur veyo r s of Co l o r ado a n d the Col o r a d o S ect i o n of the America n C o n g r e s o n Surveying and M a ppin g). A r e l atively n ew e mpl oy m ent area f o r g r a du a t es i in l and informati o n s ys t e m s (s t orin g inf o rm atio n on land p arce ls, publi c util itie n a tur a l re s our ce e t c in co mput e r s y s tem s for r eco rdk ee pin g and pla nnin g ourp oses).

PAGE 154

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAl STUDIES 15 SURVEYING AND MAPPING MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Required Technical Studi es e m este r Hours CEN 120 T ec hni cal Drawin g l ............... ................................................ 4 S U R 151 Surv eyi n g l. . . . . .. . . .. . .. 4 SUR 252 Surv eyi n g rr .. .............. ............................... ..... 4 SUR 253 R ou t e Surv ey in g . . . . . . . . 4 SUR 255 Surv ey in g Computations . ........... .................................. ........ 3 SUR 262 Survey Drafting....... .. .. .. .. .. . ................. 3 SUR 265 Photog r a mmetry l . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 SUR 271 Astronomy for Survey o r s . . . . ..... 2 SUR 354 Boundary Law l . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 SUR 3 62 Canogra phic S u rvey s . . . . . . . . .. 3 SUR 3 66 Land Inf o rmation Sy t e m s. . . . . . ................. 3 SUR 376 Surv ey ing Data Adju stme nt. . . ... .......... ....... ... ...... 3 SUR 448 G eodesy . . . . . ...................................... 3 SUR 453 Sit e Planning. . . . .............................. .................... 3 SUR 454 B ou nd ary Law ll ....................................................... . ........ 3 SUR 465 Photo g rammetry ll . ............................ .............................. 3 SUR 474 Geodetic an d Spe c ial Su rveys ........... ... ......................................... 4 GEL I 0 I General Geolog y ............................................................. ... 4 GEG 484 R emote Sensing ........... ..................................................... 3 Subt o t a l . . . . . . . . . . . .............................. 62 Additio nal Course R eq u i remen ts E G 101 Fr eshman Compo s iti o n : Th e Essay . . . . . . . . . ... 3 E G 102 Fr es hm a n Co m position: Analy s i s, R esearch a nd Documentation . . . . . . .. 3 MTH 140 PreCalcu lu s M athe m atics. . . . . . ...... ......................... 4 PHY 231 Gen eral Phy s ic s l .......................................... . ............... 4 PHY 232 General Ph ys i cs Laboratory l . . . . . . ............ I PHY 233 General Ph ys i cs II .................................. ......................... 4 PHY 234 G eneral Phys i cs Laboratory rr . . . . . . . . ......... I SPE 101 Fundamental s of Publi c peaking . . . . . . . ........... 3 COM 26 1 Introduction to Tec hni ca l Writ i n g . . . . ........................ 3 MGT 300 Organi zatio na l M a na gement . . . . ..... 3 S oc ial/beha v i oral elective ............. .......................... ................ 9 Humaniti es e l e c tiv es . . . . . . ...... ...... 6 Subtot a l ................................. ..... .......................... 44 Appr ove d te c hni cal e l ectives . .... ....................................... 4 R equired Math Minor MTH 141 Calculu s l ......................................... ..... ........ ... 4 MTH 151 Computer Progr a mming: FORTRAN . . . . . . . ...... 4 MTH 214 M atrix Algebra......... ..... .... ........................................ 2 MTH 241 Calculus !J...... . . . ... 4 MTH 321 Pr obability a n d Stati s t ics . . ........................................ 4 Approved m ath e le ctive . ......................... ( min .) 2 Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Total .......................... .. 1 30 General Studies Require m e nts Th e Level l m athe mat ics requirements d o n ot apply to the Surveyin g a nd Mapping Pr ogram becau e it include s a m ath min o r a nd SUR 376. At le as t o ne e lectiv e mu s t be 300or 400l evel. At least two t echnical elective c r ed it s mus t be u s ed to com plete th e m ath minor. MINOR IN SUR VEYING Required Technical Studies S U R 151 Surveying!.. .. ................... 4 SUR 252 Surve y in g U . . . . . . . . . . . 4 SUR 262 Su rvey Drafting.. . . . . . . ... 3 SUR 265 Photogrammetry I . . . . . . . ..... ........................ 3 SUR 271 A s tr o n o m y for Sur vey ors . . .......................... 2 SUR 362 Canographic Survey s . . . . . . . ... 3 SUR 465 Ph o t og rammetry II. . . . ..... ......... .... .......... 3 >. 22

PAGE 155

152 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Electronics Engineering Technology Graduates are emp l oyed in a variety of po ition in the following functional areas: REsEARCH A D D EVELOPME T Technica l act i vitie in resear c h a nd development are primarily dir ec t ed toward ob tainin g n ew inform atio n a nd n ew knowledge of the field Th e e n ginee rin g t echno logi s t i s a member of the re se a r c h t ea m Specific work ma y invo l ve th e d eve l opment and co n tructio n of prot oty p es, t e t and evaluat i o n of equip m e nt or oth e r activities ne cessa r y t o render t ec hni ca l s upport to a resea r c h proj ect. MANUFACTURI G A gra duate e mpl oye d in a manuf ac turin g f ac ilit y might be involved i n act u a l m a nuf acturing, f a bri ca tion test p rototype d eve l o pm ent, ca l ibration and qu a l ity co ntrol. In some cases, s tudent s m ay a l so b ecome inv o l ved in sa l es or management. S E R V I CES S ervice engineering h as become a field of it s own Thi s area invo l ves exte n s iv e activitie invo l ving comp ut e rs, communicatio ns, ins trumentation new product deve l o pm ent and num erou o ther activ iti es in vo lvin g e l ectrica l and e l ec t ronic sys tems. D ESIGN S ome g r a du ates de s i g n e l ec tr onic equipmenL an d sys t e m s, w h e n the de s ign i s a pp l i cation-orie nt e d Th e EET c urri culum provide s a fou nd atio n in math e m a tic s a nd sc ience a well as a thorou g h treatment of the c har acteri tics o f e l ec tri c circuits and e l ectronic devices. ln this four-yea r pro g r a m peci alization m ay be achieved by se l ectio n of a n area of emphas i in co mputers communicatio n s ( including sa t e llit e, fiber optics, microwave and l aser) contro l sys t ems ( including robotics), a nd power (inc luding so lar energy). ELECTRO ICS E GINEERING TECHNOLOGY MAJOR F OR B ACHELO R OF SerE CE B eca u se thi s pr ogram e mph asizes ap pli catio n s of theory, s tude nt s a r e required to t ake conc urr e nt l abo r atory co ur ses In the EET I 00 series of co ur ses, s tud e lll s w ho drop o r chan ge to N o C r e dit i n the the ory/la b o r a t ory co ur se mus t mak e the sa m e c h a n ge in the co mpanion lab ora t o r y/theor y co ur se The b ac h e l or of sc i e nc e degre e i s awarde d up o n co mpl etion of the courses lis t e d be l ow Stude nt s s h ould co nt ac t the d e partm elll for r ecent c h a n ges t o thi s m a j or. Thi s progr a m i s accre dit ed by the Techno l ogy Ac c redit atio n Commi ss ion o f the Accreditation Bo ard for Enginee rin g a nd Technolog y. R equired Technical Cour es Sem ester Hours EET 110 Circuits I............................. .................................. 4 EET Ill Circuit s I Laboratory .... ........................... ................................ I EET 112 Circuits II ....................... . . . . . . 4 EET 113 Circuits 11 Laboratory ........... ... 2 EET 214 Electronics I .............. ..... .................................................. 4 EET 2 1 5 Electronics 11 .... . . . . . ...... ................... 4 EET 232 Digital Circ uit I . . . . ...... ..... 3 EET 234 Technica l Programming Applications .... ........... .... .... . . . . 2 EET 235 Advanced Tec hnical Programming .3 EET 311 Circuit Analysis with Laplace ... ... 4 EET 312 Advanced Ana l og Electronic s .... ......... ... 4 EET 333 Digital Circ uit s II ........ "........ .... 3 EET 336 Microproces so rs . . . ....... ........ ......................... ...... .. 3 EET 362 Analog and Dig ital Communications. . . . . . 3 EET 37 1 Control ys tem s Analy is .............. . . ....................... 3 EET 4 1 0 Senior Pr ojec t I ................ .... ............... ........ ... ..... ............. I EET 411 Senior Projec t II . . . . 2 M ET 30 6 Statistics and Dynami cs ......... ... 4 MET 311 Th ermody na m ics. . . . ........ ...... 3 XXX XXX Upper-div i s i o n EET e l ec tive s (o r M I S 401 and MIS 402 ma y be s ub s titut ed) . 6 Subt o t a l .............................. ... 63

PAGE 156

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 15 Additional Course R equire m ents ENG I 0 I Fre s hm an Compo s iti on : The Essay .............. ENG 10 2* Freshm a n Composition : Anal ysis, Re searc h a nd Docum e ntation MTH 140 Pr e ca lculu s Math (MTH 1 111112 may be s ub s titut ed) .................. MTH 1 4 1 Calculus I ....... ........................ MTH 241 Calculus II. PHY 231 General Physic s I ................. PHY 232 Gen e ral Phy s ic s Lab o rat ory I .. PHY 233* General Ph ys ics II PHY 234* ..3 ..3 .. .... 4 .. 4 .... 4 ..... 4 . . I 4 .. I CHE 180 Gen e r a l Physics Laborat ory II Gen e r a l Chemis t ry 1 .................... ....... .............. 4 COM 261 lntroduction to Tec hni ca l Writin g .. ...... ... ........... .. .............. 3 SPE 101* XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX Subtotal. Fund a m enta l s of Spe ec h Communication ................ ......... Level U G e n e ral Studies--His tori ca l Lev e l II General Studies--Arts and L e tt e r s .. Le ve l II General Studies--Social Sci e n ce .. .... 3 .. .... 3 .. .. 6 6 .. 54 *These cour ses count as ge n e ral s tudi es courses. At l eas t three h o ur s of Level II ge neral s tudie s cour ses mu s t be upper divi s i o n Multicultural requir e me nt of three credi t s may be applied t o a n y Level II ca t egory o r taken as additional h o ur s Areas of Empha s i s (Only one area needs to be c ho sen) COMPUTER R equire d EET Courses EET 432 Dig ital Filt e r s ... EET 433 Data Communi cat i o n s .......... Se mest e r Hours .. ... 3 .. 3 EET 434 Interf ace T ec hniques. .................... . ..... .............. .......... 3 EET 437 XXX XXX Subtotal Mi c rocontrol l e r s . . . . . . 3 Upper-d i visio n EET e l ectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 .............. .. 1 8 COMMUNICATIONS EET 363 Ele c tromagnetic Field s ...................... . . ............. .... ....... 3 EET 364 C o mmuni ca tion s Laborat ory EET 367 M ea ur e me nt s for Communi catio n s S ys t e ms. ...... 3 .. 3 ..... 3 EET 433 EET 462 EET 464 Data Communi catio n s .......................... Advanced Communication System s. Communi c atio n ir cuit De s i g n Subt o tal ............. Co TROL SYSTEMS Require d EET Courses EET 342 Ele c tric Power Dis tributi on ............... EET 372 Control Syst e m s Laboratory EET 373 Pr ocess Contr o l Sy s tem EET 374 Programmable Logi c Controllers EET 433 Dat a Communication s ... EET EET 4 3 4 471 Int erface T ec hniques. ........... Digi t a l Contro l S ys t e m s D esign ............. Subt o tal ................ ... ....... POWE R Require d Courses EET 341 E l ectric M ac hin es EET 342 E l ectric Power Dis tributi o n .... 3 3 .. ... 18 .................................. 3 . I .2 .. ................ 2 3 ... 3 4 .. 18 .3 .3 EET 3 4 3 Power Generation Using Solar Energy .......................... ................... 3 EET 372 EET 373 EET 374 MET 3 1 2 XXX XXX Sub total Control Sys tem s L aboratory .... Pr ocess Control System s ..... Pr ogra mm able L ogic Controllers .. Heat Transfe r .... Upper divi s ion EET e lectives. .. .. I .. 2 .. .. 2 .. .. 2 2 .. 18

PAGE 157

154 SCHOOL O F PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Totals Required technical courses ..... .......... ... ........ ....... ... ............................ 63 Additiona l courses. . . . . . . . . . ..................... .......... 54 Area of emphasis .................... ......... ... ..................... 18 Program total ................................ . .................. 135 tn selec t cases, a minor in another department ma y be s ubstifllted for area of emphasis, with prior approval of c hair of the Engineeri n g Technolog y and Indu strial Studies D e partm e nt MINOR IN ELEC TRONICS E N GINEERING TECHNOLOGY Required EET Courses Se m es ter Hou rs EET 200 Electronic Circuits and Machine ............ .................. . ............... 3 ( The eq uenc e EET II 0 EET Ill, EET 112, EET 113 may be substituted) EET 234 Technical Programming Applications ......................................... .... 2 (Any one of the following may substitute : CSI 130, CSI 222, CMS 211, MTH 151, or MET 321) EET 30 I Indu trial E l ectronics. ................. ............. 4 (The seque n ce EET 214 and 215 may be sub tituted ) EET 232 Digital Circui t s I .............. .. 3 (EET 231 may be s ubstituted for computer science major ) EET 333 Digital Circ uit s 11 . . . . . . . ... 3 EET 336 Microprocessors. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. . 3 T o tal ....... ........ ........... ........ 1 8 In du s tria l an d Techni ca l St u d i es The Industrial and Techn.ical Studie s program offers the fo!Jowing major : Bachelor of Science: Industrial and Technical Studies (ITS) Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Emphasis Business Area of Emphasis Technical and Industrial Administration (TIA) B ac h e lor of Arts: Industrial D esign (IN D ) Minors: Industrial Arts Teaching Area of Empha is G E ERAL STUDIES Students must consult with a facu l ty adviser regarding general s tudi es requirements CREDIT B Y EXAMINA TIO Often s tudent s se l ecti n g the indu str i a l and technical s tudies m ajor h ave extensive experience in bus i ness industry or the m i litary which parallels the content of so m e of the courses. To receive credi t for suc h experie n ce the stu dent must contact the program coordi n ato r for evaluatio n INDUSTRIAL A D TECHNICAL STUDIES MAJOR F OR BACHELOR OF SCIE CE DEGREE In orde r t o be awarded the b ac h e l or of science de gree in Industrial and Technica l Studies, the student must meet the college's general specifications for the bachelor's degree and must complete the co ur ses required for one of the two area s of empha is (indu trial arts teaching or bu iness) as listed below o minor r e quir ed I INDUSTRIAL ARTS TEACHING AREA OF EMPHASIS Gra du a te s mee t all the s t a t e requirem ents for a secondary teaching c r edential and are qualified t o teach indu stria l arts in both junior and se nior hig h sc h oo l Courses are a l so offered that a r e d esig n e d for tho se a lr eady in teachin g and desire to further their profe ss ional growth.

PAGE 158

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 15 R equire d Cou rses G e n e r a l Studi es . ............. ............................ ... .. ITS I 0 I Intr od u ctio n t o W oodwo rkin g .......... ITS I 03 F ini hin g M a t eria l s and Processes. .......... ........... ITS I I 3 Intr od u c t io n t o Plast i cs ........... ITS 1 2 0 -o r ITS 1 22 ITS 143 ITS 150 -orITS 151 ITS 166 Subt o tal ... Intr od u ctio n t o G e n e r a l M e t a l s: Cold M e t a l s Intr od u c t io n t o G e n e r a l M eta ls: H o t M e t a ls. Intr o du ctio n .to I ndu stria l Dr aw in g .. Introdu ctio n t o Gra phi c A n s I Intr od u ctio n t o Gra phi c A n s II Intr o du ctio n t o P owe r. .. Ch oos e tw o fr o m ITS 1 7 I 1 72, o r I 75 ITS I 7 1 Con s umer E l ec tri cityfE i ec tr onics: Co mmunicatio n S ys t e m s Semester Hours ... 36 .4 .2 .. .... 3 ....... 2 .. ............. 2 ... 2 1 8 ........ 2 IT S I 72 Co n s um e r E l ec tri city/Elec t ronics: Co nt ro l Sys t e m s ... ... ................ . ..... 2 ITS I 75 Co n s um e r E lectric it yfE i ectron i cs: R es id entia l Sys t e m s ... IT S 26 9 Alt e rn ate E n e r gy an d Tran spo n atio n ITS 28 I T echno l ogy, S ocie t y, a n d Y ou. ITS 283 M anufac turin g Organiza t ion and P rocesses ... IT S 341 Comput e r Aide d Dr a ftin g for Ind u s t ry. I TS 38 0 Indus trial Sa f e t y an d Pr oduction .......... IT S 4 8 1 C urri c ulum and M ethods of Teac hin g Ind u s t r i a l Ans ITS 483 Orga n iza t io n a nd Adm i n is tr a tion of Indu stria l Ans .. ITS 4 8 4 E m e r g in g T echno logies. I T S 486 R esearch i n Indu s t ria l Techno l ogy .. ITS U pper di v i s i o n e lectives ( t wo d iffe r ent a r eas) ........ ..................... ... ... .. .... 2 .. .... 2 .. ... 3 .2 .. .3 .4 .. 3 ..3 .. 2 .. 2 8 Subto tal.............................................. ........................ .. 32 Teaching Licensure Requirements EDS 22 1 Pr ocess of Learnin g in U r ban Seco n dary Sc h ools .. ... 3 EDS 2 22 Fie l d Experie n ces i n U r ban Secondar y S c hool s .. .. ........... 2 EDS 32 0 Educat io n a l P syc h o l ogy Ap p lied t o T eac hin g .... .. ... 3 EDS 32 1 Secondary Sc hool C u rr i c ulum a nd C l ass room M a nagem ent ...... ......... ...... .. 3 .2 EDS 322 Fie ld Ex per ie nc es in Tut o rin g a n d Materi a l s Co n s tru ctio n S E D 360 The Exce pti o na l L e arn e r in the C l ass room ....................... EDT 36 1 Intr od u ctio n t o Educatio n a l Techno l ogy EDS 42 9 Stud ent T eac hin g and S e min ar: Seconda r y RD G 328 T eac hin g o f R ea din g a n d Writin g in the Content A r eas T o t a l .............. II. BUSI NESS AREA OF EMPHASIS .. ............. 3 .2 .... 1 2 4 1 24 Selection of the bu s ine ss empha s i s prepare s s tud e nt s t o e nter bu s ine ss a nd indu s tr y in a varie t y o f ca p a c ities. Sales manuf ac turing man age m e nt a nd s mall-bu siness operati o n provide diver e o pp o rtuniti es for graduates. Within thi empha s i s s p ec ialt y a r e a s are av ailable in: draftin g e l ectri c it y / e l e ctron i c s gr a phi c met a l s wood s Indus tri a l and Technical Stu dies Core-Non-Teaching The following core cour s es are requir e d for all s p ec i alty a r e as w ithin the bu s ines s empha s i s : ITS 1 0 1 Intr od u ctio n t o W oodworking .. IT S 103 ITS 113 ITS 1 2 0 ITS 1 22 ITS 143 ITS 1 5 0 IT S 151 ITS 166 Subt o t a l Finis hin g M a t eria l s and P r ocesses .......... Introdu c t io n t o Plastics Introdu ctio n t o G e n e r a l M e t a ls: Cold M e t a l s ......... Intr od u c t io n t o G e n e r a l M e t a ls: H ot M e t a l s .. Intr o du ctio n t o Indu s tri a l Dra wing. Int rod u c ti o n t o Gra phi c Ans I ... Intr o du ctio n to Graphi c Ans II Intr od u ctio n t o P ower. ..4 .. 2 .... 3 .... 2 ... 2 .. ..... 2 .. 2 ... 2 .. 3 .22

PAGE 159

156 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Choo s e two from ITS 171, 172, or 175 ITS 171 Con s umer E l ectrici t y/E lectronic s: Communication Sy s tem s ... .......... ....... .............. 2 ITS 172 C o n s umer E l ectricity/Electronics: Control S ys tem s ...... .... ..... ..... .................. 2 ITS 175 Con umer Electricity/Electronics: Re s id e nti a l S ys t em .................................... 2 Subtotal .................. ............... .............................................. 4 ITS 269 Alternate Ene r gy and Tran s ponation ......... .................. ...................... 2 ITS 28 1 Tec hnology, Soc i ety and Yo u.................. . . . 3 ITS 283 Manufa c turi n g Organiza t ion and Proce sses . . . . . . . 2 ITS 34 1 Computer Aided D rafting for I ndu s try . . .. ..... .... . .. 3 ITS 38 0 Industrial Safety and Produ c tion ....................... ............................. 4 ITS 486 Re earc h in I nd u strial T ec hno l ogy ............. ......... ................. ........ ... 2 ITS 496 I ndu s trial I ntern s hip ............................................................ 4 Subtotal . ........................................ ............................. ........ 20 Total .......................... ........ .. .. ... 46 .36 General Studi e ........... .... ........................................................ Scie nce and/or Mathematics for Electric it y /E i ectronic s Specialty MTH Ill College Algebra ............................................. .................... 4 PHY I 00 Introdu ctio n to Physics ........................................................... 4 Busine ss Core Choose fro m the following: I TS 37 0 I ndu s tr i a l Safe t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 ITS 37 1 De ve lopment s in Indu s trial and Technical Pr oce ses. ............................ 3 ITS 372 Characteri tics of I ndu s trial and Techni ca l P ersonnel Selection Supervi sio n and valuation .......... 3 ITS 47 3 As se m ent of Trad e and T ec hnical Enterprises . . ......................... 3 ITS 474 Organiza tiona l Stru c ture for Tec hni c al Enterpri ses ....................... .................. 2 ACC 20 I Principle of Accountin g I. ............................................................ 3 ACC 30 Small Bus iness Tax ation ............................. ................................ 3 ECO 20 I Prin ci ple s of Economics-Ma c r o ...................................................... 3 MGT 22 1 Legal Env iro n ment of Business I . ... 3 MGT 250 Sm all Busine ss Mana ge ment .......................... 3 MGT 300 Organizational Manage ment . . . . . . . . .. 3 MGT 321 Commercial and Corporate Law ............................................. ........... 3 MKT 300 Principle s of Marketin g ............. .... ..... .... ..... ..... ......... ..... Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 S p e cialt y A rea s Drafting ITS 34 1 ITS 350 ITS ITS CE SUR 441 487 210 262 Computer Aided Drafting for I ndu s try I ......... .................................... .. 3 Advanced G r ap h ic Ans . . . . ................................ 4 Computer Aid e d Drafting for I ndu stry II .......................................... 3 Spe c i a l Studies in Indu s trial and Technical Studie s ............................... ...... ... 5 Structural Drawing .................................... .......... ................... 4 Surv ey Drafting ............. . . . . . . .. 3 E lectrici t y/E l ectro ni cs EET 214 Electronic s I ............................................ ........................... 4 EET 232 EET 333 EET 336 ITS 487 G r aphics ITS 255 ITS 34 1 ITS 35 0 ITS 487 TEl 200 1 etals ITS 231 I TS 32 1 I TS 34 1 ITS 420 I TS 487 Digital Circuit s I ............... ................................................. 3 Dig ital Circuits II ........ 3 Mi c r o pr ocesso r s . . . . . . 3 Special St ud i es in E l ectro nics .................................. .... .... ........ 4 Intr od u ctio n to Photogr aphy .......................... ............................... 3 Computer Aided Draftin g for Indu s t ry I ... ............................................. 3 Advan c ed Grap h i c Arts ........................................ .................... 4 Special Studies i n Indu trial and T ec hnical Studie s ....................................... 5 Airbru s h I ( CCD Course ) ......................... .... ............................... 6 An Metal S i lversmith and Lapidary .................................. ................. 2 Advanced M eta lworking . . . .. ..... .......... ............... 4 Computer Aid e d Drafting for I ndu s try I . . ................................. 3 Welding Tec h no l ogy ..................................... .......... ........... ... 4 Spe c ial Studie in Indu s trial and Technica l Studie ........................................ 5

PAGE 160

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 15 Wood ITS 341 IT 403 I TS 487 E l e Lives Total Computer Aided Drafting for Industry I Advanced Wood Proc esses ..... Special Studies in lndu trial and Technical Studies INDUSTRIAL A D T ECHNICAL STUDIES MINOR ... 3 ... 4 .. 12 0-7 .. 1211 22 Thi minor mu t be a ppr oved in writing by the program coo rdin a t or. The coo rdin ator must ap prove the plan of s tud y and will take into account the s tudent's previous exper i ence and future occupationa l goal. INDUSTRIAL ARTS T EACHING AREA OF EMPHASIS R eq uir e d Co urses ITS 380 Industrial Safe t y and Production ................................ ............. 4 ITS 48 1 Curriculum and Method of Teaching Indu strial Arts . . . ................ 3 ITS 483 Organization and Administration of I ndustrial Arts . . . . . . . . 3 ITS ITS Toral. Lower-division elective .. Upper-division elective .......... ..... ........ .... ..... .......... Technical and Industrial Administration ................... 8 ... 4 .. 22 Please Note: B eginning fall 1 995, this program will be phased out. For more information, see an adviser in the dean's office. The technical and industria l ad mini stration major build s on the t echnical expertise attained through com pletion of an associate of applied scie nce, associate of sc ience or associate of arts degree with special ties from wit hin the fie ld o f trade a n d industr y ( T & I ) or technical ed u cat i on. Thi s major provides s tudent s with an increa ed opport unit y for career mobility and advancement in jobs rela t ed to, or associated w ith their te c hni ca l background. Students who h ave met Metro State's genera l stud i es requirements s hould be able to co mpl e t e the bachelor of science deg r ee in four to five semesters. Technica l cred it s earne d in the assoc i ate d egr ee will be accepte d and applied t oward requirement for a minor Students enteri n g thi s program mu s t possess a n assoc i ate degree an d comp l ete the following requirements. TECHNICAL A D INDUSTRIAL ADMINISTRATIO MAJOR FOR B ACHELO R OF S CIE CE D EGREE R equire d Courses General Studies .......... Technical and I ndustrial Administration ... .......... ITS 370 Industrial Safety ............................... D eve l opment in in dustrial and Technical Pr ocesses. Semes ter Hour s ........ 36 ITS I TS 37 1 372 Characteristics of I ndustrial and Technical Personnel Selection. Supervision, and Evaluation 20 .. 3 .... 3 .... 3 .. 3 I TS 473 Assessment o f Trade and Technica l Enterprises ..................... ITS 474 Organizational Structures for Techn i cal Enterpri ses. ACC 20 I Prin ciples of Acc o umin g I. MGT 300 Organizational Management ... Select 1 -12 semester hours ............. I TS 487 Special Studies in I ndustrial and Technical Studies .. 2 .............................. ......... 3 .. .3 .. 1-12 .................... 1-5 ...... 8 ITS ITS 471 496 Trade and Technical Pr acticum Profe ss ional Intern ship .... ................. ... ... .... ........ 4 Electives t o complete 30 credit hour major .... 0-9 ACC 308 Small Business Taxation . . ......... 3 CMS 20 1 Principles of I nformation Systems ....... ...... .. ....................... ....... .......... 3 FIN 225 FIN 342 MGT 250 MKT 200 MKT 300 MKT 301 MKT 3 1 0 Per sonal M o ney Mana ge ment Principles of Insurance .. ... 3 ..3 Small Bus ines s Manag ement. . . . . .... ..... .......................... 3 Business and Int erpersonal Communications . . . ....... 3 Principles of Marketing . . . . . . . . .. 3 Marketin g Research ..... ............. .............................. ... ....... 3 R etail Marketing . . . . . . ... 3

PAGE 161

158 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES COM Upper -division cour es I TS Upper-divi s ion courses Minor Four upper-divisio n credit hours mus t be comp l eted in addition to t echn i ca l credits tr ansferred from associate degree. The se courses must be se l ected in cons ultation with and approved by an ITS program adviser ..... 4 As soc iate degree credits. Total .... ......... .... 50-60 1 20 Industrial Design The ind u str i a l design major is a program offered through Industrial and Technical Studies l ea din g to a bache l o r of arts degree. INDUSTRIAL DESIGN MAJOR FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS D EGREE No Minor R equired Required Cou rses Seme s t e r Hou rs ... 36 General St u dies . . . . . ............................. ART I I 0 Ba sic Drawing I . ............ .... 3 ART 1 20 Des i g n Pr ocesses and Concepts I. .. ..... 0 ...... 0 ...... 3 ART 121 ART 20 1 ART 240 ART 245 ART 300 -orART 303 ART 340 ART 345 ART 445 ART 446 ITS 101 ITS 1 03 ITS 113 ITS 120 ITS 1 22 ITS 1 43 ITS 255 ITS 34 1 ITS 38 0 Des ign Process es and Concep t s U .. .............. 3 Survey of Modem Art : I mpressionism to 1 960 0 0 0 0 3 Beginning Advertising Design . . . . . 3 Beginning Product and I ndustr i a l Design ............ ............ .... ........... ....... 3 Art Nouveau His tory of Art Between World Wars .................. ..................... ....... .. 3 Intermediate Advertising Design. . . . . . . . . . ..... 3 Int ermed iat e Produ c t and Industrial Design .................. ..... ...... .... ......... 3 Advanced Prod u c t and Industrial Design I . . . . . ... 3 Advanced Prod u ct and Indu trial De s ign U ......... .... ..... . . . . . 3 Introdu ctio n to Woodworking . . . . . . 4 Fini s hing Materials and Proce sses . . . . . . . . . . 2 Introduction to Plasti cs ... Introduction to General Metal s: Cold Metal Intr oductio n to General Me ta ls: Hot Metals ... Introdu c tion to Industrial Drawing .... .. 3 .... 2 0 0 2 ............. 2 I ntroduction t o Photography ........ .. ............................................ 3 Computer Aided Drafting for Indu stry Indu s trial Safe t y and Production .3 .4 .... 4 PSY 44 1 Human Fac tors Engineering . .... 3 Elective co ur s e s (se lected in co n s ultation with adviser, I 0 of which mus t be upper-divi s ion ) . . . . . 1 9 I TS 403 Advanced Wood Processes ....................... Total........................................... ........... 0 120 Mechanical Engineering Technolog y The program, develo p ed in 1 968, i s co ntinu ally upgraded to m ee t the needs of indu s tr y and e mploy e r s of MET g r aduates. An advisory gro u p including emp l oyers gra du a t es, and s tud e nt s of the pro gra m meets wit h faculty an d administration to review curriculum a nd facilities on a se m ester ba s is. The mec h anical engineering te c hnology pro gra m offers the bachelor of sc i e n ce degree in MET. It is s tructured w ith two dis t inct areas of e mph as is: ( I ) a series of co ur ses wit h a n e mph asis o n m a nufa ctur ing or (2) d esign and t herm o-science co u rses under the desig n a t e d m echanica l e mph as i s. The ed ucational approac h i s hand s-o n with 70 percent of the co ur se requ i ring l aboratory work in addition to l ectures. T h e c u rricu lum includ es cou r ses in thermodynamic s, fluid m ec hani cs e le c trical ci r cuits, so lid m echanics, c h emistry, e n ginee rin g materials, and math (including ca lculu s), whic h prep ares gradua t es for the Funda m e n tals of Engineering examination, the initial ste p for registration as a Pr o fessio n a l Engineer ( P.E.). Student s are required t o take a n assess m en t examinatio n prior to g raduati o n The wr itten exam is g i ve n in the caps t o n e course, MET 407 m ec h an ical e mpha s i s, o r MET 4 08 in the manufact urin g option. The mec h anical engineer in g technology program i s accredited b y t h e Technology Accreditat i o n Com missio n of the Acc r editatio n Board for E n gi n eering and Techno l ogy (ABET).

PAGE 162

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 15 MECHANICAL E GINEERING TECHN O L OGY MAJoR FOR B ACHELO R O F S CIE CE D EGREE R eq uired Technical Courses Sem este r Hours MET I 00 M a terials and Manu facturing Technology .................. o 3 MET I 0 I Manu facturing Pr ocesses. .......... 0 0 3 MET 131 Princi ple s of Quality A ss uran ce. 0 o o 3 MET 220 Mat eria l s of Engineering. ....... ....... o 3 MET 22 1 Mechanical Drawing. . ... ..... o o o o o o o o 3 MET 222 Computer Aided Draftin g for Engineering Technolog y ....... o o o o o o 3 MET 301 Auid Aow I ........................................ o o o o o o 3 MET 306 Stati stics and D ynamics ........ o o o o o o 4 MET 307 Machine De sig n . 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o o o o o 3 M ET 308 Static s Laboratory ...... 0 o o o o o o o o MET 309 Dynamic s Laboratory . . . ... o o o o o o o o o I MET 311 Thermodyn a mic s I. . . . 0 0 0 0 o o o 3 MET 32 1 Introdu ction t o Computer Aided D es i g n ... 0 o o o o o 4 MET 341 Geometric Dim e n s ioning and Toleran c in g ........... 0 o o o o o o o 3 MET 400 Project Enginee rin g ...... o o o o o o 3 Subtotal .................................. 0 ....... ..... 43 A ddition a l Technical Course Require m e n ts: Se m es t e r H o urs CE 120 Technical Drawing I (o r equi va lent ex perience ) ... 0 0 0 0 0 4 CEN 3 1 3 M echanics of M a t erials ............ .............. .. ... 3 CEN 314 EET 200 EET 301 Subtot al. ... Me c hani cs of Materials Laboratory ........ 0 E l ectric Circuits and M ac hin es Indu s trial E l ec tr o nic s ........ OOOO OOOo 1 0 0 0 3 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 Additional Course Requirem e n ts : E G I 0 I Fre s hman Composition ......................................... 0 0 0 0 0 3 E G I 02 Fre s hman Composition : Analy i s Res earch and D oc um e n tation 0 0 0 0 0 3 SPE I 0 I Fund a menta l o f Speech Communication ......................... 0 3 COM 26 1 I ntrodu c ti o n t o T e c hni cal Writin g .......................... 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 MTH 140 Pre-Cal culu Mathemati cs ( MTH Ill 1 1 2 ma y be s ub s tituted ) ... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 MTH 141 MTH 241 PHY 201 PHY 203 PHY 202 PHY 204 CHE 180 ECO 201 PHl 103 XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX Subtotal .. Calculu s I . . .... 4 Calculus JJ ................ 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 o 4 College Ph ysics I ............. o o o o o o o 3 C ollege Ph ys ic s 1 Laboratory .... o o o o o o o o o 2 College Ph y ics ll ............. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 C ollege Ph ysics fl Laboratory .... o o o o o o 2 General Chemistry 1 ...... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 Principles o f Eco nomics .... ......... 0 0 0 o 3 Ethics ....................................... o o o o o o o o o 3 Le vell] General Studies-Hi t oric al ... Level 11 General Studies-An and Letters .. Level II Gen e ral Studies-Social Science ... .. .. 3 ............ .... .. ............... 3 ............................... 3 .. 54 A r eas of E mph asi (Only one area of emphas i s n ee d s t o be chose n ) MA UFACTURING MET 300 M a nufacturing Analy s i s ............. o o 0 o o o 4 MET 310 N/C Compu ter Progr amming .......... 0 0 0.... 0 0.. 3 MET 325 Tool Deign and Produ ction Toolin g ......... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 MET 330 Statistic a l Process Control . . ..... o o o o 3 MET 333 MET 401 MET 408 R o botic s for Manufacturing. . .... 0 0 0 0 0 3 Advanced Manufa c turin g Tech n o logy ...... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 Comput e r Aided Manufacturing ......... 0 0 o 0 o Subtot a l .................. ............................ 0 o ..22

PAGE 163

160 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES MECHANI CAL MET 302 Fluid Flo w IJ. ...... 3 MET 3 1 2 H e at Tran f e r .......... ........... .......... ..... ......................... ..... 2 MET 314 H e at Tra n s fer Lab o rat ory . ............ .......................... ... I MET 331 Thermodyn a mic s ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 MET 3 32 Ins trum e ntati o n Laborat ory . ...... ..... 3 MET 407 C o mput e r Aid e d Des i g n . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 MET 428 Ad vance d E n e r g y T echno l ogy. . . .. 3 XXX XXX Upper divi s i o n MET e l ective ........ Subt o tal. ........ 21 T oral ............ 1 3 3-134 Thee c ou r s e s co unt as ge n e r a l tudi es co ur es. At l e a s t thr ee h o ur s o f L e v e l 11 mus t be upper divi s i o n MECHANI CAL E GINEERING T ECHNOLOGY MINOR MEr I 00 Mat eria l s and Manuf ac turin g T echno l ogy . . . . . . . . . ... 3 M E T I 0 I M a nuf ac turin g Pr ocesses . . .... .... .... ............................ ... 3 MET I 3 I Prin ciples o f Qualit y A ss uran ce ... ............... ............................. .... 3 MEr 2 2 0 M a teria l s o f E n gineering . . . ... .... ... .... 3 U p per -div i s ion M E T E l ec tive s . . .... . .............. .... ....................... 6 T o t a l .... 18 Technical Communications The Technical Comm unic a tion s Department offers three areas of empha s i s a nd a technic a l comm uni cations min or. The three area s of emphasis are technical writing and editing indu s trial c ommunications and tec hni cal medi a Eac h area of empha sis offer s trainin g in o n e or more communication s areas that are most in demand by indu try and government Technic a l writing a nd editing prepare s a n indiv idual to write, edit, and publis h the wide variety of report m a nu a l s and other techn i cal or la y publication s produced by indu s try and government. The indu s tri a l communication s empha sis i s de s i g ned for the per s on w h o d esires to manage the flow of information within a co mp a n y govern m ent agency or between indu s tries and age n cies. Th e technic a l media empha s i s meet s tw o need s of indu s try and g ove rnm ent: p eop l e prep a r e d to desig n and impl eme nt interna l training programs and peop l e seeking caree r s to pro vide tec hni cal inf or m at i o n thr o u gh v i s u a l media The t ec hni ca l commun i cat ion s minor provide s a genera l b a ckg round in prepari n g technical information designed t o meet t h e minimal n eeds of industry a n d governme nt w ith the oppo rtunit y to emp h asize the area of m os t interest to the individual s tudent. T h e minor i s part i cularly u s efu l to people majoring in scientific and technolo g ical disciplines as a mean s of expandi n g their employme nt s kills. The program welcome s student s from the c ommunity and other area s of the college who e profe s i onal or academic work will benefit from one or more of the program offering s Student s enrolling in o n e of the major area s of emp h asis or the minor mu s t c onfer with a program ad v i ser becau s e all degree plans are tailored to the career goals of the individua l s tudent Compu t erized document pr ocessing abi l ity is required of all s tud ents majoring o r minoring in the tech nical co mmu nications prog r ams Students can meet thi requirement in one of three way s : I S tud ents can provide d oc um e nt ary ev i dence of a previo u s satisfac t ory co mpl etion of a n aca d emic o r indu tri a l t r a inin g co ur se i n co mput e r l iteracy an d d oc um ent p r oces ing at the time t h ey d ec l are their major o r min or. 2. Stud e nt s can enroll in an approved Metro Sta t e cour s e in CMS or CS T in the s eme s ter follow in g the declaration of the ir major or minor. 3 Student s can complete a skills te s t a dmini s tered b y the program during the seme t e r they declare the ir major or minor. All s tudents majoring in the technical communication program must participate in program assess m e nt. See the department for details.

PAGE 164

SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES 16 T EC HNICAL COMMU ICA TIO M AJOR FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS T EC HNI CA L WRIT I NG AND EDIT G AREA OF EMPHAS I S This co mmun icatio n s ar ea of e mph a s i s provide s the s tude n t w ith bot h th e t heory an d p ro du ction p r actice s of tec hni ca l writing a n d e ditin g used by i ndu s tr y and g ove rnm e nt. It inc lud e s co ur s ework in the w ritin g editing desi g n and p ro d u ctio n of t ec hnical r e p ort s, pr o po sa l s and man u a l s i n a d ditio n t o profe s i o n al e x peri e n ce hand s-o n pr actic e w ith c o mput e r a n d t h e produ c tio n of s oftwar e i n s tru ction manu a ls. R equire d Core COM 272 C OM 378 T ota l I nt roduc tion t o Comm u n ication Con cep t s an d Sys t ems . ......... . Se m es t e r Hours ... 3 C o mmuni catio n s L aw ...... ........ ... ............. ... 3 .... 6 R equired A r ea of Emphasi s Courses T we nt y -four h o urs from the following: C O M 2 4 3 I n tr oduc t io n t o T echnica l M edia ................................... 3 COM 244 C OM 246 COM 26 1 C OM 2 9 9 CO M 33 1 COM 332 COM 333 C OM 3 4 4 C OM 347 C OM 36 1 COM 362 COM 363 COM 364 COM 365 C OM 366 COM 463 COM 476 COM 479 COM 480 IT S 1 5 1 I T S 3 50 T otal .. Writ i n g for R adio .. Pr esentatio n G r a p h i cs ........ I ntr oductio n t o T ec hn ica l Writ i n g .. Interns h i p Int erna t io na l T ec h n i ca l Communicatio n s. 3 .. 3 .. 3 .................. ....... .... ...... 3 ............................. .... .... .... 3 Sem i otics of I nt e rn atio na l T ec h n i ca l Communi cat i o n s. . . . .... ... 3 T ech n ical Writi n g forTran lmio n . . . ... ...... 3 Corpo r a t e Sc ript wri ting for Film a n d T e l ev i s i o n . . .................. 3 Writin g for Corp o rat e Audio. ... ... ... ....... ................. 3 Adva n ced T echnical Writ i ng. .... 3 I n dus t rial Editi n g a n d Prod u c t io n .... 3 Designing T ec hni ca l P ub l ica t ion .. 3 W riti n g Co m p ut e r -Use r Softwa r e D ocume n tation . . . . . . . . 3 Writin g H a rdwar e D ocumentatio n ................................... .... ........ ..... 3 Vari ab l e T opics i n I ndu s trial a n d T ec hnica l Communi c ation s 3 Costing a nd P l annin g T ec hn ica l P ubli ca t io n s. 3 Advanced Internship in T ec hn ica l Co mmun icatio n s . . . . . . . 3 S enior S e min ar in T echnical Com muni catio n s. . ...... ........ ................... 3 W o rkshop.. . . . ...... 3 Introduc t io n t o Gra phi c A n s II . . .... 2 Adva n ced Graphic Ans . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ... 2 4 I f u se d as the ca p s t o ne co u rse thi s cour se canno t be u se d as a n emphas i s c o u rse o r a req uir e d e l ec tiv e E lect ive s T we l ve h o ur s o f e l ectives f r o m an y o f the areas o f e m p has i s a n d/or co u rs e s ap pr ove d b y the s tudent' s a d v i ser th a t wo u l d s pe c i fically be nefit t he student's car ee r goa l s ........ 1 2 Total.... ......... ..... 4 2 iNDUSTRIA L COMM CATIONS AREA O F EMPHAS I S Thi communicat i o n s are a o f e mph a i pr e p ares the s tudent for a c areer in ma naging t he flo w of i n for m atio n wit hin and a m o n g t ec h n ical a nd i n du s t r i a communi catio n s n etwo r ks and sy t erns It inc lud e s pr actical ex p erienc e and a theoretical unde r s t a nd i n g o f ind u s trial c ommunicatio n the c u lt ur e t h a t ex i s t s wit h i n c orporat i on a nd var i o u s meth o do l og i es for the di s e min ation of i nfor m atio n wit hin indu s tri es a nd g overnm e n t a l a g e n c ie s. R equi r e d Core C OM 272 COM 378 I ntr od u ctio n t o Co mmu nica t io n Co n cepts a n d Sys t e m s Communicatio n s L aw .......... T o t a l ................................ R equired A r ea of Em p hasis Co ur ses T wentyf o ur h o u rs from t he follo wing: COM 243 Int roduction t o Tec hn ical M edia COM COM COM 2 4 6 26 1 29 9 Pr e s entatio n G ra phi cs ....... ...... I ntroductio n to T ec h nica l W riting Int e rn ship Se m es t e r Hours .. 3 3 6 3 "3 ...... ........ ........ ..... 3 ....... .......... ....... ....... 3 COM 33 1 COM 332 COM 333 COM 351 Int ernati o na l T ec hni ca l Com municatio n ...... ................... .............. 3 S emio t ics of Inte rn ationa l T echnica l C o mmuni ca t io n s. . ...... ... ...... . 3 Technical Writin g for Tran s l atio n I ndustrial Communication .... .. 3 .. 3

PAGE 165

162 SCHOOL OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES COM COM COM COM COM COM MGT MGT PSY PSY soc SPE SPE 352 353 356 476 479* 480 355 461 345 441 316 310 3 1 3 Communication of Power and Authority ..................... ......................... 3 Corporate Cultures . . . . . . . ........................... 3 Variable Topics in Industrial Communicating . .............................. 3 Advanced Int ernship in Technical Communication s ................................... 3 S e nior Seminar in Technical Communication .............................. ............ 3 Workshop ................................................ ... ....... ......... 3 Manufacturing and Service Mana ge mem . . ... ... .. ..................... 3 LaborfEmployee Relati o n s . ......................... 3 lndu trial P syc holo gy . . . . ...................... ... 3 Hum an Factors Engineering ......... ..... .................................... 3 Industry and Occupation s ...................................................... ... .. 3 Busines s and Profe ssio nal Speaking . . . ...................... ... 3 Conference Leader s hip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Total ......... ...................................................................... 24 If used as the capstone course, thi s course can not be u s ed as an emphasis course or a required elective. E l ectives Twelve hour of elective from any of the areas of emphasi and/or cour ses approved by the s tudent's adviser that wo uld pecifically benefi t the s tudem's caree r goa ls........ . . . ...... 12 T o tal. ................................................. ... 42 TECHNI CAL MEDIA AREA OF EMPHASIS This communications area of emphasis provides the st udent with the theoretica l and practical experi ence required to design, write, and produc e multi-image lide and videotape produ c tion for nonbroad cast use in indu try, government, and other large organizatio ns. Such productio n s are freque ntl y used for training i mage creat i on, and technical information di s emination. Required Core COM 272 COM 378 Total .... emes t e r Hours Introduction to Communication Concepts and Sy tern s .. ........... 3 Communications Law ........... ............. 3 .................................. 6 Required Area of Emph asis Courses Twenty-fo ur hours fro m the following : COM 24 1 B asic Multi-Image Production . .................................... 3 COM 242 Bas i c Corporate Videotape Production ...................................... ........... 3 COM 243 Introduction to Technical Media ....................... ......................... ..... 3 COM 244 COM 245 COM 246 COM 261 COM 299 COM 33 1 COM 332 COM 34 1 COM 342 COM 344 COM 345 COM 347 COM 441* COM 442 COM 476 COM 479* COM 480 ITS !51 ITS 255 ITS 350 SPE 310 SPE 313 Total Writing for Radi o ...... ................. 3 B as i c Multimedia Production ................ .... ......................... 3 Pre entation Graphics . . ...................................... 3 Introduction to Technic al Writin g ................... .............. ................... 3 Intern hip..... ........................ ..... ................. ...... 3 International Technical Communications . ................................... 3 Semiotics of International